diff --git a/README.md b/README.md --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -1,22 +1,58 @@ # Amazon Relational Database Service SDK -> _Warning:_ This is an experimental preview release which is still under heavy development and not intended for public consumption, _caveat emptor_! - +* [Version](#version) * [Description](#description) * [Contribute](#contribute) * [Licence](#licence) + +## Version + +`1.0.0` + + ## Description -Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that makes -it easy to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in the cloud. It -provides cost-efficient and resizable capacity while managing time-consuming -database administration tasks, freeing you up to focus on your applications -and business. +Amazon Relational Database Service +Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that +makes it easier to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in +the cloud. It provides cost-efficient, resizeable capacity for an +industry-standard relational database and manages common database +administration tasks, freeing up developers to focus on what makes their +applications and businesses unique. + +Amazon RDS gives you access to the capabilities of a MySQL, PostgreSQL, +Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, or Aurora database server. This means the +code, applications, and tools you already use today with your existing +databases work with Amazon RDS without modification. Amazon RDS +automatically backs up your database and maintains the database software +that powers your DB instance. Amazon RDS is flexible: you can scale your +database instance\'s compute resources and storage capacity to meet your +application\'s demand. As with all Amazon Web Services, there are no +up-front investments, and you pay only for the resources you use. + +This is an interface reference for Amazon RDS. It contains documentation +for a programming or command line interface you can use to manage Amazon +RDS. Note that Amazon RDS is asynchronous, which means that some +interfaces might require techniques such as polling or callback +functions to determine when a command has been applied. In this +reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a command is +applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the +maintenance window. For a summary of the Amazon RDS interfaces, go to +. + Documentation is available via [Hackage](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/amazonka-rds) and the [AWS API Reference](http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/Welcome.html). +The types from this library are intended to be used with [amazonka](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/amazonka), +which provides mechanisms for specifying AuthN/AuthZ information and sending requests. + +Use of lenses is required for constructing and manipulating types. +This is due to the amount of nesting of AWS types and transparency regarding +de/serialisation into more palatable Haskell values. +The provided lenses should be compatible with any of the major lens libraries +[lens](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/lens) or [lens-family-core](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/lens-family-core). ## Contribute diff --git a/amazonka-rds.cabal b/amazonka-rds.cabal --- a/amazonka-rds.cabal +++ b/amazonka-rds.cabal @@ -1,29 +1,60 @@ name: amazonka-rds -version: 0.3.6 +version: 1.0.0 synopsis: Amazon Relational Database Service SDK. homepage: https://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka license: OtherLicense license-file: LICENSE author: Brendan Hay maintainer: Brendan Hay -copyright: Copyright (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay +copyright: Copyright (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay category: Network, AWS, Cloud, Distributed Computing build-type: Simple extra-source-files: README.md cabal-version: >= 1.10 description: - Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that makes - it easy to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in the cloud. It - provides cost-efficient and resizable capacity while managing time-consuming - database administration tasks, freeing you up to focus on your applications - and business. + Amazon Relational Database Service + Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that + makes it easier to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in + the cloud. It provides cost-efficient, resizeable capacity for an + industry-standard relational database and manages common database + administration tasks, freeing up developers to focus on what makes their + applications and businesses unique. + + Amazon RDS gives you access to the capabilities of a MySQL, PostgreSQL, + Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, or Aurora database server. This means the + code, applications, and tools you already use today with your existing + databases work with Amazon RDS without modification. Amazon RDS + automatically backs up your database and maintains the database software + that powers your DB instance. Amazon RDS is flexible: you can scale your + database instance\'s compute resources and storage capacity to meet your + application\'s demand. As with all Amazon Web Services, there are no + up-front investments, and you pay only for the resources you use. + + This is an interface reference for Amazon RDS. It contains documentation + for a programming or command line interface you can use to manage Amazon + RDS. Note that Amazon RDS is asynchronous, which means that some + interfaces might require techniques such as polling or callback + functions to determine when a command has been applied. In this + reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a command is + applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the + maintenance window. For a summary of the Amazon RDS interfaces, go to + . . - /See:/ + The types from this library are intended to be used with + , which provides + mechanisms for specifying AuthN/AuthZ information and sending requests. . - /Warning:/ This is an experimental preview release which is still under - heavy development and not intended for public consumption, caveat emptor! + Use of lenses is required for constructing and manipulating types. + This is due to the amount of nesting of AWS types and transparency regarding + de/serialisation into more palatable Haskell values. + The provided lenses should be compatible with any of the major lens libraries + such as or + . + . + See "Network.AWS.RDS" and the + to get started. source-repository head type: git @@ -41,9 +72,13 @@ , Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource , Network.AWS.RDS.ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction , Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + , Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBClusterSnapshot , Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup , Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot , Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBCluster + , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterSnapshot , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup @@ -52,6 +87,9 @@ , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription , Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBCluster + , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterSnapshot , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup @@ -61,6 +99,10 @@ , Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeAccountAttributes , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeCertificates + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameters + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterSnapshots + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusters , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles @@ -69,6 +111,7 @@ , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups + , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions @@ -80,7 +123,10 @@ , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances , Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings , Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion + , Network.AWS.RDS.FailoverDBCluster , Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource + , Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBCluster + , Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup , Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance , Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup , Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup @@ -91,7 +137,10 @@ , Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance , Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription , Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource + , Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBClusterParameterGroup , Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup + , Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot + , Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime , Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot , Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime , Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress @@ -99,7 +148,37 @@ , Network.AWS.RDS.Waiters other-modules: + Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product + , Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Sum build-depends: - amazonka-core == 0.3.6.* + amazonka-core == 1.0.0.* , base >= 4.7 && < 5 + +test-suite amazonka-rds-test + type: exitcode-stdio-1.0 + default-language: Haskell2010 + hs-source-dirs: test + main-is: Main.hs + + ghc-options: -Wall -threaded + + -- This is not comprehensive if modules have manually been added. + -- It exists to ensure cabal 'somewhat' detects test module changes. + other-modules: + Test.AWS.RDS + , Test.AWS.Gen.RDS + , Test.AWS.RDS.Internal + + build-depends: + amazonka-core == 1.0.0 + , amazonka-test == 1.0.0 + , amazonka-rds == 1.0.0 + , base + , bytestring + , lens + , tasty + , tasty-hunit + , text + , time + , unordered-containers diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS.hs @@ -1,140 +1,1126 @@ --- Module : Network.AWS.RDS --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental --- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) --- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that makes --- it easy to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in the cloud. It --- provides cost-efficient and resizable capacity while managing time-consuming --- database administration tasks, freeing you up to focus on your applications --- and business. -module Network.AWS.RDS - ( module Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription - , module Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource - , module Network.AWS.RDS.ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction - , module Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress - , module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot - , module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance - , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica - , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot - , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription - , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeAccountAttributes - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeCertificates - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribePendingMaintenanceActions - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings - , module Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion - , module Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource - , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance - , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription - , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica - , module Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering - , module Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance - , module Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription - , module Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource - , module Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup - , module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot - , module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime - , module Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress - , module Network.AWS.RDS.Types - , module Network.AWS.RDS.Waiters - ) where - -import Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription -import Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource -import Network.AWS.RDS.ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction -import Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress -import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot -import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance -import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica -import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot -import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription -import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance -import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot -import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription -import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeAccountAttributes -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeCertificates -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribePendingMaintenanceActions -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings -import Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion -import Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource -import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance -import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription -import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica -import Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering -import Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance -import Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription -import Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource -import Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup -import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot -import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime -import Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import Network.AWS.RDS.Waiters +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-duplicate-exports #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Amazon Relational Database Service +-- +-- Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that +-- makes it easier to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in +-- the cloud. It provides cost-efficient, resizeable capacity for an +-- industry-standard relational database and manages common database +-- administration tasks, freeing up developers to focus on what makes their +-- applications and businesses unique. +-- +-- Amazon RDS gives you access to the capabilities of a MySQL, PostgreSQL, +-- Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, or Aurora database server. This means the +-- code, applications, and tools you already use today with your existing +-- databases work with Amazon RDS without modification. Amazon RDS +-- automatically backs up your database and maintains the database software +-- that powers your DB instance. Amazon RDS is flexible: you can scale your +-- database instance\'s compute resources and storage capacity to meet your +-- application\'s demand. As with all Amazon Web Services, there are no +-- up-front investments, and you pay only for the resources you use. +-- +-- This is an interface reference for Amazon RDS. It contains documentation +-- for a programming or command line interface you can use to manage Amazon +-- RDS. Note that Amazon RDS is asynchronous, which means that some +-- interfaces might require techniques such as polling or callback +-- functions to determine when a command has been applied. In this +-- reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a command is +-- applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the +-- maintenance window. For a summary of the Amazon RDS interfaces, go to +-- . +-- +-- /See:/ +module Network.AWS.RDS + ( + -- * Service + RDS + + -- * Errors + -- $errors + + -- ** CertificateNotFoundFault + , _CertificateNotFoundFault + + -- ** ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault + , _ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault + , _DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault + + -- ** AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault + , _AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** SourceNotFoundFault + , _SourceNotFoundFault + + -- ** InvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault + , _InvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault + + -- ** DBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault + , _DBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault + + -- ** PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault + , _PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault + + -- ** DBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault + , _DBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** ProvisionedIOPSNotAvailableInAZFault + , _ProvisionedIOPSNotAvailableInAZFault + + -- ** AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault + , _AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault + + -- ** InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault + , _InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault + + -- ** ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault + , _ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault + + -- ** SubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault + , _SubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault + + -- ** DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault + , _DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** SubscriptionNotFoundFault + , _SubscriptionNotFoundFault + + -- ** InvalidSubnet + , _InvalidSubnet + + -- ** DBClusterNotFoundFault + , _DBClusterNotFoundFault + + -- ** OptionGroupNotFoundFault + , _OptionGroupNotFoundFault + + -- ** DBLogFileNotFoundFault + , _DBLogFileNotFoundFault + + -- ** OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault + , _OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault + + -- ** DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault + , _DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault + + -- ** StorageTypeNotSupportedFault + , _StorageTypeNotSupportedFault + + -- ** DBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault + , _DBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** DBSnapshotNotFoundFault + , _DBSnapshotNotFoundFault + + -- ** InvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault + , _InvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault + + -- ** KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault + , _KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault + + -- ** OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault + , _OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault + , _DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault + + -- ** SnapshotQuotaExceededFault + , _SnapshotQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** SNSTopicARNNotFoundFault + , _SNSTopicARNNotFoundFault + + -- ** DBClusterQuotaExceededFault + , _DBClusterQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** DBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault + , _DBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault + + -- ** DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault + , _DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault + + -- ** InstanceQuotaExceededFault + , _InstanceQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** SNSNoAuthorizationFault + , _SNSNoAuthorizationFault + + -- ** DBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault + , _DBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault + + -- ** DBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault + , _DBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault + + -- ** DomainNotFoundFault + , _DomainNotFoundFault + + -- ** DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault + , _DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault + + -- ** ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault + , _ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault + + -- ** InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault + , _InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault + + -- ** InvalidDBSubnetStateFault + , _InvalidDBSubnetStateFault + + -- ** DBParameterGroupNotFoundFault + , _DBParameterGroupNotFoundFault + + -- ** SNSInvalidTopicFault + , _SNSInvalidTopicFault + + -- ** SubscriptionAlreadyExistFault + , _SubscriptionAlreadyExistFault + + -- ** InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault + , _InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault + + -- ** InsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault + , _InsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault + + -- ** InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault + , _InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault + + -- ** AuthorizationNotFoundFault + , _AuthorizationNotFoundFault + + -- ** ReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault + , _ReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault + + -- ** DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault + , _DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault + , _DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault + + -- ** EventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault + , _EventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** InvalidOptionGroupStateFault + , _InvalidOptionGroupStateFault + + -- ** InvalidDBClusterStateFault + , _InvalidDBClusterStateFault + + -- ** InsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault + , _InsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault + + -- ** DBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault + , _DBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault + + -- ** ResourceNotFoundFault + , _ResourceNotFoundFault + + -- ** DBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault + , _DBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault + + -- ** InvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault + , _InvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault + + -- ** InsufficientDomainCapacityFault + , _InsufficientDomainCapacityFault + + -- ** DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault + , _DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault + + -- ** InvalidRestoreFault + , _InvalidRestoreFault + + -- ** InvalidDBInstanceStateFault + , _InvalidDBInstanceStateFault + + -- ** InvalidDBSnapshotStateFault + , _InvalidDBSnapshotStateFault + + -- ** InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault + , _InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault + + -- ** StorageQuotaExceededFault + , _StorageQuotaExceededFault + + -- ** DBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault + , _DBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault + + -- ** DBInstanceNotFoundFault + , _DBInstanceNotFoundFault + + -- ** SubnetAlreadyInUse + , _SubnetAlreadyInUse + + -- ** DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs + , _DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs + + -- * Waiters + -- $waiters + + -- ** DBInstanceAvailable + , dbInstanceAvailable + + -- ** DBSnapshotCompleted + , dbSnapshotCompleted + + -- ** DBInstanceDeleted + , dbInstanceDeleted + + -- * Operations + -- $operations + + -- ** DescribeDBEngineVersions (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions + + -- ** DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups + + -- ** PromoteReadReplica + , module Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica + + -- ** ModifyEventSubscription + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription + + -- ** CopyDBSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot + + -- ** AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + , module Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + + -- ** ModifyDBInstance + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance + + -- ** ResetDBClusterParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBClusterParameterGroup + + -- ** DescribeEvents (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents + + -- ** DescribeEngineDefaultParameters (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + + -- ** DescribeDBClusters + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusters + + -- ** ModifyDBSubnetGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup + + -- ** DescribeDBLogFiles (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles + + -- ** ListTagsForResource + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource + + -- ** DescribeOptionGroups (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups + + -- ** DeleteDBCluster + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBCluster + + -- ** RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + + -- ** CopyDBParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup + + -- ** DescribeReservedDBInstances (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances + + -- ** DeleteOptionGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup + + -- ** DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters + + -- ** CreateEventSubscription + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription + + -- ** RemoveTagsFromResource + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource + + -- ** CreateDBInstance + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance + + -- ** RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + + -- ** AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + , module Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + + -- ** DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup + + -- ** PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + , module Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + + -- ** DescribeCertificates + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeCertificates + + -- ** RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot + + -- ** CreateDBSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot + + -- ** DeleteEventSubscription + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription + + -- ** DescribeDBParameterGroups (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups + + -- ** DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + + -- ** CreateDBClusterParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterParameterGroup + + -- ** DescribeEventSubscriptions (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions + + -- ** AddTagsToResource + , module Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource + + -- ** DescribeOptionGroupOptions (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions + + -- ** DescribeDBParameters (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters + + -- ** DeleteDBClusterSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterSnapshot + + -- ** DescribeDBSnapshots (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots + + -- ** DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups + + -- ** CreateDBParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup + + -- ** CreateDBClusterSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterSnapshot + + -- ** ModifyOptionGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup + + -- ** ModifyDBCluster + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBCluster + + -- ** DescribeEventCategories + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories + + -- ** ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup + + -- ** DescribePendingMaintenanceActions + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribePendingMaintenanceActions + + -- ** RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + + -- ** ResetDBParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup + + -- ** CopyDBClusterSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBClusterSnapshot + + -- ** ModifyDBParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup + + -- ** FailoverDBCluster + , module Network.AWS.RDS.FailoverDBCluster + + -- ** CreateDBCluster + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBCluster + + -- ** CreateOptionGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup + + -- ** ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction + , module Network.AWS.RDS.ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction + + -- ** RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + + -- ** DeleteDBSnapshot + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot + + -- ** DescribeDBClusterParameters + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameters + + -- ** CreateDBSecurityGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup + + -- ** DeleteDBSubnetGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup + + -- ** DescribeAccountAttributes + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeAccountAttributes + + -- ** DeleteDBSecurityGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup + + -- ** RebootDBInstance + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance + + -- ** DescribeDBClusterSnapshots + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterSnapshots + + -- ** CreateDBSubnetGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup + + -- ** DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + + -- ** DeleteDBInstance + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance + + -- ** DescribeDBInstances (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances + + -- ** CopyOptionGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup + + -- ** DownloadDBLogFilePortion (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion + + -- ** CreateDBInstanceReadReplica + , module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica + + -- ** RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime + , module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime + + -- ** DeleteDBParameterGroup + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup + + -- ** DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Paginated) + , module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups + + -- * Types + + -- ** ApplyMethod + , ApplyMethod (..) + + -- ** SourceType + , SourceType (..) + + -- ** AccountQuota + , AccountQuota + , accountQuota + , aqMax + , aqUsed + , aqAccountQuotaName + + -- ** AvailabilityZone + , AvailabilityZone + , availabilityZone + , azName + + -- ** Certificate + , Certificate + , certificate + , cCertificateType + , cValidTill + , cCertificateIdentifier + , cThumbprint + , cValidFrom + + -- ** CharacterSet + , CharacterSet + , characterSet + , csCharacterSetName + , csCharacterSetDescription + + -- ** DBCluster + , DBCluster + , dbCluster + , dcEngineVersion + , dcStatus + , dcDBClusterIdentifier + , dcDBClusterMembers + , dcDBClusterParameterGroup + , dcMasterUsername + , dcEarliestRestorableTime + , dcEngine + , dcLatestRestorableTime + , dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , dcCharacterSetName + , dcAvailabilityZones + , dcPreferredBackupWindow + , dcVPCSecurityGroups + , dcBackupRetentionPeriod + , dcDatabaseName + , dcDBSubnetGroup + , dcAllocatedStorage + , dcEndpoint + , dcPercentProgress + , dcPort + , dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships + + -- ** DBClusterMember + , DBClusterMember + , dbClusterMember + , dcmDBInstanceIdentifier + , dcmIsClusterWriter + , dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus + + -- ** DBClusterOptionGroupStatus + , DBClusterOptionGroupStatus + , dbClusterOptionGroupStatus + , dcogsStatus + , dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName + + -- ** DBClusterParameterGroup + , DBClusterParameterGroup + , dbClusterParameterGroup + , dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily + , dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName + , dcpgDescription + + -- ** DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + , DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + , dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + , dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName + + -- ** DBClusterSnapshot + , DBClusterSnapshot + , dbClusterSnapshot + , dcsEngineVersion + , dcsStatus + , dcsDBClusterIdentifier + , dcsMasterUsername + , dcsVPCId + , dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier + , dcsEngine + , dcsLicenseModel + , dcsSnapshotType + , dcsAvailabilityZones + , dcsSnapshotCreateTime + , dcsAllocatedStorage + , dcsClusterCreateTime + , dcsPercentProgress + , dcsPort + + -- ** DBEngineVersion + , DBEngineVersion + , dbEngineVersion + , devDBEngineVersionDescription + , devEngineVersion + , devDefaultCharacterSet + , devSupportedCharacterSets + , devEngine + , devDBParameterGroupFamily + , devDBEngineDescription + + -- ** DBInstance + , DBInstance + , dbInstance + , diDBSecurityGroups + , diEngineVersion + , diStorageEncrypted + , diDBClusterIdentifier + , diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , diMasterUsername + , diPubliclyAccessible + , diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers + , diIOPS + , diInstanceCreateTime + , diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + , diEngine + , diLatestRestorableTime + , diDBInstanceClass + , diLicenseModel + , diPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , diCharacterSetName + , diDBInstanceIdentifier + , diCACertificateIdentifier + , diPreferredBackupWindow + , diAvailabilityZone + , diVPCSecurityGroups + , diBackupRetentionPeriod + , diKMSKeyId + , diDBSubnetGroup + , diMultiAZ + , diSecondaryAvailabilityZone + , diOptionGroupMemberships + , diDBiResourceId + , diAllocatedStorage + , diEndpoint + , diDBParameterGroups + , diTDECredentialARN + , diCopyTagsToSnapshot + , diDBInstanceStatus + , diDBInstancePort + , diPendingModifiedValues + , diStatusInfos + , diDBName + , diDomainMemberships + , diStorageType + + -- ** DBInstanceStatusInfo + , DBInstanceStatusInfo + , dbInstanceStatusInfo + , disiStatus + , disiNormal + , disiStatusType + , disiMessage + + -- ** DBParameterGroup + , DBParameterGroup + , dbParameterGroup + , dpgDBParameterGroupFamily + , dpgDBParameterGroupName + , dpgDescription + + -- ** DBParameterGroupNameMessage + , DBParameterGroupNameMessage + , dbParameterGroupNameMessage + , dpgnmDBParameterGroupName + + -- ** DBParameterGroupStatus + , DBParameterGroupStatus + , dbParameterGroupStatus + , dpgsDBParameterGroupName + , dpgsParameterApplyStatus + + -- ** DBSecurityGroup + , DBSecurityGroup + , dbSecurityGroup + , dsgVPCId + , dsgOwnerId + , dsgIPRanges + , dsgDBSecurityGroupName + , dsgEC2SecurityGroups + , dsgDBSecurityGroupDescription + + -- ** DBSecurityGroupMembership + , DBSecurityGroupMembership + , dbSecurityGroupMembership + , dsgmStatus + , dsgmDBSecurityGroupName + + -- ** DBSnapshot + , DBSnapshot + , dbSnapshot + , dsEngineVersion + , dsStatus + , dsMasterUsername + , dsSourceRegion + , dsIOPS + , dsInstanceCreateTime + , dsVPCId + , dsEngine + , dsEncrypted + , dsDBSnapshotIdentifier + , dsLicenseModel + , dsSnapshotType + , dsDBInstanceIdentifier + , dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier + , dsAvailabilityZone + , dsKMSKeyId + , dsSnapshotCreateTime + , dsAllocatedStorage + , dsTDECredentialARN + , dsOptionGroupName + , dsPercentProgress + , dsPort + , dsStorageType + + -- ** DBSubnetGroup + , DBSubnetGroup + , dbSubnetGroup + , dbsgDBSubnetGroupName + , dbsgVPCId + , dbsgSubnets + , dbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription + , dbsgSubnetGroupStatus + + -- ** DescribeDBLogFilesDetails + , DescribeDBLogFilesDetails + , describeDBLogFilesDetails + , ddlfdLastWritten + , ddlfdSize + , ddlfdLogFileName + + -- ** DomainMembership + , DomainMembership + , domainMembership + , dmStatus + , dmDomain + , dmConnectivity + + -- ** EC2SecurityGroup + , EC2SecurityGroup + , ec2SecurityGroup + , esgStatus + , esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + , esgEC2SecurityGroupName + , esgEC2SecurityGroupId + + -- ** Endpoint + , Endpoint + , endpoint + , eAddress + , ePort + + -- ** EngineDefaults + , EngineDefaults + , engineDefaults + , edDBParameterGroupFamily + , edParameters + , edMarker + + -- ** Event + , Event + , event + , eSourceType + , eSourceIdentifier + , eDate + , eEventCategories + , eMessage + + -- ** EventCategoriesMap + , EventCategoriesMap + , eventCategoriesMap + , ecmSourceType + , ecmEventCategories + + -- ** EventSubscription + , EventSubscription + , eventSubscription + , esCustomerAWSId + , esStatus + , esCustSubscriptionId + , esSNSTopicARN + , esEnabled + , esSourceType + , esSubscriptionCreationTime + , esEventCategoriesList + , esSourceIdsList + + -- ** Filter + , Filter + , filter' + , fName + , fValues + + -- ** IPRange + , IPRange + , ipRange + , irStatus + , irCIdRIP + + -- ** Option + , Option + , option + , oOptionName + , oPermanent + , oPersistent + , oOptionDescription + , oOptionSettings + , oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships + , oDBSecurityGroupMemberships + , oPort + + -- ** OptionConfiguration + , OptionConfiguration + , optionConfiguration + , ocOptionSettings + , ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships + , ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships + , ocPort + , ocOptionName + + -- ** OptionGroup + , OptionGroup + , optionGroup + , ogOptionGroupDescription + , ogVPCId + , ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships + , ogEngineName + , ogMajorEngineVersion + , ogOptions + , ogOptionGroupName + + -- ** OptionGroupMembership + , OptionGroupMembership + , optionGroupMembership + , ogmStatus + , ogmOptionGroupName + + -- ** OptionGroupOption + , OptionGroupOption + , optionGroupOption + , ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion + , ogoPermanent + , ogoPersistent + , ogoEngineName + , ogoName + , ogoMajorEngineVersion + , ogoDefaultPort + , ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings + , ogoPortRequired + , ogoOptionsDependedOn + , ogoDescription + + -- ** OptionGroupOptionSetting + , OptionGroupOptionSetting + , optionGroupOptionSetting + , ogosApplyType + , ogosSettingName + , ogosDefaultValue + , ogosIsModifiable + , ogosAllowedValues + , ogosSettingDescription + + -- ** OptionSetting + , OptionSetting + , optionSetting + , osIsCollection + , osApplyType + , osValue + , osName + , osDefaultValue + , osIsModifiable + , osAllowedValues + , osDataType + , osDescription + + -- ** OrderableDBInstanceOption + , OrderableDBInstanceOption + , orderableDBInstanceOption + , odioEngineVersion + , odioMultiAZCapable + , odioEngine + , odioSupportsIOPS + , odioDBInstanceClass + , odioLicenseModel + , odioAvailabilityZones + , odioReadReplicaCapable + , odioSupportsStorageEncryption + , odioVPC + , odioStorageType + + -- ** Parameter + , Parameter + , parameter + , pApplyType + , pParameterValue + , pApplyMethod + , pMinimumEngineVersion + , pSource + , pIsModifiable + , pAllowedValues + , pDataType + , pParameterName + , pDescription + + -- ** PendingMaintenanceAction + , PendingMaintenanceAction + , pendingMaintenanceAction + , pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate + , pmaAction + , pmaOptInStatus + , pmaDescription + , pmaCurrentApplyDate + , pmaForcedApplyDate + + -- ** PendingModifiedValues + , PendingModifiedValues + , pendingModifiedValues + , pmvEngineVersion + , pmvMasterUserPassword + , pmvIOPS + , pmvDBInstanceClass + , pmvDBInstanceIdentifier + , pmvCACertificateIdentifier + , pmvBackupRetentionPeriod + , pmvMultiAZ + , pmvAllocatedStorage + , pmvPort + , pmvStorageType + + -- ** RecurringCharge + , RecurringCharge + , recurringCharge + , rcRecurringChargeFrequency + , rcRecurringChargeAmount + + -- ** ReservedDBInstance + , ReservedDBInstance + , reservedDBInstance + , rdiDBInstanceCount + , rdiState + , rdiCurrencyCode + , rdiProductDescription + , rdiStartTime + , rdiReservedDBInstanceId + , rdiDBInstanceClass + , rdiMultiAZ + , rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , rdiOfferingType + , rdiUsagePrice + , rdiRecurringCharges + , rdiFixedPrice + , rdiDuration + + -- ** ReservedDBInstancesOffering + , ReservedDBInstancesOffering + , reservedDBInstancesOffering + , rdioCurrencyCode + , rdioProductDescription + , rdioDBInstanceClass + , rdioMultiAZ + , rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , rdioOfferingType + , rdioUsagePrice + , rdioRecurringCharges + , rdioFixedPrice + , rdioDuration + + -- ** ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions + , ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions + , resourcePendingMaintenanceActions + , rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails + , rpmaResourceIdentifier + + -- ** Subnet + , Subnet + , subnet + , sSubnetStatus + , sSubnetIdentifier + , sSubnetAvailabilityZone + + -- ** Tag + , Tag + , tag + , tagValue + , tagKey + + -- ** VPCSecurityGroupMembership + , VPCSecurityGroupMembership + , vpcSecurityGroupMembership + , vsgmStatus + , vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId + ) where + +import Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription +import Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource +import Network.AWS.RDS.ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction +import Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress +import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBClusterSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBCluster +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription +import Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBCluster +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription +import Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeAccountAttributes +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeCertificates +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameters +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusters +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterSnapshots +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribePendingMaintenanceActions +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings +import Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion +import Network.AWS.RDS.FailoverDBCluster +import Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBCluster +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription +import Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica +import Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering +import Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance +import Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription +import Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource +import Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBClusterParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup +import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime +import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot +import Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime +import Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Waiters + +{- $errors +Error matchers are designed for use with the functions provided by +. +This allows catching (and rethrowing) service specific errors returned +by 'RDS'. +-} + +{- $operations +Some AWS operations return results that are incomplete and require subsequent +requests in order to obtain the entire result set. The process of sending +subsequent requests to continue where a previous request left off is called +pagination. For example, the 'ListObjects' operation of Amazon S3 returns up to +1000 objects at a time, and you must send subsequent requests with the +appropriate Marker in order to retrieve the next page of results. + +Operations that have an 'AWSPager' instance can transparently perform subsequent +requests, correctly setting Markers and other request facets to iterate through +the entire result set of a truncated API operation. Operations which support +this have an additional note in the documentation. + +Many operations have the ability to filter results on the server side. See the +individual operation parameters for details. +-} + +{- $waiters +Waiters poll by repeatedly sending a request until some remote success condition +configured by the 'Wait' specification is fulfilled. The 'Wait' specification +determines how many attempts should be made, in addition to delay and retry strategies. +-} diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription.hs @@ -1,131 +1,154 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription. +-- Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification +-- subscription. -- --- +-- /See:/ for AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription. module Network.AWS.RDS.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription ( - -- * Request - AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription - -- ** Request constructor - , addSourceIdentifierToSubscription - -- ** Request lenses - , asitsSourceIdentifier + -- * Creating a Request + addSourceIdentifierToSubscription + , AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + -- * Request Lenses , asitsSubscriptionName + , asitsSourceIdentifier - -- * Response - , AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , addSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , asitsrEventSubscription + , AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , asitsrsEventSubscription + , asitsrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription - { _asitsSourceIdentifier :: Text - , _asitsSubscriptionName :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'addSourceIdentifierToSubscription' smart constructor. +data AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription' + { _asitsSubscriptionName :: !Text + , _asitsSourceIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'asitsSourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'asitsSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'asitsSubscriptionName' -- -addSourceIdentifierToSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'asitsSubscriptionName' - -> Text -- ^ 'asitsSourceIdentifier' - -> AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription -addSourceIdentifierToSubscription p1 p2 = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription - { _asitsSubscriptionName = p1 - , _asitsSourceIdentifier = p2 +-- * 'asitsSourceIdentifier' +addSourceIdentifierToSubscription + :: Text -- ^ 'asitsSubscriptionName' + -> Text -- ^ 'asitsSourceIdentifier' + -> AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription +addSourceIdentifierToSubscription pSubscriptionName_ pSourceIdentifier_ = + AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription' + { _asitsSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ + , _asitsSourceIdentifier = pSourceIdentifier_ } +-- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a +-- source identifier to. +asitsSubscriptionName :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription Text +asitsSubscriptionName = lens _asitsSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_asitsSubscriptionName = a}); + -- | The identifier of the event source to be added. An identifier must begin --- with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it --- cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +-- with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; +-- it cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. -- -- Constraints: -- --- If the source type is a DB instance, then a 'DBInstanceIdentifier' must be --- supplied. If the source type is a DB security group, a 'DBSecurityGroupName' --- must be supplied. If the source type is a DB parameter group, a 'DBParameterGroupName' must be supplied. If the source type is a DB snapshot, a 'DBSnapshotIdentifier' --- must be supplied. +-- - If the source type is a DB instance, then a 'DBInstanceIdentifier' +-- must be supplied. +-- - If the source type is a DB security group, a 'DBSecurityGroupName' +-- must be supplied. +-- - If the source type is a DB parameter group, a 'DBParameterGroupName' +-- must be supplied. +-- - If the source type is a DB snapshot, a 'DBSnapshotIdentifier' must +-- be supplied. asitsSourceIdentifier :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription Text -asitsSourceIdentifier = - lens _asitsSourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _asitsSourceIdentifier = a }) +asitsSourceIdentifier = lens _asitsSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_asitsSourceIdentifier = a}); --- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source --- identifier to. -asitsSubscriptionName :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription Text -asitsSubscriptionName = - lens _asitsSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _asitsSubscriptionName = a }) +instance AWSRequest AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + where + type Sv AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = RDS + type Rs AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = + AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResult" + (\ s h x -> + AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse' <$> + (x .@? "EventSubscription") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -newtype AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse - { _asitsrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +instance ToHeaders AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + where + toHeaders = const mempty --- | 'AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse' constructor. +instance ToPath AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription + where + toQuery AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "SubscriptionName" =: _asitsSubscriptionName, + "SourceIdentifier" =: _asitsSourceIdentifier] + +-- | /See:/ 'addSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse' smart constructor. +data AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse' + { _asitsrsEventSubscription :: !(Maybe EventSubscription) + , _asitsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'asitsrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' +-- * 'asitsrsEventSubscription' -- -addSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse :: AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse -addSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse - { _asitsrEventSubscription = Nothing +-- * 'asitsrsStatus' +addSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'asitsrsStatus' + -> AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse +addSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse pStatus_ = + AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse' + { _asitsrsEventSubscription = Nothing + , _asitsrsStatus = pStatus_ } -asitsrEventSubscription :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) -asitsrEventSubscription = - lens _asitsrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _asitsrEventSubscription = a }) - -instance ToPath AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription where - toPath = const "/" - -instance ToQuery AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription where - toQuery AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription{..} = mconcat - [ "SourceIdentifier" =? _asitsSourceIdentifier - , "SubscriptionName" =? _asitsSubscriptionName - ] - -instance ToHeaders AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription - -instance AWSRequest AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription where - type Sv AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = RDS - type Rs AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse - - request = post "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +asitsrsEventSubscription :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +asitsrsEventSubscription = lens _asitsrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_asitsrsEventSubscription = a}); -instance FromXML AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse where - parseXML = withElement "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse - <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" +-- | The response status code. +asitsrsStatus :: Lens' AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse Int +asitsrsStatus = lens _asitsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_asitsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddTagsToResource.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddTagsToResource.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddTagsToResource.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AddTagsToResource.hs @@ -1,105 +1,113 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used --- with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS --- resources, or used in Condition statement in IAM policy for Amazon RDS. +-- Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be +-- used with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon +-- RDS resources, or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for +-- Amazon RDS. -- --- For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see . +-- For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see +-- . -- --- +-- /See:/ for AddTagsToResource. module Network.AWS.RDS.AddTagsToResource ( - -- * Request - AddTagsToResource - -- ** Request constructor - , addTagsToResource - -- ** Request lenses + -- * Creating a Request + addTagsToResource + , AddTagsToResource + -- * Request Lenses , attrResourceName , attrTags - -- * Response - , AddTagsToResourceResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , addTagsToResourceResponse + , AddTagsToResourceResponse ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data AddTagsToResource = AddTagsToResource - { _attrResourceName :: Text - , _attrTags :: List "member" Tag - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'AddTagsToResource' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'addTagsToResource' smart constructor. +data AddTagsToResource = AddTagsToResource' + { _attrResourceName :: !Text + , _attrTags :: ![Tag] + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AddTagsToResource' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'attrResourceName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'attrTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'attrResourceName' -- -addTagsToResource :: Text -- ^ 'attrResourceName' - -> AddTagsToResource -addTagsToResource p1 = AddTagsToResource - { _attrResourceName = p1 - , _attrTags = mempty +-- * 'attrTags' +addTagsToResource + :: Text -- ^ 'attrResourceName' + -> AddTagsToResource +addTagsToResource pResourceName_ = + AddTagsToResource' + { _attrResourceName = pResourceName_ + , _attrTags = mempty } --- | The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be added to. This value is an Amazon --- Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see . +-- | The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be added to. This value is an +-- Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see +-- . attrResourceName :: Lens' AddTagsToResource Text -attrResourceName = lens _attrResourceName (\s a -> s { _attrResourceName = a }) +attrResourceName = lens _attrResourceName (\ s a -> s{_attrResourceName = a}); -- | The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource. attrTags :: Lens' AddTagsToResource [Tag] -attrTags = lens _attrTags (\s a -> s { _attrTags = a }) . _List +attrTags = lens _attrTags (\ s a -> s{_attrTags = a}) . _Coerce; -data AddTagsToResourceResponse = AddTagsToResourceResponse - deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Generic) +instance AWSRequest AddTagsToResource where + type Sv AddTagsToResource = RDS + type Rs AddTagsToResource = AddTagsToResourceResponse + request = postQuery + response = receiveNull AddTagsToResourceResponse' --- | 'AddTagsToResourceResponse' constructor. -addTagsToResourceResponse :: AddTagsToResourceResponse -addTagsToResourceResponse = AddTagsToResourceResponse +instance ToHeaders AddTagsToResource where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath AddTagsToResource where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery AddTagsToResource where - toQuery AddTagsToResource{..} = mconcat - [ "ResourceName" =? _attrResourceName - , "Tags" =? _attrTags - ] - -instance ToHeaders AddTagsToResource + toQuery AddTagsToResource'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("AddTagsToResource" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "ResourceName" =: _attrResourceName, + "Tags" =: toQueryList "Tag" _attrTags] -instance AWSRequest AddTagsToResource where - type Sv AddTagsToResource = RDS - type Rs AddTagsToResource = AddTagsToResourceResponse +-- | /See:/ 'addTagsToResourceResponse' smart constructor. +data AddTagsToResourceResponse = + AddTagsToResourceResponse' + deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - request = post "AddTagsToResource" - response = nullResponse AddTagsToResourceResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'AddTagsToResourceResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +addTagsToResourceResponse + :: AddTagsToResourceResponse +addTagsToResourceResponse = AddTagsToResourceResponse' diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction.hs @@ -1,141 +1,162 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, a DB +-- Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB -- instance). -- --- +-- /See:/ for ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction. module Network.AWS.RDS.ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction ( - -- * Request - ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction - -- ** Request constructor - , applyPendingMaintenanceAction - -- ** Request lenses + -- * Creating a Request + applyPendingMaintenanceAction + , ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction + -- * Request Lenses + , apmaResourceIdentifier , apmaApplyAction , apmaOptInType - , apmaResourceIdentifier - -- * Response - , ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , applyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , apmarResourcePendingMaintenanceActions + , ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions + , apmarsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction - { _apmaApplyAction :: Text - , _apmaOptInType :: Text - , _apmaResourceIdentifier :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'applyPendingMaintenanceAction' smart constructor. +data ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction' + { _apmaResourceIdentifier :: !Text + , _apmaApplyAction :: !Text + , _apmaOptInType :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'apmaApplyAction' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'apmaOptInType' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'apmaResourceIdentifier' -- --- * 'apmaResourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'apmaApplyAction' -- -applyPendingMaintenanceAction :: Text -- ^ 'apmaResourceIdentifier' - -> Text -- ^ 'apmaApplyAction' - -> Text -- ^ 'apmaOptInType' - -> ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction -applyPendingMaintenanceAction p1 p2 p3 = ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction - { _apmaResourceIdentifier = p1 - , _apmaApplyAction = p2 - , _apmaOptInType = p3 +-- * 'apmaOptInType' +applyPendingMaintenanceAction + :: Text -- ^ 'apmaResourceIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'apmaApplyAction' + -> Text -- ^ 'apmaOptInType' + -> ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction +applyPendingMaintenanceAction pResourceIdentifier_ pApplyAction_ pOptInType_ = + ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction' + { _apmaResourceIdentifier = pResourceIdentifier_ + , _apmaApplyAction = pApplyAction_ + , _apmaOptInType = pOptInType_ } +-- | The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending +-- maintenance action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, +-- see +-- . +apmaResourceIdentifier :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction Text +apmaResourceIdentifier = lens _apmaResourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_apmaResourceIdentifier = a}); + -- | The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource. apmaApplyAction :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction Text -apmaApplyAction = lens _apmaApplyAction (\s a -> s { _apmaApplyAction = a }) +apmaApplyAction = lens _apmaApplyAction (\ s a -> s{_apmaApplyAction = a}); -- | A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in -- request. An opt-in request of type 'immediate' cannot be undone. -- -- Valid values: -- --- 'immediate' - Apply the maintenance action immediately. 'next-maintenance' - --- Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance window for the --- resource. 'undo-opt-in' - Cancel any existing 'next-maintenance' opt-in requests. --- +-- - 'immediate' - Apply the maintenance action immediately. +-- - 'next-maintenance' - Apply the maintenance action during the next +-- maintenance window for the resource. +-- - 'undo-opt-in' - Cancel any existing 'next-maintenance' opt-in +-- requests. apmaOptInType :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction Text -apmaOptInType = lens _apmaOptInType (\s a -> s { _apmaOptInType = a }) - --- | The ARN of the resource that the pending maintenance action applies to. -apmaResourceIdentifier :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction Text -apmaResourceIdentifier = - lens _apmaResourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _apmaResourceIdentifier = a }) - -newtype ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse = ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse - { _apmarResourcePendingMaintenanceActions :: Maybe ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +apmaOptInType = lens _apmaOptInType (\ s a -> s{_apmaOptInType = a}); --- | 'ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'apmarResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' --- -applyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse :: ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse -applyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse = ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse - { _apmarResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction + where + type Sv ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = RDS + type Rs ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = + ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResult" + (\ s h x -> + ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse' <$> + (x .@? "ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions") <*> + (pure (fromEnum s))) -apmarResourcePendingMaintenanceActions :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse (Maybe ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) -apmarResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = - lens _apmarResourcePendingMaintenanceActions - (\s a -> s { _apmarResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = a }) +instance ToHeaders ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction + where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction where - toQuery ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction{..} = mconcat - [ "ApplyAction" =? _apmaApplyAction - , "OptInType" =? _apmaOptInType - , "ResourceIdentifier" =? _apmaResourceIdentifier - ] + toQuery ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "ResourceIdentifier" =: _apmaResourceIdentifier, + "ApplyAction" =: _apmaApplyAction, + "OptInType" =: _apmaOptInType] -instance ToHeaders ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction +-- | /See:/ 'applyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse' smart constructor. +data ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse = ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse' + { _apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions :: !(Maybe ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) + , _apmarsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction where - type Sv ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = RDS - type Rs ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' +-- +-- * 'apmarsStatus' +applyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'apmarsStatus' + -> ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse +applyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse pStatus_ = + ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse' + { _apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = Nothing + , _apmarsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse (Maybe ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) +apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = lens _apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions (\ s a -> s{_apmarsResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = a}); -instance FromXML ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse where - parseXML = withElement "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResult" $ \x -> ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse - <$> x .@? "ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" +-- | The response status code. +apmarsStatus :: Lens' ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse Int +apmarsStatus = lens _apmarsStatus (\ s a -> s{_apmarsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs @@ -1,171 +1,192 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of +-- Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of -- authorization. First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the --- DBSecurityGroup if the application using the database is running on EC2 or --- VPC instances. Second, IP ranges are available if the application accessing --- your database is running on the Internet. Required parameters for this API --- are one of CIDR range, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or +-- DBSecurityGroup if the application using the database is running on EC2 +-- or VPC instances. Second, IP ranges are available if the application +-- accessing your database is running on the Internet. Required parameters +-- for this API are one of CIDR range, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or -- (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or -- EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC). -- --- You cannot authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one Region to an --- Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You cannot authorize ingress from a VPC --- security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. For an --- overview of CIDR ranges, go to the . +-- You cannot authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one region to +-- an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You cannot authorize ingress from +-- a VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. -- --- +-- For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the +-- . +-- +-- /See:/ for AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress. module Network.AWS.RDS.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress ( - -- * Request - AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress - -- ** Request constructor - , authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress - -- ** Request lenses - , adbsgiCIDRIP - , adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName - , adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId - , adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName - , adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + -- * Creating a Request + authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + , AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + -- * Request Lenses + , adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + , adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + , adsgiCIdRIP + , adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId + , adsgiDBSecurityGroupName - -- * Response - , AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , adbsgirDBSecurityGroup + , AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , adsgirsDBSecurityGroup + , adsgirsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress - { _adbsgiCIDRIP :: Maybe Text - , _adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Text - , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Maybe Text - , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress' smart constructor. +data AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress' + { _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _adsgiCIdRIP :: !(Maybe Text) + , _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _adsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'adbsgiCIDRIP' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' -- --- * 'adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName' -- --- * 'adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'adsgiCIdRIP' -- --- * 'adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId' -- -authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress :: Text -- ^ 'adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName' - -> AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress -authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress p1 = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress - { _adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = p1 - , _adbsgiCIDRIP = Nothing - , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing - , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing - , _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing +-- * 'adsgiDBSecurityGroupName' +authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + :: Text -- ^ 'adsgiDBSecurityGroupName' + -> AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress +authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress pDBSecurityGroupName_ = + AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress' + { _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + , _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _adsgiCIdRIP = Nothing + , _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing + , _adsgiDBSecurityGroupName = pDBSecurityGroupName_ } +-- | AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in +-- the 'EC2SecurityGroupName' parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an +-- acceptable value. For VPC DB security groups, 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must +-- be provided. Otherwise, 'EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' and either +-- 'EC2SecurityGroupName' or 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. +adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}); + +-- | Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, +-- 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. Otherwise, +-- 'EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' and either 'EC2SecurityGroupName' or +-- 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. +adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = lens _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a}); + -- | The IP range to authorize. -adbsgiCIDRIP :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -adbsgiCIDRIP = lens _adbsgiCIDRIP (\s a -> s { _adbsgiCIDRIP = a }) +adsgiCIdRIP :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +adsgiCIdRIP = lens _adsgiCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_adsgiCIdRIP = a}); +-- | Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, +-- 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. Otherwise, +-- 'EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' and either 'EC2SecurityGroupName' or +-- 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. +adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = lens _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = a}); + -- | The name of the DB security group to add authorization to. -adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress Text -adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = - lens _adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName - (\s a -> s { _adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = a }) +adsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress Text +adsgiDBSecurityGroupName = lens _adsgiDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_adsgiDBSecurityGroupName = a}); --- | Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either 'EC2SecurityGroupName' or 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. -adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = - lens _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId - (\s a -> s { _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = a }) +instance AWSRequest AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + where + type Sv AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = RDS + type Rs AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = + AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResult" + (\ s h x -> + AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBSecurityGroup") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either 'EC2SecurityGroupName' or 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. -adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = - lens _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName - (\s a -> s { _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a }) +instance ToHeaders AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + where + toHeaders = const mempty --- | AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the --- EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable --- value. For VPC DB security groups, 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. --- Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either 'EC2SecurityGroupName' or 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. -adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = - lens _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId - (\s a -> s { _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a }) +instance ToPath AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress where + toPath = const "/" -newtype AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse - { _adbsgirDBSecurityGroup :: Maybe DBSecurityGroup - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +instance ToQuery AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress + where + toQuery AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" =: + _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId, + "EC2SecurityGroupName" =: _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupName, + "CIDRIP" =: _adsgiCIdRIP, + "EC2SecurityGroupId" =: _adsgiEC2SecurityGroupId, + "DBSecurityGroupName" =: _adsgiDBSecurityGroupName] --- | 'AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' constructor. +-- | /See:/ 'authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' smart constructor. +data AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' + { _adsgirsDBSecurityGroup :: !(Maybe DBSecurityGroup) + , _adsgirsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'adbsgirDBSecurityGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSecurityGroup' +-- * 'adsgirsDBSecurityGroup' -- -authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse :: AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse -authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse - { _adbsgirDBSecurityGroup = Nothing +-- * 'adsgirsStatus' +authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'adsgirsStatus' + -> AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse +authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse pStatus_ = + AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' + { _adsgirsDBSecurityGroup = Nothing + , _adsgirsStatus = pStatus_ } -adbsgirDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) -adbsgirDBSecurityGroup = - lens _adbsgirDBSecurityGroup (\s a -> s { _adbsgirDBSecurityGroup = a }) - -instance ToPath AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress where - toPath = const "/" - -instance ToQuery AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress where - toQuery AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress{..} = mconcat - [ "CIDRIP" =? _adbsgiCIDRIP - , "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _adbsgiDBSecurityGroupName - , "EC2SecurityGroupId" =? _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId - , "EC2SecurityGroupName" =? _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName - , "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" =? _adbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId - ] - -instance ToHeaders AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress - -instance AWSRequest AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress where - type Sv AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = RDS - type Rs AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse - - request = post "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +adsgirsDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) +adsgirsDBSecurityGroup = lens _adsgirsDBSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_adsgirsDBSecurityGroup = a}); -instance FromXML AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse where - parseXML = withElement "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResult" $ \x -> AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse - <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroup" +-- | The response status code. +adsgirsStatus :: Lens' AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse Int +adsgirsStatus = lens _adsgirsStatus (\ s a -> s{_adsgirsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBClusterSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBClusterSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBClusterSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBClusterSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon +-- Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for CopyDBClusterSnapshot. +module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBClusterSnapshot + ( + -- * Creating a Request + copyDBClusterSnapshot + , CopyDBClusterSnapshot + -- * Request Lenses + , cdbcsTags + , cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier + , cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , copyDBClusterSnapshotResponse + , CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot + , cdcsrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'copyDBClusterSnapshot' smart constructor. +data CopyDBClusterSnapshot = CopyDBClusterSnapshot' + { _cdbcsTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: !Text + , _cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CopyDBClusterSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdbcsTags' +-- +-- * 'cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' +copyDBClusterSnapshot + :: Text -- ^ 'cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' + -> CopyDBClusterSnapshot +copyDBClusterSnapshot pSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ pTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ = + CopyDBClusterSnapshot' + { _cdbcsTags = Nothing + , _cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +cdbcsTags :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshot [Tag] +cdbcsTags = lens _cdbcsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not +-- case-sensitive. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +-- +-- Example: 'my-cluster-snapshot1' +cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshot Text +cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source +-- DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +-- +-- Example: 'my-cluster-snapshot2' +cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshot Text +cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); + +instance AWSRequest CopyDBClusterSnapshot where + type Sv CopyDBClusterSnapshot = RDS + type Rs CopyDBClusterSnapshot = + CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CopyDBClusterSnapshotResult" + (\ s h x -> + CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshot") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders CopyDBClusterSnapshot where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath CopyDBClusterSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CopyDBClusterSnapshot where + toQuery CopyDBClusterSnapshot'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("CopyDBClusterSnapshot" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdbcsTags), + "SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier" =: + _cdbcsSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, + "TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier" =: + _cdbcsTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier] + +-- | /See:/ 'copyDBClusterSnapshotResponse' smart constructor. +data CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse = CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse' + { _cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot :: !(Maybe DBClusterSnapshot) + , _cdcsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot' +-- +-- * 'cdcsrsStatus' +copyDBClusterSnapshotResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdcsrsStatus' + -> CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse +copyDBClusterSnapshotResponse pStatus_ = + CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse' + { _cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = Nothing + , _cdcsrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBClusterSnapshot) +cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = lens _cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +cdcsrsStatus :: Lens' CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse Int +cdcsrsStatus = lens _cdcsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdcsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -1,159 +1,178 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Copies the specified DB parameter group. +-- Copies the specified DB parameter group. -- --- +-- /See:/ for CopyDBParameterGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBParameterGroup ( - -- * Request - CopyDBParameterGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , copyDBParameterGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier - , cdbpgTags - , cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription - , cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier + -- * Creating a Request + copyDBParameterGroup + , CopyDBParameterGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , cdpgTags + , cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier + , cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier + , cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription - -- * Response - , CopyDBParameterGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , copyDBParameterGroupResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup + , CopyDBParameterGroupResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup + , cdbpgrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data CopyDBParameterGroup = CopyDBParameterGroup - { _cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Text - , _cdbpgTags :: List "member" Tag - , _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription :: Text - , _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'CopyDBParameterGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'copyDBParameterGroup' smart constructor. +data CopyDBParameterGroup = CopyDBParameterGroup' + { _cdpgTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: !Text + , _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: !Text + , _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CopyDBParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdbpgTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'cdpgTags' -- --- * 'cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier' -- --- * 'cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier' -- -copyDBParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription' - -> CopyDBParameterGroup -copyDBParameterGroup p1 p2 p3 = CopyDBParameterGroup - { _cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = p1 - , _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = p2 - , _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = p3 - , _cdbpgTags = mempty +-- * 'cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription' +copyDBParameterGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription' + -> CopyDBParameterGroup +copyDBParameterGroup pSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier_ pTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier_ pTargetDBParameterGroupDescription_ = + CopyDBParameterGroup' + { _cdpgTags = Nothing + , _cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = pSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier_ + , _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = pTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier_ + , _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = pTargetDBParameterGroupDescription_ } --- | The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. +-- | Undocumented member. +cdpgTags :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup [Tag] +cdpgTags = lens _cdpgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information +-- about creating an ARN, see +-- . -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must specify a valid DB parameter group. If the source DB parameter group --- is in the same region as the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group --- identifier, for example 'my-db-param-group', or a valid ARN. If the source DB --- parameter group is in a different region than the copy, specify a valid DB --- parameter group ARN, for example 'arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:pg:special-parameters'. -cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text -cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = - lens _cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = a }) - -cdbpgTags :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup [Tag] -cdbpgTags = lens _cdbpgTags (\s a -> s { _cdbpgTags = a }) . _List - --- | A description for the copied DB parameter group. -cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text -cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = - lens _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription - (\s a -> s { _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = a }) +-- - Must specify a valid DB parameter group. +-- - If the source DB parameter group is in the same region as the copy, +-- specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example +-- 'my-db-param-group', or a valid ARN. +-- - If the source DB parameter group is in a different region than the +-- copy, specify a valid DB parameter group ARN, for example +-- 'arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:pg:special-parameters'. +cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text +cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = lens _cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = a}); -- | The identifier for the copied DB parameter group. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Cannot be null, empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric --- characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a --- hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: 'my-db-parameter-group' -cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text -cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = - lens _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = a }) +-- - Cannot be null, empty, or blank +-- - Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- +-- Example: 'my-db-parameter-group' +cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text +cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = lens _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = a}); -newtype CopyDBParameterGroupResponse = CopyDBParameterGroupResponse - { _cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup :: Maybe DBParameterGroup - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | A description for the copied DB parameter group. +cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroup Text +cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = lens _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription = a}); --- | 'CopyDBParameterGroupResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBParameterGroup' --- -copyDBParameterGroupResponse :: CopyDBParameterGroupResponse -copyDBParameterGroupResponse = CopyDBParameterGroupResponse - { _cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest CopyDBParameterGroup where + type Sv CopyDBParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs CopyDBParameterGroup = + CopyDBParameterGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CopyDBParameterGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> + CopyDBParameterGroupResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroup") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe DBParameterGroup) -cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup = - lens _cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup (\s a -> s { _cdbpgr1DBParameterGroup = a }) +instance ToHeaders CopyDBParameterGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath CopyDBParameterGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery CopyDBParameterGroup where - toQuery CopyDBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier" =? _cdbpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier - , "Tags" =? _cdbpgTags - , "TargetDBParameterGroupDescription" =? _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription - , "TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier" =? _cdbpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier - ] + toQuery CopyDBParameterGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("CopyDBParameterGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdpgTags), + "SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier" =: + _cdpgSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier, + "TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier" =: + _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier, + "TargetDBParameterGroupDescription" =: + _cdpgTargetDBParameterGroupDescription] -instance ToHeaders CopyDBParameterGroup +-- | /See:/ 'copyDBParameterGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data CopyDBParameterGroupResponse = CopyDBParameterGroupResponse' + { _cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup :: !(Maybe DBParameterGroup) + , _cdbpgrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest CopyDBParameterGroup where - type Sv CopyDBParameterGroup = RDS - type Rs CopyDBParameterGroup = CopyDBParameterGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'CopyDBParameterGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup' +-- +-- * 'cdbpgrsStatus' +copyDBParameterGroupResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdbpgrsStatus' + -> CopyDBParameterGroupResponse +copyDBParameterGroupResponse pStatus_ = + CopyDBParameterGroupResponse' + { _cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup = Nothing + , _cdbpgrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "CopyDBParameterGroup" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe DBParameterGroup) +cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup = lens _cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgrsDBParameterGroup = a}); -instance FromXML CopyDBParameterGroupResponse where - parseXML = withElement "CopyDBParameterGroupResult" $ \x -> CopyDBParameterGroupResponse - <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroup" +-- | The response status code. +cdbpgrsStatus :: Lens' CopyDBParameterGroupResponse Int +cdbpgrsStatus = lens _cdbpgrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyDBSnapshot.hs @@ -1,147 +1,178 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Copies the specified DBSnapshot. The source DBSnapshot must be in the --- "available" state. +-- Copies the specified DBSnapshot. The source DBSnapshot must be in the +-- \"available\" state. -- --- +-- /See:/ for CopyDBSnapshot. module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyDBSnapshot ( - -- * Request - CopyDBSnapshot - -- ** Request constructor - , copyDBSnapshot - -- ** Request lenses - , cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier - , cdbsTags - , cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier + -- * Creating a Request + copyDBSnapshot + , CopyDBSnapshot + -- * Request Lenses + , cdsCopyTags + , cdsTags + , cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier + , cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier - -- * Response - , CopyDBSnapshotResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , copyDBSnapshotResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , cdbsrDBSnapshot + , CopyDBSnapshotResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdsrsDBSnapshot + , cdsrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response -data CopyDBSnapshot = CopyDBSnapshot - { _cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Text - , _cdbsTags :: List "member" Tag - , _cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'copyDBSnapshot' smart constructor. +data CopyDBSnapshot = CopyDBSnapshot' + { _cdsCopyTags :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cdsTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !Text + , _cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) --- | 'CopyDBSnapshot' constructor. +-- | Creates a value of 'CopyDBSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cdsCopyTags' -- --- * 'cdbsTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'cdsTags' -- --- * 'cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier' -- -copyDBSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier' - -> CopyDBSnapshot -copyDBSnapshot p1 p2 = CopyDBSnapshot - { _cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = p1 - , _cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = p2 - , _cdbsTags = mempty +-- * 'cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier' +copyDBSnapshot + :: Text -- ^ 'cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier' + -> CopyDBSnapshot +copyDBSnapshot pSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier_ pTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier_ = + CopyDBSnapshot' + { _cdsCopyTags = Nothing + , _cdsTags = Nothing + , _cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = pSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = pTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier_ } +-- | This property is not currently implemented. +cdsCopyTags :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +cdsCopyTags = lens _cdsCopyTags (\ s a -> s{_cdsCopyTags = a}); + +-- | Undocumented member. +cdsTags :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot [Tag] +cdsTags = lens _cdsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | The identifier for the source DB snapshot. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. If the --- source snapshot is in the same region as the copy, specify a valid DB --- snapshot identifier. If the source snapshot is in a different region than the --- copy, specify a valid DB snapshot ARN. For more information, go to . Example: 'rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01' +-- - Must specify a valid system snapshot in the \"available\" state. +-- - If the source snapshot is in the same region as the copy, specify a +-- valid DB snapshot identifier. +-- - If the source snapshot is in a different region than the copy, +-- specify a valid DB snapshot ARN. For more information, go to +-- . -- --- Example: 'arn:aws:rds:rr-regn-1:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805' -cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot Text -cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = - lens _cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) - -cdbsTags :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot [Tag] -cdbsTags = lens _cdbsTags (\s a -> s { _cdbsTags = a }) . _List +-- Example: 'rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01' +-- +-- Example: +-- 'arn:aws:rds:rr-regn-1:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805' +cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot Text +cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); -- | The identifier for the copied snapshot. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Cannot be null, empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric --- characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a --- hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: 'my-db-snapshot' -cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot Text -cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = - lens _cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) - -newtype CopyDBSnapshotResponse = CopyDBSnapshotResponse - { _cdbsrDBSnapshot :: Maybe DBSnapshot - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'CopyDBSnapshotResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'cdbsrDBSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSnapshot' +-- - Cannot be null, empty, or blank +-- - Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens -- -copyDBSnapshotResponse :: CopyDBSnapshotResponse -copyDBSnapshotResponse = CopyDBSnapshotResponse - { _cdbsrDBSnapshot = Nothing - } +-- Example: 'my-db-snapshot' +cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshot Text +cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); -cdbsrDBSnapshot :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) -cdbsrDBSnapshot = lens _cdbsrDBSnapshot (\s a -> s { _cdbsrDBSnapshot = a }) +instance AWSRequest CopyDBSnapshot where + type Sv CopyDBSnapshot = RDS + type Rs CopyDBSnapshot = CopyDBSnapshotResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CopyDBSnapshotResult" + (\ s h x -> + CopyDBSnapshotResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBSnapshot") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders CopyDBSnapshot where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath CopyDBSnapshot where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery CopyDBSnapshot where - toQuery CopyDBSnapshot{..} = mconcat - [ "SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _cdbsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier - , "Tags" =? _cdbsTags - , "TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _cdbsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier - ] + toQuery CopyDBSnapshot'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("CopyDBSnapshot" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "CopyTags" =: _cdsCopyTags, + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdsTags), + "SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier" =: + _cdsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier, + "TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier" =: + _cdsTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier] -instance ToHeaders CopyDBSnapshot +-- | /See:/ 'copyDBSnapshotResponse' smart constructor. +data CopyDBSnapshotResponse = CopyDBSnapshotResponse' + { _cdsrsDBSnapshot :: !(Maybe DBSnapshot) + , _cdsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest CopyDBSnapshot where - type Sv CopyDBSnapshot = RDS - type Rs CopyDBSnapshot = CopyDBSnapshotResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'CopyDBSnapshotResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdsrsDBSnapshot' +-- +-- * 'cdsrsStatus' +copyDBSnapshotResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdsrsStatus' + -> CopyDBSnapshotResponse +copyDBSnapshotResponse pStatus_ = + CopyDBSnapshotResponse' + { _cdsrsDBSnapshot = Nothing + , _cdsrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "CopyDBSnapshot" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +cdsrsDBSnapshot :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) +cdsrsDBSnapshot = lens _cdsrsDBSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdsrsDBSnapshot = a}); -instance FromXML CopyDBSnapshotResponse where - parseXML = withElement "CopyDBSnapshotResult" $ \x -> CopyDBSnapshotResponse - <$> x .@? "DBSnapshot" +-- | The response status code. +cdsrsStatus :: Lens' CopyDBSnapshotResponse Int +cdsrsStatus = lens _cdsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyOptionGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyOptionGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CopyOptionGroup.hs @@ -1,156 +1,177 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Copies the specified option group. +-- Copies the specified option group. -- --- +-- /See:/ for CopyOptionGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.CopyOptionGroup ( - -- * Request - CopyOptionGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , copyOptionGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier - , cog1Tags - , cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription - , cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier + -- * Creating a Request + copyOptionGroup + , CopyOptionGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , cTags + , cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier + , cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier + , cTargetOptionGroupDescription - -- * Response - , CopyOptionGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , copyOptionGroupResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , cogrOptionGroup + , CopyOptionGroupResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cogrsOptionGroup + , cogrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data CopyOptionGroup = CopyOptionGroup - { _cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier :: Text - , _cog1Tags :: List "member" Tag - , _cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription :: Text - , _cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'CopyOptionGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'copyOptionGroup' smart constructor. +data CopyOptionGroup = CopyOptionGroup' + { _cTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier :: !Text + , _cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier :: !Text + , _cTargetOptionGroupDescription :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CopyOptionGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cog1Tags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'cTags' -- --- * 'cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier' -- --- * 'cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier' -- -copyOptionGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier' - -> Text -- ^ 'cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier' - -> Text -- ^ 'cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription' - -> CopyOptionGroup -copyOptionGroup p1 p2 p3 = CopyOptionGroup - { _cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = p1 - , _cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = p2 - , _cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription = p3 - , _cog1Tags = mempty +-- * 'cTargetOptionGroupDescription' +copyOptionGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cTargetOptionGroupDescription' + -> CopyOptionGroup +copyOptionGroup pSourceOptionGroupIdentifier_ pTargetOptionGroupIdentifier_ pTargetOptionGroupDescription_ = + CopyOptionGroup' + { _cTags = Nothing + , _cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier = pSourceOptionGroupIdentifier_ + , _cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier = pTargetOptionGroupIdentifier_ + , _cTargetOptionGroupDescription = pTargetOptionGroupDescription_ } --- | The identifier or ARN for the source option group. +-- | Undocumented member. +cTags :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup [Tag] +cTags = lens _cTags (\ s a -> s{_cTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The identifier or ARN for the source option group. For information about +-- creating an ARN, see +-- . -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must specify a valid option group. If the source option group is in the --- same region as the copy, specify a valid option group identifier, for example 'my-option-group', or a valid ARN. If the source option group is in a different --- region than the copy, specify a valid option group ARN, for example 'arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options'. -cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text -cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = - lens _cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = a }) - -cog1Tags :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup [Tag] -cog1Tags = lens _cog1Tags (\s a -> s { _cog1Tags = a }) . _List - --- | The description for the copied option group. -cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text -cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription = - lens _cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription - (\s a -> s { _cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription = a }) +-- - Must specify a valid option group. +-- - If the source option group is in the same region as the copy, +-- specify a valid option group identifier, for example +-- 'my-option-group', or a valid ARN. +-- - If the source option group is in a different region than the copy, +-- specify a valid option group ARN, for example +-- 'arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options'. +cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text +cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier = lens _cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier = a}); -- | The identifier for the copied option group. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Cannot be null, empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric --- characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a --- hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: 'my-option-group' -cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text -cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = - lens _cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = a }) +-- - Cannot be null, empty, or blank +-- - Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- +-- Example: 'my-option-group' +cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text +cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier = lens _cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier = a}); -newtype CopyOptionGroupResponse = CopyOptionGroupResponse - { _cogrOptionGroup :: Maybe OptionGroup - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | The description for the copied option group. +cTargetOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' CopyOptionGroup Text +cTargetOptionGroupDescription = lens _cTargetOptionGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cTargetOptionGroupDescription = a}); --- | 'CopyOptionGroupResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'cogrOptionGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'OptionGroup' --- -copyOptionGroupResponse :: CopyOptionGroupResponse -copyOptionGroupResponse = CopyOptionGroupResponse - { _cogrOptionGroup = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest CopyOptionGroup where + type Sv CopyOptionGroup = RDS + type Rs CopyOptionGroup = CopyOptionGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CopyOptionGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> + CopyOptionGroupResponse' <$> + (x .@? "OptionGroup") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -cogrOptionGroup :: Lens' CopyOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) -cogrOptionGroup = lens _cogrOptionGroup (\s a -> s { _cogrOptionGroup = a }) +instance ToHeaders CopyOptionGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath CopyOptionGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery CopyOptionGroup where - toQuery CopyOptionGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "SourceOptionGroupIdentifier" =? _cog1SourceOptionGroupIdentifier - , "Tags" =? _cog1Tags - , "TargetOptionGroupDescription" =? _cog1TargetOptionGroupDescription - , "TargetOptionGroupIdentifier" =? _cog1TargetOptionGroupIdentifier - ] + toQuery CopyOptionGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("CopyOptionGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cTags), + "SourceOptionGroupIdentifier" =: + _cSourceOptionGroupIdentifier, + "TargetOptionGroupIdentifier" =: + _cTargetOptionGroupIdentifier, + "TargetOptionGroupDescription" =: + _cTargetOptionGroupDescription] -instance ToHeaders CopyOptionGroup +-- | /See:/ 'copyOptionGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data CopyOptionGroupResponse = CopyOptionGroupResponse' + { _cogrsOptionGroup :: !(Maybe OptionGroup) + , _cogrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest CopyOptionGroup where - type Sv CopyOptionGroup = RDS - type Rs CopyOptionGroup = CopyOptionGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'CopyOptionGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cogrsOptionGroup' +-- +-- * 'cogrsStatus' +copyOptionGroupResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cogrsStatus' + -> CopyOptionGroupResponse +copyOptionGroupResponse pStatus_ = + CopyOptionGroupResponse' + { _cogrsOptionGroup = Nothing + , _cogrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "CopyOptionGroup" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +cogrsOptionGroup :: Lens' CopyOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) +cogrsOptionGroup = lens _cogrsOptionGroup (\ s a -> s{_cogrsOptionGroup = a}); -instance FromXML CopyOptionGroupResponse where - parseXML = withElement "CopyOptionGroupResult" $ \x -> CopyOptionGroupResponse - <$> x .@? "OptionGroup" +-- | The response status code. +cogrsStatus :: Lens' CopyOptionGroupResponse Int +cogrsStatus = lens _cogrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cogrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBCluster.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBCluster.hs @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBCluster +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster. For more information on Amazon +-- Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for CreateDBCluster. +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBCluster + ( + -- * Creating a Request + createDBCluster + , CreateDBCluster + -- * Request Lenses + , cdcEngineVersion + , cdcDBClusterIdentifier + , cdcMasterUserPassword + , cdcMasterUsername + , cdcDBSubnetGroupName + , cdcEngine + , cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , cdcCharacterSetName + , cdcAvailabilityZones + , cdcPreferredBackupWindow + , cdcBackupRetentionPeriod + , cdcDatabaseName + , cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds + , cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName + , cdcOptionGroupName + , cdcTags + , cdcPort + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , createDBClusterResponse + , CreateDBClusterResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdcrsDBCluster + , cdcrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'createDBCluster' smart constructor. +data CreateDBCluster = CreateDBCluster' + { _cdcEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _cdcPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _cdcDatabaseName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdcTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdcPort :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBCluster' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdcEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'cdcDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'cdcMasterUserPassword' +-- +-- * 'cdcMasterUsername' +-- +-- * 'cdcDBSubnetGroupName' +-- +-- * 'cdcEngine' +-- +-- * 'cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow' +-- +-- * 'cdcCharacterSetName' +-- +-- * 'cdcAvailabilityZones' +-- +-- * 'cdcPreferredBackupWindow' +-- +-- * 'cdcBackupRetentionPeriod' +-- +-- * 'cdcDatabaseName' +-- +-- * 'cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds' +-- +-- * 'cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName' +-- +-- * 'cdcOptionGroupName' +-- +-- * 'cdcTags' +-- +-- * 'cdcPort' +createDBCluster + :: CreateDBCluster +createDBCluster = + CreateDBCluster' + { _cdcEngineVersion = Nothing + , _cdcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _cdcMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _cdcMasterUsername = Nothing + , _cdcDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _cdcEngine = Nothing + , _cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _cdcCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _cdcAvailabilityZones = Nothing + , _cdcPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _cdcBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _cdcDatabaseName = Nothing + , _cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _cdcOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _cdcTags = Nothing + , _cdcPort = Nothing + } + +-- | The version number of the database engine to use. +-- +-- __Aurora__ +-- +-- Example: '5.6.0' +cdcEngineVersion :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcEngineVersion = lens _cdcEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_cdcEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase +-- string. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +-- +-- Example: 'my-cluster1' +cdcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _cdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The password for the master database user. This password can contain any +-- printable ASCII character except \"\/\", \"\"\", or \"\'\". +-- +-- Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. +cdcMasterUserPassword :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcMasterUserPassword = lens _cdcMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_cdcMasterUserPassword = a}); + +-- | The name of the master user for the client DB cluster. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. +cdcMasterUsername :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcMasterUsername = lens _cdcMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_cdcMasterUsername = a}); + +-- | A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. +cdcDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdcDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcDBSubnetGroupName = a}); + +-- | The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. +-- +-- Valid Values: 'MySQL' +cdcEngine :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcEngine = lens _cdcEngine (\ s a -> s{_cdcEngine = a}); + +-- | The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in +-- Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- +-- Format: 'ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi' +-- +-- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of +-- time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time +-- blocks available, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun +-- +-- Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); + +-- | A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the +-- specified CharacterSet. +cdcCharacterSetName :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcCharacterSetName = lens _cdcCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_cdcCharacterSetName = a}); + +-- | A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be +-- created in. For information on regions and Availability Zones, see +-- . +cdcAvailabilityZones :: Lens' CreateDBCluster [Text] +cdcAvailabilityZones = lens _cdcAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_cdcAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if +-- automated backups are enabled using the 'BackupRetentionPeriod' +-- parameter. +-- +-- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of +-- time per region. To see the time blocks available, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be in the format 'hh24:mi-hh24:mi'. +-- - Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- - Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. +-- - Must be at least 30 minutes. +cdcPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcPreferredBackupWindow = lens _cdcPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdcPreferredBackupWindow = a}); + +-- | The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting +-- this parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this +-- parameter to 0 disables automated backups. +-- +-- Default: 1 +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be a value from 0 to 35 +cdcBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Int) +cdcBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _cdcBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_cdcBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); + +-- | The name for your database of up to 8 alpha-numeric characters. If you +-- do not provide a name, Amazon RDS will not create a database in the DB +-- cluster you are creating. +cdcDatabaseName :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcDatabaseName = lens _cdcDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_cdcDatabaseName = a}); + +-- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster. +cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' CreateDBCluster [Text] +cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB +-- cluster. If this argument is omitted, 'default.aurora5.6' for the +-- specified engine will be used. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); + +-- | A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the +-- specified option group. +-- +-- Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option +-- group cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a +-- DB cluster. +cdcOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Text) +cdcOptionGroupName = lens _cdcOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcOptionGroupName = a}); + +-- | Undocumented member. +cdcTags :: Lens' CreateDBCluster [Tag] +cdcTags = lens _cdcTags (\ s a -> s{_cdcTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept +-- connections. +-- +-- Default: '3306' +cdcPort :: Lens' CreateDBCluster (Maybe Int) +cdcPort = lens _cdcPort (\ s a -> s{_cdcPort = a}); + +instance AWSRequest CreateDBCluster where + type Sv CreateDBCluster = RDS + type Rs CreateDBCluster = CreateDBClusterResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CreateDBClusterResult" + (\ s h x -> + CreateDBClusterResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBCluster") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders CreateDBCluster where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath CreateDBCluster where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateDBCluster where + toQuery CreateDBCluster'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("CreateDBCluster" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "EngineVersion" =: _cdcEngineVersion, + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _cdcDBClusterIdentifier, + "MasterUserPassword" =: _cdcMasterUserPassword, + "MasterUsername" =: _cdcMasterUsername, + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _cdcDBSubnetGroupName, + "Engine" =: _cdcEngine, + "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =: + _cdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow, + "CharacterSetName" =: _cdcCharacterSetName, + "AvailabilityZones" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "AvailabilityZone" <$> + _cdcAvailabilityZones), + "PreferredBackupWindow" =: _cdcPreferredBackupWindow, + "BackupRetentionPeriod" =: _cdcBackupRetentionPeriod, + "DatabaseName" =: _cdcDatabaseName, + "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> + _cdcVPCSecurityGroupIds), + "DBClusterParameterGroupName" =: + _cdcDBClusterParameterGroupName, + "OptionGroupName" =: _cdcOptionGroupName, + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdcTags), + "Port" =: _cdcPort] + +-- | /See:/ 'createDBClusterResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateDBClusterResponse = CreateDBClusterResponse' + { _cdcrsDBCluster :: !(Maybe DBCluster) + , _cdcrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBClusterResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdcrsDBCluster' +-- +-- * 'cdcrsStatus' +createDBClusterResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdcrsStatus' + -> CreateDBClusterResponse +createDBClusterResponse pStatus_ = + CreateDBClusterResponse' + { _cdcrsDBCluster = Nothing + , _cdcrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +cdcrsDBCluster :: Lens' CreateDBClusterResponse (Maybe DBCluster) +cdcrsDBCluster = lens _cdcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_cdcrsDBCluster = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +cdcrsStatus :: Lens' CreateDBClusterResponse Int +cdcrsStatus = lens _cdcrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdcrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Creates a new DB cluster parameter group. +-- +-- Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances +-- in a DB cluster. +-- +-- A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default +-- parameters for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. +-- To provide custom values for any of the parameters, you must modify the +-- group after creating it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once +-- you\'ve created a DB cluster parameter group, you need to associate it +-- with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster. When you associate a new DB +-- cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster, you need to reboot +-- the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for the new DB +-- cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect. +-- +-- After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least +-- 5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB +-- cluster parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows +-- Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the DB cluster +-- parameter group is used as the default for a new DB cluster. This is +-- especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the +-- default database for a DB cluster, such as the character set for the +-- default database defined by the 'character_set_database' parameter. You +-- can use the /Parameter Groups/ option of the +-- or the +-- DescribeDBClusterParameters command to verify that your DB cluster +-- parameter group has been created or modified. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for CreateDBClusterParameterGroup. +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterParameterGroup + ( + -- * Creating a Request + createDBClusterParameterGroup + , CreateDBClusterParameterGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , cdcpgTags + , cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName + , cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily + , cdcpgDescription + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , createDBClusterParameterGroupResponse + , CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup + , cdcpgrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'createDBClusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. +data CreateDBClusterParameterGroup = CreateDBClusterParameterGroup' + { _cdcpgTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: !Text + , _cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: !Text + , _cdcpgDescription :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBClusterParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdcpgTags' +-- +-- * 'cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' +-- +-- * 'cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily' +-- +-- * 'cdcpgDescription' +createDBClusterParameterGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdcpgDescription' + -> CreateDBClusterParameterGroup +createDBClusterParameterGroup pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ pDBParameterGroupFamily_ pDescription_ = + CreateDBClusterParameterGroup' + { _cdcpgTags = Nothing + , _cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ + , _cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ + , _cdcpgDescription = pDescription_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +cdcpgTags :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroup [Tag] +cdcpgTags = lens _cdcpgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- +-- This value is stored as a lowercase string. +cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroup Text +cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); + +-- | The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group +-- can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group +-- family, and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database +-- engine and engine version compatible with that DB cluster parameter +-- group family. +cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroup Text +cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); + +-- | The description for the DB cluster parameter group. +cdcpgDescription :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroup Text +cdcpgDescription = lens _cdcpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgDescription = a}); + +instance AWSRequest CreateDBClusterParameterGroup + where + type Sv CreateDBClusterParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs CreateDBClusterParameterGroup = + CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> + CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroup") <*> + (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders CreateDBClusterParameterGroup + where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath CreateDBClusterParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateDBClusterParameterGroup where + toQuery CreateDBClusterParameterGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("CreateDBClusterParameterGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdcpgTags), + "DBClusterParameterGroupName" =: + _cdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName, + "DBParameterGroupFamily" =: + _cdcpgDBParameterGroupFamily, + "Description" =: _cdcpgDescription] + +-- | /See:/ 'createDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse = CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' + { _cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup :: !(Maybe DBClusterParameterGroup) + , _cdcpgrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup' +-- +-- * 'cdcpgrsStatus' +createDBClusterParameterGroupResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdcpgrsStatus' + -> CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse +createDBClusterParameterGroupResponse pStatus_ = + CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' + { _cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = Nothing + , _cdcpgrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse (Maybe DBClusterParameterGroup) +cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = lens _cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroup = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +cdcpgrsStatus :: Lens' CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse Int +cdcpgrsStatus = lens _cdcpgrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdcpgrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBClusterSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon +-- Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for CreateDBClusterSnapshot. +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBClusterSnapshot + ( + -- * Creating a Request + createDBClusterSnapshot + , CreateDBClusterSnapshot + -- * Request Lenses + , cdcsTags + , cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier + , cdcsDBClusterIdentifier + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , createDBClusterSnapshotResponse + , CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot + , cdbcsrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'createDBClusterSnapshot' smart constructor. +data CreateDBClusterSnapshot = CreateDBClusterSnapshot' + { _cdcsTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: !Text + , _cdcsDBClusterIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBClusterSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdcsTags' +-- +-- * 'cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'cdcsDBClusterIdentifier' +createDBClusterSnapshot + :: Text -- ^ 'cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdcsDBClusterIdentifier' + -> CreateDBClusterSnapshot +createDBClusterSnapshot pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ pDBClusterIdentifier_ = + CreateDBClusterSnapshot' + { _cdcsTags = Nothing + , _cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _cdcsDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + } + +-- | The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot. +cdcsTags :: Lens' CreateDBClusterSnapshot [Tag] +cdcsTags = lens _cdcsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdcsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a +-- lowercase string. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +-- +-- Example: 'my-cluster1-snapshot1' +cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBClusterSnapshot Text +cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This +-- parameter is not case-sensitive. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +-- +-- Example: 'my-cluster1' +cdcsDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBClusterSnapshot Text +cdcsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _cdcsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdcsDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +instance AWSRequest CreateDBClusterSnapshot where + type Sv CreateDBClusterSnapshot = RDS + type Rs CreateDBClusterSnapshot = + CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CreateDBClusterSnapshotResult" + (\ s h x -> + CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshot") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders CreateDBClusterSnapshot where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath CreateDBClusterSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateDBClusterSnapshot where + toQuery CreateDBClusterSnapshot'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("CreateDBClusterSnapshot" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdcsTags), + "DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier" =: + _cdcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _cdcsDBClusterIdentifier] + +-- | /See:/ 'createDBClusterSnapshotResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse = CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse' + { _cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot :: !(Maybe DBClusterSnapshot) + , _cdbcsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot' +-- +-- * 'cdbcsrsStatus' +createDBClusterSnapshotResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdbcsrsStatus' + -> CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse +createDBClusterSnapshotResponse pStatus_ = + CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse' + { _cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = Nothing + , _cdbcsrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot :: Lens' CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBClusterSnapshot) +cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = lens _cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +cdbcsrsStatus :: Lens' CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse Int +cdbcsrsStatus = lens _cdbcsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbcsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstance.hs @@ -1,763 +1,961 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} - -{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} - --- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental --- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) --- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Creates a new DB instance. --- --- -module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance - ( - -- * Request - CreateDBInstance - -- ** Request constructor - , createDBInstance - -- ** Request lenses - , cdbiAllocatedStorage - , cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , cdbiAvailabilityZone - , cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod - , cdbiCharacterSetName - , cdbiDBInstanceClass - , cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier - , cdbiDBName - , cdbiDBParameterGroupName - , cdbiDBSecurityGroups - , cdbiDBSubnetGroupName - , cdbiEngine - , cdbiEngineVersion - , cdbiIops - , cdbiKmsKeyId - , cdbiLicenseModel - , cdbiMasterUserPassword - , cdbiMasterUsername - , cdbiMultiAZ - , cdbiOptionGroupName - , cdbiPort - , cdbiPreferredBackupWindow - , cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow - , cdbiPubliclyAccessible - , cdbiStorageEncrypted - , cdbiStorageType - , cdbiTags - , cdbiTdeCredentialArn - , cdbiTdeCredentialPassword - , cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds - - -- * Response - , CreateDBInstanceResponse - -- ** Response constructor - , createDBInstanceResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , cdbirDBInstance - ) where - -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data CreateDBInstance = CreateDBInstance - { _cdbiAllocatedStorage :: Int - , _cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool - , _cdbiAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int - , _cdbiCharacterSetName :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiDBInstanceClass :: Text - , _cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _cdbiDBName :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiDBSecurityGroups :: List "member" Text - , _cdbiDBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiEngine :: Text - , _cdbiEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiIops :: Maybe Int - , _cdbiKmsKeyId :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiLicenseModel :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiMasterUserPassword :: Text - , _cdbiMasterUsername :: Text - , _cdbiMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool - , _cdbiOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiPort :: Maybe Int - , _cdbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool - , _cdbiStorageEncrypted :: Maybe Bool - , _cdbiStorageType :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiTags :: List "member" Tag - , _cdbiTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiTdeCredentialPassword :: Maybe Text - , _cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds :: List "member" Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'CreateDBInstance' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'cdbiAllocatedStorage' @::@ 'Int' --- --- * 'cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'cdbiAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'cdbiCharacterSetName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiDBName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiDBSecurityGroups' @::@ ['Text'] --- --- * 'cdbiDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiEngine' @::@ 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'cdbiKmsKeyId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiMasterUserPassword' @::@ 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiMasterUsername' @::@ 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'cdbiOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'cdbiPreferredBackupWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'cdbiStorageEncrypted' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'cdbiStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiTags' @::@ ['Tag'] --- --- * 'cdbiTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiTdeCredentialPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds' @::@ ['Text'] --- -createDBInstance :: Text -- ^ 'cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> Int -- ^ 'cdbiAllocatedStorage' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbiDBInstanceClass' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbiEngine' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbiMasterUsername' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbiMasterUserPassword' - -> CreateDBInstance -createDBInstance p1 p2 p3 p4 p5 p6 = CreateDBInstance - { _cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 - , _cdbiAllocatedStorage = p2 - , _cdbiDBInstanceClass = p3 - , _cdbiEngine = p4 - , _cdbiMasterUsername = p5 - , _cdbiMasterUserPassword = p6 - , _cdbiDBName = Nothing - , _cdbiDBSecurityGroups = mempty - , _cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = mempty - , _cdbiAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _cdbiDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing - , _cdbiDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _cdbiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing - , _cdbiPort = Nothing - , _cdbiMultiAZ = Nothing - , _cdbiEngineVersion = Nothing - , _cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _cdbiLicenseModel = Nothing - , _cdbiIops = Nothing - , _cdbiOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _cdbiCharacterSetName = Nothing - , _cdbiPubliclyAccessible = Nothing - , _cdbiTags = mempty - , _cdbiStorageType = Nothing - , _cdbiTdeCredentialArn = Nothing - , _cdbiTdeCredentialPassword = Nothing - , _cdbiStorageEncrypted = Nothing - , _cdbiKmsKeyId = Nothing - } - --- | The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be initially allocated for the --- database instance. --- --- Type: Integer --- --- MySQL --- --- Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. --- --- PostgreSQL --- --- Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. --- --- Oracle --- --- Constraints: Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. --- --- SQL Server --- --- Constraints: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024 (Standard Edition and --- Enterprise Edition) or from 20 to 1024 (Express Edition and Web Edition) -cdbiAllocatedStorage :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Int -cdbiAllocatedStorage = - lens _cdbiAllocatedStorage (\s a -> s { _cdbiAllocatedStorage = a }) - --- | Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the DB --- instance during the maintenance window. --- --- Default: 'true' -cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = - lens _cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - (\s a -> s { _cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) - --- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. For --- information on regions and Availability Zones, see . --- --- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's --- region. --- --- Example: 'us-east-1d' --- --- Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter cannot be specified if the --- MultiAZ parameter is set to 'true'. The specified Availability Zone must be in --- the same region as the current endpoint. -cdbiAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiAvailabilityZone = - lens _cdbiAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _cdbiAvailabilityZone = a }) - --- | The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this --- parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 --- disables automated backups. --- --- Default: 1 --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must be a value from 0 to 35 Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a --- source to Read Replicas -cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) -cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = - lens _cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod - (\s a -> s { _cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = a }) - --- | For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated --- with the specified CharacterSet. -cdbiCharacterSetName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiCharacterSetName = - lens _cdbiCharacterSetName (\s a -> s { _cdbiCharacterSetName = a }) - --- | The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance. --- --- Valid Values: 'db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large |db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium |db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge |db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small |db.t2.medium' -cdbiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text -cdbiDBInstanceClass = - lens _cdbiDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBInstanceClass = a }) - --- | The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens (1 to 15 for --- SQL Server). First character must be a letter. Cannot end with a hyphen or --- contain two consecutive hyphens. Example: 'mydbinstance' -cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text -cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you --- use. --- --- Type: String --- --- MySQL --- --- The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this --- parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters Cannot be a word reserved by --- the specified database engine PostgreSQL --- --- The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this --- parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must contain 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters Must begin with a letter or an --- underscore. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, or digits --- (0-9). Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine Oracle --- --- The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. --- --- Default: 'ORCL' --- --- Constraints: --- --- Cannot be longer than 8 characters SQL Server --- --- Not applicable. Must be null. -cdbiDBName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiDBName = lens _cdbiDBName (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBName = a }) - --- | The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If --- this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified --- engine will be used. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens --- -cdbiDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiDBParameterGroupName = - lens _cdbiDBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBParameterGroupName = a }) - --- | A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. --- --- Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. -cdbiDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Text] -cdbiDBSecurityGroups = - lens _cdbiDBSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBSecurityGroups = a }) - . _List - --- | A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. --- --- If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. -cdbiDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiDBSubnetGroupName = - lens _cdbiDBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _cdbiDBSubnetGroupName = a }) - --- | The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. --- --- Valid Values: 'MySQL' | 'oracle-se1' | 'oracle-se' | 'oracle-ee' | 'sqlserver-ee' | 'sqlserver-se' | 'sqlserver-ex' | 'sqlserver-web' | 'postgres' --- --- Not every database engine is available for every AWS region. -cdbiEngine :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text -cdbiEngine = lens _cdbiEngine (\s a -> s { _cdbiEngine = a }) - --- | The version number of the database engine to use. --- --- The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that --- are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for --- every AWS region. --- --- MySQL --- --- Version 5.1 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1, --- ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): '5.1.73a | 5.1.73b' Version 5.5 (Only available in the following regions: --- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, --- us-west-1, us-west-2): ' 5.5.40 | 5.5.40a' Version 5.5 (Available in all --- regions): ' 5.5.40b | 5.5.41' Version 5.6 (Available in all regions): '5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22' MySQL --- --- Version 5.1 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1, --- ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): '5.1.73a | 5.1.73b' Version 5.5 (Only available in the following regions: --- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, --- us-west-1, us-west-2): ' 5.5.40 | 5.5.40a' Version 5.5 (Available in all --- regions): ' 5.5.40b | 5.5.41' Version 5.6 (Available in all regions): '5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22' MySQL --- --- Version 5.1 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1, --- ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): '5.1.73a | 5.1.73b' Version 5.5 (Only available in the following regions: --- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, --- us-west-1, us-west-2): ' 5.5.40 | 5.5.40a' Version 5.5 (Available in all --- regions): ' 5.5.40b | 5.5.41' Version 5.6 (Available in all regions): '5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22' MySQL --- --- Version 5.1 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1, --- ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): '5.1.73a | 5.1.73b' Version 5.5 (Only available in the following regions: --- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, --- us-west-1, us-west-2): ' 5.5.40 | 5.5.40a' Version 5.5 (Available in all --- regions): ' 5.5.40b | 5.5.41' Version 5.6 (Available in all regions): '5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22' Oracle Database Enterprise --- Edition (oracle-ee) --- --- Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1, --- ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): '11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' Version --- 11.2 (Available in all regions): ' 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 |11.2.0.4.v3' Oracle Database Enterprise Edition (oracle-ee) --- --- Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1, --- ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): '11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' Version --- 11.2 (Available in all regions): ' 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 |11.2.0.4.v3' Oracle Database Standard Edition (oracle-se) --- --- Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: us-west-1): '11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' Version --- 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: eu-central-1, us-west-1): '11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' Oracle Database --- Standard Edition (oracle-se) --- --- Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: us-west-1): '11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' Version --- 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: eu-central-1, us-west-1): '11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' Oracle Database --- Standard Edition One (oracle-se1) --- --- Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: us-west-1): '11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' Version --- 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: eu-central-1, us-west-1): '11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' Oracle Database --- Standard Edition One (oracle-se1) --- --- Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: us-west-1): '11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' Version --- 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: eu-central-1, us-west-1): '11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' PostgreSQL --- --- Version 9.3 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1, --- ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): '9.3.1 | 9.3.2' Version 9.3 (Available in all regions): ' 9.3.3 | 9.3.5' PostgreSQL --- --- --- Version 9.3 (Only available in the following regions: ap-northeast-1, --- ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2): '9.3.1 | 9.3.2' Version 9.3 (Available in all regions): ' 9.3.3 | 9.3.5' Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Edition (sqlserver-ee) --- --- --- Version 10.50 (Only available in the following regions: eu-central-1, --- us-west-1): ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' Version 11.00 (Only available in the following --- regions: eu-central-1, us-west-1): ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' Microsoft SQL Server --- Enterprise Edition (sqlserver-ee) --- --- Version 10.50 (Only available in the following regions: eu-central-1, --- us-west-1): ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' Version 11.00 (Only available in the following --- regions: eu-central-1, us-west-1): ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' Microsoft SQL Server --- Express Edition (sqlserver-ex) --- --- Version 10.50 (Available in all regions): ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' Version 11.00 --- (Available in all regions): ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' Microsoft SQL Server Express --- Edition (sqlserver-ex) --- --- Version 10.50 (Available in all regions): ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' Version 11.00 --- (Available in all regions): ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' Microsoft SQL Server --- Standard Edition (sqlserver-se) --- --- Version 10.50 (Available in all regions): ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' Version 11.00 --- (Available in all regions): ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' Microsoft SQL Server --- Standard Edition (sqlserver-se) --- --- Version 10.50 (Available in all regions): ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' Version 11.00 --- (Available in all regions): ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' Microsoft SQL Server Web --- Edition (sqlserver-web) --- --- Version 10.50 (Available in all regions): ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' Version 11.00 --- (Available in all regions): ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' Microsoft SQL Server Web --- Edition (sqlserver-web) --- --- Version 10.50 (Available in all regions): ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' Version 11.00 --- (Available in all regions): ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' -cdbiEngineVersion :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiEngineVersion = - lens _cdbiEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _cdbiEngineVersion = a }) - --- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be --- initially allocated for the DB instance. --- --- Constraints: To use PIOPS, this value must be an integer greater than 1000. -cdbiIops :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) -cdbiIops = lens _cdbiIops (\s a -> s { _cdbiIops = a }) - --- | The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. --- --- The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resoure Name (ARN) for the KMS --- encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account --- that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then --- you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. --- --- If the 'StorageEncrypted' parameter is true, and you do not specify a value --- for the 'KmsKeyId' parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption --- key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your --- AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region. -cdbiKmsKeyId :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiKmsKeyId = lens _cdbiKmsKeyId (\s a -> s { _cdbiKmsKeyId = a }) - --- | License model information for this DB instance. --- --- Valid values: 'license-included' | 'bring-your-own-license' | 'general-public-license' -cdbiLicenseModel :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiLicenseModel = lens _cdbiLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _cdbiLicenseModel = a }) - --- | The password for the master database user. Can be any printable ASCII --- character except "/", """, or "@". --- --- Type: String --- --- MySQL --- --- Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. --- --- Oracle --- --- Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. --- --- SQL Server --- --- Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. --- --- PostgreSQL --- --- Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. -cdbiMasterUserPassword :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text -cdbiMasterUserPassword = - lens _cdbiMasterUserPassword (\s a -> s { _cdbiMasterUserPassword = a }) - --- | The name of master user for the client DB instance. --- --- MySQL --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter. Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. --- Type: String --- --- Oracle --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must be 1 to 30 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter. Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. --- SQL Server --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must be 1 to 128 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter. --- Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. PostgreSQL --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must be 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters. First character must be a letter. Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. --- -cdbiMasterUsername :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text -cdbiMasterUsername = - lens _cdbiMasterUsername (\s a -> s { _cdbiMasterUsername = a }) - --- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot set the --- AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. -cdbiMultiAZ :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -cdbiMultiAZ = lens _cdbiMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _cdbiMultiAZ = a }) - --- | Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified --- option group. --- --- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, --- cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be --- removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance -cdbiOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiOptionGroupName = - lens _cdbiOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _cdbiOptionGroupName = a }) - --- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. --- --- MySQL --- --- Default: '3306' --- --- Valid Values: '1150-65535' --- --- Type: Integer --- --- PostgreSQL --- --- Default: '5432' --- --- Valid Values: '1150-65535' --- --- Type: Integer --- --- Oracle --- --- Default: '1521' --- --- Valid Values: '1150-65535' --- --- SQL Server --- --- Default: '1433' --- --- Valid Values: '1150-65535' except for '1434', '3389', '47001', '49152', and '49152' --- through '49156'. -cdbiPort :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) -cdbiPort = lens _cdbiPort (\s a -> s { _cdbiPort = a }) - --- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated --- backups are enabled, using the 'BackupRetentionPeriod' parameter. For more --- information, see . --- --- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time --- per region. See the Amazon RDS User Guide for the time blocks for each region --- from which the default backup windows are assigned. --- --- Constraints: Must be in the format 'hh24:mi-hh24:mi'. Times should be --- Universal Time Coordinated (UTC). Must not conflict with the preferred --- maintenance window. Must be at least 30 minutes. -cdbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiPreferredBackupWindow = - lens _cdbiPreferredBackupWindow - (\s a -> s { _cdbiPreferredBackupWindow = a }) - --- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur. --- For more information, see . --- --- Format: 'ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi' --- --- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time --- per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks --- available, see in the Amazon RDS --- User Guide. --- --- Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun --- --- Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. -cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = - lens _cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow - (\s a -> s { _cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a }) - --- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true --- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, --- which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal --- instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. --- --- Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been --- requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. --- --- Default VPC: true VPC: false If no DB subnet group has been specified --- as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the --- DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has --- been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has --- not been set, the DB instance will be private. -cdbiPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -cdbiPubliclyAccessible = - lens _cdbiPubliclyAccessible (\s a -> s { _cdbiPubliclyAccessible = a }) - --- | Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. --- --- Default: false -cdbiStorageEncrypted :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -cdbiStorageEncrypted = - lens _cdbiStorageEncrypted (\s a -> s { _cdbiStorageEncrypted = a }) - --- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. --- --- Valid values: 'standard | gp2 | io1' --- --- If you specify 'io1', you must also include a value for the 'Iops' parameter. --- --- Default: 'io1' if the 'Iops' parameter is specified; otherwise 'standard' -cdbiStorageType :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiStorageType = lens _cdbiStorageType (\s a -> s { _cdbiStorageType = a }) - -cdbiTags :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Tag] -cdbiTags = lens _cdbiTags (\s a -> s { _cdbiTags = a }) . _List - --- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE --- encryption. -cdbiTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiTdeCredentialArn = - lens _cdbiTdeCredentialArn (\s a -> s { _cdbiTdeCredentialArn = a }) - --- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the --- device. -cdbiTdeCredentialPassword :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) -cdbiTdeCredentialPassword = - lens _cdbiTdeCredentialPassword - (\s a -> s { _cdbiTdeCredentialPassword = a }) - --- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. --- --- Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. -cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Text] -cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = - lens _cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds (\s a -> s { _cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = a }) - . _List - -newtype CreateDBInstanceResponse = CreateDBInstanceResponse - { _cdbirDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'CreateDBInstanceResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'cdbirDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' --- -createDBInstanceResponse :: CreateDBInstanceResponse -createDBInstanceResponse = CreateDBInstanceResponse - { _cdbirDBInstance = Nothing - } - -cdbirDBInstance :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -cdbirDBInstance = lens _cdbirDBInstance (\s a -> s { _cdbirDBInstance = a }) - -instance ToPath CreateDBInstance where - toPath = const "/" - -instance ToQuery CreateDBInstance where - toQuery CreateDBInstance{..} = mconcat - [ "AllocatedStorage" =? _cdbiAllocatedStorage - , "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _cdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , "AvailabilityZone" =? _cdbiAvailabilityZone - , "BackupRetentionPeriod" =? _cdbiBackupRetentionPeriod - , "CharacterSetName" =? _cdbiCharacterSetName - , "DBInstanceClass" =? _cdbiDBInstanceClass - , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _cdbiDBInstanceIdentifier - , "DBName" =? _cdbiDBName - , "DBParameterGroupName" =? _cdbiDBParameterGroupName - , "DBSecurityGroups" =? _cdbiDBSecurityGroups - , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _cdbiDBSubnetGroupName - , "Engine" =? _cdbiEngine - , "EngineVersion" =? _cdbiEngineVersion - , "Iops" =? _cdbiIops - , "KmsKeyId" =? _cdbiKmsKeyId - , "LicenseModel" =? _cdbiLicenseModel - , "MasterUserPassword" =? _cdbiMasterUserPassword - , "MasterUsername" =? _cdbiMasterUsername - , "MultiAZ" =? _cdbiMultiAZ - , "OptionGroupName" =? _cdbiOptionGroupName - , "Port" =? _cdbiPort - , "PreferredBackupWindow" =? _cdbiPreferredBackupWindow - , "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =? _cdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow - , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _cdbiPubliclyAccessible - , "StorageEncrypted" =? _cdbiStorageEncrypted - , "StorageType" =? _cdbiStorageType - , "Tags" =? _cdbiTags - , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _cdbiTdeCredentialArn - , "TdeCredentialPassword" =? _cdbiTdeCredentialPassword - , "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =? _cdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds - ] - -instance ToHeaders CreateDBInstance - -instance AWSRequest CreateDBInstance where - type Sv CreateDBInstance = RDS - type Rs CreateDBInstance = CreateDBInstanceResponse - - request = post "CreateDBInstance" - response = xmlResponse - -instance FromXML CreateDBInstanceResponse where - parseXML = withElement "CreateDBInstanceResult" $ \x -> CreateDBInstanceResponse - <$> x .@? "DBInstance" +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Creates a new DB instance. +-- +-- /See:/ for CreateDBInstance. +module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstance + ( + -- * Creating a Request + createDBInstance + , CreateDBInstance + -- * Request Lenses + , cdiDBSecurityGroups + , cdiEngineVersion + , cdiStorageEncrypted + , cdiDBClusterIdentifier + , cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , cdiMasterUserPassword + , cdiMasterUsername + , cdiPubliclyAccessible + , cdiDBSubnetGroupName + , cdiIOPS + , cdiDomain + , cdiTDECredentialPassword + , cdiLicenseModel + , cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , cdiCharacterSetName + , cdiPreferredBackupWindow + , cdiAvailabilityZone + , cdiBackupRetentionPeriod + , cdiKMSKeyId + , cdiDBParameterGroupName + , cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds + , cdiMultiAZ + , cdiAllocatedStorage + , cdiTDECredentialARN + , cdiOptionGroupName + , cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot + , cdiDBName + , cdiTags + , cdiPort + , cdiStorageType + , cdiDBInstanceIdentifier + , cdiDBInstanceClass + , cdiEngine + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , createDBInstanceResponse + , CreateDBInstanceResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdirsDBInstance + , cdirsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'createDBInstance' smart constructor. +data CreateDBInstance = CreateDBInstance' + { _cdiDBSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _cdiEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiStorageEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cdiDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cdiMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiPubliclyAccessible :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cdiDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _cdiDomain :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiTDECredentialPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _cdiKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _cdiMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cdiAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _cdiTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cdiDBName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdiPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _cdiStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + , _cdiDBInstanceClass :: !Text + , _cdiEngine :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdiDBSecurityGroups' +-- +-- * 'cdiEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'cdiStorageEncrypted' +-- +-- * 'cdiDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' +-- +-- * 'cdiMasterUserPassword' +-- +-- * 'cdiMasterUsername' +-- +-- * 'cdiPubliclyAccessible' +-- +-- * 'cdiDBSubnetGroupName' +-- +-- * 'cdiIOPS' +-- +-- * 'cdiDomain' +-- +-- * 'cdiTDECredentialPassword' +-- +-- * 'cdiLicenseModel' +-- +-- * 'cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' +-- +-- * 'cdiCharacterSetName' +-- +-- * 'cdiPreferredBackupWindow' +-- +-- * 'cdiAvailabilityZone' +-- +-- * 'cdiBackupRetentionPeriod' +-- +-- * 'cdiKMSKeyId' +-- +-- * 'cdiDBParameterGroupName' +-- +-- * 'cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds' +-- +-- * 'cdiMultiAZ' +-- +-- * 'cdiAllocatedStorage' +-- +-- * 'cdiTDECredentialARN' +-- +-- * 'cdiOptionGroupName' +-- +-- * 'cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot' +-- +-- * 'cdiDBName' +-- +-- * 'cdiTags' +-- +-- * 'cdiPort' +-- +-- * 'cdiStorageType' +-- +-- * 'cdiDBInstanceIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'cdiDBInstanceClass' +-- +-- * 'cdiEngine' +createDBInstance + :: Text -- ^ 'cdiDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdiDBInstanceClass' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdiEngine' + -> CreateDBInstance +createDBInstance pDBInstanceIdentifier_ pDBInstanceClass_ pEngine_ = + CreateDBInstance' + { _cdiDBSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _cdiEngineVersion = Nothing + , _cdiStorageEncrypted = Nothing + , _cdiDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _cdiMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _cdiMasterUsername = Nothing + , _cdiPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _cdiDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _cdiIOPS = Nothing + , _cdiDomain = Nothing + , _cdiTDECredentialPassword = Nothing + , _cdiLicenseModel = Nothing + , _cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _cdiCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _cdiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _cdiAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _cdiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _cdiKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _cdiDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _cdiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _cdiAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _cdiTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _cdiOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _cdiDBName = Nothing + , _cdiTags = Nothing + , _cdiPort = Nothing + , _cdiStorageType = Nothing + , _cdiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + , _cdiDBInstanceClass = pDBInstanceClass_ + , _cdiEngine = pEngine_ + } + +-- | A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. +-- +-- Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. +cdiDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Text] +cdiDBSecurityGroups = lens _cdiDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The version number of the database engine to use. +-- +-- The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that +-- are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available +-- for every AWS region. +-- +-- __MySQL__ +-- +-- - __Version 5.1 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ ' 5.1.73a | 5.1.73b' +-- - __Version 5.5 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ ' 5.5.40 | 5.5.40a' +-- - __Version 5.5 (Available in all regions):__ +-- ' 5.5.40b | 5.5.41 | 5.5.42' +-- - __Version 5.6 (Available in all regions):__ +-- ' 5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22 | 5.6.23' +-- +-- __MySQL__ +-- +-- - __Version 5.1 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ ' 5.1.73a | 5.1.73b' +-- - __Version 5.5 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ ' 5.5.40 | 5.5.40a' +-- - __Version 5.5 (Available in all regions):__ +-- ' 5.5.40b | 5.5.41 | 5.5.42' +-- - __Version 5.6 (Available in all regions):__ +-- ' 5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22 | 5.6.23' +-- +-- __MySQL__ +-- +-- - __Version 5.1 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ ' 5.1.73a | 5.1.73b' +-- - __Version 5.5 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ ' 5.5.40 | 5.5.40a' +-- - __Version 5.5 (Available in all regions):__ +-- ' 5.5.40b | 5.5.41 | 5.5.42' +-- - __Version 5.6 (Available in all regions):__ +-- ' 5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22 | 5.6.23' +-- +-- __MySQL__ +-- +-- - __Version 5.1 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ ' 5.1.73a | 5.1.73b' +-- - __Version 5.5 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ ' 5.5.40 | 5.5.40a' +-- - __Version 5.5 (Available in all regions):__ +-- ' 5.5.40b | 5.5.41 | 5.5.42' +-- - __Version 5.6 (Available in all regions):__ +-- ' 5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22 | 5.6.23' +-- +-- __Oracle Database Enterprise Edition (oracle-ee)__ +-- +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' +-- - __Version 11.2 (Available in all regions):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' +-- - __Version 12.1 (Available in all regions):__ ' 12.1.0.1.v1' +-- +-- __Oracle Database Enterprise Edition (oracle-ee)__ +-- +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' +-- - __Version 11.2 (Available in all regions):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' +-- - __Version 12.1 (Available in all regions):__ ' 12.1.0.1.v1' +-- +-- __Oracle Database Enterprise Edition (oracle-ee)__ +-- +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' +-- - __Version 11.2 (Available in all regions):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' +-- - __Version 12.1 (Available in all regions):__ ' 12.1.0.1.v1' +-- +-- __Oracle Database Standard Edition (oracle-se)__ +-- +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' +-- - __Version 12.1 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ ' 12.1.0.1.v1' +-- +-- __Oracle Database Standard Edition (oracle-se)__ +-- +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' +-- - __Version 12.1 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ ' 12.1.0.1.v1' +-- +-- __Oracle Database Standard Edition (oracle-se)__ +-- +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' +-- - __Version 12.1 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ ' 12.1.0.1.v1' +-- +-- __Oracle Database Standard Edition One (oracle-se1)__ +-- +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' +-- - __Version 12.1 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ ' 12.1.0.1.v1' +-- +-- __Oracle Database Standard Edition One (oracle-se1)__ +-- +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' +-- - __Version 12.1 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ ' 12.1.0.1.v1' +-- +-- __Oracle Database Standard Edition One (oracle-se1)__ +-- +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7' +-- - __Version 11.2 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ +-- ' 11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3' +-- - __Version 12.1 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ ' 12.1.0.1.v1' +-- +-- __PostgreSQL__ +-- +-- - __Version 9.3 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ ' 9.3.1 | 9.3.2' +-- - __Version 9.3 (Available in all regions):__ ' 9.3.3 | 9.3.5 | 9.3.6' +-- - __Version 9.4 (Available in all regions):__ ' 9.4.1' +-- +-- __PostgreSQL__ +-- +-- - __Version 9.3 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ ' 9.3.1 | 9.3.2' +-- - __Version 9.3 (Available in all regions):__ ' 9.3.3 | 9.3.5 | 9.3.6' +-- - __Version 9.4 (Available in all regions):__ ' 9.4.1' +-- +-- __PostgreSQL__ +-- +-- - __Version 9.3 (Only available in the following regions: +-- ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, +-- sa-east-1, us-west-1, us-west-2):__ ' 9.3.1 | 9.3.2' +-- - __Version 9.3 (Available in all regions):__ ' 9.3.3 | 9.3.5 | 9.3.6' +-- - __Version 9.4 (Available in all regions):__ ' 9.4.1' +-- +-- __Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Edition (sqlserver-ee)__ +-- +-- - __Version 10.50 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' +-- - __Version 11.00 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' +-- +-- __Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Edition (sqlserver-ee)__ +-- +-- - __Version 10.50 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' +-- - __Version 11.00 (Only available in the following regions: +-- eu-central-1, us-west-1):__ ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' +-- +-- __Microsoft SQL Server Express Edition (sqlserver-ex)__ +-- +-- - __Version 10.50 (Available in all regions):__ ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' +-- - __Version 11.00 (Available in all regions):__ ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' +-- +-- __Microsoft SQL Server Express Edition (sqlserver-ex)__ +-- +-- - __Version 10.50 (Available in all regions):__ ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' +-- - __Version 11.00 (Available in all regions):__ ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' +-- +-- __Microsoft SQL Server Standard Edition (sqlserver-se)__ +-- +-- - __Version 10.50 (Available in all regions):__ ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' +-- - __Version 11.00 (Available in all regions):__ ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' +-- +-- __Microsoft SQL Server Standard Edition (sqlserver-se)__ +-- +-- - __Version 10.50 (Available in all regions):__ ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' +-- - __Version 11.00 (Available in all regions):__ ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' +-- +-- __Microsoft SQL Server Web Edition (sqlserver-web)__ +-- +-- - __Version 10.50 (Available in all regions):__ ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' +-- - __Version 11.00 (Available in all regions):__ ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' +-- +-- __Microsoft SQL Server Web Edition (sqlserver-web)__ +-- +-- - __Version 10.50 (Available in all regions):__ ' 10.50.2789.0.v1' +-- - __Version 11.00 (Available in all regions):__ ' 11.00.2100.60.v1' +cdiEngineVersion :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiEngineVersion = lens _cdiEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_cdiEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. +-- +-- Default: false +cdiStorageEncrypted :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +cdiStorageEncrypted = lens _cdiStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_cdiStorageEncrypted = a}); + +-- | The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to. +-- +-- For information on creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster. +-- +-- Type: String +cdiDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiDBClusterIdentifier = lens _cdiDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to +-- the DB instance during the maintenance window. +-- +-- Default: 'true' +cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); + +-- | The password for the master database user. Can be any printable ASCII +-- character except \"\/\", \"\"\", or \"\'\". +-- +-- Type: String +-- +-- __MySQL__ +-- +-- Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. +-- +-- __Oracle__ +-- +-- Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. +-- +-- __SQL Server__ +-- +-- Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. +-- +-- __PostgreSQL__ +-- +-- Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. +cdiMasterUserPassword :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiMasterUserPassword = lens _cdiMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_cdiMasterUserPassword = a}); + +-- | The name of master user for the client DB instance. +-- +-- __MySQL__ +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. +-- +-- Type: String +-- +-- __Oracle__ +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 30 alphanumeric characters. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. +-- +-- __SQL Server__ +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 128 alphanumeric characters. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. +-- +-- __PostgreSQL__ +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. +cdiMasterUsername :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiMasterUsername = lens _cdiMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_cdiMasterUsername = a}); + +-- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true +-- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS +-- name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies +-- an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP +-- address. +-- +-- Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been +-- requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each +-- case. +-- +-- - __Default VPC:__ true +-- - __VPC:__ false +-- +-- If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the +-- PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be +-- publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as +-- part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, +-- the DB instance will be private. +cdiPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +cdiPubliclyAccessible = lens _cdiPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_cdiPubliclyAccessible = a}); + +-- | A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. +-- +-- If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. +cdiDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdiDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBSubnetGroupName = a}); + +-- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input\/output operations per second) to +-- be initially allocated for the DB instance. +-- +-- Constraints: To use PIOPS, this value must be an integer greater than +-- 1000. +cdiIOPS :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) +cdiIOPS = lens _cdiIOPS (\ s a -> s{_cdiIOPS = a}); + +-- | Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in. +cdiDomain :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiDomain = lens _cdiDomain (\ s a -> s{_cdiDomain = a}); + +-- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the +-- device. +cdiTDECredentialPassword :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiTDECredentialPassword = lens _cdiTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_cdiTDECredentialPassword = a}); + +-- | License model information for this DB instance. +-- +-- Valid values: 'license-included' | 'bring-your-own-license' | +-- 'general-public-license' +cdiLicenseModel :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiLicenseModel = lens _cdiLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_cdiLicenseModel = a}); + +-- | The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in +-- Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see +-- . +-- +-- Format: 'ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi' +-- +-- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of +-- time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time +-- blocks available, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun +-- +-- Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); + +-- | For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be +-- associated with the specified CharacterSet. +cdiCharacterSetName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiCharacterSetName = lens _cdiCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_cdiCharacterSetName = a}); + +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if +-- automated backups are enabled, using the 'BackupRetentionPeriod' +-- parameter. For more information, see +-- . +-- +-- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of +-- time per region. To see the time blocks available, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be in the format 'hh24:mi-hh24:mi'. +-- - Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- - Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. +-- - Must be at least 30 minutes. +cdiPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiPreferredBackupWindow = lens _cdiPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_cdiPreferredBackupWindow = a}); + +-- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. +-- For information on regions and Availability Zones, see +-- . +-- +-- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint\'s +-- region. +-- +-- Example: 'us-east-1d' +-- +-- Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter cannot be specified if the +-- MultiAZ parameter is set to 'true'. The specified Availability Zone must +-- be in the same region as the current endpoint. +cdiAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiAvailabilityZone = lens _cdiAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_cdiAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting +-- this parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this +-- parameter to 0 disables automated backups. +-- +-- Default: 1 +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be a value from 0 to 35 +-- - Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas +cdiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) +cdiBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _cdiBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_cdiBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); + +-- | The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. +-- +-- The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resoure Name (ARN) for the KMS +-- encryption key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS +-- account that owns the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB +-- instance, then you can use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the +-- KM encryption key. +-- +-- If the 'StorageEncrypted' parameter is true, and you do not specify a +-- value for the 'KmsKeyId' parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your +-- default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for +-- your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption +-- key for each AWS region. +cdiKMSKeyId :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiKMSKeyId = lens _cdiKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_cdiKMSKeyId = a}); + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. +-- If this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the +-- specified engine will be used. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +cdiDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiDBParameterGroupName = lens _cdiDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBParameterGroupName = a}); + +-- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. +-- +-- Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group\'s +-- VPC. +cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Text] +cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot set +-- the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. +-- Do not set this value if you want a Multi-AZ deployment for a SQL Server +-- DB instance. Multi-AZ for SQL Server is set using the Mirroring option +-- in an option group. +cdiMultiAZ :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +cdiMultiAZ = lens _cdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_cdiMultiAZ = a}); + +-- | The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be initially allocated for the +-- database instance. +-- +-- Type: Integer +-- +-- __MySQL__ +-- +-- Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144. +-- +-- __PostgreSQL__ +-- +-- Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144. +-- +-- __Oracle__ +-- +-- Constraints: Must be an integer from 10 to 6144. +-- +-- __SQL Server__ +-- +-- Constraints: Must be an integer from 200 to 4096 (Standard Edition and +-- Enterprise Edition) or from 20 to 4096 (Express Edition and Web Edition) +cdiAllocatedStorage :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) +cdiAllocatedStorage = lens _cdiAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_cdiAllocatedStorage = a}); + +-- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE +-- encryption. +cdiTDECredentialARN :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiTDECredentialARN = lens _cdiTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_cdiTDECredentialARN = a}); + +-- | Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified +-- option group. +-- +-- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security +-- TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group +-- cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB +-- instance +cdiOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiOptionGroupName = lens _cdiOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdiOptionGroupName = a}); + +-- | This property is not currently implemented. +cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); + +-- | The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine +-- you use. +-- +-- Type: String +-- +-- __MySQL__ +-- +-- The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If +-- this parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB +-- instance. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters +-- - Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine +-- +-- __PostgreSQL__ +-- +-- The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If +-- this parameter is not specified, the default \"postgres\" database is +-- created in the DB instance. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters +-- - Must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can +-- be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9). +-- - Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine +-- +-- __Oracle__ +-- +-- The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. +-- +-- Default: 'ORCL' +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Cannot be longer than 8 characters +-- +-- __SQL Server__ +-- +-- Not applicable. Must be null. +cdiDBName :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiDBName = lens _cdiDBName (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBName = a}); + +-- | Undocumented member. +cdiTags :: Lens' CreateDBInstance [Tag] +cdiTags = lens _cdiTags (\ s a -> s{_cdiTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. +-- +-- __MySQL__ +-- +-- Default: '3306' +-- +-- Valid Values: '1150-65535' +-- +-- Type: Integer +-- +-- __PostgreSQL__ +-- +-- Default: '5432' +-- +-- Valid Values: '1150-65535' +-- +-- Type: Integer +-- +-- __Oracle__ +-- +-- Default: '1521' +-- +-- Valid Values: '1150-65535' +-- +-- __SQL Server__ +-- +-- Default: '1433' +-- +-- Valid Values: '1150-65535' except for '1434', '3389', '47001', '49152', +-- and '49152' through '49156'. +cdiPort :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Int) +cdiPort = lens _cdiPort (\ s a -> s{_cdiPort = a}); + +-- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. +-- +-- Valid values: 'standard | gp2 | io1' +-- +-- If you specify 'io1', you must also include a value for the 'Iops' +-- parameter. +-- +-- Default: 'io1' if the 'Iops' parameter is specified; otherwise +-- 'standard' +cdiStorageType :: Lens' CreateDBInstance (Maybe Text) +cdiStorageType = lens _cdiStorageType (\ s a -> s{_cdiStorageType = a}); + +-- | The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase +-- string. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens (1 to +-- 15 for SQL Server). +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +-- +-- Example: 'mydbinstance' +cdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text +cdiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance. +-- +-- Valid Values: +-- 'db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium' +cdiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text +cdiDBInstanceClass = lens _cdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_cdiDBInstanceClass = a}); + +-- | The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. +-- +-- Valid Values: 'MySQL' | 'oracle-se1' | 'oracle-se' | 'oracle-ee' | +-- 'sqlserver-ee' | 'sqlserver-se' | 'sqlserver-ex' | 'sqlserver-web' | +-- 'postgres' +-- +-- Not every database engine is available for every AWS region. +cdiEngine :: Lens' CreateDBInstance Text +cdiEngine = lens _cdiEngine (\ s a -> s{_cdiEngine = a}); + +instance AWSRequest CreateDBInstance where + type Sv CreateDBInstance = RDS + type Rs CreateDBInstance = CreateDBInstanceResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CreateDBInstanceResult" + (\ s h x -> + CreateDBInstanceResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstance") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders CreateDBInstance where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath CreateDBInstance where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateDBInstance where + toQuery CreateDBInstance'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("CreateDBInstance" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBSecurityGroups" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "DBSecurityGroupName" <$> + _cdiDBSecurityGroups), + "EngineVersion" =: _cdiEngineVersion, + "StorageEncrypted" =: _cdiStorageEncrypted, + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _cdiDBClusterIdentifier, + "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =: + _cdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade, + "MasterUserPassword" =: _cdiMasterUserPassword, + "MasterUsername" =: _cdiMasterUsername, + "PubliclyAccessible" =: _cdiPubliclyAccessible, + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _cdiDBSubnetGroupName, + "Iops" =: _cdiIOPS, "Domain" =: _cdiDomain, + "TdeCredentialPassword" =: _cdiTDECredentialPassword, + "LicenseModel" =: _cdiLicenseModel, + "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =: + _cdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow, + "CharacterSetName" =: _cdiCharacterSetName, + "PreferredBackupWindow" =: _cdiPreferredBackupWindow, + "AvailabilityZone" =: _cdiAvailabilityZone, + "BackupRetentionPeriod" =: _cdiBackupRetentionPeriod, + "KmsKeyId" =: _cdiKMSKeyId, + "DBParameterGroupName" =: _cdiDBParameterGroupName, + "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> + _cdiVPCSecurityGroupIds), + "MultiAZ" =: _cdiMultiAZ, + "AllocatedStorage" =: _cdiAllocatedStorage, + "TdeCredentialArn" =: _cdiTDECredentialARN, + "OptionGroupName" =: _cdiOptionGroupName, + "CopyTagsToSnapshot" =: _cdiCopyTagsToSnapshot, + "DBName" =: _cdiDBName, + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdiTags), + "Port" =: _cdiPort, "StorageType" =: _cdiStorageType, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _cdiDBInstanceIdentifier, + "DBInstanceClass" =: _cdiDBInstanceClass, + "Engine" =: _cdiEngine] + +-- | /See:/ 'createDBInstanceResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateDBInstanceResponse = CreateDBInstanceResponse' + { _cdirsDBInstance :: !(Maybe DBInstance) + , _cdirsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBInstanceResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdirsDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'cdirsStatus' +createDBInstanceResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdirsStatus' + -> CreateDBInstanceResponse +createDBInstanceResponse pStatus_ = + CreateDBInstanceResponse' + { _cdirsDBInstance = Nothing + , _cdirsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +cdirsDBInstance :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +cdirsDBInstance = lens _cdirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_cdirsDBInstance = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +cdirsStatus :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceResponse Int +cdirsStatus = lens _cdirsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdirsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica.hs @@ -1,302 +1,333 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Creates a DB instance that acts as a Read Replica of a source DB instance. +-- Creates a DB instance for a DB instance running MySQL or PostgreSQL that +-- acts as a Read Replica of a source DB instance. -- -- All Read Replica DB instances are created as Single-AZ deployments with --- backups disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security --- groups and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance, --- except as specified below. +-- backups disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB +-- security groups and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source +-- DB instance, except as specified below. -- -- The source DB instance must have backup retention enabled. -- --- --- --- +-- /See:/ for CreateDBInstanceReadReplica. module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica ( - -- * Request - CreateDBInstanceReadReplica - -- ** Request constructor - , createDBInstanceReadReplica - -- ** Request lenses - , cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , cdbirrAvailabilityZone - , cdbirrDBInstanceClass - , cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier - , cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName - , cdbirrIops - , cdbirrOptionGroupName - , cdbirrPort - , cdbirrPubliclyAccessible - , cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier - , cdbirrStorageType - , cdbirrTags + -- * Creating a Request + createDBInstanceReadReplica + , CreateDBInstanceReadReplica + -- * Request Lenses + , cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , cdirrPubliclyAccessible + , cdirrDBSubnetGroupName + , cdirrIOPS + , cdirrDBInstanceClass + , cdirrAvailabilityZone + , cdirrOptionGroupName + , cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot + , cdirrTags + , cdirrPort + , cdirrStorageType + , cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier + , cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier - -- * Response - , CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , createDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , cdbirrrDBInstance + , CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdirrrsDBInstance + , cdirrrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response -data CreateDBInstanceReadReplica = CreateDBInstanceReadReplica - { _cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool - , _cdbirrAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text - , _cdbirrDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _cdbirrIops :: Maybe Int - , _cdbirrOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _cdbirrPort :: Maybe Int - , _cdbirrPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool - , _cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _cdbirrStorageType :: Maybe Text - , _cdbirrTags :: List "member" Tag - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | /See:/ 'createDBInstanceReadReplica' smart constructor. +data CreateDBInstanceReadReplica = CreateDBInstanceReadReplica' + { _cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cdirrPubliclyAccessible :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cdirrDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdirrIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _cdirrDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdirrAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdirrOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cdirrTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdirrPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _cdirrStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + , _cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) --- | 'CreateDBInstanceReadReplica' constructor. +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBInstanceReadReplica' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' -- --- * 'cdbirrAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'cdirrPubliclyAccessible' -- --- * 'cdbirrDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'cdirrDBSubnetGroupName' -- --- * 'cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cdirrIOPS' -- --- * 'cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'cdirrDBInstanceClass' -- --- * 'cdbirrIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'cdirrAvailabilityZone' -- --- * 'cdbirrOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'cdirrOptionGroupName' -- --- * 'cdbirrPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot' -- --- * 'cdbirrPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'cdirrTags' -- --- * 'cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cdirrPort' -- --- * 'cdbirrStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'cdirrStorageType' -- --- * 'cdbirrTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier' -- -createDBInstanceReadReplica :: Text -- ^ 'cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> CreateDBInstanceReadReplica -createDBInstanceReadReplica p1 p2 = CreateDBInstanceReadReplica - { _cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 - , _cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = p2 - , _cdbirrDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _cdbirrAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _cdbirrPort = Nothing - , _cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _cdbirrIops = Nothing - , _cdbirrOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _cdbirrPubliclyAccessible = Nothing - , _cdbirrTags = mempty - , _cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _cdbirrStorageType = Nothing +-- * 'cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' +createDBInstanceReadReplica + :: Text -- ^ 'cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> CreateDBInstanceReadReplica +createDBInstanceReadReplica pDBInstanceIdentifier_ pSourceDBInstanceIdentifier_ = + CreateDBInstanceReadReplica' + { _cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _cdirrPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _cdirrDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _cdirrIOPS = Nothing + , _cdirrDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _cdirrAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _cdirrOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _cdirrTags = Nothing + , _cdirrPort = Nothing + , _cdirrStorageType = Nothing + , _cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + , _cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = pSourceDBInstanceIdentifier_ } --- | Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the --- Read Replica during the maintenance window. +-- | Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to +-- the Read Replica during the maintenance window. -- -- Default: Inherits from the source DB instance -cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) -cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = - lens _cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - (\s a -> s { _cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) +cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) +cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); --- | The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the Read Replica will be created in. +-- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true +-- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS +-- name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies +-- an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP +-- address. -- --- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's --- region. +-- Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been +-- requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each +-- case. -- --- Example: 'us-east-1d' -cdbirrAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdbirrAvailabilityZone = - lens _cdbirrAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _cdbirrAvailabilityZone = a }) +-- - __Default VPC:__true +-- - __VPC:__false +-- +-- If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the +-- PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be +-- publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as +-- part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, +-- the DB instance will be private. +cdirrPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) +cdirrPubliclyAccessible = lens _cdirrPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_cdirrPubliclyAccessible = a}); +-- | Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance +-- will be created in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB +-- subnet group is specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a +-- VPC. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies +-- a DB instance in another region. +-- - The specified DB subnet group must be in the same region in which +-- the operation is running. +-- - All Read Replicas in one region that are created from the same +-- source DB instance must either: +-- - Specify DB subnet groups from the same VPC. All these Read +-- Replicas will be created in the same VPC. +-- - Not specify a DB subnet group. All these Read Replicas will be +-- created outside of any VPC. +cdirrDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) +cdirrDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdirrDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdirrDBSubnetGroupName = a}); + +-- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input\/output operations per second) to +-- be initially allocated for the DB instance. +cdirrIOPS :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Int) +cdirrIOPS = lens _cdirrIOPS (\ s a -> s{_cdirrIOPS = a}); + -- | The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica. -- --- Valid Values: 'db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge |db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large |db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge |db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium' +-- Valid Values: +-- 'db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium' -- -- Default: Inherits from the source DB instance. -cdbirrDBInstanceClass :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdbirrDBInstanceClass = - lens _cdbirrDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _cdbirrDBInstanceClass = a }) - --- | The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This is the unique key that --- identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. -cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica Text -cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) +cdirrDBInstanceClass :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) +cdirrDBInstanceClass = lens _cdirrDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_cdirrDBInstanceClass = a}); --- | Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance will be --- created in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet group --- is specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a VPC. +-- | The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the Read Replica will be created +-- in. -- --- Constraints: +-- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint\'s +-- region. -- --- Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies a DB --- instance in another region. The specified DB subnet group must be in the same --- region in which the operation is running. All Read Replicas in one region --- that are created from the same source DB instance must either: Specify DB --- subnet groups from the same VPC. All these Read Replicas will be created in --- the same VPC. Not specify a DB subnet group. All these Read Replicas will be --- created outside of any VPC. -cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName = - lens _cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName = a }) +-- Example: 'us-east-1d' +cdirrAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) +cdirrAvailabilityZone = lens _cdirrAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_cdirrAvailabilityZone = a}); --- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be --- initially allocated for the DB instance. -cdbirrIops :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Int) -cdbirrIops = lens _cdbirrIops (\s a -> s { _cdbirrIops = a }) +-- | The option group the DB instance will be associated with. If omitted, +-- the default option group for the engine specified will be used. +cdirrOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) +cdirrOptionGroupName = lens _cdirrOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdirrOptionGroupName = a}); --- | The option group the DB instance will be associated with. If omitted, the --- default option group for the engine specified will be used. -cdbirrOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdbirrOptionGroupName = - lens _cdbirrOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _cdbirrOptionGroupName = a }) +-- | This property is not currently implemented. +cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) +cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); +-- | Undocumented member. +cdirrTags :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica [Tag] +cdirrTags = lens _cdirrTags (\ s a -> s{_cdirrTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | The port number that the DB instance uses for connections. -- -- Default: Inherits from the source DB instance -- -- Valid Values: '1150-65535' -cdbirrPort :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Int) -cdbirrPort = lens _cdbirrPort (\s a -> s { _cdbirrPort = a }) - --- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true --- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, --- which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal --- instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. --- --- Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been --- requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. --- --- Default VPC:true VPC:false If no DB subnet group has been specified as --- part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB --- instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been --- specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not --- been set, the DB instance will be private. -cdbirrPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Bool) -cdbirrPubliclyAccessible = - lens _cdbirrPubliclyAccessible - (\s a -> s { _cdbirrPubliclyAccessible = a }) - --- | The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read --- Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must be the identifier of an existing DB instance. Can specify a DB --- instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running MySQL 5.6. --- Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the --- source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5. The specified DB instance must have --- automatic backups enabled, its backup retention period must be greater than 0. --- If the source DB instance is in the same region as the Read Replica, specify --- a valid DB instance identifier. If the source DB instance is in a different --- region than the Read Replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more --- information, go to . -cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica Text -cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) +cdirrPort :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Int) +cdirrPort = lens _cdirrPort (\ s a -> s{_cdirrPort = a}); -- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica. -- -- Valid values: 'standard | gp2 | io1' -- --- If you specify 'io1', you must also include a value for the 'Iops' parameter. +-- If you specify 'io1', you must also include a value for the 'Iops' +-- parameter. -- --- Default: 'io1' if the 'Iops' parameter is specified; otherwise 'standard' -cdbirrStorageType :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) -cdbirrStorageType = - lens _cdbirrStorageType (\s a -> s { _cdbirrStorageType = a }) - -cdbirrTags :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica [Tag] -cdbirrTags = lens _cdbirrTags (\s a -> s { _cdbirrTags = a }) . _List +-- Default: 'io1' if the 'Iops' parameter is specified; otherwise +-- 'standard' +cdirrStorageType :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica (Maybe Text) +cdirrStorageType = lens _cdirrStorageType (\ s a -> s{_cdirrStorageType = a}); -newtype CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse = CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse - { _cdbirrrDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the +-- unique key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a +-- lowercase string. +cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica Text +cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); --- | 'CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- | The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the +-- Read Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas. -- --- * 'cdbirrrDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- Constraints: -- -createDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse :: CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse -createDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse = CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse - { _cdbirrrDBInstance = Nothing - } +-- - Must be the identifier of an existing DB instance. +-- - Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the +-- source is running MySQL 5.6. +-- - Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if +-- the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5. +-- - The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its +-- backup retention period must be greater than 0. +-- - If the source DB instance is in the same region as the Read Replica, +-- specify a valid DB instance identifier. +-- - If the source DB instance is in a different region than the Read +-- Replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go +-- to +-- . +cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplica Text +cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); -cdbirrrDBInstance :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -cdbirrrDBInstance = - lens _cdbirrrDBInstance (\s a -> s { _cdbirrrDBInstance = a }) +instance AWSRequest CreateDBInstanceReadReplica where + type Sv CreateDBInstanceReadReplica = RDS + type Rs CreateDBInstanceReadReplica = + CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResult" + (\ s h x -> + CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstance") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders CreateDBInstanceReadReplica where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath CreateDBInstanceReadReplica where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery CreateDBInstanceReadReplica where - toQuery CreateDBInstanceReadReplica{..} = mconcat - [ "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _cdbirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , "AvailabilityZone" =? _cdbirrAvailabilityZone - , "DBInstanceClass" =? _cdbirrDBInstanceClass - , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _cdbirrDBInstanceIdentifier - , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _cdbirrDBSubnetGroupName - , "Iops" =? _cdbirrIops - , "OptionGroupName" =? _cdbirrOptionGroupName - , "Port" =? _cdbirrPort - , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _cdbirrPubliclyAccessible - , "SourceDBInstanceIdentifier" =? _cdbirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier - , "StorageType" =? _cdbirrStorageType - , "Tags" =? _cdbirrTags - ] + toQuery CreateDBInstanceReadReplica'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("CreateDBInstanceReadReplica" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =: + _cdirrAutoMinorVersionUpgrade, + "PubliclyAccessible" =: _cdirrPubliclyAccessible, + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _cdirrDBSubnetGroupName, + "Iops" =: _cdirrIOPS, + "DBInstanceClass" =: _cdirrDBInstanceClass, + "AvailabilityZone" =: _cdirrAvailabilityZone, + "OptionGroupName" =: _cdirrOptionGroupName, + "CopyTagsToSnapshot" =: _cdirrCopyTagsToSnapshot, + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdirrTags), + "Port" =: _cdirrPort, + "StorageType" =: _cdirrStorageType, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _cdirrDBInstanceIdentifier, + "SourceDBInstanceIdentifier" =: + _cdirrSourceDBInstanceIdentifier] -instance ToHeaders CreateDBInstanceReadReplica +-- | /See:/ 'createDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse = CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse' + { _cdirrrsDBInstance :: !(Maybe DBInstance) + , _cdirrrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest CreateDBInstanceReadReplica where - type Sv CreateDBInstanceReadReplica = RDS - type Rs CreateDBInstanceReadReplica = CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdirrrsDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'cdirrrsStatus' +createDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdirrrsStatus' + -> CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse +createDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse pStatus_ = + CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse' + { _cdirrrsDBInstance = Nothing + , _cdirrrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +cdirrrsDBInstance :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +cdirrrsDBInstance = lens _cdirrrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_cdirrrsDBInstance = a}); -instance FromXML CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse where - parseXML = withElement "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResult" $ \x -> CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse - <$> x .@? "DBInstance" +-- | The response status code. +cdirrrsStatus :: Lens' CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse Int +cdirrrsStatus = lens _cdirrrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdirrrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -1,171 +1,189 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Creates a new DB parameter group. --- --- A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for --- the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for any --- of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using /ModifyDBParameterGroup/. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need to associate it with --- your DB instance using /ModifyDBInstance/. When you associate a new DB --- parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the DB --- instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated --- settings to take effect. --- --- After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes --- before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group as --- the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the --- create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB --- instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when --- creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character set --- for the default database defined by the 'character_set_database' parameter. You --- can use the /Parameter Groups/ option of the or the /DescribeDBParameters/ command to verify that your DB parameter group has been created or modified. +-- Creates a new DB parameter group. -- +-- A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters +-- for the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom +-- values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after +-- creating it using /ModifyDBParameterGroup/. Once you\'ve created a DB +-- parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB instance using +-- /ModifyDBInstance/. When you associate a new DB parameter group with a +-- running DB instance, you need to reboot the DB instance without failover +-- for the new DB parameter group and associated settings to take effect. -- +-- After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 +-- minutes before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB +-- parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS +-- to fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used +-- as the default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for +-- parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB +-- instance, such as the character set for the default database defined by +-- the 'character_set_database' parameter. You can use the /Parameter +-- Groups/ option of the +-- or the +-- /DescribeDBParameters/ command to verify that your DB parameter group +-- has been created or modified. -- --- +-- /See:/ for CreateDBParameterGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBParameterGroup ( - -- * Request - CreateDBParameterGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , createDBParameterGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily - , cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName - , cdbpg1Description - , cdbpg1Tags + -- * Creating a Request + createDBParameterGroup + , CreateDBParameterGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , cdbpgTags + , cdbpgDBParameterGroupName + , cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily + , cdbpgDescription - -- * Response - , CreateDBParameterGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , createDBParameterGroupResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , cdbpgrDBParameterGroup + , CreateDBParameterGroupResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdpgrsDBParameterGroup + , cdpgrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data CreateDBParameterGroup = CreateDBParameterGroup - { _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily :: Text - , _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName :: Text - , _cdbpg1Description :: Text - , _cdbpg1Tags :: List "member" Tag - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'CreateDBParameterGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'createDBParameterGroup' smart constructor. +data CreateDBParameterGroup = CreateDBParameterGroup' + { _cdbpgTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdbpgDBParameterGroupName :: !Text + , _cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: !Text + , _cdbpgDescription :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cdbpgTags' -- --- * 'cdbpg1Description' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cdbpgDBParameterGroupName' -- --- * 'cdbpg1Tags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily' -- -createDBParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbpg1Description' - -> CreateDBParameterGroup -createDBParameterGroup p1 p2 p3 = CreateDBParameterGroup - { _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName = p1 - , _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily = p2 - , _cdbpg1Description = p3 - , _cdbpg1Tags = mempty +-- * 'cdbpgDescription' +createDBParameterGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'cdbpgDBParameterGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbpgDescription' + -> CreateDBParameterGroup +createDBParameterGroup pDBParameterGroupName_ pDBParameterGroupFamily_ pDescription_ = + CreateDBParameterGroup' + { _cdbpgTags = Nothing + , _cdbpgDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ + , _cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ + , _cdbpgDescription = pDescription_ } --- | The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated --- with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only to a --- DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible with that --- DB parameter group family. -cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text -cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily = - lens _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily - (\s a -> s { _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily = a }) +-- | Undocumented member. +cdbpgTags :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup [Tag] +cdbpgTags = lens _cdbpgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -- | The name of the DB parameter group. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens --- This value is stored as a lower-case string. -cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text -cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName = - lens _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName = a }) - --- | The description for the DB parameter group. -cdbpg1Description :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text -cdbpg1Description = - lens _cdbpg1Description (\s a -> s { _cdbpg1Description = a }) +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- +-- This value is stored as a lowercase string. +cdbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text +cdbpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _cdbpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); -cdbpg1Tags :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup [Tag] -cdbpg1Tags = lens _cdbpg1Tags (\s a -> s { _cdbpg1Tags = a }) . _List +-- | The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be +-- associated with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be +-- applied only to a DB instance running a database engine and engine +-- version compatible with that DB parameter group family. +cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text +cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); -newtype CreateDBParameterGroupResponse = CreateDBParameterGroupResponse - { _cdbpgrDBParameterGroup :: Maybe DBParameterGroup - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | The description for the DB parameter group. +cdbpgDescription :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroup Text +cdbpgDescription = lens _cdbpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdbpgDescription = a}); --- | 'CreateDBParameterGroupResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'cdbpgrDBParameterGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBParameterGroup' --- -createDBParameterGroupResponse :: CreateDBParameterGroupResponse -createDBParameterGroupResponse = CreateDBParameterGroupResponse - { _cdbpgrDBParameterGroup = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest CreateDBParameterGroup where + type Sv CreateDBParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs CreateDBParameterGroup = + CreateDBParameterGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CreateDBParameterGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> + CreateDBParameterGroupResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroup") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -cdbpgrDBParameterGroup :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe DBParameterGroup) -cdbpgrDBParameterGroup = - lens _cdbpgrDBParameterGroup (\s a -> s { _cdbpgrDBParameterGroup = a }) +instance ToHeaders CreateDBParameterGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath CreateDBParameterGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery CreateDBParameterGroup where - toQuery CreateDBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupFamily - , "DBParameterGroupName" =? _cdbpg1DBParameterGroupName - , "Description" =? _cdbpg1Description - , "Tags" =? _cdbpg1Tags - ] + toQuery CreateDBParameterGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("CreateDBParameterGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdbpgTags), + "DBParameterGroupName" =: _cdbpgDBParameterGroupName, + "DBParameterGroupFamily" =: + _cdbpgDBParameterGroupFamily, + "Description" =: _cdbpgDescription] -instance ToHeaders CreateDBParameterGroup +-- | /See:/ 'createDBParameterGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateDBParameterGroupResponse = CreateDBParameterGroupResponse' + { _cdpgrsDBParameterGroup :: !(Maybe DBParameterGroup) + , _cdpgrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest CreateDBParameterGroup where - type Sv CreateDBParameterGroup = RDS - type Rs CreateDBParameterGroup = CreateDBParameterGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBParameterGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdpgrsDBParameterGroup' +-- +-- * 'cdpgrsStatus' +createDBParameterGroupResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdpgrsStatus' + -> CreateDBParameterGroupResponse +createDBParameterGroupResponse pStatus_ = + CreateDBParameterGroupResponse' + { _cdpgrsDBParameterGroup = Nothing + , _cdpgrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "CreateDBParameterGroup" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +cdpgrsDBParameterGroup :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe DBParameterGroup) +cdpgrsDBParameterGroup = lens _cdpgrsDBParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdpgrsDBParameterGroup = a}); -instance FromXML CreateDBParameterGroupResponse where - parseXML = withElement "CreateDBParameterGroupResult" $ \x -> CreateDBParameterGroupResponse - <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroup" +-- | The response status code. +cdpgrsStatus :: Lens' CreateDBParameterGroupResponse Int +cdpgrsStatus = lens _cdpgrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdpgrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSecurityGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSecurityGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSecurityGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSecurityGroup.hs @@ -1,139 +1,156 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB --- instance. +-- Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a +-- DB instance. -- --- +-- /See:/ for CreateDBSecurityGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSecurityGroup ( - -- * Request - CreateDBSecurityGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , createDBSecurityGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription - , cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName - , cdbsgTags + -- * Creating a Request + createDBSecurityGroup + , CreateDBSecurityGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , cdsgTags + , cdsgDBSecurityGroupName + , cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription - -- * Response - , CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , createDBSecurityGroupResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup + , CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup + , cdbsgrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data CreateDBSecurityGroup = CreateDBSecurityGroup - { _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Text - , _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Text - , _cdbsgTags :: List "member" Tag - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'CreateDBSecurityGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'createDBSecurityGroup' smart constructor. +data CreateDBSecurityGroup = CreateDBSecurityGroup' + { _cdsgTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdsgDBSecurityGroupName :: !Text + , _cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBSecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cdsgTags' -- --- * 'cdbsgTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'cdsgDBSecurityGroupName' -- -createDBSecurityGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription' - -> CreateDBSecurityGroup -createDBSecurityGroup p1 p2 = CreateDBSecurityGroup - { _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName = p1 - , _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = p2 - , _cdbsgTags = mempty +-- * 'cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription' +createDBSecurityGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'cdsgDBSecurityGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription' + -> CreateDBSecurityGroup +createDBSecurityGroup pDBSecurityGroupName_ pDBSecurityGroupDescription_ = + CreateDBSecurityGroup' + { _cdsgTags = Nothing + , _cdsgDBSecurityGroupName = pDBSecurityGroupName_ + , _cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = pDBSecurityGroupDescription_ } --- | The description for the DB security group. -cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup Text -cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = - lens _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription - (\s a -> s { _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = a }) +-- | Undocumented member. +cdsgTags :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup [Tag] +cdsgTags = lens _cdsgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdsgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -- | The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase -- string. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens --- Must not be "Default" May not contain spaces Example: 'mysecuritygroup' -cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup Text -cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName = - lens _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName - (\s a -> s { _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName = a }) - -cdbsgTags :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup [Tag] -cdbsgTags = lens _cdbsgTags (\s a -> s { _cdbsgTags = a }) . _List +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- - Must not be \"Default\" +-- - Cannot contain spaces +-- +-- Example: 'mysecuritygroup' +cdsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup Text +cdsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _cdsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}); -newtype CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse = CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse - { _cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup :: Maybe DBSecurityGroup - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | The description for the DB security group. +cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroup Text +cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = lens _cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = a}); --- | 'CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSecurityGroup' --- -createDBSecurityGroupResponse :: CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse -createDBSecurityGroupResponse = CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse - { _cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest CreateDBSecurityGroup where + type Sv CreateDBSecurityGroup = RDS + type Rs CreateDBSecurityGroup = + CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CreateDBSecurityGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> + CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBSecurityGroup") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) -cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup = - lens _cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup (\s a -> s { _cdbsgrDBSecurityGroup = a }) +instance ToHeaders CreateDBSecurityGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath CreateDBSecurityGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery CreateDBSecurityGroup where - toQuery CreateDBSecurityGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSecurityGroupDescription" =? _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription - , "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _cdbsgDBSecurityGroupName - , "Tags" =? _cdbsgTags - ] + toQuery CreateDBSecurityGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("CreateDBSecurityGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdsgTags), + "DBSecurityGroupName" =: _cdsgDBSecurityGroupName, + "DBSecurityGroupDescription" =: + _cdsgDBSecurityGroupDescription] -instance ToHeaders CreateDBSecurityGroup +-- | /See:/ 'createDBSecurityGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse = CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse' + { _cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup :: !(Maybe DBSecurityGroup) + , _cdbsgrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest CreateDBSecurityGroup where - type Sv CreateDBSecurityGroup = RDS - type Rs CreateDBSecurityGroup = CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup' +-- +-- * 'cdbsgrsStatus' +createDBSecurityGroupResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdbsgrsStatus' + -> CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse +createDBSecurityGroupResponse pStatus_ = + CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse' + { _cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup = Nothing + , _cdbsgrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "CreateDBSecurityGroup" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) +cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup = lens _cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgrsDBSecurityGroup = a}); -instance FromXML CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse where - parseXML = withElement "CreateDBSecurityGroupResult" $ \x -> CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse - <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroup" +-- | The response status code. +cdbsgrsStatus :: Lens' CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse Int +cdbsgrsStatus = lens _cdbsgrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSnapshot.hs @@ -1,144 +1,159 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state. +-- Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in \"available\" +-- state. -- --- +-- /See:/ for CreateDBSnapshot. module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSnapshot ( - -- * Request - CreateDBSnapshot - -- ** Request constructor - , createDBSnapshot - -- ** Request lenses - , cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier - , cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier - , cdbs1Tags + -- * Creating a Request + createDBSnapshot + , CreateDBSnapshot + -- * Request Lenses + , cdbsTags + , cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier + , cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier - -- * Response - , CreateDBSnapshotResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , createDBSnapshotResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , cdbsr1DBSnapshot + , CreateDBSnapshotResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdbsrsDBSnapshot + , cdbsrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data CreateDBSnapshot = CreateDBSnapshot - { _cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier :: Text - , _cdbs1Tags :: List "member" Tag - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'CreateDBSnapshot' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'createDBSnapshot' smart constructor. +data CreateDBSnapshot = CreateDBSnapshot' + { _cdbsTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !Text + , _cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cdbsTags' -- --- * 'cdbs1Tags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' -- -createDBSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier' - -> CreateDBSnapshot -createDBSnapshot p1 p2 = CreateDBSnapshot - { _cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = p1 - , _cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier = p2 - , _cdbs1Tags = mempty +-- * 'cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier' +createDBSnapshot + :: Text -- ^ 'cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> CreateDBSnapshot +createDBSnapshot pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = + CreateDBSnapshot' + { _cdbsTags = Nothing + , _cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ } --- | The DB instance identifier. This is the unique key that identifies a DB --- instance. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens -cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot Text -cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier = a }) +-- | Undocumented member. +cdbsTags :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot [Tag] +cdbsTags = lens _cdbsTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -- | The identifier for the DB snapshot. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Cannot be null, empty, or blank Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric --- characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a --- hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: 'my-snapshot-id' -cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot Text -cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = - lens _cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) - -cdbs1Tags :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot [Tag] -cdbs1Tags = lens _cdbs1Tags (\s a -> s { _cdbs1Tags = a }) . _List - -newtype CreateDBSnapshotResponse = CreateDBSnapshotResponse - { _cdbsr1DBSnapshot :: Maybe DBSnapshot - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'CreateDBSnapshotResponse' constructor. +-- - Cannot be null, empty, or blank +-- - Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Example: 'my-snapshot-id' +cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot Text +cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The DB instance identifier. This is the unique key that identifies a DB +-- instance. -- --- * 'cdbsr1DBSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSnapshot' +-- Constraints: -- -createDBSnapshotResponse :: CreateDBSnapshotResponse -createDBSnapshotResponse = CreateDBSnapshotResponse - { _cdbsr1DBSnapshot = Nothing - } +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshot Text +cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); -cdbsr1DBSnapshot :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) -cdbsr1DBSnapshot = lens _cdbsr1DBSnapshot (\s a -> s { _cdbsr1DBSnapshot = a }) +instance AWSRequest CreateDBSnapshot where + type Sv CreateDBSnapshot = RDS + type Rs CreateDBSnapshot = CreateDBSnapshotResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CreateDBSnapshotResult" + (\ s h x -> + CreateDBSnapshotResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBSnapshot") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders CreateDBSnapshot where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath CreateDBSnapshot where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery CreateDBSnapshot where - toQuery CreateDBSnapshot{..} = mconcat - [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _cdbs1DBInstanceIdentifier - , "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _cdbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier - , "Tags" =? _cdbs1Tags - ] + toQuery CreateDBSnapshot'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("CreateDBSnapshot" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdbsTags), + "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =: _cdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _cdbsDBInstanceIdentifier] -instance ToHeaders CreateDBSnapshot +-- | /See:/ 'createDBSnapshotResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateDBSnapshotResponse = CreateDBSnapshotResponse' + { _cdbsrsDBSnapshot :: !(Maybe DBSnapshot) + , _cdbsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest CreateDBSnapshot where - type Sv CreateDBSnapshot = RDS - type Rs CreateDBSnapshot = CreateDBSnapshotResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBSnapshotResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdbsrsDBSnapshot' +-- +-- * 'cdbsrsStatus' +createDBSnapshotResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdbsrsStatus' + -> CreateDBSnapshotResponse +createDBSnapshotResponse pStatus_ = + CreateDBSnapshotResponse' + { _cdbsrsDBSnapshot = Nothing + , _cdbsrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "CreateDBSnapshot" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +cdbsrsDBSnapshot :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) +cdbsrsDBSnapshot = lens _cdbsrsDBSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_cdbsrsDBSnapshot = a}); -instance FromXML CreateDBSnapshotResponse where - parseXML = withElement "CreateDBSnapshotResult" $ \x -> CreateDBSnapshotResponse - <$> x .@? "DBSnapshot" +-- | The response status code. +cdbsrsStatus :: Lens' CreateDBSnapshotResponse Int +cdbsrsStatus = lens _cdbsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdbsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSubnetGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSubnetGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateDBSubnetGroup.hs @@ -1,148 +1,162 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one --- subnet in at least two AZs in the region. +-- Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least +-- one subnet in at least two AZs in the region. -- --- +-- /See:/ for CreateDBSubnetGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateDBSubnetGroup ( - -- * Request - CreateDBSubnetGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , createDBSubnetGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription - , cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName - , cdbsg1SubnetIds - , cdbsg1Tags + -- * Creating a Request + createDBSubnetGroup + , CreateDBSubnetGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , cdbsgTags + , cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName + , cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription + , cdbsgSubnetIds - -- * Response - , CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , createDBSubnetGroupResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup + , CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup + , cdsgrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data CreateDBSubnetGroup = CreateDBSubnetGroup - { _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription :: Text - , _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Text - , _cdbsg1SubnetIds :: List "member" Text - , _cdbsg1Tags :: List "member" Tag - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'CreateDBSubnetGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'createDBSubnetGroup' smart constructor. +data CreateDBSubnetGroup = CreateDBSubnetGroup' + { _cdbsgTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: !Text + , _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: !Text + , _cdbsgSubnetIds :: ![Text] + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBSubnetGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cdbsgTags' -- --- * 'cdbsg1SubnetIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- * 'cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName' -- --- * 'cdbsg1Tags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription' -- -createDBSubnetGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName' - -> Text -- ^ 'cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription' - -> CreateDBSubnetGroup -createDBSubnetGroup p1 p2 = CreateDBSubnetGroup - { _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = p1 - , _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = p2 - , _cdbsg1SubnetIds = mempty - , _cdbsg1Tags = mempty +-- * 'cdbsgSubnetIds' +createDBSubnetGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription' + -> CreateDBSubnetGroup +createDBSubnetGroup pDBSubnetGroupName_ pDBSubnetGroupDescription_ = + CreateDBSubnetGroup' + { _cdbsgTags = Nothing + , _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = pDBSubnetGroupName_ + , _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = pDBSubnetGroupDescription_ + , _cdbsgSubnetIds = mempty } --- | The description for the DB subnet group. -cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup Text -cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = - lens _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription - (\s a -> s { _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = a }) +-- | Undocumented member. +cdbsgTags :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup [Tag] +cdbsgTags = lens _cdbsgTags (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -- | The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase -- string. -- -- Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or --- hyphens. Must not be "Default". +-- hyphens. Must not be \"Default\". -- -- Example: 'mySubnetgroup' -cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup Text -cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = - lens _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = a }) - --- | The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. -cdbsg1SubnetIds :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup [Text] -cdbsg1SubnetIds = lens _cdbsg1SubnetIds (\s a -> s { _cdbsg1SubnetIds = a }) . _List +cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup Text +cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}); -cdbsg1Tags :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup [Tag] -cdbsg1Tags = lens _cdbsg1Tags (\s a -> s { _cdbsg1Tags = a }) . _List +-- | The description for the DB subnet group. +cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup Text +cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = lens _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = a}); -newtype CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse = CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse - { _cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup :: Maybe DBSubnetGroup - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. +cdbsgSubnetIds :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroup [Text] +cdbsgSubnetIds = lens _cdbsgSubnetIds (\ s a -> s{_cdbsgSubnetIds = a}) . _Coerce; --- | 'CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSubnetGroup' --- -createDBSubnetGroupResponse :: CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse -createDBSubnetGroupResponse = CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse - { _cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest CreateDBSubnetGroup where + type Sv CreateDBSubnetGroup = RDS + type Rs CreateDBSubnetGroup = + CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CreateDBSubnetGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> + CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBSubnetGroup") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) -cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = - lens _cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup (\s a -> s { _cdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = a }) +instance ToHeaders CreateDBSubnetGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath CreateDBSubnetGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery CreateDBSubnetGroup where - toQuery CreateDBSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSubnetGroupDescription" =? _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription - , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _cdbsg1DBSubnetGroupName - , "SubnetIds" =? _cdbsg1SubnetIds - , "Tags" =? _cdbsg1Tags - ] + toQuery CreateDBSubnetGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("CreateDBSubnetGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cdbsgTags), + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupName, + "DBSubnetGroupDescription" =: + _cdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription, + "SubnetIds" =: + toQueryList "SubnetIdentifier" _cdbsgSubnetIds] -instance ToHeaders CreateDBSubnetGroup +-- | /See:/ 'createDBSubnetGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse = CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse' + { _cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup :: !(Maybe DBSubnetGroup) + , _cdsgrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest CreateDBSubnetGroup where - type Sv CreateDBSubnetGroup = RDS - type Rs CreateDBSubnetGroup = CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup' +-- +-- * 'cdsgrsStatus' +createDBSubnetGroupResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cdsgrsStatus' + -> CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse +createDBSubnetGroupResponse pStatus_ = + CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse' + { _cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = Nothing + , _cdsgrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "CreateDBSubnetGroup" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) +cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = lens _cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_cdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = a}); -instance FromXML CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse where - parseXML = withElement "CreateDBSubnetGroupResult" $ \x -> CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse - <$> x .@? "DBSubnetGroup" +-- | The response status code. +cdsgrsStatus :: Lens' CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse Int +cdsgrsStatus = lens _cdsgrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdsgrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateEventSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateEventSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateEventSubscription.hs @@ -1,215 +1,239 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic --- ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the RDS console, the SNS --- console, or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic --- in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS --- console. +-- Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a +-- topic ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the RDS console, the +-- SNS console, or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create +-- a topic in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed +-- in the SNS console. -- --- You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of, --- provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and --- provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want to --- be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, --- SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, --- Backup. +-- You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified +-- of, provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, +-- and provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you +-- want to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = +-- db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and +-- EventCategories = Availability, Backup. -- -- If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = --- db-instance and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you will be notified of all --- the db-instance events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType --- but do not specify a SourceIdentifier, you will receive notice of the events --- for that source type for all your RDS sources. If you do not specify either --- the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events --- generated from all RDS sources belonging to your customer account. +-- db-instance and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you will be notified +-- of all the db-instance events for the specified source. If you specify a +-- SourceType but do not specify a SourceIdentifier, you will receive +-- notice of the events for that source type for all your RDS sources. If +-- you do not specify either the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you +-- will be notified of events generated from all RDS sources belonging to +-- your customer account. -- --- +-- /See:/ for CreateEventSubscription. module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateEventSubscription ( - -- * Request - CreateEventSubscription - -- ** Request constructor - , createEventSubscription - -- ** Request lenses + -- * Creating a Request + createEventSubscription + , CreateEventSubscription + -- * Request Lenses , cesEnabled + , cesSourceType , cesEventCategories - , cesSnsTopicArn , cesSourceIds - , cesSourceType - , cesSubscriptionName , cesTags + , cesSubscriptionName + , cesSNSTopicARN - -- * Response - , CreateEventSubscriptionResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , createEventSubscriptionResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , cesrEventSubscription + , CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , cesrsEventSubscription + , cesrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data CreateEventSubscription = CreateEventSubscription - { _cesEnabled :: Maybe Bool - , _cesEventCategories :: List "member" Text - , _cesSnsTopicArn :: Text - , _cesSourceIds :: List "member" Text - , _cesSourceType :: Maybe Text - , _cesSubscriptionName :: Text - , _cesTags :: List "member" Tag - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'CreateEventSubscription' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'createEventSubscription' smart constructor. +data CreateEventSubscription = CreateEventSubscription' + { _cesEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cesSourceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cesEventCategories :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _cesSourceIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _cesTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cesSubscriptionName :: !Text + , _cesSNSTopicARN :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateEventSubscription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'cesEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cesEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- * 'cesEnabled' -- --- * 'cesSnsTopicArn' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cesSourceType' -- --- * 'cesSourceIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- * 'cesEventCategories' -- --- * 'cesSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'cesSourceIds' -- --- * 'cesSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cesTags' -- --- * 'cesTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'cesSubscriptionName' -- -createEventSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'cesSubscriptionName' - -> Text -- ^ 'cesSnsTopicArn' - -> CreateEventSubscription -createEventSubscription p1 p2 = CreateEventSubscription - { _cesSubscriptionName = p1 - , _cesSnsTopicArn = p2 - , _cesSourceType = Nothing - , _cesEventCategories = mempty - , _cesSourceIds = mempty - , _cesEnabled = Nothing - , _cesTags = mempty +-- * 'cesSNSTopicARN' +createEventSubscription + :: Text -- ^ 'cesSubscriptionName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cesSNSTopicARN' + -> CreateEventSubscription +createEventSubscription pSubscriptionName_ pSNSTopicARN_ = + CreateEventSubscription' + { _cesEnabled = Nothing + , _cesSourceType = Nothing + , _cesEventCategories = Nothing + , _cesSourceIds = Nothing + , _cesTags = Nothing + , _cesSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ + , _cesSNSTopicARN = pSNSTopicARN_ } --- | A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to --- create the subscription but not active it. +-- | A Boolean value; set to __true__ to activate the subscription, set to +-- __false__ to create the subscription but not active it. cesEnabled :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Bool) -cesEnabled = lens _cesEnabled (\s a -> s { _cesEnabled = a }) +cesEnabled = lens _cesEnabled (\ s a -> s{_cesEnabled = a}); --- | A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. --- You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the --- topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories --- action. -cesEventCategories :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Text] -cesEventCategories = - lens _cesEventCategories (\s a -> s { _cesEventCategories = a }) - . _List +-- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if +-- you want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would +-- set this parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all +-- events are returned. +-- +-- Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | +-- db-snapshot +cesSourceType :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Text) +cesSourceType = lens _cesSourceType (\ s a -> s{_cesSourceType = a}); --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event --- notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and --- subscribe to it. -cesSnsTopicArn :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription Text -cesSnsTopicArn = lens _cesSnsTopicArn (\s a -> s { _cesSnsTopicArn = a }) +-- | A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe +-- to. You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the +-- +-- topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the +-- __DescribeEventCategories__ action. +cesEventCategories :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Text] +cesEventCategories = lens _cesEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_cesEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -- | The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events will be --- returned. If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An --- identifier must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, --- digits, and hyphens; it cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive --- hyphens. +-- returned. If not specified, then all sources are included in the +-- response. An identifier must begin with a letter and must contain only +-- ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it cannot end with a hyphen or +-- contain two consecutive hyphens. -- -- Constraints: -- --- If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. If the source --- type is a DB instance, then a 'DBInstanceIdentifier' must be supplied. If the --- source type is a DB security group, a 'DBSecurityGroupName' must be supplied. If the source type is a DB parameter group, a --- 'DBParameterGroupName' must be supplied. If the source type is a DB snapshot, a 'DBSnapshotIdentifier' must be supplied. +-- - If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. +-- - If the source type is a DB instance, then a 'DBInstanceIdentifier' +-- must be supplied. +-- - If the source type is a DB security group, a 'DBSecurityGroupName' +-- must be supplied. +-- - If the source type is a DB parameter group, a 'DBParameterGroupName' +-- must be supplied. +-- - If the source type is a DB snapshot, a 'DBSnapshotIdentifier' must +-- be supplied. cesSourceIds :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Text] -cesSourceIds = lens _cesSourceIds (\s a -> s { _cesSourceIds = a }) . _List +cesSourceIds = lens _cesSourceIds (\ s a -> s{_cesSourceIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you --- want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this --- parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are --- returned. --- --- Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | --- db-snapshot -cesSourceType :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription (Maybe Text) -cesSourceType = lens _cesSourceType (\s a -> s { _cesSourceType = a }) +-- | Undocumented member. +cesTags :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Tag] +cesTags = lens _cesTags (\ s a -> s{_cesTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -- | The name of the subscription. -- -- Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters. cesSubscriptionName :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription Text -cesSubscriptionName = - lens _cesSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _cesSubscriptionName = a }) - -cesTags :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription [Tag] -cesTags = lens _cesTags (\s a -> s { _cesTags = a }) . _List +cesSubscriptionName = lens _cesSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_cesSubscriptionName = a}); -newtype CreateEventSubscriptionResponse = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse - { _cesrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event +-- notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic +-- and subscribe to it. +cesSNSTopicARN :: Lens' CreateEventSubscription Text +cesSNSTopicARN = lens _cesSNSTopicARN (\ s a -> s{_cesSNSTopicARN = a}); --- | 'CreateEventSubscriptionResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'cesrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' --- -createEventSubscriptionResponse :: CreateEventSubscriptionResponse -createEventSubscriptionResponse = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse - { _cesrEventSubscription = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest CreateEventSubscription where + type Sv CreateEventSubscription = RDS + type Rs CreateEventSubscription = + CreateEventSubscriptionResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CreateEventSubscriptionResult" + (\ s h x -> + CreateEventSubscriptionResponse' <$> + (x .@? "EventSubscription") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -cesrEventSubscription :: Lens' CreateEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) -cesrEventSubscription = - lens _cesrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _cesrEventSubscription = a }) +instance ToHeaders CreateEventSubscription where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath CreateEventSubscription where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery CreateEventSubscription where - toQuery CreateEventSubscription{..} = mconcat - [ "Enabled" =? _cesEnabled - , "EventCategories" =? _cesEventCategories - , "SnsTopicArn" =? _cesSnsTopicArn - , "SourceIds" =? _cesSourceIds - , "SourceType" =? _cesSourceType - , "SubscriptionName" =? _cesSubscriptionName - , "Tags" =? _cesTags - ] + toQuery CreateEventSubscription'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("CreateEventSubscription" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Enabled" =: _cesEnabled, + "SourceType" =: _cesSourceType, + "EventCategories" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "EventCategory" <$> + _cesEventCategories), + "SourceIds" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "SourceId" <$> _cesSourceIds), + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cesTags), + "SubscriptionName" =: _cesSubscriptionName, + "SnsTopicArn" =: _cesSNSTopicARN] -instance ToHeaders CreateEventSubscription +-- | /See:/ 'createEventSubscriptionResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateEventSubscriptionResponse = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse' + { _cesrsEventSubscription :: !(Maybe EventSubscription) + , _cesrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest CreateEventSubscription where - type Sv CreateEventSubscription = RDS - type Rs CreateEventSubscription = CreateEventSubscriptionResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateEventSubscriptionResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cesrsEventSubscription' +-- +-- * 'cesrsStatus' +createEventSubscriptionResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'cesrsStatus' + -> CreateEventSubscriptionResponse +createEventSubscriptionResponse pStatus_ = + CreateEventSubscriptionResponse' + { _cesrsEventSubscription = Nothing + , _cesrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "CreateEventSubscription" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +cesrsEventSubscription :: Lens' CreateEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +cesrsEventSubscription = lens _cesrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_cesrsEventSubscription = a}); -instance FromXML CreateEventSubscriptionResponse where - parseXML = withElement "CreateEventSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> CreateEventSubscriptionResponse - <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" +-- | The response status code. +cesrsStatus :: Lens' CreateEventSubscriptionResponse Int +cesrsStatus = lens _cesrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_cesrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateOptionGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateOptionGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/CreateOptionGroup.hs @@ -1,161 +1,175 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups. +-- Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups. -- --- +-- /See:/ for CreateOptionGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.CreateOptionGroup ( - -- * Request - CreateOptionGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , createOptionGroup - -- ** Request lenses + -- * Creating a Request + createOptionGroup + , CreateOptionGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , cogTags + , cogOptionGroupName , cogEngineName , cogMajorEngineVersion , cogOptionGroupDescription - , cogOptionGroupName - , cogTags - -- * Response - , CreateOptionGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , createOptionGroupResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , cogr1OptionGroup + , CreateOptionGroupResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , crsOptionGroup + , crsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data CreateOptionGroup = CreateOptionGroup - { _cogEngineName :: Text - , _cogMajorEngineVersion :: Text - , _cogOptionGroupDescription :: Text - , _cogOptionGroupName :: Text - , _cogTags :: List "member" Tag - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'CreateOptionGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'createOptionGroup' smart constructor. +data CreateOptionGroup = CreateOptionGroup' + { _cogTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cogOptionGroupName :: !Text + , _cogEngineName :: !Text + , _cogMajorEngineVersion :: !Text + , _cogOptionGroupDescription :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateOptionGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'cogEngineName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cogMajorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cogTags' -- --- * 'cogOptionGroupDescription' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cogOptionGroupName' -- --- * 'cogOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'cogEngineName' -- --- * 'cogTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'cogMajorEngineVersion' -- -createOptionGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cogOptionGroupName' - -> Text -- ^ 'cogEngineName' - -> Text -- ^ 'cogMajorEngineVersion' - -> Text -- ^ 'cogOptionGroupDescription' - -> CreateOptionGroup -createOptionGroup p1 p2 p3 p4 = CreateOptionGroup - { _cogOptionGroupName = p1 - , _cogEngineName = p2 - , _cogMajorEngineVersion = p3 - , _cogOptionGroupDescription = p4 - , _cogTags = mempty +-- * 'cogOptionGroupDescription' +createOptionGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'cogOptionGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cogEngineName' + -> Text -- ^ 'cogMajorEngineVersion' + -> Text -- ^ 'cogOptionGroupDescription' + -> CreateOptionGroup +createOptionGroup pOptionGroupName_ pEngineName_ pMajorEngineVersion_ pOptionGroupDescription_ = + CreateOptionGroup' + { _cogTags = Nothing + , _cogOptionGroupName = pOptionGroupName_ + , _cogEngineName = pEngineName_ + , _cogMajorEngineVersion = pMajorEngineVersion_ + , _cogOptionGroupDescription = pOptionGroupDescription_ } --- | Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated --- with. -cogEngineName :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text -cogEngineName = lens _cogEngineName (\s a -> s { _cogEngineName = a }) - --- | Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be --- associated with. -cogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text -cogMajorEngineVersion = - lens _cogMajorEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _cogMajorEngineVersion = a }) - --- | The description of the option group. -cogOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text -cogOptionGroupDescription = - lens _cogOptionGroupDescription - (\s a -> s { _cogOptionGroupDescription = a }) +-- | Undocumented member. +cogTags :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup [Tag] +cogTags = lens _cogTags (\ s a -> s{_cogTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -- | Specifies the name of the option group to be created. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be --- a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: --- 'myoptiongroup' +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- +-- Example: 'myoptiongroup' cogOptionGroupName :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text -cogOptionGroupName = - lens _cogOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _cogOptionGroupName = a }) +cogOptionGroupName = lens _cogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cogOptionGroupName = a}); -cogTags :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup [Tag] -cogTags = lens _cogTags (\s a -> s { _cogTags = a }) . _List +-- | Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be +-- associated with. +cogEngineName :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text +cogEngineName = lens _cogEngineName (\ s a -> s{_cogEngineName = a}); -newtype CreateOptionGroupResponse = CreateOptionGroupResponse - { _cogr1OptionGroup :: Maybe OptionGroup - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should +-- be associated with. +cogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text +cogMajorEngineVersion = lens _cogMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_cogMajorEngineVersion = a}); --- | 'CreateOptionGroupResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'cogr1OptionGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'OptionGroup' --- -createOptionGroupResponse :: CreateOptionGroupResponse -createOptionGroupResponse = CreateOptionGroupResponse - { _cogr1OptionGroup = Nothing - } +-- | The description of the option group. +cogOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' CreateOptionGroup Text +cogOptionGroupDescription = lens _cogOptionGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_cogOptionGroupDescription = a}); -cogr1OptionGroup :: Lens' CreateOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) -cogr1OptionGroup = lens _cogr1OptionGroup (\s a -> s { _cogr1OptionGroup = a }) +instance AWSRequest CreateOptionGroup where + type Sv CreateOptionGroup = RDS + type Rs CreateOptionGroup = CreateOptionGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "CreateOptionGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> + CreateOptionGroupResponse' <$> + (x .@? "OptionGroup") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders CreateOptionGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath CreateOptionGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery CreateOptionGroup where - toQuery CreateOptionGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "EngineName" =? _cogEngineName - , "MajorEngineVersion" =? _cogMajorEngineVersion - , "OptionGroupDescription" =? _cogOptionGroupDescription - , "OptionGroupName" =? _cogOptionGroupName - , "Tags" =? _cogTags - ] + toQuery CreateOptionGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("CreateOptionGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _cogTags), + "OptionGroupName" =: _cogOptionGroupName, + "EngineName" =: _cogEngineName, + "MajorEngineVersion" =: _cogMajorEngineVersion, + "OptionGroupDescription" =: + _cogOptionGroupDescription] -instance ToHeaders CreateOptionGroup +-- | /See:/ 'createOptionGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateOptionGroupResponse = CreateOptionGroupResponse' + { _crsOptionGroup :: !(Maybe OptionGroup) + , _crsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest CreateOptionGroup where - type Sv CreateOptionGroup = RDS - type Rs CreateOptionGroup = CreateOptionGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateOptionGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'crsOptionGroup' +-- +-- * 'crsStatus' +createOptionGroupResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'crsStatus' + -> CreateOptionGroupResponse +createOptionGroupResponse pStatus_ = + CreateOptionGroupResponse' + { _crsOptionGroup = Nothing + , _crsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "CreateOptionGroup" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +crsOptionGroup :: Lens' CreateOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) +crsOptionGroup = lens _crsOptionGroup (\ s a -> s{_crsOptionGroup = a}); -instance FromXML CreateOptionGroupResponse where - parseXML = withElement "CreateOptionGroupResult" $ \x -> CreateOptionGroupResponse - <$> x .@? "OptionGroup" +-- | The response status code. +crsStatus :: Lens' CreateOptionGroupResponse Int +crsStatus = lens _crsStatus (\ s a -> s{_crsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBCluster.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBCluster.hs @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBCluster +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. +-- A successful response from the web service indicates the request was +-- received correctly. When you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups +-- for that DB cluster are deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB +-- cluster snapshots of the DB cluster to be deleted are not deleted. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for DeleteDBCluster. +module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBCluster + ( + -- * Creating a Request + deleteDBCluster + , DeleteDBCluster + -- * Request Lenses + , ddbcDBClusterIdentifier + , ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier + , ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , deleteDBClusterResponse + , DeleteDBClusterResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddbcrsDBCluster + , ddbcrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'deleteDBCluster' smart constructor. +data DeleteDBCluster = DeleteDBCluster' + { _ddbcDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBCluster' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddbcDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot' +deleteDBCluster + :: DeleteDBCluster +deleteDBCluster = + DeleteDBCluster' + { _ddbcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot = Nothing + } + +-- | The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This +-- parameter isn\'t case-sensitive. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddbcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBCluster (Maybe Text) +ddbcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _ddbcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot +-- created when 'SkipFinalSnapshot' is set to 'false'. +-- +-- Specifying this parameter and also setting the 'SkipFinalShapshot' +-- parameter to true results in an error. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBCluster (Maybe Text) +ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB +-- cluster is deleted. If 'true' is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is +-- created. If 'false' is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created +-- before the DB cluster is deleted. +-- +-- You must specify a 'FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier' parameter if +-- 'SkipFinalSnapshot' is 'false'. +-- +-- Default: 'false' +ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBCluster (Maybe Bool) +ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot = lens _ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot = a}); + +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBCluster where + type Sv DeleteDBCluster = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBCluster = DeleteDBClusterResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DeleteDBClusterResult" + (\ s h x -> + DeleteDBClusterResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBCluster") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBCluster where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DeleteDBCluster where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteDBCluster where + toQuery DeleteDBCluster'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DeleteDBCluster" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _ddbcDBClusterIdentifier, + "FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier" =: + _ddbcFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier, + "SkipFinalSnapshot" =: _ddbcSkipFinalSnapshot] + +-- | /See:/ 'deleteDBClusterResponse' smart constructor. +data DeleteDBClusterResponse = DeleteDBClusterResponse' + { _ddbcrsDBCluster :: !(Maybe DBCluster) + , _ddbcrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBClusterResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddbcrsDBCluster' +-- +-- * 'ddbcrsStatus' +deleteDBClusterResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddbcrsStatus' + -> DeleteDBClusterResponse +deleteDBClusterResponse pStatus_ = + DeleteDBClusterResponse' + { _ddbcrsDBCluster = Nothing + , _ddbcrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +ddbcrsDBCluster :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterResponse (Maybe DBCluster) +ddbcrsDBCluster = lens _ddbcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_ddbcrsDBCluster = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +ddbcrsStatus :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterResponse Int +ddbcrsStatus = lens _ddbcrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbcrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter +-- group to be deleted cannot be associated with any DB clusters. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup. +module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup + ( + -- * Creating a Request + deleteDBClusterParameterGroup + , DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , deleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse + , DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'deleteDBClusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. +newtype DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup' + { _ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' +deleteDBClusterParameterGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' + -> DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup +deleteDBClusterParameterGroup pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ = + DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup' + { _ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ + } + +-- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. +-- - You cannot delete a default DB cluster parameter group. +-- - Cannot be associated with any DB clusters. +ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup Text +ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); + +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup + where + type Sv DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = + DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveNull DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' + +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup + where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup where + toQuery DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBClusterParameterGroupName" =: + _ddbcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName] + +-- | /See:/ 'deleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse = + DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' + deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +deleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse + :: DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse +deleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse = DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse' diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy +-- operation is terminated. +-- +-- The DB cluster snapshot must be in the 'available' state to be deleted. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for DeleteDBClusterSnapshot. +module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBClusterSnapshot + ( + -- * Creating a Request + deleteDBClusterSnapshot + , DeleteDBClusterSnapshot + -- * Request Lenses + , ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , deleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse + , DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot + , ddcsrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'deleteDBClusterSnapshot' smart constructor. +newtype DeleteDBClusterSnapshot = DeleteDBClusterSnapshot' + { _ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBClusterSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' +deleteDBClusterSnapshot + :: Text -- ^ 'ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' + -> DeleteDBClusterSnapshot +deleteDBClusterSnapshot pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ = + DeleteDBClusterSnapshot' + { _ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = pDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier_ + } + +-- | The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete. +-- +-- Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the +-- 'available' state. +ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterSnapshot Text +ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); + +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBClusterSnapshot where + type Sv DeleteDBClusterSnapshot = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBClusterSnapshot = + DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResult" + (\ s h x -> + DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshot") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBClusterSnapshot where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DeleteDBClusterSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteDBClusterSnapshot where + toQuery DeleteDBClusterSnapshot'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DeleteDBClusterSnapshot" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier" =: + _ddcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier] + +-- | /See:/ 'deleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse' smart constructor. +data DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse = DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse' + { _ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot :: !(Maybe DBClusterSnapshot) + , _ddcsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot' +-- +-- * 'ddcsrsStatus' +deleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddcsrsStatus' + -> DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse +deleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse pStatus_ = + DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse' + { _ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = Nothing + , _ddcsrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBClusterSnapshot) +ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = lens _ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddcsrsDBClusterSnapshot = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +ddcsrsStatus :: Lens' DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse Int +ddcsrsStatus = lens _ddcsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBInstance.hs @@ -1,162 +1,189 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. A --- successful response from the web service indicates the request was received --- correctly. When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that --- instance are deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB --- instance to be deleted are not deleted. +-- The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB +-- instance. A successful response from the web service indicates the +-- request was received correctly. When you delete a DB instance, all +-- automated backups for that instance are deleted and cannot be recovered. +-- Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to be deleted are not deleted. -- --- If a final DB snapshot is requested the status of the RDS instance will be --- "deleting" until the DB snapshot is created. The API action 'DescribeDBInstance' --- is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action cannot be --- canceled or reverted once submitted. +-- If a final DB snapshot is requested the status of the RDS instance will +-- be \"deleting\" until the DB snapshot is created. The API action +-- 'DescribeDBInstance' is used to monitor the status of this operation. +-- The action cannot be canceled or reverted once submitted. -- --- +-- Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of +-- \'failed\', \'incompatible-restore\', or \'incompatible-network\', it +-- can only be deleted when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to +-- \"true\". +-- +-- /See:/ for DeleteDBInstance. module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBInstance ( - -- * Request - DeleteDBInstance - -- ** Request constructor - , deleteDBInstance - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier - , ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier - , ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot + -- * Creating a Request + deleteDBInstance + , DeleteDBInstance + -- * Request Lenses + , ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier + , ddiSkipFinalSnapshot + , ddiDBInstanceIdentifier - -- * Response - , DeleteDBInstanceResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , deleteDBInstanceResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ddbirDBInstance + , DeleteDBInstanceResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddirsDBInstance + , ddirsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DeleteDBInstance = DeleteDBInstance - { _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DeleteDBInstance' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'deleteDBInstance' smart constructor. +data DeleteDBInstance = DeleteDBInstance' + { _ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddiSkipFinalSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ddiDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier' -- --- * 'ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'ddiSkipFinalSnapshot' -- -deleteDBInstance :: Text -- ^ 'ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> DeleteDBInstance -deleteDBInstance p1 = DeleteDBInstance - { _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 - , _ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot = Nothing - , _ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing +-- * 'ddiDBInstanceIdentifier' +deleteDBInstance + :: Text -- ^ 'ddiDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> DeleteDBInstance +deleteDBInstance pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = + DeleteDBInstance' + { _ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddiSkipFinalSnapshot = Nothing + , _ddiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ } --- | The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter --- isn't case sensitive. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens -ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance Text -ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - -- | The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when -- SkipFinalSnapshot is set to 'false'. -- --- Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter --- to true results in an error. Constraints: +-- Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot +-- parameter to true results in an error. -- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens --- Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica. -ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance (Maybe Text) -ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = - lens _ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- - Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica. +ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance (Maybe Text) +ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); --- | Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is --- deleted. If 'true' is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If 'false' is --- specified, a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted. +-- | Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance +-- is deleted. If 'true' is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If 'false' +-- is specified, a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is +-- deleted. -- +-- Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of +-- \'failed\', \'incompatible-restore\', or \'incompatible-network\', it +-- can only be deleted when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to +-- \"true\". +-- -- Specify 'true' when deleting a Read Replica. -- -- The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if --- SkipFinalSnapshot is 'false'. Default: 'false' -ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot = - lens _ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot (\s a -> s { _ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot = a }) - -newtype DeleteDBInstanceResponse = DeleteDBInstanceResponse - { _ddbirDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'DeleteDBInstanceResponse' constructor. +-- SkipFinalSnapshot is 'false'. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Default: 'false' +ddiSkipFinalSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +ddiSkipFinalSnapshot = lens _ddiSkipFinalSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddiSkipFinalSnapshot = a}); + +-- | The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This +-- parameter isn\'t case-sensitive. -- --- * 'ddbirDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- Constraints: -- -deleteDBInstanceResponse :: DeleteDBInstanceResponse -deleteDBInstanceResponse = DeleteDBInstanceResponse - { _ddbirDBInstance = Nothing - } +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBInstance Text +ddiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); -ddbirDBInstance :: Lens' DeleteDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -ddbirDBInstance = lens _ddbirDBInstance (\s a -> s { _ddbirDBInstance = a }) +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBInstance where + type Sv DeleteDBInstance = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBInstance = DeleteDBInstanceResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DeleteDBInstanceResult" + (\ s h x -> + DeleteDBInstanceResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstance") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBInstance where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath DeleteDBInstance where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DeleteDBInstance where - toQuery DeleteDBInstance{..} = mconcat - [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier - , "FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _ddbiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier - , "SkipFinalSnapshot" =? _ddbiSkipFinalSnapshot - ] + toQuery DeleteDBInstance'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DeleteDBInstance" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier" =: + _ddiFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier, + "SkipFinalSnapshot" =: _ddiSkipFinalSnapshot, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _ddiDBInstanceIdentifier] -instance ToHeaders DeleteDBInstance +-- | /See:/ 'deleteDBInstanceResponse' smart constructor. +data DeleteDBInstanceResponse = DeleteDBInstanceResponse' + { _ddirsDBInstance :: !(Maybe DBInstance) + , _ddirsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DeleteDBInstance where - type Sv DeleteDBInstance = RDS - type Rs DeleteDBInstance = DeleteDBInstanceResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBInstanceResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddirsDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'ddirsStatus' +deleteDBInstanceResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddirsStatus' + -> DeleteDBInstanceResponse +deleteDBInstanceResponse pStatus_ = + DeleteDBInstanceResponse' + { _ddirsDBInstance = Nothing + , _ddirsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DeleteDBInstance" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +ddirsDBInstance :: Lens' DeleteDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +ddirsDBInstance = lens _ddirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_ddirsDBInstance = a}); -instance FromXML DeleteDBInstanceResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DeleteDBInstanceResult" $ \x -> DeleteDBInstanceResponse - <$> x .@? "DBInstance" +-- | The response status code. +ddirsStatus :: Lens' DeleteDBInstanceResponse Int +ddirsStatus = lens _ddirsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddirsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -1,98 +1,105 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted +-- Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted -- cannot be associated with any DB instances. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DeleteDBParameterGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBParameterGroup ( - -- * Request - DeleteDBParameterGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , deleteDBParameterGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName + -- * Creating a Request + deleteDBParameterGroup + , DeleteDBParameterGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , ddbpgDBParameterGroupName - -- * Response - , DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , deleteDBParameterGroupResponse + , DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -newtype DeleteDBParameterGroup = DeleteDBParameterGroup - { _ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Monoid, IsString) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DeleteDBParameterGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'deleteDBParameterGroup' smart constructor. +newtype DeleteDBParameterGroup = DeleteDBParameterGroup' + { _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- -deleteDBParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName' - -> DeleteDBParameterGroup -deleteDBParameterGroup p1 = DeleteDBParameterGroup - { _ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName = p1 +-- * 'ddbpgDBParameterGroupName' +deleteDBParameterGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'ddbpgDBParameterGroupName' + -> DeleteDBParameterGroup +deleteDBParameterGroup pDBParameterGroupName_ = + DeleteDBParameterGroup' + { _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ } -- | The name of the DB parameter group. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group You cannot delete a --- default DB parameter group Cannot be associated with any DB instances -ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBParameterGroup Text -ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName = - lens _ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName = a }) +-- - Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group +-- - You cannot delete a default DB parameter group +-- - Cannot be associated with any DB instances +ddbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBParameterGroup Text +ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); -data DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse = DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse - deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Generic) +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBParameterGroup where + type Sv DeleteDBParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBParameterGroup = + DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveNull DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse' --- | 'DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse' constructor. -deleteDBParameterGroupResponse :: DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse -deleteDBParameterGroupResponse = DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBParameterGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DeleteDBParameterGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DeleteDBParameterGroup where - toQuery DeleteDBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _ddbpg1DBParameterGroupName - ] - -instance ToHeaders DeleteDBParameterGroup + toQuery DeleteDBParameterGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DeleteDBParameterGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBParameterGroupName" =: _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName] -instance AWSRequest DeleteDBParameterGroup where - type Sv DeleteDBParameterGroup = RDS - type Rs DeleteDBParameterGroup = DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse +-- | /See:/ 'deleteDBParameterGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse = + DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse' + deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - request = post "DeleteDBParameterGroup" - response = nullResponse DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +deleteDBParameterGroupResponse + :: DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse +deleteDBParameterGroupResponse = DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse' diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSecurityGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSecurityGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSecurityGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSecurityGroup.hs @@ -1,99 +1,109 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Deletes a DB security group. +-- Deletes a DB security group. -- --- The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances. +-- The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB +-- instances. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DeleteDBSecurityGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSecurityGroup ( - -- * Request - DeleteDBSecurityGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , deleteDBSecurityGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName + -- * Creating a Request + deleteDBSecurityGroup + , DeleteDBSecurityGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , ddsgDBSecurityGroupName - -- * Response - , DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , deleteDBSecurityGroupResponse + , DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -newtype DeleteDBSecurityGroup = DeleteDBSecurityGroup - { _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Monoid, IsString) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DeleteDBSecurityGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'deleteDBSecurityGroup' smart constructor. +newtype DeleteDBSecurityGroup = DeleteDBSecurityGroup' + { _ddsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBSecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- -deleteDBSecurityGroup :: Text -- ^ 'ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName' - -> DeleteDBSecurityGroup -deleteDBSecurityGroup p1 = DeleteDBSecurityGroup - { _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = p1 +-- * 'ddsgDBSecurityGroupName' +deleteDBSecurityGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'ddsgDBSecurityGroupName' + -> DeleteDBSecurityGroup +deleteDBSecurityGroup pDBSecurityGroupName_ = + DeleteDBSecurityGroup' + { _ddsgDBSecurityGroupName = pDBSecurityGroupName_ } -- | The name of the DB security group to delete. -- --- You cannot delete the default DB security group. Constraints: +-- You cannot delete the default DB security group. -- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens --- Must not be "Default" May not contain spaces -ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBSecurityGroup Text -ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = - lens _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName - (\s a -> s { _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = a }) +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- - Must not be \"Default\" +-- - Cannot contain spaces +ddsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBSecurityGroup Text +ddsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _ddsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}); -data DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse = DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse - deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Generic) +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSecurityGroup where + type Sv DeleteDBSecurityGroup = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBSecurityGroup = + DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response = receiveNull DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse' --- | 'DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse' constructor. -deleteDBSecurityGroupResponse :: DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse -deleteDBSecurityGroupResponse = DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBSecurityGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DeleteDBSecurityGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DeleteDBSecurityGroup where - toQuery DeleteDBSecurityGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName - ] - -instance ToHeaders DeleteDBSecurityGroup + toQuery DeleteDBSecurityGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DeleteDBSecurityGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBSecurityGroupName" =: _ddsgDBSecurityGroupName] -instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSecurityGroup where - type Sv DeleteDBSecurityGroup = RDS - type Rs DeleteDBSecurityGroup = DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse +-- | /See:/ 'deleteDBSecurityGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse = + DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse' + deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - request = post "DeleteDBSecurityGroup" - response = nullResponse DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +deleteDBSecurityGroupResponse + :: DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse +deleteDBSecurityGroupResponse = DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse' diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSnapshot.hs @@ -1,115 +1,127 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Deletes a DBSnapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation is --- terminated. +-- Deletes a DBSnapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy +-- operation is terminated. -- -- The DBSnapshot must be in the 'available' state to be deleted. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DeleteDBSnapshot. module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSnapshot ( - -- * Request - DeleteDBSnapshot - -- ** Request constructor - , deleteDBSnapshot - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier + -- * Creating a Request + deleteDBSnapshot + , DeleteDBSnapshot + -- * Request Lenses + , ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier - -- * Response - , DeleteDBSnapshotResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , deleteDBSnapshotResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ddbsrDBSnapshot + , DeleteDBSnapshotResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddbsrsDBSnapshot + , ddbsrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -newtype DeleteDBSnapshot = DeleteDBSnapshot - { _ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Monoid, IsString) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DeleteDBSnapshot' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'deleteDBSnapshot' smart constructor. +newtype DeleteDBSnapshot = DeleteDBSnapshot' + { _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- -deleteDBSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier' - -> DeleteDBSnapshot -deleteDBSnapshot p1 = DeleteDBSnapshot - { _ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = p1 +-- * 'ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' +deleteDBSnapshot + :: Text -- ^ 'ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' + -> DeleteDBSnapshot +deleteDBSnapshot pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ = + DeleteDBSnapshot' + { _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ } -- | The DBSnapshot identifier. -- --- Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the 'available' --- state. -ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBSnapshot Text -ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = - lens _ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) - -newtype DeleteDBSnapshotResponse = DeleteDBSnapshotResponse - { _ddbsrDBSnapshot :: Maybe DBSnapshot - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the +-- 'available' state. +ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DeleteDBSnapshot Text +ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); --- | 'DeleteDBSnapshotResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ddbsrDBSnapshot' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSnapshot' --- -deleteDBSnapshotResponse :: DeleteDBSnapshotResponse -deleteDBSnapshotResponse = DeleteDBSnapshotResponse - { _ddbsrDBSnapshot = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSnapshot where + type Sv DeleteDBSnapshot = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBSnapshot = DeleteDBSnapshotResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DeleteDBSnapshotResult" + (\ s h x -> + DeleteDBSnapshotResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBSnapshot") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -ddbsrDBSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) -ddbsrDBSnapshot = lens _ddbsrDBSnapshot (\s a -> s { _ddbsrDBSnapshot = a }) +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBSnapshot where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DeleteDBSnapshot where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DeleteDBSnapshot where - toQuery DeleteDBSnapshot{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _ddbs1DBSnapshotIdentifier - ] + toQuery DeleteDBSnapshot'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DeleteDBSnapshot" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =: _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier] -instance ToHeaders DeleteDBSnapshot +-- | /See:/ 'deleteDBSnapshotResponse' smart constructor. +data DeleteDBSnapshotResponse = DeleteDBSnapshotResponse' + { _ddbsrsDBSnapshot :: !(Maybe DBSnapshot) + , _ddbsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSnapshot where - type Sv DeleteDBSnapshot = RDS - type Rs DeleteDBSnapshot = DeleteDBSnapshotResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBSnapshotResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddbsrsDBSnapshot' +-- +-- * 'ddbsrsStatus' +deleteDBSnapshotResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddbsrsStatus' + -> DeleteDBSnapshotResponse +deleteDBSnapshotResponse pStatus_ = + DeleteDBSnapshotResponse' + { _ddbsrsDBSnapshot = Nothing + , _ddbsrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DeleteDBSnapshot" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +ddbsrsDBSnapshot :: Lens' DeleteDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBSnapshot) +ddbsrsDBSnapshot = lens _ddbsrsDBSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_ddbsrsDBSnapshot = a}); -instance FromXML DeleteDBSnapshotResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DeleteDBSnapshotResult" $ \x -> DeleteDBSnapshotResponse - <$> x .@? "DBSnapshot" +-- | The response status code. +ddbsrsStatus :: Lens' DeleteDBSnapshotResponse Int +ddbsrsStatus = lens _ddbsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSubnetGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSubnetGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteDBSubnetGroup.hs @@ -1,99 +1,107 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Deletes a DB subnet group. +-- Deletes a DB subnet group. -- -- The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB -- instances. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DeleteDBSubnetGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteDBSubnetGroup ( - -- * Request - DeleteDBSubnetGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , deleteDBSubnetGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName + -- * Creating a Request + deleteDBSubnetGroup + , DeleteDBSubnetGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName - -- * Response - , DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , deleteDBSubnetGroupResponse + , DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -newtype DeleteDBSubnetGroup = DeleteDBSubnetGroup - { _ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Monoid, IsString) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DeleteDBSubnetGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'deleteDBSubnetGroup' smart constructor. +newtype DeleteDBSubnetGroup = DeleteDBSubnetGroup' + { _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBSubnetGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- -deleteDBSubnetGroup :: Text -- ^ 'ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName' - -> DeleteDBSubnetGroup -deleteDBSubnetGroup p1 = DeleteDBSubnetGroup - { _ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = p1 +-- * 'ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName' +deleteDBSubnetGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName' + -> DeleteDBSubnetGroup +deleteDBSubnetGroup pDBSubnetGroupName_ = + DeleteDBSubnetGroup' + { _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = pDBSubnetGroupName_ } -- | The name of the database subnet group to delete. -- --- You cannot delete the default subnet group. Constraints: +-- You cannot delete the default subnet group. -- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- Constraints: -- -ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBSubnetGroup Text -ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = - lens _ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = a }) +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DeleteDBSubnetGroup Text +ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}); -data DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse = DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse - deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Generic) +instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSubnetGroup where + type Sv DeleteDBSubnetGroup = RDS + type Rs DeleteDBSubnetGroup = + DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response = receiveNull DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse' --- | 'DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse' constructor. -deleteDBSubnetGroupResponse :: DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse -deleteDBSubnetGroupResponse = DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse +instance ToHeaders DeleteDBSubnetGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DeleteDBSubnetGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DeleteDBSubnetGroup where - toQuery DeleteDBSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _ddbsg1DBSubnetGroupName - ] - -instance ToHeaders DeleteDBSubnetGroup + toQuery DeleteDBSubnetGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DeleteDBSubnetGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName] -instance AWSRequest DeleteDBSubnetGroup where - type Sv DeleteDBSubnetGroup = RDS - type Rs DeleteDBSubnetGroup = DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse +-- | /See:/ 'deleteDBSubnetGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse = + DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse' + deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - request = post "DeleteDBSubnetGroup" - response = nullResponse DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +deleteDBSubnetGroupResponse + :: DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse +deleteDBSubnetGroupResponse = DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse' diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteEventSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteEventSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteEventSubscription.hs @@ -1,109 +1,123 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Deletes an RDS event notification subscription. +-- Deletes an RDS event notification subscription. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DeleteEventSubscription. module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteEventSubscription ( - -- * Request - DeleteEventSubscription - -- ** Request constructor - , deleteEventSubscription - -- ** Request lenses + -- * Creating a Request + deleteEventSubscription + , DeleteEventSubscription + -- * Request Lenses , desSubscriptionName - -- * Response - , DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , deleteEventSubscriptionResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , desrEventSubscription + , DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , drsEventSubscription + , drsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response -newtype DeleteEventSubscription = DeleteEventSubscription +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'deleteEventSubscription' smart constructor. +newtype DeleteEventSubscription = DeleteEventSubscription' { _desSubscriptionName :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Monoid, IsString) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) --- | 'DeleteEventSubscription' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteEventSubscription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'desSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- -deleteEventSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'desSubscriptionName' - -> DeleteEventSubscription -deleteEventSubscription p1 = DeleteEventSubscription - { _desSubscriptionName = p1 +-- * 'desSubscriptionName' +deleteEventSubscription + :: Text -- ^ 'desSubscriptionName' + -> DeleteEventSubscription +deleteEventSubscription pSubscriptionName_ = + DeleteEventSubscription' + { _desSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ } -- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete. desSubscriptionName :: Lens' DeleteEventSubscription Text -desSubscriptionName = - lens _desSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _desSubscriptionName = a }) - -newtype DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse - { _desrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +desSubscriptionName = lens _desSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_desSubscriptionName = a}); --- | 'DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'desrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' --- -deleteEventSubscriptionResponse :: DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse -deleteEventSubscriptionResponse = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse - { _desrEventSubscription = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest DeleteEventSubscription where + type Sv DeleteEventSubscription = RDS + type Rs DeleteEventSubscription = + DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DeleteEventSubscriptionResult" + (\ s h x -> + DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse' <$> + (x .@? "EventSubscription") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -desrEventSubscription :: Lens' DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) -desrEventSubscription = - lens _desrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _desrEventSubscription = a }) +instance ToHeaders DeleteEventSubscription where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DeleteEventSubscription where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DeleteEventSubscription where - toQuery DeleteEventSubscription{..} = mconcat - [ "SubscriptionName" =? _desSubscriptionName - ] + toQuery DeleteEventSubscription'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DeleteEventSubscription" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "SubscriptionName" =: _desSubscriptionName] -instance ToHeaders DeleteEventSubscription +-- | /See:/ 'deleteEventSubscriptionResponse' smart constructor. +data DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse' + { _drsEventSubscription :: !(Maybe EventSubscription) + , _drsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DeleteEventSubscription where - type Sv DeleteEventSubscription = RDS - type Rs DeleteEventSubscription = DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'drsEventSubscription' +-- +-- * 'drsStatus' +deleteEventSubscriptionResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'drsStatus' + -> DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse +deleteEventSubscriptionResponse pStatus_ = + DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse' + { _drsEventSubscription = Nothing + , _drsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DeleteEventSubscription" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +drsEventSubscription :: Lens' DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +drsEventSubscription = lens _drsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_drsEventSubscription = a}); -instance FromXML DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DeleteEventSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse - <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" +-- | The response status code. +drsStatus :: Lens' DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse Int +drsStatus = lens _drsStatus (\ s a -> s{_drsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteOptionGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteOptionGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DeleteOptionGroup.hs @@ -1,93 +1,97 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Deletes an existing option group. +-- Deletes an existing option group. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DeleteOptionGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.DeleteOptionGroup ( - -- * Request - DeleteOptionGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , deleteOptionGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , dog1OptionGroupName + -- * Creating a Request + deleteOptionGroup + , DeleteOptionGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , dOptionGroupName - -- * Response - , DeleteOptionGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , deleteOptionGroupResponse + , DeleteOptionGroupResponse ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -newtype DeleteOptionGroup = DeleteOptionGroup - { _dog1OptionGroupName :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Monoid, IsString) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DeleteOptionGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'deleteOptionGroup' smart constructor. +newtype DeleteOptionGroup = DeleteOptionGroup' + { _dOptionGroupName :: Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteOptionGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'dog1OptionGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- -deleteOptionGroup :: Text -- ^ 'dog1OptionGroupName' - -> DeleteOptionGroup -deleteOptionGroup p1 = DeleteOptionGroup - { _dog1OptionGroupName = p1 +-- * 'dOptionGroupName' +deleteOptionGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'dOptionGroupName' + -> DeleteOptionGroup +deleteOptionGroup pOptionGroupName_ = + DeleteOptionGroup' + { _dOptionGroupName = pOptionGroupName_ } -- | The name of the option group to be deleted. -- -- You cannot delete default option groups. -dog1OptionGroupName :: Lens' DeleteOptionGroup Text -dog1OptionGroupName = - lens _dog1OptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _dog1OptionGroupName = a }) +dOptionGroupName :: Lens' DeleteOptionGroup Text +dOptionGroupName = lens _dOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dOptionGroupName = a}); -data DeleteOptionGroupResponse = DeleteOptionGroupResponse - deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Generic) +instance AWSRequest DeleteOptionGroup where + type Sv DeleteOptionGroup = RDS + type Rs DeleteOptionGroup = DeleteOptionGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response = receiveNull DeleteOptionGroupResponse' --- | 'DeleteOptionGroupResponse' constructor. -deleteOptionGroupResponse :: DeleteOptionGroupResponse -deleteOptionGroupResponse = DeleteOptionGroupResponse +instance ToHeaders DeleteOptionGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DeleteOptionGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DeleteOptionGroup where - toQuery DeleteOptionGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "OptionGroupName" =? _dog1OptionGroupName - ] - -instance ToHeaders DeleteOptionGroup + toQuery DeleteOptionGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DeleteOptionGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "OptionGroupName" =: _dOptionGroupName] -instance AWSRequest DeleteOptionGroup where - type Sv DeleteOptionGroup = RDS - type Rs DeleteOptionGroup = DeleteOptionGroupResponse +-- | /See:/ 'deleteOptionGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data DeleteOptionGroupResponse = + DeleteOptionGroupResponse' + deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - request = post "DeleteOptionGroup" - response = nullResponse DeleteOptionGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteOptionGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +deleteOptionGroupResponse + :: DeleteOptionGroupResponse +deleteOptionGroupResponse = DeleteOptionGroupResponse' diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs @@ -1,105 +1,121 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeAccountAttributes --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include --- Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances --- allowed. The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage --- toward that quota, and the quota's maximum value. +-- Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes +-- include Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB +-- instances allowed. The description for a quota includes the quota name, +-- current usage toward that quota, and the quota\'s maximum value. -- -- This command does not take any parameters. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeAccountAttributes. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeAccountAttributes ( - -- * Request - DescribeAccountAttributes - -- ** Request constructor - , describeAccountAttributes + -- * Creating a Request + describeAccountAttributes + , DescribeAccountAttributes - -- * Response - , DescribeAccountAttributesResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeAccountAttributesResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , daarAccountQuotas + , DescribeAccountAttributesResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , daarsAccountQuotas + , daarsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeAccountAttributes = DescribeAccountAttributes - deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Generic) - --- | 'DescribeAccountAttributes' constructor. -describeAccountAttributes :: DescribeAccountAttributes -describeAccountAttributes = DescribeAccountAttributes - -newtype DescribeAccountAttributesResponse = DescribeAccountAttributesResponse - { _daarAccountQuotas :: List "member" AccountQuota - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Monoid, Semigroup) - -instance GHC.Exts.IsList DescribeAccountAttributesResponse where - type Item DescribeAccountAttributesResponse = AccountQuota - - fromList = DescribeAccountAttributesResponse . GHC.Exts.fromList - toList = GHC.Exts.toList . _daarAccountQuotas +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeAccountAttributesResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- | -- --- * 'daarAccountQuotas' @::@ ['AccountQuota'] +-- /See:/ 'describeAccountAttributes' smart constructor. +data DescribeAccountAttributes = + DescribeAccountAttributes' + deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeAccountAttributes' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -describeAccountAttributesResponse :: DescribeAccountAttributesResponse -describeAccountAttributesResponse = DescribeAccountAttributesResponse - { _daarAccountQuotas = mempty - } +describeAccountAttributes + :: DescribeAccountAttributes +describeAccountAttributes = DescribeAccountAttributes' --- | A list of 'AccountQuota' objects. Within this list, each quota has a name, a --- count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota. -daarAccountQuotas :: Lens' DescribeAccountAttributesResponse [AccountQuota] -daarAccountQuotas = - lens _daarAccountQuotas (\s a -> s { _daarAccountQuotas = a }) - . _List +instance AWSRequest DescribeAccountAttributes where + type Sv DescribeAccountAttributes = RDS + type Rs DescribeAccountAttributes = + DescribeAccountAttributesResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeAccountAttributesResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeAccountAttributesResponse' <$> + (x .@? "AccountQuotas" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "AccountQuota")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders DescribeAccountAttributes where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath DescribeAccountAttributes where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeAccountAttributes where - toQuery = const mempty + toQuery + = const + (mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeAccountAttributes" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString)]) -instance ToHeaders DescribeAccountAttributes +-- | Data returned by the __DescribeAccountAttributes__ action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeAccountAttributesResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeAccountAttributesResponse = DescribeAccountAttributesResponse' + { _daarsAccountQuotas :: !(Maybe [AccountQuota]) + , _daarsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeAccountAttributes where - type Sv DescribeAccountAttributes = RDS - type Rs DescribeAccountAttributes = DescribeAccountAttributesResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeAccountAttributesResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'daarsAccountQuotas' +-- +-- * 'daarsStatus' +describeAccountAttributesResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'daarsStatus' + -> DescribeAccountAttributesResponse +describeAccountAttributesResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeAccountAttributesResponse' + { _daarsAccountQuotas = Nothing + , _daarsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeAccountAttributes" - response = xmlResponse +-- | A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name, +-- a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the +-- quota. +daarsAccountQuotas :: Lens' DescribeAccountAttributesResponse [AccountQuota] +daarsAccountQuotas = lens _daarsAccountQuotas (\ s a -> s{_daarsAccountQuotas = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML DescribeAccountAttributesResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeAccountAttributesResult" $ \x -> DescribeAccountAttributesResponse - <$> x .@? "AccountQuotas" .!@ mempty +-- | The response status code. +daarsStatus :: Lens' DescribeAccountAttributesResponse Int +daarsStatus = lens _daarsStatus (\ s a -> s{_daarsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeCertificates.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeCertificates.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeCertificates.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeCertificates.hs @@ -1,167 +1,185 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeCertificates --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS +-- Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS -- account. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeCertificates. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeCertificates ( - -- * Request - DescribeCertificates - -- ** Request constructor - , describeCertificates - -- ** Request lenses - , dcCertificateIdentifier + -- * Creating a Request + describeCertificates + , DescribeCertificates + -- * Request Lenses , dcFilters - , dcMarker + , dcCertificateIdentifier , dcMaxRecords + , dcMarker - -- * Response - , DescribeCertificatesResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeCertificatesResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , dcrCertificates - , dcrMarker + , DescribeCertificatesResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , dcrsCertificates + , dcrsMarker + , dcrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeCertificates = DescribeCertificates - { _dcCertificateIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _dcFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _dcMarker :: Maybe Text - , _dcMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeCertificates' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeCertificates' smart constructor. +data DescribeCertificates = DescribeCertificates' + { _dcFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _dcCertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeCertificates' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'dcCertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dcFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'dcFilters' -- --- * 'dcMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dcCertificateIdentifier' -- --- * 'dcMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'dcMaxRecords' -- -describeCertificates :: DescribeCertificates -describeCertificates = DescribeCertificates - { _dcCertificateIdentifier = Nothing - , _dcFilters = mempty - , _dcMaxRecords = Nothing - , _dcMarker = Nothing +-- * 'dcMarker' +describeCertificates + :: DescribeCertificates +describeCertificates = + DescribeCertificates' + { _dcFilters = Nothing + , _dcCertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dcMarker = Nothing } --- | The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified, --- information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter --- isn't case-sensitive. +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +dcFilters :: Lens' DescribeCertificates [Filter] +dcFilters = lens _dcFilters (\ s a -> s{_dcFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is +-- specified, information for only the identified certificate is returned. +-- This parameter isn\'t case-sensitive. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens dcCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeCertificates (Maybe Text) -dcCertificateIdentifier = - lens _dcCertificateIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dcCertificateIdentifier = a }) - --- | This parameter is not currently supported. -dcFilters :: Lens' DescribeCertificates [Filter] -dcFilters = lens _dcFilters (\s a -> s { _dcFilters = a }) . _List - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeCertificates' --- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -dcMarker :: Lens' DescribeCertificates (Maybe Text) -dcMarker = lens _dcMarker (\s a -> s { _dcMarker = a }) +dcCertificateIdentifier = lens _dcCertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcCertificateIdentifier = a}); --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100 +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dcMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeCertificates (Maybe Int) -dcMaxRecords = lens _dcMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dcMaxRecords = a }) - -data DescribeCertificatesResponse = DescribeCertificatesResponse - { _dcrCertificates :: List "member" Certificate - , _dcrMarker :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +dcMaxRecords = lens _dcMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dcMaxRecords = a}); --- | 'DescribeCertificatesResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dcrCertificates' @::@ ['Certificate'] --- --- * 'dcrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -describeCertificatesResponse :: DescribeCertificatesResponse -describeCertificatesResponse = DescribeCertificatesResponse - { _dcrCertificates = mempty - , _dcrMarker = Nothing - } +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +dcMarker :: Lens' DescribeCertificates (Maybe Text) +dcMarker = lens _dcMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcMarker = a}); --- | The list of 'Certificate' objects for the AWS account. -dcrCertificates :: Lens' DescribeCertificatesResponse [Certificate] -dcrCertificates = lens _dcrCertificates (\s a -> s { _dcrCertificates = a }) . _List +instance AWSRequest DescribeCertificates where + type Sv DescribeCertificates = RDS + type Rs DescribeCertificates = + DescribeCertificatesResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeCertificatesResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeCertificatesResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Certificates" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Certificate")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeCertificates' --- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords' . -dcrMarker :: Lens' DescribeCertificatesResponse (Maybe Text) -dcrMarker = lens _dcrMarker (\s a -> s { _dcrMarker = a }) +instance ToHeaders DescribeCertificates where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DescribeCertificates where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeCertificates where - toQuery DescribeCertificates{..} = mconcat - [ "CertificateIdentifier" =? _dcCertificateIdentifier - , "Filters" =? _dcFilters - , "Marker" =? _dcMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _dcMaxRecords - ] + toQuery DescribeCertificates'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DescribeCertificates" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dcFilters), + "CertificateIdentifier" =: _dcCertificateIdentifier, + "MaxRecords" =: _dcMaxRecords, "Marker" =: _dcMarker] -instance ToHeaders DescribeCertificates +-- | Data returned by the __DescribeCertificates__ action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeCertificatesResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeCertificatesResponse = DescribeCertificatesResponse' + { _dcrsCertificates :: !(Maybe [Certificate]) + , _dcrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeCertificates where - type Sv DescribeCertificates = RDS - type Rs DescribeCertificates = DescribeCertificatesResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeCertificatesResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcrsCertificates' +-- +-- * 'dcrsMarker' +-- +-- * 'dcrsStatus' +describeCertificatesResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'dcrsStatus' + -> DescribeCertificatesResponse +describeCertificatesResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeCertificatesResponse' + { _dcrsCertificates = Nothing + , _dcrsMarker = Nothing + , _dcrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeCertificates" - response = xmlResponse +-- | The list of Certificate objects for the AWS account. +dcrsCertificates :: Lens' DescribeCertificatesResponse [Certificate] +dcrsCertificates = lens _dcrsCertificates (\ s a -> s{_dcrsCertificates = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML DescribeCertificatesResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeCertificatesResult" $ \x -> DescribeCertificatesResponse - <$> x .@? "Certificates" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Marker" +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords' . +dcrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeCertificatesResponse (Maybe Text) +dcrsMarker = lens _dcrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dcrsMarker = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +dcrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeCertificatesResponse Int +dcrsStatus = lens _dcrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups.hs @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Returns a list of 'DBClusterParameterGroup' descriptions. If a +-- 'DBClusterParameterGroupName' parameter is specified, the list will +-- contain only the description of the specified DB cluster parameter +-- group. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups. +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups + ( + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBClusterParameterGroups + , DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups + -- * Request Lenses + , ddcpgFilters + , ddcpgMaxRecords + , ddcpgMarker + , ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , describeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse + , DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddcpgrsMarker + , ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups + , ddcpgrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBClusterParameterGroups' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups' + { _ddcpgFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddcpgMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddcpgMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddcpgFilters' +-- +-- * 'ddcpgMaxRecords' +-- +-- * 'ddcpgMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' +describeDBClusterParameterGroups + :: DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups +describeDBClusterParameterGroups = + DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups' + { _ddcpgFilters = Nothing + , _ddcpgMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddcpgMarker = Nothing + , _ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddcpgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups [Filter] +ddcpgFilters = lens _ddcpgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. +-- +-- Default: 100 +-- +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddcpgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups (Maybe Int) +ddcpgMaxRecords = lens _ddcpgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgMaxRecords = a}); + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups' request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddcpgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups (Maybe Text) +ddcpgMarker = lens _ddcpgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgMarker = a}); + +-- | The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups (Maybe Text) +ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups + where + type Sv DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = + DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Marker") <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBClusterParameterGroup")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups + where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups + where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups + where + toQuery DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddcpgFilters), + "MaxRecords" =: _ddcpgMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddcpgMarker, + "DBClusterParameterGroupName" =: + _ddcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName] + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse = DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse' + { _ddcpgrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups :: !(Maybe [DBClusterParameterGroup]) + , _ddcpgrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddcpgrsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups' +-- +-- * 'ddcpgrsStatus' +describeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddcpgrsStatus' + -> DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse +describeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse' + { _ddcpgrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups = Nothing + , _ddcpgrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups' request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddcpgrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddcpgrsMarker = lens _ddcpgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgrsMarker = a}); + +-- | A list of DB cluster parameter groups. +ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse [DBClusterParameterGroup] +ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups = lens _ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgrsDBClusterParameterGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The response status code. +ddcpgrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse Int +ddcpgrsStatus = lens _ddcpgrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcpgrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameters.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterParameters.hs @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameters +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster +-- parameter group. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBClusterParameters. +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterParameters + ( + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBClusterParameters + , DescribeDBClusterParameters + -- * Request Lenses + , ddcpFilters + , ddcpMaxRecords + , ddcpMarker + , ddcpSource + , ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , describeDBClusterParametersResponse + , DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddcprsParameters + , ddcprsMarker + , ddcprsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBClusterParameters' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBClusterParameters = DescribeDBClusterParameters' + { _ddcpFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddcpMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddcpMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddcpSource :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBClusterParameters' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddcpFilters' +-- +-- * 'ddcpMaxRecords' +-- +-- * 'ddcpMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddcpSource' +-- +-- * 'ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName' +describeDBClusterParameters + :: Text -- ^ 'ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName' + -> DescribeDBClusterParameters +describeDBClusterParameters pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ = + DescribeDBClusterParameters' + { _ddcpFilters = Nothing + , _ddcpMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddcpMarker = Nothing + , _ddcpSource = Nothing + , _ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ + } + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddcpFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameters [Filter] +ddcpFilters = lens _ddcpFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddcpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. +-- +-- Default: 100 +-- +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddcpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameters (Maybe Int) +ddcpMaxRecords = lens _ddcpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddcpMaxRecords = a}); + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribeDBClusterParameters' request. If this parameter is specified, +-- the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddcpMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameters (Maybe Text) +ddcpMarker = lens _ddcpMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcpMarker = a}); + +-- | A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. +-- Parameter sources can be 'engine', 'service', or 'customer'. +ddcpSource :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameters (Maybe Text) +ddcpSource = lens _ddcpSource (\ s a -> s{_ddcpSource = a}); + +-- | The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter +-- details for. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParameters Text +ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBClusterParameters where + type Sv DescribeDBClusterParameters = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBClusterParameters = + DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribeDBClusterParametersResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Parameters" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Parameter")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBClusterParameters where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DescribeDBClusterParameters where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBClusterParameters where + toQuery DescribeDBClusterParameters'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeDBClusterParameters" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddcpFilters), + "MaxRecords" =: _ddcpMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddcpMarker, "Source" =: _ddcpSource, + "DBClusterParameterGroupName" =: + _ddcpDBClusterParameterGroupName] + +-- | Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the +-- parameters in the DB cluster parameter group. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBClusterParametersResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse = DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse' + { _ddcprsParameters :: !(Maybe [Parameter]) + , _ddcprsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddcprsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddcprsParameters' +-- +-- * 'ddcprsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddcprsStatus' +describeDBClusterParametersResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddcprsStatus' + -> DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse +describeDBClusterParametersResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse' + { _ddcprsParameters = Nothing + , _ddcprsMarker = Nothing + , _ddcprsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group. +ddcprsParameters :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse [Parameter] +ddcprsParameters = lens _ddcprsParameters (\ s a -> s{_ddcprsParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeDBClusterParameters request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by 'MaxRecords' . +ddcprsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse (Maybe Text) +ddcprsMarker = lens _ddcprsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcprsMarker = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +ddcprsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse Int +ddcprsStatus = lens _ddcprsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcprsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots.hs @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterSnapshots +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API supports +-- pagination. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBClusterSnapshots. +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusterSnapshots + ( + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBClusterSnapshots + , DescribeDBClusterSnapshots + -- * Request Lenses + , ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier + , ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier + , ddbcsFilters + , ddbcsSnapshotType + , ddbcsMaxRecords + , ddbcsMarker + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , describeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse + , DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddbcsrsMarker + , ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots + , ddbcsrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBClusterSnapshots' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBClusterSnapshots = DescribeDBClusterSnapshots' + { _ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddbcsFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddbcsSnapshotType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddbcsMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddbcsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBClusterSnapshots' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'ddbcsFilters' +-- +-- * 'ddbcsSnapshotType' +-- +-- * 'ddbcsMaxRecords' +-- +-- * 'ddbcsMarker' +describeDBClusterSnapshots + :: DescribeDBClusterSnapshots +describeDBClusterSnapshots = + DescribeDBClusterSnapshots' + { _ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbcsFilters = Nothing + , _ddbcsSnapshotType = Nothing + , _ddbcsMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbcsMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | A DB cluster identifier to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots +-- for. This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with the +-- 'DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' parameter. This parameter is not +-- case-sensitive. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter +-- cannot be used in conjunction with the 'DBClusterIdentifier' parameter. +-- This value is stored as a lowercase string. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- - If this is the identifier of an automated snapshot, the +-- 'SnapshotType' parameter must also be specified. +ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddbcsFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots [Filter] +ddbcsFilters = lens _ddbcsFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The type of DB cluster snapshots that will be returned. Values can be +-- 'automated' or 'manual'. If this parameter is not specified, the +-- returned results will include all snapshot types. +ddbcsSnapshotType :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddbcsSnapshotType = lens _ddbcsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsSnapshotType = a}); + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. +-- +-- Default: 100 +-- +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddbcsMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Int) +ddbcsMaxRecords = lens _ddbcsMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsMaxRecords = a}); + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribeDBClusterSnapshots' request. If this parameter is specified, +-- the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddbcsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddbcsMarker = lens _ddbcsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsMarker = a}); + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBClusterSnapshots where + type Sv DescribeDBClusterSnapshots = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBClusterSnapshots = + DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Marker") <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshots" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBClusterSnapshot")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBClusterSnapshots where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DescribeDBClusterSnapshots where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBClusterSnapshots where + toQuery DescribeDBClusterSnapshots'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeDBClusterSnapshots" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _ddbcsDBClusterIdentifier, + "DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier" =: + _ddbcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddbcsFilters), + "SnapshotType" =: _ddbcsSnapshotType, + "MaxRecords" =: _ddbcsMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddbcsMarker] + +-- | Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a +-- call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse = DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse' + { _ddbcsrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots :: !(Maybe [DBClusterSnapshot]) + , _ddbcsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddbcsrsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots' +-- +-- * 'ddbcsrsStatus' +describeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddbcsrsStatus' + -> DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse +describeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse' + { _ddbcsrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots = Nothing + , _ddbcsrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeDBClusterSnapshots request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddbcsrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddbcsrsMarker = lens _ddbcsrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsrsMarker = a}); + +-- | Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user. +ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse [DBClusterSnapshot] +ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots = lens _ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsrsDBClusterSnapshots = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The response status code. +ddbcsrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse Int +ddbcsrsStatus = lens _ddbcsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbcsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusters.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBClusters.hs @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusters +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API +-- supports pagination. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBClusters. +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBClusters + ( + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBClusters + , DescribeDBClusters + -- * Request Lenses + , ddcDBClusterIdentifier + , ddcFilters + , ddcMaxRecords + , ddcMarker + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , describeDBClustersResponse + , DescribeDBClustersResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddcrsDBClusters + , ddcrsMarker + , ddcrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBClusters' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBClusters = DescribeDBClusters' + { _ddcDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddcFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddcMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddcMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBClusters' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddcDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'ddcFilters' +-- +-- * 'ddcMaxRecords' +-- +-- * 'ddcMarker' +describeDBClusters + :: DescribeDBClusters +describeDBClusters = + DescribeDBClusters' + { _ddcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddcFilters = Nothing + , _ddcMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddcMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified, +-- information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This +-- parameter isn\'t case-sensitive. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBClusters (Maybe Text) +ddcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _ddcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddcFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBClusters [Filter] +ddcFilters = lens _ddcFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddcFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. +-- +-- Default: 100 +-- +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddcMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBClusters (Maybe Int) +ddcMaxRecords = lens _ddcMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddcMaxRecords = a}); + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddcMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClusters (Maybe Text) +ddcMarker = lens _ddcMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcMarker = a}); + +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBClusters where + type Sv DescribeDBClusters = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBClusters = + DescribeDBClustersResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeDBClustersResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBClustersResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBClusters" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBCluster")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBClusters where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DescribeDBClusters where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeDBClusters where + toQuery DescribeDBClusters'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DescribeDBClusters" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _ddcDBClusterIdentifier, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddcFilters), + "MaxRecords" =: _ddcMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddcMarker] + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters +-- action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBClustersResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBClustersResponse = DescribeDBClustersResponse' + { _ddcrsDBClusters :: !(Maybe [DBCluster]) + , _ddcrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddcrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBClustersResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddcrsDBClusters' +-- +-- * 'ddcrsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddcrsStatus' +describeDBClustersResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddcrsStatus' + -> DescribeDBClustersResponse +describeDBClustersResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBClustersResponse' + { _ddcrsDBClusters = Nothing + , _ddcrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddcrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Contains a list of DB clusters for the user. +ddcrsDBClusters :: Lens' DescribeDBClustersResponse [DBCluster] +ddcrsDBClusters = lens _ddcrsDBClusters (\ s a -> s{_ddcrsDBClusters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters +-- request. +ddcrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBClustersResponse (Maybe Text) +ddcrsMarker = lens _ddcrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddcrsMarker = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +ddcrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBClustersResponse Int +ddcrsStatus = lens _ddcrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddcrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBEngineVersions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBEngineVersions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBEngineVersions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBEngineVersions.hs @@ -1,219 +1,240 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns a list of the available DB engines. +-- Returns a list of the available DB engines. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBEngineVersions. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBEngineVersions ( - -- * Request - DescribeDBEngineVersions - -- ** Request constructor - , describeDBEngineVersions - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily - , ddbevDefaultOnly - , ddbevEngine - , ddbevEngineVersion - , ddbevFilters - , ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets - , ddbevMarker - , ddbevMaxRecords + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBEngineVersions + , DescribeDBEngineVersions + -- * Request Lenses + , ddevEngineVersion + , ddevDefaultOnly + , ddevFilters + , ddevEngine + , ddevDBParameterGroupFamily + , ddevListSupportedCharacterSets + , ddevMaxRecords + , ddevMarker - -- * Response - , DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeDBEngineVersionsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ddbevrDBEngineVersions - , ddbevrMarker + , DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddevrsMarker + , ddevrsDBEngineVersions + , ddevrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response -data DescribeDBEngineVersions = DescribeDBEngineVersions - { _ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text - , _ddbevDefaultOnly :: Maybe Bool - , _ddbevEngine :: Maybe Text - , _ddbevEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _ddbevFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets :: Maybe Bool - , _ddbevMarker :: Maybe Text - , _ddbevMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | /See:/ 'describeDBEngineVersions' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBEngineVersions = DescribeDBEngineVersions' + { _ddevEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddevDefaultOnly :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ddevFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddevEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddevDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddevListSupportedCharacterSets :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ddevMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddevMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) --- | 'DescribeDBEngineVersions' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBEngineVersions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbevDefaultOnly' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'ddevEngineVersion' -- --- * 'ddbevEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddevDefaultOnly' -- --- * 'ddbevEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddevFilters' -- --- * 'ddbevFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'ddevEngine' -- --- * 'ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'ddevDBParameterGroupFamily' -- --- * 'ddbevMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddevListSupportedCharacterSets' -- --- * 'ddbevMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'ddevMaxRecords' -- -describeDBEngineVersions :: DescribeDBEngineVersions -describeDBEngineVersions = DescribeDBEngineVersions - { _ddbevEngine = Nothing - , _ddbevEngineVersion = Nothing - , _ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing - , _ddbevFilters = mempty - , _ddbevMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddbevMarker = Nothing - , _ddbevDefaultOnly = Nothing - , _ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets = Nothing +-- * 'ddevMarker' +describeDBEngineVersions + :: DescribeDBEngineVersions +describeDBEngineVersions = + DescribeDBEngineVersions' + { _ddevEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ddevDefaultOnly = Nothing + , _ddevFilters = Nothing + , _ddevEngine = Nothing + , _ddevDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _ddevListSupportedCharacterSets = Nothing + , _ddevMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddevMarker = Nothing } --- | The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- | The database engine version to return. -- -ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) -ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily = - lens _ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily - (\s a -> s { _ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily = a }) +-- Example: '5.1.49' +ddevEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) +ddevEngineVersion = lens _ddevEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ddevEngineVersion = a}); --- | Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine --- and major version combination is returned. -ddbevDefaultOnly :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Bool) -ddbevDefaultOnly = lens _ddbevDefaultOnly (\s a -> s { _ddbevDefaultOnly = a }) +-- | Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or +-- engine and major version combination is returned. +ddevDefaultOnly :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Bool) +ddevDefaultOnly = lens _ddevDefaultOnly (\ s a -> s{_ddevDefaultOnly = a}); +-- | Not currently supported. +ddevFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions [Filter] +ddevFilters = lens _ddevFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddevFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | The database engine to return. -ddbevEngine :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) -ddbevEngine = lens _ddbevEngine (\s a -> s { _ddbevEngine = a }) +ddevEngine :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) +ddevEngine = lens _ddevEngine (\ s a -> s{_ddevEngine = a}); --- | The database engine version to return. +-- | The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for. -- --- Example: '5.1.49' -ddbevEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) -ddbevEngineVersion = - lens _ddbevEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _ddbevEngineVersion = a }) - --- | Not currently supported. -ddbevFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions [Filter] -ddbevFilters = lens _ddbevFilters (\s a -> s { _ddbevFilters = a }) . _List +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddevDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) +ddevDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _ddevDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_ddevDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); -- | If this parameter is specified, and if the requested engine supports the --- CharacterSetName parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list --- of supported character sets for each engine version. -ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Bool) -ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets = - lens _ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets - (\s a -> s { _ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets = a }) - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbevMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) -ddbevMarker = lens _ddbevMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbevMarker = a }) +-- CharacterSetName parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a +-- list of supported character sets for each engine version. +ddevListSupportedCharacterSets :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Bool) +ddevListSupportedCharacterSets = lens _ddevListSupportedCharacterSets (\ s a -> s{_ddevListSupportedCharacterSets = a}); --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 'MaxRecords' value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included in the --- response so that the following results can be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than +-- the 'MaxRecords' value is available, a pagination token called a marker +-- is included in the response so that the following results can be +-- retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -ddbevMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Int) -ddbevMaxRecords = lens _ddbevMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbevMaxRecords = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddevMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Int) +ddevMaxRecords = lens _ddevMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddevMaxRecords = a}); -data DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse = DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse - { _ddbevrDBEngineVersions :: List "member" DBEngineVersion - , _ddbevrMarker :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddevMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersions (Maybe Text) +ddevMarker = lens _ddevMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddevMarker = a}); --- | 'DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ddbevrDBEngineVersions' @::@ ['DBEngineVersion'] --- --- * 'ddbevrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -describeDBEngineVersionsResponse :: DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse -describeDBEngineVersionsResponse = DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse - { _ddbevrMarker = Nothing - , _ddbevrDBEngineVersions = mempty - } +instance AWSPager DescribeDBEngineVersions where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. ddevrsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. ddevrsDBEngineVersions) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & ddevMarker .~ rs ^. ddevrsMarker --- | A list of 'DBEngineVersion' elements. -ddbevrDBEngineVersions :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse [DBEngineVersion] -ddbevrDBEngineVersions = - lens _ddbevrDBEngineVersions (\s a -> s { _ddbevrDBEngineVersions = a }) - . _List +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBEngineVersions where + type Sv DescribeDBEngineVersions = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBEngineVersions = + DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeDBEngineVersionsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Marker") <*> + (x .@? "DBEngineVersions" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBEngineVersion")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbevrMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddbevrMarker = lens _ddbevrMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbevrMarker = a }) +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBEngineVersions where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DescribeDBEngineVersions where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeDBEngineVersions where - toQuery DescribeDBEngineVersions{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _ddbevDBParameterGroupFamily - , "DefaultOnly" =? _ddbevDefaultOnly - , "Engine" =? _ddbevEngine - , "EngineVersion" =? _ddbevEngineVersion - , "Filters" =? _ddbevFilters - , "ListSupportedCharacterSets" =? _ddbevListSupportedCharacterSets - , "Marker" =? _ddbevMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbevMaxRecords - ] + toQuery DescribeDBEngineVersions'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeDBEngineVersions" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "EngineVersion" =: _ddevEngineVersion, + "DefaultOnly" =: _ddevDefaultOnly, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddevFilters), + "Engine" =: _ddevEngine, + "DBParameterGroupFamily" =: + _ddevDBParameterGroupFamily, + "ListSupportedCharacterSets" =: + _ddevListSupportedCharacterSets, + "MaxRecords" =: _ddevMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddevMarker] -instance ToHeaders DescribeDBEngineVersions +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeDBEngineVersions action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBEngineVersionsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse = DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse' + { _ddevrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddevrsDBEngineVersions :: !(Maybe [DBEngineVersion]) + , _ddevrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeDBEngineVersions where - type Sv DescribeDBEngineVersions = RDS - type Rs DescribeDBEngineVersions = DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddevrsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddevrsDBEngineVersions' +-- +-- * 'ddevrsStatus' +describeDBEngineVersionsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddevrsStatus' + -> DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse +describeDBEngineVersionsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse' + { _ddevrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddevrsDBEngineVersions = Nothing + , _ddevrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeDBEngineVersions" - response = xmlResponse +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddevrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddevrsMarker = lens _ddevrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddevrsMarker = a}); -instance FromXML DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBEngineVersionsResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse - <$> x .@? "DBEngineVersions" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Marker" +-- | A list of 'DBEngineVersion' elements. +ddevrsDBEngineVersions :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse [DBEngineVersion] +ddevrsDBEngineVersions = lens _ddevrsDBEngineVersions (\ s a -> s{_ddevrsDBEngineVersions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance AWSPager DescribeDBEngineVersions where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. ddbevrMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbevMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. ddbevrMarker) +-- | The response status code. +ddevrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse Int +ddevrsStatus = lens _ddevrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddevrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBInstances.hs @@ -1,174 +1,198 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports +-- Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports -- pagination. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBInstances. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances ( - -- * Request - DescribeDBInstances - -- ** Request constructor - , describeDBInstances - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier - , ddbi1Filters - , ddbi1Marker - , ddbi1MaxRecords + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBInstances + , DescribeDBInstances + -- * Request Lenses + , ddbiFilters + , ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier + , ddbiMaxRecords + , ddbiMarker - -- * Response - , DescribeDBInstancesResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeDBInstancesResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ddbirDBInstances - , ddbirMarker + , DescribeDBInstancesResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddbirsDBInstances + , ddbirsMarker + , ddbirsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeDBInstances = DescribeDBInstances - { _ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _ddbi1Filters :: List "member" Filter - , _ddbi1Marker :: Maybe Text - , _ddbi1MaxRecords :: Maybe Int - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeDBInstances' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeDBInstances' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBInstances = DescribeDBInstances' + { _ddbiFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddbiMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddbiMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBInstances' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbi1Filters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'ddbiFilters' -- --- * 'ddbi1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier' -- --- * 'ddbi1MaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'ddbiMaxRecords' -- -describeDBInstances :: DescribeDBInstances -describeDBInstances = DescribeDBInstances - { _ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _ddbi1Filters = mempty - , _ddbi1MaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddbi1Marker = Nothing +-- * 'ddbiMarker' +describeDBInstances + :: DescribeDBInstances +describeDBInstances = + DescribeDBInstances' + { _ddbiFilters = Nothing + , _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddbiMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbiMarker = Nothing } +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddbiFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances [Filter] +ddbiFilters = lens _ddbiFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddbiFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, --- information from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter --- isn't case sensitive. +-- information from only the specific DB instance is returned. This +-- parameter isn\'t case-sensitive. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens -ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Text) -ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | This parameter is not currently supported. -ddbi1Filters :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances [Filter] -ddbi1Filters = lens _ddbi1Filters (\s a -> s { _ddbi1Filters = a }) . _List - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances --- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords' . -ddbi1Marker :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Text) -ddbi1Marker = lens _ddbi1Marker (\s a -> s { _ddbi1Marker = a }) +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Text) +ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results may be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -ddbi1MaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Int) -ddbi1MaxRecords = lens _ddbi1MaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbi1MaxRecords = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddbiMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Int) +ddbiMaxRecords = lens _ddbiMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddbiMaxRecords = a}); -data DescribeDBInstancesResponse = DescribeDBInstancesResponse - { _ddbirDBInstances :: List "member" DBInstance - , _ddbirMarker :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribeDBInstances' request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddbiMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBInstances (Maybe Text) +ddbiMarker = lens _ddbiMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbiMarker = a}); --- | 'DescribeDBInstancesResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ddbirDBInstances' @::@ ['DBInstance'] --- --- * 'ddbirMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -describeDBInstancesResponse :: DescribeDBInstancesResponse -describeDBInstancesResponse = DescribeDBInstancesResponse - { _ddbirMarker = Nothing - , _ddbirDBInstances = mempty - } +instance AWSPager DescribeDBInstances where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. ddbirsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. ddbirsDBInstances) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & ddbiMarker .~ rs ^. ddbirsMarker --- | A list of 'DBInstance' instances. -ddbirDBInstances :: Lens' DescribeDBInstancesResponse [DBInstance] -ddbirDBInstances = lens _ddbirDBInstances (\s a -> s { _ddbirDBInstances = a }) . _List +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBInstances where + type Sv DescribeDBInstances = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBInstances = + DescribeDBInstancesResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeDBInstancesResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBInstancesResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstances" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBInstance")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords' . -ddbirMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) -ddbirMarker = lens _ddbirMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbirMarker = a }) +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBInstances where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DescribeDBInstances where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeDBInstances where - toQuery DescribeDBInstances{..} = mconcat - [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _ddbi1DBInstanceIdentifier - , "Filters" =? _ddbi1Filters - , "Marker" =? _ddbi1Marker - , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbi1MaxRecords - ] + toQuery DescribeDBInstances'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DescribeDBInstances" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddbiFilters), + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _ddbiDBInstanceIdentifier, + "MaxRecords" =: _ddbiMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddbiMarker] -instance ToHeaders DescribeDBInstances +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeDBInstances action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBInstancesResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBInstancesResponse = DescribeDBInstancesResponse' + { _ddbirsDBInstances :: !(Maybe [DBInstance]) + , _ddbirsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddbirsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeDBInstances where - type Sv DescribeDBInstances = RDS - type Rs DescribeDBInstances = DescribeDBInstancesResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBInstancesResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddbirsDBInstances' +-- +-- * 'ddbirsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddbirsStatus' +describeDBInstancesResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddbirsStatus' + -> DescribeDBInstancesResponse +describeDBInstancesResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBInstancesResponse' + { _ddbirsDBInstances = Nothing + , _ddbirsMarker = Nothing + , _ddbirsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeDBInstances" - response = xmlResponse +-- | A list of DBInstance instances. +ddbirsDBInstances :: Lens' DescribeDBInstancesResponse [DBInstance] +ddbirsDBInstances = lens _ddbirsDBInstances (\ s a -> s{_ddbirsDBInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML DescribeDBInstancesResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBInstancesResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBInstancesResponse - <$> x .@? "DBInstances" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Marker" +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords' . +ddbirsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) +ddbirsMarker = lens _ddbirsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbirsMarker = a}); -instance AWSPager DescribeDBInstances where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. ddbirMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbi1Marker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. ddbirMarker) +-- | The response status code. +ddbirsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBInstancesResponse Int +ddbirsStatus = lens _ddbirsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbirsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBLogFiles.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBLogFiles.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBLogFiles.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBLogFiles.hs @@ -1,205 +1,223 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance. +-- Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBLogFiles. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBLogFiles ( - -- * Request - DescribeDBLogFiles - -- ** Request constructor - , describeDBLogFiles - -- ** Request lenses - , ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier - , ddblfFileLastWritten - , ddblfFileSize - , ddblfFilenameContains - , ddblfFilters - , ddblfMarker - , ddblfMaxRecords + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBLogFiles + , DescribeDBLogFiles + -- * Request Lenses + , ddlfFilenameContains + , ddlfFileSize + , ddlfFileLastWritten + , ddlfFilters + , ddlfMaxRecords + , ddlfMarker + , ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier - -- * Response - , DescribeDBLogFilesResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeDBLogFilesResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles - , ddblfrMarker + , DescribeDBLogFilesResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles + , ddlfrsMarker + , ddlfrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeDBLogFiles = DescribeDBLogFiles - { _ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _ddblfFileLastWritten :: Maybe Integer - , _ddblfFileSize :: Maybe Integer - , _ddblfFilenameContains :: Maybe Text - , _ddblfFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _ddblfMarker :: Maybe Text - , _ddblfMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeDBLogFiles' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeDBLogFiles' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBLogFiles = DescribeDBLogFiles' + { _ddlfFilenameContains :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddlfFileSize :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _ddlfFileLastWritten :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _ddlfFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddlfMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddlfMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBLogFiles' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddblfFileLastWritten' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- * 'ddlfFilenameContains' -- --- * 'ddblfFileSize' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' +-- * 'ddlfFileSize' -- --- * 'ddblfFilenameContains' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddlfFileLastWritten' -- --- * 'ddblfFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'ddlfFilters' -- --- * 'ddblfMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddlfMaxRecords' -- --- * 'ddblfMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'ddlfMarker' -- -describeDBLogFiles :: Text -- ^ 'ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> DescribeDBLogFiles -describeDBLogFiles p1 = DescribeDBLogFiles - { _ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 - , _ddblfFilenameContains = Nothing - , _ddblfFileLastWritten = Nothing - , _ddblfFileSize = Nothing - , _ddblfFilters = mempty - , _ddblfMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddblfMarker = Nothing +-- * 'ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier' +describeDBLogFiles + :: Text -- ^ 'ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> DescribeDBLogFiles +describeDBLogFiles pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = + DescribeDBLogFiles' + { _ddlfFilenameContains = Nothing + , _ddlfFileSize = Nothing + , _ddlfFileLastWritten = Nothing + , _ddlfFilters = Nothing + , _ddlfMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddlfMarker = Nothing + , _ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ } --- | The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files --- you want to list. +-- | Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the +-- specified string. +ddlfFilenameContains :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Text) +ddlfFilenameContains = lens _ddlfFilenameContains (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFilenameContains = a}); + +-- | Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified +-- size. +ddlfFileSize :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Integer) +ddlfFileSize = lens _ddlfFileSize (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFileSize = a}); + +-- | Filters the available log files for files written since the specified +-- date, in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds. +ddlfFileLastWritten :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Integer) +ddlfFileLastWritten = lens _ddlfFileLastWritten (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFileLastWritten = a}); + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddlfFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles [Filter] +ddlfFilters = lens _ddlfFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddlfFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. +ddlfMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Int) +ddlfMaxRecords = lens _ddlfMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddlfMaxRecords = a}); + +-- | The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter +-- is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- MaxRecords. +ddlfMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Text) +ddlfMarker = lens _ddlfMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfMarker = a}); + +-- | The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log +-- files you want to list. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens -ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles Text -ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date, --- in POSIX timestamp format. -ddblfFileLastWritten :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Integer) -ddblfFileLastWritten = - lens _ddblfFileLastWritten (\s a -> s { _ddblfFileLastWritten = a }) +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles Text +ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); --- | Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size. -ddblfFileSize :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Integer) -ddblfFileSize = lens _ddblfFileSize (\s a -> s { _ddblfFileSize = a }) +instance AWSPager DescribeDBLogFiles where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. ddlfrsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & ddlfMarker .~ rs ^. ddlfrsMarker --- | Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the --- specified string. -ddblfFilenameContains :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Text) -ddblfFilenameContains = - lens _ddblfFilenameContains (\s a -> s { _ddblfFilenameContains = a }) +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBLogFiles where + type Sv DescribeDBLogFiles = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBLogFiles = + DescribeDBLogFilesResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeDBLogFilesResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBLogFilesResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DescribeDBLogFiles" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DescribeDBLogFilesDetails")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | This parameter is not currently supported. -ddblfFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles [Filter] -ddblfFilters = lens _ddblfFilters (\s a -> s { _ddblfFilters = a }) . _List +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBLogFiles where + toHeaders = const mempty --- | The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter is --- specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to --- MaxRecords. -ddblfMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Text) -ddblfMarker = lens _ddblfMarker (\s a -> s { _ddblfMarker = a }) +instance ToPath DescribeDBLogFiles where + toPath = const "/" --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. -ddblfMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFiles (Maybe Int) -ddblfMaxRecords = lens _ddblfMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddblfMaxRecords = a }) +instance ToQuery DescribeDBLogFiles where + toQuery DescribeDBLogFiles'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DescribeDBLogFiles" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "FilenameContains" =: _ddlfFilenameContains, + "FileSize" =: _ddlfFileSize, + "FileLastWritten" =: _ddlfFileLastWritten, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddlfFilters), + "MaxRecords" =: _ddlfMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddlfMarker, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _ddlfDBInstanceIdentifier] -data DescribeDBLogFilesResponse = DescribeDBLogFilesResponse - { _ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles :: List "member" DescribeDBLogFilesDetails - , _ddblfrMarker :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBLogFilesResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBLogFilesResponse = DescribeDBLogFilesResponse' + { _ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles :: !(Maybe [DescribeDBLogFilesDetails]) + , _ddlfrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddlfrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) --- | 'DescribeDBLogFilesResponse' constructor. +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBLogFilesResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles' @::@ ['DescribeDBLogFilesDetails'] +-- * 'ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles' -- --- * 'ddblfrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddlfrsMarker' -- -describeDBLogFilesResponse :: DescribeDBLogFilesResponse -describeDBLogFilesResponse = DescribeDBLogFilesResponse - { _ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles = mempty - , _ddblfrMarker = Nothing +-- * 'ddlfrsStatus' +describeDBLogFilesResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddlfrsStatus' + -> DescribeDBLogFilesResponse +describeDBLogFilesResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBLogFilesResponse' + { _ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles = Nothing + , _ddlfrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddlfrsStatus = pStatus_ } -- | The DB log files returned. -ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesResponse [DescribeDBLogFilesDetails] -ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles = - lens _ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles - (\s a -> s { _ddblfrDescribeDBLogFiles = a }) - . _List +ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesResponse [DescribeDBLogFilesDetails] +ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles = lens _ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles (\ s a -> s{_ddlfrsDescribeDBLogFiles = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBLogFiles -- request. -ddblfrMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesResponse (Maybe Text) -ddblfrMarker = lens _ddblfrMarker (\s a -> s { _ddblfrMarker = a }) - -instance ToPath DescribeDBLogFiles where - toPath = const "/" - -instance ToQuery DescribeDBLogFiles where - toQuery DescribeDBLogFiles{..} = mconcat - [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _ddblfDBInstanceIdentifier - , "FileLastWritten" =? _ddblfFileLastWritten - , "FileSize" =? _ddblfFileSize - , "FilenameContains" =? _ddblfFilenameContains - , "Filters" =? _ddblfFilters - , "Marker" =? _ddblfMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _ddblfMaxRecords - ] - -instance ToHeaders DescribeDBLogFiles - -instance AWSRequest DescribeDBLogFiles where - type Sv DescribeDBLogFiles = RDS - type Rs DescribeDBLogFiles = DescribeDBLogFilesResponse - - request = post "DescribeDBLogFiles" - response = xmlResponse - -instance FromXML DescribeDBLogFilesResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBLogFilesResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBLogFilesResponse - <$> x .@? "DescribeDBLogFiles" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Marker" +ddlfrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesResponse (Maybe Text) +ddlfrsMarker = lens _ddlfrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfrsMarker = a}); -instance AWSPager DescribeDBLogFiles where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. ddblfrMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddblfMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. ddblfrMarker) +-- | The response status code. +ddlfrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesResponse Int +ddlfrsStatus = lens _ddlfrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddlfrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameterGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameterGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameterGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameterGroups.hs @@ -1,174 +1,198 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns a list of 'DBParameterGroup' descriptions. If a 'DBParameterGroupName' --- is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified DB --- parameter group. +-- Returns a list of 'DBParameterGroup' descriptions. If a +-- 'DBParameterGroupName' is specified, the list will contain only the +-- description of the specified DB parameter group. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBParameterGroups. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameterGroups ( - -- * Request - DescribeDBParameterGroups - -- ** Request constructor - , describeDBParameterGroups - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbpgDBParameterGroupName - , ddbpgFilters - , ddbpgMarker - , ddbpgMaxRecords + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBParameterGroups + , DescribeDBParameterGroups + -- * Request Lenses + , ddpgFilters + , ddpgDBParameterGroupName + , ddpgMaxRecords + , ddpgMarker - -- * Response - , DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeDBParameterGroupsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ddbpgrDBParameterGroups - , ddbpgrMarker + , DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddpgrsMarker + , ddpgrsDBParameterGroups + , ddpgrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeDBParameterGroups = DescribeDBParameterGroups - { _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _ddbpgFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _ddbpgMarker :: Maybe Text - , _ddbpgMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeDBParameterGroups' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeDBParameterGroups' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBParameterGroups = DescribeDBParameterGroups' + { _ddpgFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddpgDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddpgMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddpgMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBParameterGroups' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbpgDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbpgFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'ddpgFilters' -- --- * 'ddbpgMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddpgDBParameterGroupName' -- --- * 'ddbpgMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'ddpgMaxRecords' -- -describeDBParameterGroups :: DescribeDBParameterGroups -describeDBParameterGroups = DescribeDBParameterGroups - { _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _ddbpgFilters = mempty - , _ddbpgMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddbpgMarker = Nothing +-- * 'ddpgMarker' +describeDBParameterGroups + :: DescribeDBParameterGroups +describeDBParameterGroups = + DescribeDBParameterGroups' + { _ddpgFilters = Nothing + , _ddpgDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _ddpgMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddpgMarker = Nothing } +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddpgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups [Filter] +ddpgFilters = lens _ddpgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddpgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens --- -ddbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Text) -ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = - lens _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName = a }) - --- | This parameter is not currently supported. -ddbpgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups [Filter] -ddbpgFilters = lens _ddbpgFilters (\s a -> s { _ddbpgFilters = a }) . _List - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeDBParameterGroups' --- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbpgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Text) -ddbpgMarker = lens _ddbpgMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbpgMarker = a }) +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Text) +ddpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _ddpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results may be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -ddbpgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Int) -ddbpgMaxRecords = lens _ddbpgMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbpgMaxRecords = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddpgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Int) +ddpgMaxRecords = lens _ddpgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddpgMaxRecords = a}); -data DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse = DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse - { _ddbpgrDBParameterGroups :: List "member" DBParameterGroup - , _ddbpgrMarker :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribeDBParameterGroups' request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddpgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroups (Maybe Text) +ddpgMarker = lens _ddpgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddpgMarker = a}); --- | 'DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ddbpgrDBParameterGroups' @::@ ['DBParameterGroup'] --- --- * 'ddbpgrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -describeDBParameterGroupsResponse :: DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse -describeDBParameterGroupsResponse = DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse - { _ddbpgrMarker = Nothing - , _ddbpgrDBParameterGroups = mempty - } +instance AWSPager DescribeDBParameterGroups where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. ddpgrsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. ddpgrsDBParameterGroups) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & ddpgMarker .~ rs ^. ddpgrsMarker --- | A list of 'DBParameterGroup' instances. -ddbpgrDBParameterGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse [DBParameterGroup] -ddbpgrDBParameterGroups = - lens _ddbpgrDBParameterGroups (\s a -> s { _ddbpgrDBParameterGroups = a }) - . _List +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBParameterGroups where + type Sv DescribeDBParameterGroups = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBParameterGroups = + DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeDBParameterGroupsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Marker") <*> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBParameterGroup")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbpgrMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddbpgrMarker = lens _ddbpgrMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbpgrMarker = a }) +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBParameterGroups where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DescribeDBParameterGroups where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeDBParameterGroups where - toQuery DescribeDBParameterGroups{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _ddbpgDBParameterGroupName - , "Filters" =? _ddbpgFilters - , "Marker" =? _ddbpgMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbpgMaxRecords - ] + toQuery DescribeDBParameterGroups'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeDBParameterGroups" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddpgFilters), + "DBParameterGroupName" =: _ddpgDBParameterGroupName, + "MaxRecords" =: _ddpgMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddpgMarker] -instance ToHeaders DescribeDBParameterGroups +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeDBParameterGroups action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBParameterGroupsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse = DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse' + { _ddpgrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddpgrsDBParameterGroups :: !(Maybe [DBParameterGroup]) + , _ddpgrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeDBParameterGroups where - type Sv DescribeDBParameterGroups = RDS - type Rs DescribeDBParameterGroups = DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddpgrsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddpgrsDBParameterGroups' +-- +-- * 'ddpgrsStatus' +describeDBParameterGroupsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddpgrsStatus' + -> DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse +describeDBParameterGroupsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse' + { _ddpgrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddpgrsDBParameterGroups = Nothing + , _ddpgrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeDBParameterGroups" - response = xmlResponse +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddpgrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddpgrsMarker = lens _ddpgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddpgrsMarker = a}); -instance FromXML DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBParameterGroupsResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse - <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroups" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Marker" +-- | A list of DBParameterGroup instances. +ddpgrsDBParameterGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse [DBParameterGroup] +ddpgrsDBParameterGroups = lens _ddpgrsDBParameterGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddpgrsDBParameterGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance AWSPager DescribeDBParameterGroups where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. ddbpgrMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbpgMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. ddbpgrMarker) +-- | The response status code. +ddpgrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse Int +ddpgrsStatus = lens _ddpgrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddpgrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameters.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameters.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBParameters.hs @@ -1,185 +1,207 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group. +-- Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBParameters. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBParameters ( - -- * Request - DescribeDBParameters - -- ** Request constructor - , describeDBParameters - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbpDBParameterGroupName - , ddbpFilters - , ddbpMarker - , ddbpMaxRecords - , ddbpSource + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBParameters + , DescribeDBParameters + -- * Request Lenses + , ddpFilters + , ddpMaxRecords + , ddpMarker + , ddpSource + , ddpDBParameterGroupName - -- * Response - , DescribeDBParametersResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeDBParametersResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ddbprMarker - , ddbprParameters + , DescribeDBParametersResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddprsParameters + , ddprsMarker + , ddprsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response -data DescribeDBParameters = DescribeDBParameters - { _ddbpDBParameterGroupName :: Text - , _ddbpFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _ddbpMarker :: Maybe Text - , _ddbpMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - , _ddbpSource :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | /See:/ 'describeDBParameters' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBParameters = DescribeDBParameters' + { _ddpFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddpMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddpMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddpSource :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddpDBParameterGroupName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) --- | 'DescribeDBParameters' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBParameters' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbpDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbpFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'ddpFilters' -- --- * 'ddbpMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddpMaxRecords' -- --- * 'ddbpMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'ddpMarker' -- --- * 'ddbpSource' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddpSource' -- -describeDBParameters :: Text -- ^ 'ddbpDBParameterGroupName' - -> DescribeDBParameters -describeDBParameters p1 = DescribeDBParameters - { _ddbpDBParameterGroupName = p1 - , _ddbpSource = Nothing - , _ddbpFilters = mempty - , _ddbpMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddbpMarker = Nothing +-- * 'ddpDBParameterGroupName' +describeDBParameters + :: Text -- ^ 'ddpDBParameterGroupName' + -> DescribeDBParameters +describeDBParameters pDBParameterGroupName_ = + DescribeDBParameters' + { _ddpFilters = Nothing + , _ddpMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddpMarker = Nothing + , _ddpSource = Nothing + , _ddpDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ } --- | The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens --- -ddbpDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters Text -ddbpDBParameterGroupName = - lens _ddbpDBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _ddbpDBParameterGroupName = a }) - -- | This parameter is not currently supported. -ddbpFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters [Filter] -ddbpFilters = lens _ddbpFilters (\s a -> s { _ddbpFilters = a }) . _List - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeDBParameters' --- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbpMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Text) -ddbpMarker = lens _ddbpMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbpMarker = a }) +ddpFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters [Filter] +ddpFilters = lens _ddpFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results may be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -ddbpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Int) -ddbpMaxRecords = lens _ddbpMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbpMaxRecords = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Int) +ddpMaxRecords = lens _ddpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddpMaxRecords = a}); +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribeDBParameters' request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddpMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Text) +ddpMarker = lens _ddpMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddpMarker = a}); + -- | The parameter types to return. -- -- Default: All parameter types returned -- -- Valid Values: 'user | system | engine-default' -ddbpSource :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Text) -ddbpSource = lens _ddbpSource (\s a -> s { _ddbpSource = a }) - -data DescribeDBParametersResponse = DescribeDBParametersResponse - { _ddbprMarker :: Maybe Text - , _ddbprParameters :: List "member" Parameter - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +ddpSource :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters (Maybe Text) +ddpSource = lens _ddpSource (\ s a -> s{_ddpSource = a}); --- | 'DescribeDBParametersResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ddbprMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- | The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. -- --- * 'ddbprParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] +-- Constraints: -- -describeDBParametersResponse :: DescribeDBParametersResponse -describeDBParametersResponse = DescribeDBParametersResponse - { _ddbprParameters = mempty - , _ddbprMarker = Nothing - } +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddpDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBParameters Text +ddpDBParameterGroupName = lens _ddpDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddpDBParameterGroupName = a}); --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbprMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParametersResponse (Maybe Text) -ddbprMarker = lens _ddbprMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbprMarker = a }) +instance AWSPager DescribeDBParameters where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. ddprsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. ddprsParameters) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & ddpMarker .~ rs ^. ddprsMarker --- | A list of 'Parameter' values. -ddbprParameters :: Lens' DescribeDBParametersResponse [Parameter] -ddbprParameters = lens _ddbprParameters (\s a -> s { _ddbprParameters = a }) . _List +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBParameters where + type Sv DescribeDBParameters = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBParameters = + DescribeDBParametersResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeDBParametersResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBParametersResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Parameters" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Parameter")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBParameters where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath DescribeDBParameters where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeDBParameters where - toQuery DescribeDBParameters{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _ddbpDBParameterGroupName - , "Filters" =? _ddbpFilters - , "Marker" =? _ddbpMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbpMaxRecords - , "Source" =? _ddbpSource - ] + toQuery DescribeDBParameters'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DescribeDBParameters" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddpFilters), + "MaxRecords" =: _ddpMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddpMarker, "Source" =: _ddpSource, + "DBParameterGroupName" =: _ddpDBParameterGroupName] -instance ToHeaders DescribeDBParameters +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeDBParameters action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBParametersResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBParametersResponse = DescribeDBParametersResponse' + { _ddprsParameters :: !(Maybe [Parameter]) + , _ddprsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddprsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeDBParameters where - type Sv DescribeDBParameters = RDS - type Rs DescribeDBParameters = DescribeDBParametersResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBParametersResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddprsParameters' +-- +-- * 'ddprsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddprsStatus' +describeDBParametersResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddprsStatus' + -> DescribeDBParametersResponse +describeDBParametersResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBParametersResponse' + { _ddprsParameters = Nothing + , _ddprsMarker = Nothing + , _ddprsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeDBParameters" - response = xmlResponse +-- | A list of Parameter values. +ddprsParameters :: Lens' DescribeDBParametersResponse [Parameter] +ddprsParameters = lens _ddprsParameters (\ s a -> s{_ddprsParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML DescribeDBParametersResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBParametersResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBParametersResponse - <$> x .@? "Marker" - <*> x .@? "Parameters" .!@ mempty +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddprsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBParametersResponse (Maybe Text) +ddprsMarker = lens _ddprsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddprsMarker = a}); -instance AWSPager DescribeDBParameters where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. ddbprMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbpMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. ddbprMarker) +-- | The response status code. +ddprsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBParametersResponse Int +ddprsStatus = lens _ddprsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddprsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSecurityGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSecurityGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSecurityGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSecurityGroups.hs @@ -1,169 +1,192 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns a list of 'DBSecurityGroup' descriptions. If a 'DBSecurityGroupName' is --- specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DB --- security group. +-- Returns a list of 'DBSecurityGroup' descriptions. If a +-- 'DBSecurityGroupName' is specified, the list will contain only the +-- descriptions of the specified DB security group. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBSecurityGroups. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSecurityGroups ( - -- * Request - DescribeDBSecurityGroups - -- ** Request constructor - , describeDBSecurityGroups - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName - , ddbsg1Filters - , ddbsg1Marker - , ddbsg1MaxRecords + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBSecurityGroups + , DescribeDBSecurityGroups + -- * Request Lenses + , ddbsgFilters + , ddbsgMaxRecords + , ddbsgMarker + , ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName - -- * Response - , DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeDBSecurityGroupsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups - , ddbsgr1Marker + , DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups + , ddbsgrsMarker + , ddbsgrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeDBSecurityGroups = DescribeDBSecurityGroups - { _ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _ddbsg1Filters :: List "member" Filter - , _ddbsg1Marker :: Maybe Text - , _ddbsg1MaxRecords :: Maybe Int - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeDBSecurityGroups' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeDBSecurityGroups' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBSecurityGroups = DescribeDBSecurityGroups' + { _ddbsgFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddbsgMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddbsgMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBSecurityGroups' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbsg1Filters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'ddbsgFilters' -- --- * 'ddbsg1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddbsgMaxRecords' -- --- * 'ddbsg1MaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'ddbsgMarker' -- -describeDBSecurityGroups :: DescribeDBSecurityGroups -describeDBSecurityGroups = DescribeDBSecurityGroups - { _ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName = Nothing - , _ddbsg1Filters = mempty - , _ddbsg1MaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddbsg1Marker = Nothing +-- * 'ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName' +describeDBSecurityGroups + :: DescribeDBSecurityGroups +describeDBSecurityGroups = + DescribeDBSecurityGroups' + { _ddbsgFilters = Nothing + , _ddbsgMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddbsgMarker = Nothing + , _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing } --- | The name of the DB security group to return details for. -ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) -ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName = - lens _ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName - (\s a -> s { _ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName = a }) - -- | This parameter is not currently supported. -ddbsg1Filters :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups [Filter] -ddbsg1Filters = lens _ddbsg1Filters (\s a -> s { _ddbsg1Filters = a }) . _List - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups --- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbsg1Marker :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) -ddbsg1Marker = lens _ddbsg1Marker (\s a -> s { _ddbsg1Marker = a }) +ddbsgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups [Filter] +ddbsgFilters = lens _ddbsgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results may be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -ddbsg1MaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Int) -ddbsg1MaxRecords = lens _ddbsg1MaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbsg1MaxRecords = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddbsgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Int) +ddbsgMaxRecords = lens _ddbsgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgMaxRecords = a}); -data DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse = DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse - { _ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups :: List "member" DBSecurityGroup - , _ddbsgr1Marker :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribeDBSecurityGroups' request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddbsgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) +ddbsgMarker = lens _ddbsgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgMarker = a}); --- | 'DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups' @::@ ['DBSecurityGroup'] --- --- * 'ddbsgr1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -describeDBSecurityGroupsResponse :: DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse -describeDBSecurityGroupsResponse = DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse - { _ddbsgr1Marker = Nothing - , _ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups = mempty - } +-- | The name of the DB security group to return details for. +ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroups (Maybe Text) +ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}); --- | A list of 'DBSecurityGroup' instances. -ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse [DBSecurityGroup] -ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups = - lens _ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _ddbsgr1DBSecurityGroups = a }) - . _List +instance AWSPager DescribeDBSecurityGroups where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. ddbsgrsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & ddbsgMarker .~ rs ^. ddbsgrsMarker --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbsgr1Marker :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddbsgr1Marker = lens _ddbsgr1Marker (\s a -> s { _ddbsgr1Marker = a }) +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBSecurityGroups where + type Sv DescribeDBSecurityGroups = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBSecurityGroups = + DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBSecurityGroup")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBSecurityGroups where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath DescribeDBSecurityGroups where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeDBSecurityGroups where - toQuery DescribeDBSecurityGroups{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _ddbsg1DBSecurityGroupName - , "Filters" =? _ddbsg1Filters - , "Marker" =? _ddbsg1Marker - , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbsg1MaxRecords - ] + toQuery DescribeDBSecurityGroups'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeDBSecurityGroups" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddbsgFilters), + "MaxRecords" =: _ddbsgMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddbsgMarker, + "DBSecurityGroupName" =: _ddbsgDBSecurityGroupName] -instance ToHeaders DescribeDBSecurityGroups +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeDBSecurityGroups action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBSecurityGroupsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse = DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse' + { _ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [DBSecurityGroup]) + , _ddbsgrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddbsgrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeDBSecurityGroups where - type Sv DescribeDBSecurityGroups = RDS - type Rs DescribeDBSecurityGroups = DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups' +-- +-- * 'ddbsgrsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddbsgrsStatus' +describeDBSecurityGroupsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddbsgrsStatus' + -> DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse +describeDBSecurityGroupsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse' + { _ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _ddbsgrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddbsgrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeDBSecurityGroups" - response = xmlResponse +-- | A list of DBSecurityGroup instances. +ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse [DBSecurityGroup] +ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups = lens _ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgrsDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse - <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Marker" +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddbsgrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddbsgrsMarker = lens _ddbsgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgrsMarker = a}); -instance AWSPager DescribeDBSecurityGroups where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. ddbsgr1Marker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbsg1Marker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. ddbsgr1Marker) +-- | The response status code. +ddbsgrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse Int +ddbsgrsStatus = lens _ddbsgrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddbsgrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshots.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshots.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshots.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSnapshots.hs @@ -1,204 +1,229 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns information about DB snapshots. This API supports pagination. +-- Returns information about DB snapshots. This API supports pagination. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBSnapshots. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots ( - -- * Request - DescribeDBSnapshots - -- ** Request constructor - , describeDBSnapshots - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier - , ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier - , ddbsFilters - , ddbsMarker - , ddbsMaxRecords - , ddbsSnapshotType + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBSnapshots + , DescribeDBSnapshots + -- * Request Lenses + , ddsFilters + , ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier + , ddsSnapshotType + , ddsDBInstanceIdentifier + , ddsMaxRecords + , ddsMarker - -- * Response - , DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeDBSnapshotsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ddbsrDBSnapshots - , ddbsrMarker + , DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddsrsMarker + , ddsrsDBSnapshots + , ddsrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeDBSnapshots = DescribeDBSnapshots - { _ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _ddbsFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _ddbsMarker :: Maybe Text - , _ddbsMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - , _ddbsSnapshotType :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeDBSnapshots' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeDBSnapshots' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBSnapshots = DescribeDBSnapshots' + { _ddsFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddsSnapshotType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddsDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddsMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBSnapshots' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddsFilters' -- --- * 'ddbsFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier' -- --- * 'ddbsMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddsSnapshotType' -- --- * 'ddbsMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'ddsDBInstanceIdentifier' -- --- * 'ddbsSnapshotType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddsMaxRecords' -- -describeDBSnapshots :: DescribeDBSnapshots -describeDBSnapshots = DescribeDBSnapshots - { _ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing - , _ddbsSnapshotType = Nothing - , _ddbsFilters = mempty - , _ddbsMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddbsMarker = Nothing +-- * 'ddsMarker' +describeDBSnapshots + :: DescribeDBSnapshots +describeDBSnapshots = + DescribeDBSnapshots' + { _ddsFilters = Nothing + , _ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddsSnapshotType = Nothing + , _ddsDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _ddsMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddsMarker = Nothing } --- | A DB instance identifier to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. Cannot be --- used in conjunction with 'DBSnapshotIdentifier'. This parameter is not case --- sensitive. +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +ddsFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots [Filter] +ddsFilters = lens _ddsFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot be +-- used in conjunction with 'DBInstanceIdentifier'. This value is stored as +-- a lowercase string. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens -ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +-- - If this is the identifier of an automated snapshot, the +-- 'SnapshotType' parameter must also be specified. +ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); --- | A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. Cannot be used in conjunction --- with 'DBInstanceIdentifier'. This value is stored as a lowercase string. +-- | The type of snapshots that will be returned. Values can be \"automated\" +-- or \"manual.\" If not specified, the returned results will include all +-- snapshots types. +ddsSnapshotType :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddsSnapshotType = lens _ddsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_ddsSnapshotType = a}); + +-- | A DB instance identifier to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This +-- parameter cannot be used in conjunction with 'DBSnapshotIdentifier'. +-- This parameter is not case-sensitive. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens --- If this is the identifier of an automated snapshot, the 'SnapshotType' --- parameter must also be specified. -ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = - lens _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) - --- | This parameter is not currently supported. -ddbsFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots [Filter] -ddbsFilters = lens _ddbsFilters (\s a -> s { _ddbsFilters = a }) . _List - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeDBSnapshots' --- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddbsMarker = lens _ddbsMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbsMarker = a }) +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results may be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -ddbsMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Int) -ddbsMaxRecords = lens _ddbsMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbsMaxRecords = a }) - --- | The type of snapshots that will be returned. Values can be "automated" or --- "manual." If not specified, the returned results will include all snapshots --- types. -ddbsSnapshotType :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) -ddbsSnapshotType = lens _ddbsSnapshotType (\s a -> s { _ddbsSnapshotType = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddsMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Int) +ddsMaxRecords = lens _ddsMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddsMaxRecords = a}); -data DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse = DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse - { _ddbsrDBSnapshots :: List "member" DBSnapshot - , _ddbsrMarker :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribeDBSnapshots' request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshots (Maybe Text) +ddsMarker = lens _ddsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsMarker = a}); --- | 'DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ddbsrDBSnapshots' @::@ ['DBSnapshot'] --- --- * 'ddbsrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -describeDBSnapshotsResponse :: DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse -describeDBSnapshotsResponse = DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse - { _ddbsrMarker = Nothing - , _ddbsrDBSnapshots = mempty - } +instance AWSPager DescribeDBSnapshots where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. ddsrsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. ddsrsDBSnapshots) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & ddsMarker .~ rs ^. ddsrsMarker --- | A list of 'DBSnapshot' instances. -ddbsrDBSnapshots :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse [DBSnapshot] -ddbsrDBSnapshots = lens _ddbsrDBSnapshots (\s a -> s { _ddbsrDBSnapshots = a }) . _List +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBSnapshots where + type Sv DescribeDBSnapshots = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBSnapshots = + DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeDBSnapshotsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Marker") <*> + (x .@? "DBSnapshots" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBSnapshot")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbsrMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddbsrMarker = lens _ddbsrMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbsrMarker = a }) +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBSnapshots where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DescribeDBSnapshots where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeDBSnapshots where - toQuery DescribeDBSnapshots{..} = mconcat - [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _ddbsDBInstanceIdentifier - , "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _ddbsDBSnapshotIdentifier - , "Filters" =? _ddbsFilters - , "Marker" =? _ddbsMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbsMaxRecords - , "SnapshotType" =? _ddbsSnapshotType - ] + toQuery DescribeDBSnapshots'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DescribeDBSnapshots" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddsFilters), + "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =: _ddsDBSnapshotIdentifier, + "SnapshotType" =: _ddsSnapshotType, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _ddsDBInstanceIdentifier, + "MaxRecords" =: _ddsMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddsMarker] -instance ToHeaders DescribeDBSnapshots +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeDBSnapshots action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBSnapshotsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse = DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse' + { _ddsrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddsrsDBSnapshots :: !(Maybe [DBSnapshot]) + , _ddsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeDBSnapshots where - type Sv DescribeDBSnapshots = RDS - type Rs DescribeDBSnapshots = DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddsrsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddsrsDBSnapshots' +-- +-- * 'ddsrsStatus' +describeDBSnapshotsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddsrsStatus' + -> DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse +describeDBSnapshotsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse' + { _ddsrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddsrsDBSnapshots = Nothing + , _ddsrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeDBSnapshots" - response = xmlResponse +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddsrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddsrsMarker = lens _ddsrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsrsMarker = a}); -instance FromXML DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBSnapshotsResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse - <$> x .@? "DBSnapshots" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Marker" +-- | A list of DBSnapshot instances. +ddsrsDBSnapshots :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse [DBSnapshot] +ddsrsDBSnapshots = lens _ddsrsDBSnapshots (\ s a -> s{_ddsrsDBSnapshots = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance AWSPager DescribeDBSnapshots where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. ddbsrMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbsMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. ddbsrMarker) +-- | The response status code. +ddsrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse Int +ddsrsStatus = lens _ddsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSubnetGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSubnetGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSubnetGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeDBSubnetGroups.hs @@ -1,170 +1,195 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is +-- Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is -- specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified -- DBSubnetGroup. -- --- For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the . +-- For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the +-- . -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeDBSubnetGroups. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSubnetGroups ( - -- * Request - DescribeDBSubnetGroups - -- ** Request constructor - , describeDBSubnetGroups - -- ** Request lenses - , ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName - , ddbsgFilters - , ddbsgMarker - , ddbsgMaxRecords + -- * Creating a Request + describeDBSubnetGroups + , DescribeDBSubnetGroups + -- * Request Lenses + , ddsgDBSubnetGroupName + , ddsgFilters + , ddsgMaxRecords + , ddsgMarker - -- * Response - , DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeDBSubnetGroupsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups - , ddbsgrMarker + , DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups + , ddsgrsMarker + , ddsgrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeDBSubnetGroups = DescribeDBSubnetGroups - { _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _ddbsgFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _ddbsgMarker :: Maybe Text - , _ddbsgMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeDBSubnetGroups' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeDBSubnetGroups' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBSubnetGroups = DescribeDBSubnetGroups' + { _ddsgDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddsgFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ddsgMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddsgMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBSubnetGroups' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddbsgFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'ddsgDBSubnetGroupName' -- --- * 'ddbsgMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddsgFilters' -- --- * 'ddbsgMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'ddsgMaxRecords' -- -describeDBSubnetGroups :: DescribeDBSubnetGroups -describeDBSubnetGroups = DescribeDBSubnetGroups - { _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _ddbsgFilters = mempty - , _ddbsgMaxRecords = Nothing - , _ddbsgMarker = Nothing +-- * 'ddsgMarker' +describeDBSubnetGroups + :: DescribeDBSubnetGroups +describeDBSubnetGroups = + DescribeDBSubnetGroups' + { _ddsgDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _ddsgFilters = Nothing + , _ddsgMaxRecords = Nothing + , _ddsgMarker = Nothing } -- | The name of the DB subnet group to return details for. -ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) -ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = - lens _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName = a }) +ddsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) +ddsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _ddsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ddsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}); -- | This parameter is not currently supported. -ddbsgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups [Filter] -ddbsgFilters = lens _ddbsgFilters (\s a -> s { _ddbsgFilters = a }) . _List - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups --- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbsgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) -ddbsgMarker = lens _ddbsgMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbsgMarker = a }) +ddsgFilters :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups [Filter] +ddsgFilters = lens _ddsgFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddsgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results may be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -ddbsgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Int) -ddbsgMaxRecords = lens _ddbsgMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _ddbsgMaxRecords = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +ddsgMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Int) +ddsgMaxRecords = lens _ddsgMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_ddsgMaxRecords = a}); -data DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse = DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse - { _ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups :: List "member" DBSubnetGroup - , _ddbsgrMarker :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeDBSubnetGroups request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddsgMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroups (Maybe Text) +ddsgMarker = lens _ddsgMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsgMarker = a}); --- | 'DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups' @::@ ['DBSubnetGroup'] --- --- * 'ddbsgrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -describeDBSubnetGroupsResponse :: DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse -describeDBSubnetGroupsResponse = DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse - { _ddbsgrMarker = Nothing - , _ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups = mempty - } +instance AWSPager DescribeDBSubnetGroups where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. ddsgrsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & ddsgMarker .~ rs ^. ddsgrsMarker --- | A list of 'DBSubnetGroup' instances. -ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse [DBSubnetGroup] -ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups = - lens _ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups (\s a -> s { _ddbsgrDBSubnetGroups = a }) - . _List +instance AWSRequest DescribeDBSubnetGroups where + type Sv DescribeDBSubnetGroups = RDS + type Rs DescribeDBSubnetGroups = + DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBSubnetGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBSubnetGroup")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -ddbsgrMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) -ddbsgrMarker = lens _ddbsgrMarker (\s a -> s { _ddbsgrMarker = a }) +instance ToHeaders DescribeDBSubnetGroups where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DescribeDBSubnetGroups where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeDBSubnetGroups where - toQuery DescribeDBSubnetGroups{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _ddbsgDBSubnetGroupName - , "Filters" =? _ddbsgFilters - , "Marker" =? _ddbsgMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _ddbsgMaxRecords - ] + toQuery DescribeDBSubnetGroups'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeDBSubnetGroups" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _ddsgDBSubnetGroupName, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddsgFilters), + "MaxRecords" =: _ddsgMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _ddsgMarker] -instance ToHeaders DescribeDBSubnetGroups +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeDBSubnetGroups action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBSubnetGroupsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse = DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse' + { _ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups :: !(Maybe [DBSubnetGroup]) + , _ddsgrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddsgrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeDBSubnetGroups where - type Sv DescribeDBSubnetGroups = RDS - type Rs DescribeDBSubnetGroups = DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups' +-- +-- * 'ddsgrsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddsgrsStatus' +describeDBSubnetGroupsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddsgrsStatus' + -> DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse +describeDBSubnetGroupsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse' + { _ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups = Nothing + , _ddsgrsMarker = Nothing + , _ddsgrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeDBSubnetGroups" - response = xmlResponse +-- | A list of DBSubnetGroup instances. +ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse [DBSubnetGroup] +ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups = lens _ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups (\ s a -> s{_ddsgrsDBSubnetGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResult" $ \x -> DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse - <$> x .@? "DBSubnetGroups" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Marker" +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +ddsgrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +ddsgrsMarker = lens _ddsgrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddsgrsMarker = a}); -instance AWSPager DescribeDBSubnetGroups where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. ddbsgrMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & ddbsgMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. ddbsgrMarker) +-- | The response status code. +ddsgrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse Int +ddsgrsStatus = lens _ddsgrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddsgrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters.hs @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the +-- cluster database engine. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters. +module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters + ( + -- * Creating a Request + describeEngineDefaultClusterParameters + , DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters + -- * Request Lenses + , dedcpFilters + , dedcpMaxRecords + , dedcpMarker + , dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , describeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse + , DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , dedcprsEngineDefaults + , dedcprsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeEngineDefaultClusterParameters' smart constructor. +data DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters' + { _dedcpFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _dedcpMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dedcpMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dedcpFilters' +-- +-- * 'dedcpMaxRecords' +-- +-- * 'dedcpMarker' +-- +-- * 'dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily' +describeEngineDefaultClusterParameters + :: Text -- ^ 'dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily' + -> DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters +describeEngineDefaultClusterParameters pDBParameterGroupFamily_ = + DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters' + { _dedcpFilters = Nothing + , _dedcpMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dedcpMarker = Nothing + , _dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ + } + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +dedcpFilters :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters [Filter] +dedcpFilters = lens _dedcpFilters (\ s a -> s{_dedcpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. +-- +-- Default: 100 +-- +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +dedcpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters (Maybe Int) +dedcpMaxRecords = lens _dedcpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dedcpMaxRecords = a}); + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters' request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +dedcpMarker :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters (Maybe Text) +dedcpMarker = lens _dedcpMarker (\ s a -> s{_dedcpMarker = a}); + +-- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine +-- parameter information for. +dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters Text +dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); + +instance AWSRequest + DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters where + type Sv DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = RDS + type Rs DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = + DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse' <$> + (x .@? "EngineDefaults") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders + DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath + DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery + DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters where + toQuery DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters" :: + ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dedcpFilters), + "MaxRecords" =: _dedcpMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _dedcpMarker, + "DBParameterGroupFamily" =: + _dedcpDBParameterGroupFamily] + +-- | /See:/ 'describeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse = DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse' + { _dedcprsEngineDefaults :: !(Maybe EngineDefaults) + , _dedcprsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dedcprsEngineDefaults' +-- +-- * 'dedcprsStatus' +describeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'dedcprsStatus' + -> DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse +describeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse' + { _dedcprsEngineDefaults = Nothing + , _dedcprsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +dedcprsEngineDefaults :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse (Maybe EngineDefaults) +dedcprsEngineDefaults = lens _dedcprsEngineDefaults (\ s a -> s{_dedcprsEngineDefaults = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +dedcprsStatus :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse Int +dedcprsStatus = lens _dedcprsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dedcprsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters.hs @@ -1,155 +1,187 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the +-- Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the -- specified database engine. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeEngineDefaultParameters. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters ( - -- * Request - DescribeEngineDefaultParameters - -- ** Request constructor - , describeEngineDefaultParameters - -- ** Request lenses - , dedpDBParameterGroupFamily + -- * Creating a Request + describeEngineDefaultParameters + , DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + -- * Request Lenses , dedpFilters - , dedpMarker , dedpMaxRecords + , dedpMarker + , dedpDBParameterGroupFamily - -- * Response - , DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeEngineDefaultParametersResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , dedprEngineDefaults + , DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , dedprsStatus + , dedprsEngineDefaults ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeEngineDefaultParameters = DescribeEngineDefaultParameters - { _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily :: Text - , _dedpFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _dedpMarker :: Maybe Text - , _dedpMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeEngineDefaultParameters' smart constructor. +data DescribeEngineDefaultParameters = DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' + { _dedpFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _dedpMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dedpMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'dedpDBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dedpFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'dedpFilters' -- --- * 'dedpMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dedpMaxRecords' -- --- * 'dedpMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'dedpMarker' -- -describeEngineDefaultParameters :: Text -- ^ 'dedpDBParameterGroupFamily' - -> DescribeEngineDefaultParameters -describeEngineDefaultParameters p1 = DescribeEngineDefaultParameters - { _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = p1 - , _dedpFilters = mempty - , _dedpMaxRecords = Nothing - , _dedpMarker = Nothing +-- * 'dedpDBParameterGroupFamily' +describeEngineDefaultParameters + :: Text -- ^ 'dedpDBParameterGroupFamily' + -> DescribeEngineDefaultParameters +describeEngineDefaultParameters pDBParameterGroupFamily_ = + DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' + { _dedpFilters = Nothing + , _dedpMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dedpMarker = Nothing + , _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = pDBParameterGroupFamily_ } --- | The name of the DB parameter group family. -dedpDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters Text -dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = - lens _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily - (\s a -> s { _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = a }) - -- | Not currently supported. dedpFilters :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters [Filter] -dedpFilters = lens _dedpFilters (\s a -> s { _dedpFilters = a }) . _List - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -dedpMarker :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters (Maybe Text) -dedpMarker = lens _dedpMarker (\s a -> s { _dedpMarker = a }) +dedpFilters = lens _dedpFilters (\ s a -> s{_dedpFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results may be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dedpMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters (Maybe Int) -dedpMaxRecords = lens _dedpMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dedpMaxRecords = a }) - -newtype DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse = DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse - { _dedprEngineDefaults :: EngineDefaults - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +dedpMaxRecords = lens _dedpMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dedpMaxRecords = a}); --- | 'DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dedprEngineDefaults' @::@ 'EngineDefaults' --- -describeEngineDefaultParametersResponse :: EngineDefaults -- ^ 'dedprEngineDefaults' - -> DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse -describeEngineDefaultParametersResponse p1 = DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse - { _dedprEngineDefaults = p1 - } +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribeEngineDefaultParameters' request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +dedpMarker :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters (Maybe Text) +dedpMarker = lens _dedpMarker (\ s a -> s{_dedpMarker = a}); -dedprEngineDefaults :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse EngineDefaults -dedprEngineDefaults = - lens _dedprEngineDefaults (\s a -> s { _dedprEngineDefaults = a }) +-- | The name of the DB parameter group family. +dedpDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParameters Text +dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dedpDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); -instance ToPath DescribeEngineDefaultParameters where - toPath = const "/" +instance AWSPager DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + where + page rq rs + | stop + (rs ^? dedprsEngineDefaults . edMarker . _Just) + = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. dedprsEngineDefaults . edParameters) = + Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & + dedpMarker .~ + rs ^? dedprsEngineDefaults . edMarker . _Just -instance ToQuery DescribeEngineDefaultParameters where - toQuery DescribeEngineDefaultParameters{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily - , "Filters" =? _dedpFilters - , "Marker" =? _dedpMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _dedpMaxRecords - ] +instance AWSRequest DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + where + type Sv DescribeEngineDefaultParameters = RDS + type Rs DescribeEngineDefaultParameters = + DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse' <$> + (pure (fromEnum s)) <*> (x .@ "EngineDefaults")) instance ToHeaders DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + where + toHeaders = const mempty -instance AWSRequest DescribeEngineDefaultParameters where - type Sv DescribeEngineDefaultParameters = RDS - type Rs DescribeEngineDefaultParameters = DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse +instance ToPath DescribeEngineDefaultParameters where + toPath = const "/" - request = post "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" - response = xmlResponse +instance ToQuery DescribeEngineDefaultParameters + where + toQuery DescribeEngineDefaultParameters'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dedpFilters), + "MaxRecords" =: _dedpMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _dedpMarker, + "DBParameterGroupFamily" =: + _dedpDBParameterGroupFamily] -instance FromXML DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResult" $ \x -> DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse - <$> x .@ "EngineDefaults" +-- | /See:/ 'describeEngineDefaultParametersResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse = DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse' + { _dedprsStatus :: !Int + , _dedprsEngineDefaults :: !EngineDefaults + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSPager DescribeEngineDefaultParameters where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. dedprEngineDefaults . edMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dedpMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. dedprEngineDefaults . edMarker) +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dedprsStatus' +-- +-- * 'dedprsEngineDefaults' +describeEngineDefaultParametersResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'dedprsStatus' + -> EngineDefaults -- ^ 'dedprsEngineDefaults' + -> DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse +describeEngineDefaultParametersResponse pStatus_ pEngineDefaults_ = + DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse' + { _dedprsStatus = pStatus_ + , _dedprsEngineDefaults = pEngineDefaults_ + } + +-- | The response status code. +dedprsStatus :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse Int +dedprsStatus = lens _dedprsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dedprsStatus = a}); + +-- | Undocumented member. +dedprsEngineDefaults :: Lens' DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse EngineDefaults +dedprsEngineDefaults = lens _dedprsEngineDefaults (\ s a -> s{_dedprsEngineDefaults = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventCategories.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventCategories.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventCategories.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventCategories.hs @@ -1,131 +1,144 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, --- for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and --- source types in the topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide. +-- Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if +-- specified, for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event +-- categories and source types in the +-- +-- topic in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeEventCategories. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventCategories ( - -- * Request - DescribeEventCategories - -- ** Request constructor - , describeEventCategories - -- ** Request lenses - , decFilters + -- * Creating a Request + describeEventCategories + , DescribeEventCategories + -- * Request Lenses , decSourceType + , decFilters - -- * Response - , DescribeEventCategoriesResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeEventCategoriesResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , decrEventCategoriesMapList + , DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , decrsEventCategoriesMapList + , decrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategories - { _decFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _decSourceType :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeEventCategories' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeEventCategories' smart constructor. +data DescribeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategories' + { _decSourceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _decFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEventCategories' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'decFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'decSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'decSourceType' -- -describeEventCategories :: DescribeEventCategories -describeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategories +-- * 'decFilters' +describeEventCategories + :: DescribeEventCategories +describeEventCategories = + DescribeEventCategories' { _decSourceType = Nothing - , _decFilters = mempty + , _decFilters = Nothing } --- | This parameter is not currently supported. -decFilters :: Lens' DescribeEventCategories [Filter] -decFilters = lens _decFilters (\s a -> s { _decFilters = a }) . _List - -- | The type of source that will be generating the events. -- -- Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | -- db-snapshot decSourceType :: Lens' DescribeEventCategories (Maybe Text) -decSourceType = lens _decSourceType (\s a -> s { _decSourceType = a }) - -newtype DescribeEventCategoriesResponse = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse - { _decrEventCategoriesMapList :: List "member" EventCategoriesMap - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Monoid, Semigroup) - -instance GHC.Exts.IsList DescribeEventCategoriesResponse where - type Item DescribeEventCategoriesResponse = EventCategoriesMap +decSourceType = lens _decSourceType (\ s a -> s{_decSourceType = a}); - fromList = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse . GHC.Exts.fromList - toList = GHC.Exts.toList . _decrEventCategoriesMapList +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +decFilters :: Lens' DescribeEventCategories [Filter] +decFilters = lens _decFilters (\ s a -> s{_decFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | 'DescribeEventCategoriesResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'decrEventCategoriesMapList' @::@ ['EventCategoriesMap'] --- -describeEventCategoriesResponse :: DescribeEventCategoriesResponse -describeEventCategoriesResponse = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse - { _decrEventCategoriesMapList = mempty - } +instance AWSRequest DescribeEventCategories where + type Sv DescribeEventCategories = RDS + type Rs DescribeEventCategories = + DescribeEventCategoriesResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeEventCategoriesResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeEventCategoriesResponse' <$> + (x .@? "EventCategoriesMapList" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "EventCategoriesMap")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | A list of EventCategoriesMap data types. -decrEventCategoriesMapList :: Lens' DescribeEventCategoriesResponse [EventCategoriesMap] -decrEventCategoriesMapList = - lens _decrEventCategoriesMapList - (\s a -> s { _decrEventCategoriesMapList = a }) - . _List +instance ToHeaders DescribeEventCategories where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DescribeEventCategories where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeEventCategories where - toQuery DescribeEventCategories{..} = mconcat - [ "Filters" =? _decFilters - , "SourceType" =? _decSourceType - ] + toQuery DescribeEventCategories'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeEventCategories" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "SourceType" =: _decSourceType, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _decFilters)] -instance ToHeaders DescribeEventCategories +-- | Data returned from the __DescribeEventCategories__ action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeEventCategoriesResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeEventCategoriesResponse = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse' + { _decrsEventCategoriesMapList :: !(Maybe [EventCategoriesMap]) + , _decrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeEventCategories where - type Sv DescribeEventCategories = RDS - type Rs DescribeEventCategories = DescribeEventCategoriesResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEventCategoriesResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'decrsEventCategoriesMapList' +-- +-- * 'decrsStatus' +describeEventCategoriesResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'decrsStatus' + -> DescribeEventCategoriesResponse +describeEventCategoriesResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeEventCategoriesResponse' + { _decrsEventCategoriesMapList = Nothing + , _decrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeEventCategories" - response = xmlResponse +-- | A list of EventCategoriesMap data types. +decrsEventCategoriesMapList :: Lens' DescribeEventCategoriesResponse [EventCategoriesMap] +decrsEventCategoriesMapList = lens _decrsEventCategoriesMapList (\ s a -> s{_decrsEventCategoriesMapList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML DescribeEventCategoriesResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeEventCategoriesResult" $ \x -> DescribeEventCategoriesResponse - <$> x .@? "EventCategoriesMapList" .!@ mempty +-- | The response status code. +decrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeEventCategoriesResponse Int +decrsStatus = lens _decrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_decrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEventSubscriptions.hs @@ -1,174 +1,196 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The +-- Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The -- description for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, -- CustomerID, SourceType, SourceID, CreationTime, and Status. -- -- If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that -- subscription. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeEventSubscriptions. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEventSubscriptions ( - -- * Request - DescribeEventSubscriptions - -- ** Request constructor - , describeEventSubscriptions - -- ** Request lenses - , des1Filters - , des1Marker - , des1MaxRecords - , des1SubscriptionName + -- * Creating a Request + describeEventSubscriptions + , DescribeEventSubscriptions + -- * Request Lenses + , dSubscriptionName + , dFilters + , dMaxRecords + , dMarker - -- * Response - , DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeEventSubscriptionsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , desrEventSubscriptionsList - , desrMarker + , DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , desrsEventSubscriptionsList + , desrsMarker + , desrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptions - { _des1Filters :: List "member" Filter - , _des1Marker :: Maybe Text - , _des1MaxRecords :: Maybe Int - , _des1SubscriptionName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeEventSubscriptions' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeEventSubscriptions' smart constructor. +data DescribeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptions' + { _dSubscriptionName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _dMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEventSubscriptions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'des1Filters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'des1Marker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dSubscriptionName' -- --- * 'des1MaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'dFilters' -- --- * 'des1SubscriptionName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dMaxRecords' -- -describeEventSubscriptions :: DescribeEventSubscriptions -describeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptions - { _des1SubscriptionName = Nothing - , _des1Filters = mempty - , _des1MaxRecords = Nothing - , _des1Marker = Nothing +-- * 'dMarker' +describeEventSubscriptions + :: DescribeEventSubscriptions +describeEventSubscriptions = + DescribeEventSubscriptions' + { _dSubscriptionName = Nothing + , _dFilters = Nothing + , _dMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dMarker = Nothing } --- | This parameter is not currently supported. -des1Filters :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions [Filter] -des1Filters = lens _des1Filters (\s a -> s { _des1Filters = a }) . _List +-- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to +-- describe. +dSubscriptionName :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) +dSubscriptionName = lens _dSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_dSubscriptionName = a}); --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous --- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, --- the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value --- specified by 'MaxRecords' . -des1Marker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) -des1Marker = lens _des1Marker (\s a -> s { _des1Marker = a }) +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +dFilters :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions [Filter] +dFilters = lens _dFilters (\ s a -> s{_dFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -des1MaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Int) -des1MaxRecords = lens _des1MaxRecords (\s a -> s { _des1MaxRecords = a }) - --- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe. -des1SubscriptionName :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) -des1SubscriptionName = - lens _des1SubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _des1SubscriptionName = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +dMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Int) +dMaxRecords = lens _dMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dMaxRecords = a}); -data DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse - { _desrEventSubscriptionsList :: List "member" EventSubscription - , _desrMarker :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- the value specified by 'MaxRecords' . +dMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptions (Maybe Text) +dMarker = lens _dMarker (\ s a -> s{_dMarker = a}); --- | 'DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'desrEventSubscriptionsList' @::@ ['EventSubscription'] --- --- * 'desrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -describeEventSubscriptionsResponse :: DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse -describeEventSubscriptionsResponse = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse - { _desrMarker = Nothing - , _desrEventSubscriptionsList = mempty - } +instance AWSPager DescribeEventSubscriptions where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. desrsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. desrsEventSubscriptionsList) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & dMarker .~ rs ^. desrsMarker --- | A list of EventSubscriptions data types. -desrEventSubscriptionsList :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse [EventSubscription] -desrEventSubscriptionsList = - lens _desrEventSubscriptionsList - (\s a -> s { _desrEventSubscriptionsList = a }) - . _List +instance AWSRequest DescribeEventSubscriptions where + type Sv DescribeEventSubscriptions = RDS + type Rs DescribeEventSubscriptions = + DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribeEventSubscriptionsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "EventSubscriptionsList" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "EventSubscription")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous --- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, --- the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value --- specified by 'MaxRecords'. -desrMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse (Maybe Text) -desrMarker = lens _desrMarker (\s a -> s { _desrMarker = a }) +instance ToHeaders DescribeEventSubscriptions where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DescribeEventSubscriptions where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeEventSubscriptions where - toQuery DescribeEventSubscriptions{..} = mconcat - [ "Filters" =? _des1Filters - , "Marker" =? _des1Marker - , "MaxRecords" =? _des1MaxRecords - , "SubscriptionName" =? _des1SubscriptionName - ] + toQuery DescribeEventSubscriptions'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeEventSubscriptions" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "SubscriptionName" =: _dSubscriptionName, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dFilters), + "MaxRecords" =: _dMaxRecords, "Marker" =: _dMarker] -instance ToHeaders DescribeEventSubscriptions +-- | Data returned by the __DescribeEventSubscriptions__ action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeEventSubscriptionsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse' + { _desrsEventSubscriptionsList :: !(Maybe [EventSubscription]) + , _desrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _desrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeEventSubscriptions where - type Sv DescribeEventSubscriptions = RDS - type Rs DescribeEventSubscriptions = DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'desrsEventSubscriptionsList' +-- +-- * 'desrsMarker' +-- +-- * 'desrsStatus' +describeEventSubscriptionsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'desrsStatus' + -> DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse +describeEventSubscriptionsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse' + { _desrsEventSubscriptionsList = Nothing + , _desrsMarker = Nothing + , _desrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeEventSubscriptions" - response = xmlResponse +-- | A list of EventSubscriptions data types. +desrsEventSubscriptionsList :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse [EventSubscription] +desrsEventSubscriptionsList = lens _desrsEventSubscriptionsList (\ s a -> s{_desrsEventSubscriptionsList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeEventSubscriptionsResult" $ \x -> DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse - <$> x .@? "EventSubscriptionsList" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Marker" +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +desrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse (Maybe Text) +desrsMarker = lens _desrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_desrsMarker = a}); -instance AWSPager DescribeEventSubscriptions where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. desrMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & des1Marker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. desrMarker) +-- | The response status code. +desrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse Int +desrsStatus = lens _desrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_desrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEvents.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEvents.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEvents.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeEvents.hs @@ -1,240 +1,268 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots, --- and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular --- DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group can --- be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past hour --- of events are returned. +-- Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB +-- snapshots, and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific +-- to a particular DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB +-- parameter group can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By +-- default, the past hour of events are returned. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeEvents. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeEvents ( - -- * Request - DescribeEvents - -- ** Request constructor - , describeEvents - -- ** Request lenses - , deDuration - , deEndTime - , deEventCategories + -- * Creating a Request + describeEvents + , DescribeEvents + -- * Request Lenses + , deStartTime + , deSourceType , deFilters - , deMarker - , deMaxRecords , deSourceIdentifier - , deSourceType - , deStartTime + , deMaxRecords + , deEventCategories + , deEndTime + , deMarker + , deDuration - -- * Response - , DescribeEventsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeEventsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , derEvents - , derMarker + , DescribeEventsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , dersEvents + , dersMarker + , dersStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeEvents = DescribeEvents - { _deDuration :: Maybe Int - , _deEndTime :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _deEventCategories :: List "member" Text - , _deFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _deMarker :: Maybe Text - , _deMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - , _deSourceIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _deSourceType :: Maybe SourceType - , _deStartTime :: Maybe ISO8601 - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeEvents' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeEvents' smart constructor. +data DescribeEvents = DescribeEvents' + { _deStartTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _deSourceType :: !(Maybe SourceType) + , _deFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _deSourceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _deMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _deEventCategories :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _deEndTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _deMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _deDuration :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEvents' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'deDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'deEndTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- * 'deStartTime' -- --- * 'deEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- * 'deSourceType' -- --- * 'deFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'deFilters' -- --- * 'deMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'deSourceIdentifier' -- --- * 'deMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'deMaxRecords' -- --- * 'deSourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'deEventCategories' -- --- * 'deSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'SourceType' +-- * 'deEndTime' -- --- * 'deStartTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- * 'deMarker' -- -describeEvents :: DescribeEvents -describeEvents = DescribeEvents - { _deSourceIdentifier = Nothing - , _deSourceType = Nothing - , _deStartTime = Nothing - , _deEndTime = Nothing - , _deDuration = Nothing - , _deEventCategories = mempty - , _deFilters = mempty - , _deMaxRecords = Nothing - , _deMarker = Nothing +-- * 'deDuration' +describeEvents + :: DescribeEvents +describeEvents = + DescribeEvents' + { _deStartTime = Nothing + , _deSourceType = Nothing + , _deFilters = Nothing + , _deSourceIdentifier = Nothing + , _deMaxRecords = Nothing + , _deEventCategories = Nothing + , _deEndTime = Nothing + , _deMarker = Nothing + , _deDuration = Nothing } --- | The number of minutes to retrieve events for. --- --- Default: 60 -deDuration :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) -deDuration = lens _deDuration (\s a -> s { _deDuration = a }) - --- | The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO --- 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the +-- | The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in +-- ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the +-- -- -- Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z -deEndTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) -deEndTime = lens _deEndTime (\s a -> s { _deEndTime = a }) . mapping _Time +deStartTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) +deStartTime = lens _deStartTime (\ s a -> s{_deStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event --- notification subscription. -deEventCategories :: Lens' DescribeEvents [Text] -deEventCategories = - lens _deEventCategories (\s a -> s { _deEventCategories = a }) - . _List +-- | The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all +-- events are returned. +deSourceType :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe SourceType) +deSourceType = lens _deSourceType (\ s a -> s{_deSourceType = a}); -- | This parameter is not currently supported. deFilters :: Lens' DescribeEvents [Filter] -deFilters = lens _deFilters (\s a -> s { _deFilters = a }) . _List - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request. --- If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the --- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -deMarker :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) -deMarker = lens _deMarker (\s a -> s { _deMarker = a }) +deFilters = lens _deFilters (\ s a -> s{_deFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results may be retrieved. +-- | The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If +-- not specified, then all sources are included in the response. -- --- Default: 100 +-- Constraints: -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -deMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) -deMaxRecords = lens _deMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _deMaxRecords = a }) +-- - If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided. +-- - If the source type is 'DBInstance', then a 'DBInstanceIdentifier' +-- must be supplied. +-- - If the source type is 'DBSecurityGroup', a 'DBSecurityGroupName' +-- must be supplied. +-- - If the source type is 'DBParameterGroup', a 'DBParameterGroupName' +-- must be supplied. +-- - If the source type is 'DBSnapshot', a 'DBSnapshotIdentifier' must be +-- supplied. +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +deSourceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) +deSourceIdentifier = lens _deSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_deSourceIdentifier = a}); --- | The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If not --- specified, then all sources are included in the response. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- --- Constraints: +-- Default: 100 -- --- If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided. If the --- source type is 'DBInstance', then a 'DBInstanceIdentifier' must be supplied. If --- the source type is 'DBSecurityGroup', a 'DBSecurityGroupName' must be supplied. If the source type is --- 'DBParameterGroup', a 'DBParameterGroupName' must be supplied. If the source type --- is 'DBSnapshot', a 'DBSnapshotIdentifier' must be supplied. Cannot end with a --- hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. -deSourceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) -deSourceIdentifier = - lens _deSourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _deSourceIdentifier = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +deMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) +deMaxRecords = lens _deMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_deMaxRecords = a}); --- | The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all --- events are returned. -deSourceType :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe SourceType) -deSourceType = lens _deSourceType (\s a -> s { _deSourceType = a }) +-- | A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event +-- notification subscription. +deEventCategories :: Lens' DescribeEvents [Text] +deEventCategories = lens _deEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_deEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO --- 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the +-- | The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in +-- ISO 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the +-- -- -- Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z -deStartTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) -deStartTime = lens _deStartTime (\s a -> s { _deStartTime = a }) . mapping _Time +deEndTime :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe UTCTime) +deEndTime = lens _deEndTime (\ s a -> s{_deEndTime = a}) . mapping _Time; -data DescribeEventsResponse = DescribeEventsResponse - { _derEvents :: List "member" Event - , _derMarker :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +deMarker :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Text) +deMarker = lens _deMarker (\ s a -> s{_deMarker = a}); --- | 'DescribeEventsResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'derEvents' @::@ ['Event'] --- --- * 'derMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- | The number of minutes to retrieve events for. -- -describeEventsResponse :: DescribeEventsResponse -describeEventsResponse = DescribeEventsResponse - { _derMarker = Nothing - , _derEvents = mempty - } +-- Default: 60 +deDuration :: Lens' DescribeEvents (Maybe Int) +deDuration = lens _deDuration (\ s a -> s{_deDuration = a}); --- | A list of 'Event' instances. -derEvents :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse [Event] -derEvents = lens _derEvents (\s a -> s { _derEvents = a }) . _List +instance AWSPager DescribeEvents where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. dersMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. dersEvents) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & deMarker .~ rs ^. dersMarker --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords' . -derMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse (Maybe Text) -derMarker = lens _derMarker (\s a -> s { _derMarker = a }) +instance AWSRequest DescribeEvents where + type Sv DescribeEvents = RDS + type Rs DescribeEvents = DescribeEventsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeEventsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeEventsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Events" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Event")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders DescribeEvents where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath DescribeEvents where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeEvents where - toQuery DescribeEvents{..} = mconcat - [ "Duration" =? _deDuration - , "EndTime" =? _deEndTime - , "EventCategories" =? _deEventCategories - , "Filters" =? _deFilters - , "Marker" =? _deMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _deMaxRecords - , "SourceIdentifier" =? _deSourceIdentifier - , "SourceType" =? _deSourceType - , "StartTime" =? _deStartTime - ] + toQuery DescribeEvents'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DescribeEvents" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "StartTime" =: _deStartTime, + "SourceType" =: _deSourceType, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _deFilters), + "SourceIdentifier" =: _deSourceIdentifier, + "MaxRecords" =: _deMaxRecords, + "EventCategories" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "EventCategory" <$> _deEventCategories), + "EndTime" =: _deEndTime, "Marker" =: _deMarker, + "Duration" =: _deDuration] -instance ToHeaders DescribeEvents +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents +-- action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeEventsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeEventsResponse = DescribeEventsResponse' + { _dersEvents :: !(Maybe [Event]) + , _dersMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dersStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeEvents where - type Sv DescribeEvents = RDS - type Rs DescribeEvents = DescribeEventsResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEventsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dersEvents' +-- +-- * 'dersMarker' +-- +-- * 'dersStatus' +describeEventsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'dersStatus' + -> DescribeEventsResponse +describeEventsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeEventsResponse' + { _dersEvents = Nothing + , _dersMarker = Nothing + , _dersStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeEvents" - response = xmlResponse +-- | A list of Event instances. +dersEvents :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse [Event] +dersEvents = lens _dersEvents (\ s a -> s{_dersEvents = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML DescribeEventsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeEventsResult" $ \x -> DescribeEventsResponse - <$> x .@? "Events" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Marker" +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If +-- this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond +-- the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords' . +dersMarker :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse (Maybe Text) +dersMarker = lens _dersMarker (\ s a -> s{_dersMarker = a}); -instance AWSPager DescribeEvents where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. derMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & deMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. derMarker) +-- | The response status code. +dersStatus :: Lens' DescribeEventsResponse Int +dersStatus = lens _dersStatus (\ s a -> s{_dersStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroupOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroupOptions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroupOptions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroupOptions.hs @@ -1,178 +1,202 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Describes all available options. +-- Describes all available options. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeOptionGroupOptions. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroupOptions ( - -- * Request - DescribeOptionGroupOptions - -- ** Request constructor - , describeOptionGroupOptions - -- ** Request lenses - , dogoEngineName + -- * Creating a Request + describeOptionGroupOptions + , DescribeOptionGroupOptions + -- * Request Lenses , dogoFilters , dogoMajorEngineVersion - , dogoMarker , dogoMaxRecords + , dogoMarker + , dogoEngineName - -- * Response - , DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeOptionGroupOptionsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , dogorMarker - , dogorOptionGroupOptions + , DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , dogorsOptionGroupOptions + , dogorsMarker + , dogorsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeOptionGroupOptions = DescribeOptionGroupOptions - { _dogoEngineName :: Text - , _dogoFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _dogoMajorEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _dogoMarker :: Maybe Text - , _dogoMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeOptionGroupOptions' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeOptionGroupOptions' smart constructor. +data DescribeOptionGroupOptions = DescribeOptionGroupOptions' + { _dogoFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _dogoMajorEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dogoMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dogoMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dogoEngineName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeOptionGroupOptions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'dogoEngineName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dogoFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'dogoFilters' -- --- * 'dogoMajorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dogoMajorEngineVersion' -- --- * 'dogoMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dogoMaxRecords' -- --- * 'dogoMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'dogoMarker' -- -describeOptionGroupOptions :: Text -- ^ 'dogoEngineName' - -> DescribeOptionGroupOptions -describeOptionGroupOptions p1 = DescribeOptionGroupOptions - { _dogoEngineName = p1 +-- * 'dogoEngineName' +describeOptionGroupOptions + :: Text -- ^ 'dogoEngineName' + -> DescribeOptionGroupOptions +describeOptionGroupOptions pEngineName_ = + DescribeOptionGroupOptions' + { _dogoFilters = Nothing , _dogoMajorEngineVersion = Nothing - , _dogoFilters = mempty - , _dogoMaxRecords = Nothing - , _dogoMarker = Nothing + , _dogoMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dogoMarker = Nothing + , _dogoEngineName = pEngineName_ } --- | A required parameter. Options available for the given Engine name will be --- described. -dogoEngineName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions Text -dogoEngineName = lens _dogoEngineName (\s a -> s { _dogoEngineName = a }) - -- | This parameter is not currently supported. dogoFilters :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions [Filter] -dogoFilters = lens _dogoFilters (\s a -> s { _dogoFilters = a }) . _List +dogoFilters = lens _dogoFilters (\ s a -> s{_dogoFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified --- major engine version. +-- | If specified, filters the results to include only options for the +-- specified major engine version. dogoMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions (Maybe Text) -dogoMajorEngineVersion = - lens _dogoMajorEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dogoMajorEngineVersion = a }) - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -dogoMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions (Maybe Text) -dogoMarker = lens _dogoMarker (\s a -> s { _dogoMarker = a }) +dogoMajorEngineVersion = lens _dogoMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dogoMajorEngineVersion = a}); --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dogoMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions (Maybe Int) -dogoMaxRecords = lens _dogoMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dogoMaxRecords = a }) +dogoMaxRecords = lens _dogoMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dogoMaxRecords = a}); -data DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse = DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse - { _dogorMarker :: Maybe Text - , _dogorOptionGroupOptions :: List "member" OptionGroupOption - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +dogoMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions (Maybe Text) +dogoMarker = lens _dogoMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogoMarker = a}); --- | 'DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dogorMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dogorOptionGroupOptions' @::@ ['OptionGroupOption'] --- -describeOptionGroupOptionsResponse :: DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse -describeOptionGroupOptionsResponse = DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse - { _dogorOptionGroupOptions = mempty - , _dogorMarker = Nothing - } +-- | A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name will +-- be described. +dogoEngineName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptions Text +dogoEngineName = lens _dogoEngineName (\ s a -> s{_dogoEngineName = a}); --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -dogorMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse (Maybe Text) -dogorMarker = lens _dogorMarker (\s a -> s { _dogorMarker = a }) +instance AWSPager DescribeOptionGroupOptions where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. dogorsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. dogorsOptionGroupOptions) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & dogoMarker .~ rs ^. dogorsMarker -dogorOptionGroupOptions :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse [OptionGroupOption] -dogorOptionGroupOptions = - lens _dogorOptionGroupOptions (\s a -> s { _dogorOptionGroupOptions = a }) - . _List +instance AWSRequest DescribeOptionGroupOptions where + type Sv DescribeOptionGroupOptions = RDS + type Rs DescribeOptionGroupOptions = + DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "OptionGroupOptions" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionGroupOption")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders DescribeOptionGroupOptions where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath DescribeOptionGroupOptions where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeOptionGroupOptions where - toQuery DescribeOptionGroupOptions{..} = mconcat - [ "EngineName" =? _dogoEngineName - , "Filters" =? _dogoFilters - , "MajorEngineVersion" =? _dogoMajorEngineVersion - , "Marker" =? _dogoMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _dogoMaxRecords - ] + toQuery DescribeOptionGroupOptions'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeOptionGroupOptions" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dogoFilters), + "MajorEngineVersion" =: _dogoMajorEngineVersion, + "MaxRecords" =: _dogoMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _dogoMarker, + "EngineName" =: _dogoEngineName] -instance ToHeaders DescribeOptionGroupOptions +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeOptionGroupOptionsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse = DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse' + { _dogorsOptionGroupOptions :: !(Maybe [OptionGroupOption]) + , _dogorsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dogorsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeOptionGroupOptions where - type Sv DescribeOptionGroupOptions = RDS - type Rs DescribeOptionGroupOptions = DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dogorsOptionGroupOptions' +-- +-- * 'dogorsMarker' +-- +-- * 'dogorsStatus' +describeOptionGroupOptionsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'dogorsStatus' + -> DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse +describeOptionGroupOptionsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse' + { _dogorsOptionGroupOptions = Nothing + , _dogorsMarker = Nothing + , _dogorsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeOptionGroupOptions" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +dogorsOptionGroupOptions :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse [OptionGroupOption] +dogorsOptionGroupOptions = lens _dogorsOptionGroupOptions (\ s a -> s{_dogorsOptionGroupOptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResult" $ \x -> DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse - <$> x .@? "Marker" - <*> x .@? "OptionGroupOptions" .!@ mempty +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +dogorsMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse (Maybe Text) +dogorsMarker = lens _dogorsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogorsMarker = a}); -instance AWSPager DescribeOptionGroupOptions where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. dogorMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dogoMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. dogorMarker) +-- | The response status code. +dogorsStatus :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse Int +dogorsStatus = lens _dogorsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dogorsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOptionGroups.hs @@ -1,191 +1,211 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Describes the available option groups. +-- Describes the available option groups. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeOptionGroups. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOptionGroups ( - -- * Request - DescribeOptionGroups - -- ** Request constructor - , describeOptionGroups - -- ** Request lenses - , dogEngineName + -- * Creating a Request + describeOptionGroups + , DescribeOptionGroups + -- * Request Lenses , dogFilters + , dogEngineName , dogMajorEngineVersion - , dogMarker , dogMaxRecords + , dogMarker , dogOptionGroupName - -- * Response - , DescribeOptionGroupsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeOptionGroupsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , dogrMarker - , dogrOptionGroupsList + , DescribeOptionGroupsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , dogrsMarker + , dogrsOptionGroupsList + , dogrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeOptionGroups = DescribeOptionGroups - { _dogEngineName :: Maybe Text - , _dogFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _dogMajorEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _dogMarker :: Maybe Text - , _dogMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - , _dogOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeOptionGroups' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeOptionGroups' smart constructor. +data DescribeOptionGroups = DescribeOptionGroups' + { _dogFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _dogEngineName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dogMajorEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dogMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dogMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dogOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeOptionGroups' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'dogEngineName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dogFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'dogFilters' -- --- * 'dogMajorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dogEngineName' -- --- * 'dogMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dogMajorEngineVersion' -- --- * 'dogMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'dogMaxRecords' -- --- * 'dogOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dogMarker' -- -describeOptionGroups :: DescribeOptionGroups -describeOptionGroups = DescribeOptionGroups - { _dogOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _dogFilters = mempty - , _dogMarker = Nothing - , _dogMaxRecords = Nothing - , _dogEngineName = Nothing +-- * 'dogOptionGroupName' +describeOptionGroups + :: DescribeOptionGroups +describeOptionGroups = + DescribeOptionGroups' + { _dogFilters = Nothing + , _dogEngineName = Nothing , _dogMajorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dogMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dogMarker = Nothing + , _dogOptionGroupName = Nothing } --- | Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with a --- specific database engine. -dogEngineName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) -dogEngineName = lens _dogEngineName (\s a -> s { _dogEngineName = a }) - -- | This parameter is not currently supported. dogFilters :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups [Filter] -dogFilters = lens _dogFilters (\s a -> s { _dogFilters = a }) . _List +dogFilters = lens _dogFilters (\ s a -> s{_dogFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with a --- specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also be --- specified. -dogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) -dogMajorEngineVersion = - lens _dogMajorEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dogMajorEngineVersion = a }) +-- | Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with +-- a specific database engine. +dogEngineName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) +dogEngineName = lens _dogEngineName (\ s a -> s{_dogEngineName = a}); --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups --- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -dogMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) -dogMarker = lens _dogMarker (\s a -> s { _dogMarker = a }) +-- | Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with +-- a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must +-- also be specified. +dogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) +dogMajorEngineVersion = lens _dogMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dogMajorEngineVersion = a}); --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dogMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Int) -dogMaxRecords = lens _dogMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dogMaxRecords = a }) +dogMaxRecords = lens _dogMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dogMaxRecords = a}); --- | The name of the option group to describe. Cannot be supplied together with --- EngineName or MajorEngineVersion. -dogOptionGroupName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) -dogOptionGroupName = - lens _dogOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _dogOptionGroupName = a }) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +dogMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) +dogMarker = lens _dogMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogMarker = a}); -data DescribeOptionGroupsResponse = DescribeOptionGroupsResponse - { _dogrMarker :: Maybe Text - , _dogrOptionGroupsList :: List "member" OptionGroup - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | The name of the option group to describe. Cannot be supplied together +-- with EngineName or MajorEngineVersion. +dogOptionGroupName :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroups (Maybe Text) +dogOptionGroupName = lens _dogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dogOptionGroupName = a}); --- | 'DescribeOptionGroupsResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dogrMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dogrOptionGroupsList' @::@ ['OptionGroup'] --- -describeOptionGroupsResponse :: DescribeOptionGroupsResponse -describeOptionGroupsResponse = DescribeOptionGroupsResponse - { _dogrOptionGroupsList = mempty - , _dogrMarker = Nothing - } +instance AWSPager DescribeOptionGroups where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. dogrsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. dogrsOptionGroupsList) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & dogMarker .~ rs ^. dogrsMarker --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -dogrMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) -dogrMarker = lens _dogrMarker (\s a -> s { _dogrMarker = a }) +instance AWSRequest DescribeOptionGroups where + type Sv DescribeOptionGroups = RDS + type Rs DescribeOptionGroups = + DescribeOptionGroupsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DescribeOptionGroupsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeOptionGroupsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Marker") <*> + (x .@? "OptionGroupsList" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionGroup")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | List of option groups. -dogrOptionGroupsList :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupsResponse [OptionGroup] -dogrOptionGroupsList = - lens _dogrOptionGroupsList (\s a -> s { _dogrOptionGroupsList = a }) - . _List +instance ToHeaders DescribeOptionGroups where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath DescribeOptionGroups where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DescribeOptionGroups where - toQuery DescribeOptionGroups{..} = mconcat - [ "EngineName" =? _dogEngineName - , "Filters" =? _dogFilters - , "MajorEngineVersion" =? _dogMajorEngineVersion - , "Marker" =? _dogMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _dogMaxRecords - , "OptionGroupName" =? _dogOptionGroupName - ] + toQuery DescribeOptionGroups'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("DescribeOptionGroups" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dogFilters), + "EngineName" =: _dogEngineName, + "MajorEngineVersion" =: _dogMajorEngineVersion, + "MaxRecords" =: _dogMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _dogMarker, + "OptionGroupName" =: _dogOptionGroupName] -instance ToHeaders DescribeOptionGroups +-- | List of option groups. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeOptionGroupsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeOptionGroupsResponse = DescribeOptionGroupsResponse' + { _dogrsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dogrsOptionGroupsList :: !(Maybe [OptionGroup]) + , _dogrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DescribeOptionGroups where - type Sv DescribeOptionGroups = RDS - type Rs DescribeOptionGroups = DescribeOptionGroupsResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeOptionGroupsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dogrsMarker' +-- +-- * 'dogrsOptionGroupsList' +-- +-- * 'dogrsStatus' +describeOptionGroupsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'dogrsStatus' + -> DescribeOptionGroupsResponse +describeOptionGroupsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeOptionGroupsResponse' + { _dogrsMarker = Nothing + , _dogrsOptionGroupsList = Nothing + , _dogrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DescribeOptionGroups" - response = xmlResponse +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +dogrsMarker :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) +dogrsMarker = lens _dogrsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dogrsMarker = a}); -instance FromXML DescribeOptionGroupsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeOptionGroupsResult" $ \x -> DescribeOptionGroupsResponse - <$> x .@? "Marker" - <*> x .@? "OptionGroupsList" .!@ mempty +-- | List of option groups. +dogrsOptionGroupsList :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupsResponse [OptionGroup] +dogrsOptionGroupsList = lens _dogrsOptionGroupsList (\ s a -> s{_dogrsOptionGroupsList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance AWSPager DescribeOptionGroups where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. dogrMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dogMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. dogrMarker) +-- | The response status code. +dogrsStatus :: Lens' DescribeOptionGroupsResponse Int +dogrsStatus = lens _dogrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dogrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions.hs @@ -1,217 +1,244 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine. +-- Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified +-- engine. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions ( - -- * Request - DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions - -- ** Request constructor - , describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions - -- ** Request lenses - , dodbioDBInstanceClass - , dodbioEngine - , dodbioEngineVersion - , dodbioFilters - , dodbioLicenseModel - , dodbioMarker - , dodbioMaxRecords - , dodbioVpc + -- * Creating a Request + describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + , DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + -- * Request Lenses + , dodioEngineVersion + , dodioFilters + , dodioDBInstanceClass + , dodioLicenseModel + , dodioMaxRecords + , dodioMarker + , dodioVPC + , dodioEngine - -- * Response - , DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , dodbiorMarker - , dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions + , DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions + , dodiorsMarker + , dodiorsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions - { _dodbioDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _dodbioEngine :: Text - , _dodbioEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _dodbioFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _dodbioLicenseModel :: Maybe Text - , _dodbioMarker :: Maybe Text - , _dodbioMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - , _dodbioVpc :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions' smart constructor. +data DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions' + { _dodioEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dodioFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _dodioDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dodioLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dodioMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dodioMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dodioVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _dodioEngine :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'dodbioDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dodbioEngine' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'dodioEngineVersion' -- --- * 'dodbioEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dodioFilters' -- --- * 'dodbioFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'dodioDBInstanceClass' -- --- * 'dodbioLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dodioLicenseModel' -- --- * 'dodbioMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dodioMaxRecords' -- --- * 'dodbioMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'dodioMarker' -- --- * 'dodbioVpc' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'dodioVPC' -- -describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions :: Text -- ^ 'dodbioEngine' - -> DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions -describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions p1 = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions - { _dodbioEngine = p1 - , _dodbioEngineVersion = Nothing - , _dodbioDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _dodbioLicenseModel = Nothing - , _dodbioVpc = Nothing - , _dodbioFilters = mempty - , _dodbioMaxRecords = Nothing - , _dodbioMarker = Nothing +-- * 'dodioEngine' +describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + :: Text -- ^ 'dodioEngine' + -> DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions +describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions pEngine_ = + DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions' + { _dodioEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dodioFilters = Nothing + , _dodioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _dodioLicenseModel = Nothing + , _dodioMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dodioMarker = Nothing + , _dodioVPC = Nothing + , _dodioEngine = pEngine_ } --- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the --- available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. -dodbioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) -dodbioDBInstanceClass = - lens _dodbioDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _dodbioDBInstanceClass = a }) - --- | The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for. -dodbioEngine :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions Text -dodbioEngine = lens _dodbioEngine (\s a -> s { _dodbioEngine = a }) - -- | The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the -- available offerings matching the specified engine version. -dodbioEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) -dodbioEngineVersion = - lens _dodbioEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dodbioEngineVersion = a }) +dodioEngineVersion :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) +dodioEngineVersion = lens _dodioEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dodioEngineVersion = a}); -- | This parameter is not currently supported. -dodbioFilters :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions [Filter] -dodbioFilters = lens _dodbioFilters (\s a -> s { _dodbioFilters = a }) . _List +dodioFilters :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions [Filter] +dodioFilters = lens _dodioFilters (\ s a -> s{_dodioFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; +-- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only +-- the available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. +dodioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) +dodioDBInstanceClass = lens _dodioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_dodioDBInstanceClass = a}); + -- | The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the -- available offerings matching the specified license model. -dodbioLicenseModel :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) -dodbioLicenseModel = - lens _dodbioLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _dodbioLicenseModel = a }) - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous --- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, --- the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value --- specified by 'MaxRecords' . -dodbioMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) -dodbioMarker = lens _dodbioMarker (\s a -> s { _dodbioMarker = a }) +dodioLicenseModel :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) +dodioLicenseModel = lens _dodioLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_dodioLicenseModel = a}); --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -dodbioMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Int) -dodbioMaxRecords = lens _dodbioMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dodbioMaxRecords = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +dodioMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Int) +dodioMaxRecords = lens _dodioMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dodioMaxRecords = a}); --- | The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC --- or non-VPC offerings. -dodbioVpc :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Bool) -dodbioVpc = lens _dodbioVpc (\s a -> s { _dodbioVpc = a }) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to +-- the value specified by 'MaxRecords' . +dodioMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Text) +dodioMarker = lens _dodioMarker (\ s a -> s{_dodioMarker = a}); -data DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse - { _dodbiorMarker :: Maybe Text - , _dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions :: List "member" OrderableDBInstanceOption - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available +-- VPC or non-VPC offerings. +dodioVPC :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions (Maybe Bool) +dodioVPC = lens _dodioVPC (\ s a -> s{_dodioVPC = a}); --- | 'DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dodbiorMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions' @::@ ['OrderableDBInstanceOption'] --- -describeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse :: DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse -describeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse - { _dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions = mempty - , _dodbiorMarker = Nothing - } +-- | The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for. +dodioEngine :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions Text +dodioEngine = lens _dodioEngine (\ s a -> s{_dodioEngine = a}); --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous --- OrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, the --- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value specified --- by 'MaxRecords' . -dodbiorMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse (Maybe Text) -dodbiorMarker = lens _dodbiorMarker (\s a -> s { _dodbiorMarker = a }) +instance AWSPager DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. dodiorsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions) = + Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & dodioMarker .~ rs ^. dodiorsMarker --- | An 'OrderableDBInstanceOption' structure containing information about orderable --- options for the DB instance. -dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse [OrderableDBInstanceOption] -dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions = - lens _dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions - (\s a -> s { _dodbiorOrderableDBInstanceOptions = a }) - . _List +instance AWSRequest + DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions where + type Sv DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = RDS + type Rs DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = + DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "OrderableDBInstanceOptions" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OrderableDBInstanceOption")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -instance ToPath DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions where - toPath = const "/" +instance ToHeaders DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + where + toHeaders = const mempty -instance ToQuery DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions where - toQuery DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions{..} = mconcat - [ "DBInstanceClass" =? _dodbioDBInstanceClass - , "Engine" =? _dodbioEngine - , "EngineVersion" =? _dodbioEngineVersion - , "Filters" =? _dodbioFilters - , "LicenseModel" =? _dodbioLicenseModel - , "Marker" =? _dodbioMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _dodbioMaxRecords - , "Vpc" =? _dodbioVpc - ] +instance ToPath DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + where + toPath = const "/" -instance ToHeaders DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions +instance ToQuery DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions + where + toQuery DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "EngineVersion" =: _dodioEngineVersion, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dodioFilters), + "DBInstanceClass" =: _dodioDBInstanceClass, + "LicenseModel" =: _dodioLicenseModel, + "MaxRecords" =: _dodioMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _dodioMarker, "Vpc" =: _dodioVPC, + "Engine" =: _dodioEngine] -instance AWSRequest DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions where - type Sv DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = RDS - type Rs DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse = DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse' + { _dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions :: !(Maybe [OrderableDBInstanceOption]) + , _dodiorsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dodiorsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - request = post "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions' +-- +-- * 'dodiorsMarker' +-- +-- * 'dodiorsStatus' +describeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'dodiorsStatus' + -> DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse +describeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse' + { _dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions = Nothing + , _dodiorsMarker = Nothing + , _dodiorsStatus = pStatus_ + } -instance FromXML DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResult" $ \x -> DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse - <$> x .@? "Marker" - <*> x .@? "OrderableDBInstanceOptions" .!@ mempty +-- | An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about +-- orderable options for the DB instance. +dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse [OrderableDBInstanceOption] +dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions = lens _dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions (\ s a -> s{_dodiorsOrderableDBInstanceOptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance AWSPager DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. dodbiorMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & dodbioMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. dodbiorMarker) +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- OrderableDBInstanceOptions request. If this parameter is specified, the +-- response includes only records beyond the marker, up to the value +-- specified by 'MaxRecords' . +dodiorsMarker :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse (Maybe Text) +dodiorsMarker = lens _dodiorsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dodiorsMarker = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +dodiorsStatus :: Lens' DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse Int +dodiorsStatus = lens _dodiorsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dodiorsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions.hs @@ -1,167 +1,195 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribePendingMaintenanceActions --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least --- one pending maintenance action. +-- Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at +-- least one pending maintenance action. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribePendingMaintenanceActions. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribePendingMaintenanceActions ( - -- * Request - DescribePendingMaintenanceActions - -- ** Request constructor - , describePendingMaintenanceActions - -- ** Request lenses + -- * Creating a Request + describePendingMaintenanceActions + , DescribePendingMaintenanceActions + -- * Request Lenses , dpmaFilters - , dpmaMarker , dpmaMaxRecords + , dpmaMarker , dpmaResourceIdentifier - -- * Response - , DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , dpmarMarker - , dpmarPendingMaintenanceActions + , DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions + , dpmarsMarker + , dpmarsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribePendingMaintenanceActions = DescribePendingMaintenanceActions - { _dpmaFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _dpmaMarker :: Maybe Text - , _dpmaMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - , _dpmaResourceIdentifier :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribePendingMaintenanceActions' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describePendingMaintenanceActions' smart constructor. +data DescribePendingMaintenanceActions = DescribePendingMaintenanceActions' + { _dpmaFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _dpmaMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dpmaMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dpmaResourceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribePendingMaintenanceActions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'dpmaFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dpmaMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dpmaFilters' -- --- * 'dpmaMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'dpmaMaxRecords' -- --- * 'dpmaResourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'dpmaMarker' -- -describePendingMaintenanceActions :: DescribePendingMaintenanceActions -describePendingMaintenanceActions = DescribePendingMaintenanceActions - { _dpmaResourceIdentifier = Nothing - , _dpmaFilters = mempty - , _dpmaMarker = Nothing - , _dpmaMaxRecords = Nothing +-- * 'dpmaResourceIdentifier' +describePendingMaintenanceActions + :: DescribePendingMaintenanceActions +describePendingMaintenanceActions = + DescribePendingMaintenanceActions' + { _dpmaFilters = Nothing + , _dpmaMaxRecords = Nothing + , _dpmaMarker = Nothing + , _dpmaResourceIdentifier = Nothing } --- | A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance --- actions for. +-- | A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending +-- maintenance actions for. -- -- Supported filters: -- --- 'db-instance-id' - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon --- Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance --- actions for the DB instances identified by these ARNs. +-- - 'db-instance-id' - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance +-- Amazon Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include +-- pending maintenance actions for the DB instances identified by these +-- ARNs. dpmaFilters :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActions [Filter] -dpmaFilters = lens _dpmaFilters (\s a -> s { _dpmaFilters = a }) . _List - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribePendingMaintenanceActions' request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by 'MaxRecords'. -dpmaMarker :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActions (Maybe Text) -dpmaMarker = lens _dpmaMarker (\s a -> s { _dpmaMarker = a }) +dpmaFilters = lens _dpmaFilters (\ s a -> s{_dpmaFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records --- exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token called a marker --- is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more +-- records exist than the specified 'MaxRecords' value, a pagination token +-- called a marker is included in the response so that the remaining +-- results can be retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. dpmaMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActions (Maybe Int) -dpmaMaxRecords = lens _dpmaMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _dpmaMaxRecords = a }) +dpmaMaxRecords = lens _dpmaMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_dpmaMaxRecords = a}); +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribePendingMaintenanceActions' request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to a +-- number of records specified by 'MaxRecords'. +dpmaMarker :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActions (Maybe Text) +dpmaMarker = lens _dpmaMarker (\ s a -> s{_dpmaMarker = a}); + -- | The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for. dpmaResourceIdentifier :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActions (Maybe Text) -dpmaResourceIdentifier = - lens _dpmaResourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dpmaResourceIdentifier = a }) +dpmaResourceIdentifier = lens _dpmaResourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dpmaResourceIdentifier = a}); -data DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse = DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse - { _dpmarMarker :: Maybe Text - , _dpmarPendingMaintenanceActions :: List "member" ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +instance AWSRequest DescribePendingMaintenanceActions + where + type Sv DescribePendingMaintenanceActions = RDS + type Rs DescribePendingMaintenanceActions = + DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "PendingMaintenanceActions" .!@ mempty >>= + may + (parseXMLList "ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | 'DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse' constructor. +instance ToHeaders DescribePendingMaintenanceActions + where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DescribePendingMaintenanceActions + where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribePendingMaintenanceActions + where + toQuery DescribePendingMaintenanceActions'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribePendingMaintenanceActions" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dpmaFilters), + "MaxRecords" =: _dpmaMaxRecords, + "Marker" =: _dpmaMarker, + "ResourceIdentifier" =: _dpmaResourceIdentifier] + +-- | Data returned from the __DescribePendingMaintenanceActions__ action. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse = DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse' + { _dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions :: !(Maybe [ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions]) + , _dpmarsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dpmarsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'dpmarMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dpmarPendingMaintenanceActions' @::@ ['ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions'] +-- * 'dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions' -- -describePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse :: DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse -describePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse = DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse - { _dpmarPendingMaintenanceActions = mempty - , _dpmarMarker = Nothing +-- * 'dpmarsMarker' +-- +-- * 'dpmarsStatus' +describePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'dpmarsStatus' + -> DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse +describePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse' + { _dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions = Nothing + , _dpmarsMarker = Nothing + , _dpmarsStatus = pStatus_ } --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous 'DescribePendingMaintenanceActions' request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records --- beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by 'MaxRecords'. -dpmarMarker :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse (Maybe Text) -dpmarMarker = lens _dpmarMarker (\s a -> s { _dpmarMarker = a }) - -- | A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource. -dpmarPendingMaintenanceActions :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse [ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions] -dpmarPendingMaintenanceActions = - lens _dpmarPendingMaintenanceActions - (\s a -> s { _dpmarPendingMaintenanceActions = a }) - . _List - -instance ToPath DescribePendingMaintenanceActions where - toPath = const "/" - -instance ToQuery DescribePendingMaintenanceActions where - toQuery DescribePendingMaintenanceActions{..} = mconcat - [ "Filters" =? _dpmaFilters - , "Marker" =? _dpmaMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _dpmaMaxRecords - , "ResourceIdentifier" =? _dpmaResourceIdentifier - ] - -instance ToHeaders DescribePendingMaintenanceActions - -instance AWSRequest DescribePendingMaintenanceActions where - type Sv DescribePendingMaintenanceActions = RDS - type Rs DescribePendingMaintenanceActions = DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse +dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse [ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions] +dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions = lens _dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions (\ s a -> s{_dpmarsPendingMaintenanceActions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - request = post "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions" - response = xmlResponse +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous +-- 'DescribePendingMaintenanceActions' request. If this parameter is +-- specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to a +-- number of records specified by 'MaxRecords'. +dpmarsMarker :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse (Maybe Text) +dpmarsMarker = lens _dpmarsMarker (\ s a -> s{_dpmarsMarker = a}); -instance FromXML DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResult" $ \x -> DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse - <$> x .@? "Marker" - <*> x .@? "PendingMaintenanceActions" .!@ mempty +-- | The response status code. +dpmarsStatus :: Lens' DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse Int +dpmarsStatus = lens _dpmarsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dpmarsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstances.hs @@ -1,244 +1,262 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about a --- specified reserved DB instance. +-- Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or +-- about a specified reserved DB instance. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeReservedDBInstances. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstances ( - -- * Request - DescribeReservedDBInstances - -- ** Request constructor - , describeReservedDBInstances - -- ** Request lenses - , drdbiDBInstanceClass - , drdbiDuration - , drdbiFilters - , drdbiMarker - , drdbiMaxRecords - , drdbiMultiAZ - , drdbiOfferingType - , drdbiProductDescription - , drdbiReservedDBInstanceId - , drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + -- * Creating a Request + describeReservedDBInstances + , DescribeReservedDBInstances + -- * Request Lenses + , drdiProductDescription + , drdiFilters + , drdiReservedDBInstanceId + , drdiDBInstanceClass + , drdiMaxRecords + , drdiMultiAZ + , drdiMarker + , drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , drdiOfferingType + , drdiDuration - -- * Response - , DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeReservedDBInstancesResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , drdbirMarker - , drdbirReservedDBInstances + , DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , drdirsReservedDBInstances + , drdirsMarker + , drdirsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeReservedDBInstances = DescribeReservedDBInstances - { _drdbiDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _drdbiDuration :: Maybe Text - , _drdbiFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _drdbiMarker :: Maybe Text - , _drdbiMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - , _drdbiMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool - , _drdbiOfferingType :: Maybe Text - , _drdbiProductDescription :: Maybe Text - , _drdbiReservedDBInstanceId :: Maybe Text - , _drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeReservedDBInstances' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeReservedDBInstances' smart constructor. +data DescribeReservedDBInstances = DescribeReservedDBInstances' + { _drdiProductDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdiFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _drdiReservedDBInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdiDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdiMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _drdiMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _drdiMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdiOfferingType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdiDuration :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeReservedDBInstances' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'drdbiDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drdbiDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'drdiProductDescription' -- --- * 'drdbiFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'drdiFilters' -- --- * 'drdbiMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'drdiReservedDBInstanceId' -- --- * 'drdbiMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'drdiDBInstanceClass' -- --- * 'drdbiMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'drdiMaxRecords' -- --- * 'drdbiOfferingType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'drdiMultiAZ' -- --- * 'drdbiProductDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'drdiMarker' -- --- * 'drdbiReservedDBInstanceId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' -- --- * 'drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'drdiOfferingType' -- -describeReservedDBInstances :: DescribeReservedDBInstances -describeReservedDBInstances = DescribeReservedDBInstances - { _drdbiReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing - , _drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing - , _drdbiDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _drdbiDuration = Nothing - , _drdbiProductDescription = Nothing - , _drdbiOfferingType = Nothing - , _drdbiMultiAZ = Nothing - , _drdbiFilters = mempty - , _drdbiMaxRecords = Nothing - , _drdbiMarker = Nothing +-- * 'drdiDuration' +describeReservedDBInstances + :: DescribeReservedDBInstances +describeReservedDBInstances = + DescribeReservedDBInstances' + { _drdiProductDescription = Nothing + , _drdiFilters = Nothing + , _drdiReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing + , _drdiDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _drdiMaxRecords = Nothing + , _drdiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _drdiMarker = Nothing + , _drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _drdiOfferingType = Nothing + , _drdiDuration = Nothing } --- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only --- those reservations matching the specified DB instances class. -drdbiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdbiDBInstanceClass = - lens _drdbiDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _drdbiDBInstanceClass = a }) - --- | The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this --- parameter to show only reservations for this duration. --- --- Valid Values: '1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000' -drdbiDuration :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdbiDuration = lens _drdbiDuration (\s a -> s { _drdbiDuration = a }) +-- | The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show +-- only those reservations matching the specified product description. +drdiProductDescription :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdiProductDescription = lens _drdiProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_drdiProductDescription = a}); -- | This parameter is not currently supported. -drdbiFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances [Filter] -drdbiFilters = lens _drdbiFilters (\s a -> s { _drdbiFilters = a }) . _List +drdiFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances [Filter] +drdiFilters = lens _drdiFilters (\ s a -> s{_drdiFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -drdbiMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdbiMarker = lens _drdbiMarker (\s a -> s { _drdbiMarker = a }) +-- | The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter +-- to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID. +drdiReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdiReservedDBInstanceId = lens _drdiReservedDBInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_drdiReservedDBInstanceId = a}); --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 'MaxRecords' value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included in the --- response so that the following results can be retrieved. +-- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only +-- those reservations matching the specified DB instances class. +drdiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdiDBInstanceClass = lens _drdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_drdiDBInstanceClass = a}); + +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than +-- the 'MaxRecords' value is available, a pagination token called a marker +-- is included in the response so that the following results can be +-- retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -drdbiMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Int) -drdbiMaxRecords = lens _drdbiMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _drdbiMaxRecords = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +drdiMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Int) +drdiMaxRecords = lens _drdiMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_drdiMaxRecords = a}); -- | The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those -- reservations matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. -drdbiMultiAZ :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Bool) -drdbiMultiAZ = lens _drdbiMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _drdbiMultiAZ = a }) +drdiMultiAZ :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Bool) +drdiMultiAZ = lens _drdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_drdiMultiAZ = a}); +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +drdiMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdiMarker = lens _drdiMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdiMarker = a}); + +-- | The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show +-- only purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier. +drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}); + -- | The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the -- available offerings matching the specified offering type. -- --- Valid Values: '"Light Utilization" | "Medium Utilization" | "HeavyUtilization" ' -drdbiOfferingType :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdbiOfferingType = - lens _drdbiOfferingType (\s a -> s { _drdbiOfferingType = a }) +-- Valid Values: '\"Partial Upfront\" | \"All Upfront\" | \"No Upfront\" ' +drdiOfferingType :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdiOfferingType = lens _drdiOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_drdiOfferingType = a}); --- | The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only --- those reservations matching the specified product description. -drdbiProductDescription :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdbiProductDescription = - lens _drdbiProductDescription (\s a -> s { _drdbiProductDescription = a }) +-- | The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this +-- parameter to show only reservations for this duration. +-- +-- Valid Values: '1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000' +drdiDuration :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) +drdiDuration = lens _drdiDuration (\ s a -> s{_drdiDuration = a}); --- | The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to --- show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID. -drdbiReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdbiReservedDBInstanceId = - lens _drdbiReservedDBInstanceId - (\s a -> s { _drdbiReservedDBInstanceId = a }) +instance AWSPager DescribeReservedDBInstances where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. drdirsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. drdirsReservedDBInstances) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & drdiMarker .~ rs ^. drdirsMarker --- | The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only --- purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier. -drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstances (Maybe Text) -drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = - lens _drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - (\s a -> s { _drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a }) +instance AWSRequest DescribeReservedDBInstances where + type Sv DescribeReservedDBInstances = RDS + type Rs DescribeReservedDBInstances = + DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribeReservedDBInstancesResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse' <$> + (x .@? "ReservedDBInstances" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "ReservedDBInstance")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -data DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse = DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse - { _drdbirMarker :: Maybe Text - , _drdbirReservedDBInstances :: List "member" ReservedDBInstance - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +instance ToHeaders DescribeReservedDBInstances where + toHeaders = const mempty --- | 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse' constructor. +instance ToPath DescribeReservedDBInstances where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeReservedDBInstances where + toQuery DescribeReservedDBInstances'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeReservedDBInstances" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "ProductDescription" =: _drdiProductDescription, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _drdiFilters), + "ReservedDBInstanceId" =: _drdiReservedDBInstanceId, + "DBInstanceClass" =: _drdiDBInstanceClass, + "MaxRecords" =: _drdiMaxRecords, + "MultiAZ" =: _drdiMultiAZ, "Marker" =: _drdiMarker, + "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =: + _drdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId, + "OfferingType" =: _drdiOfferingType, + "Duration" =: _drdiDuration] + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeReservedDBInstances action. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeReservedDBInstancesResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse = DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse' + { _drdirsReservedDBInstances :: !(Maybe [ReservedDBInstance]) + , _drdirsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdirsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'drdbirMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drdbirReservedDBInstances' @::@ ['ReservedDBInstance'] +-- * 'drdirsReservedDBInstances' -- -describeReservedDBInstancesResponse :: DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse -describeReservedDBInstancesResponse = DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse - { _drdbirMarker = Nothing - , _drdbirReservedDBInstances = mempty +-- * 'drdirsMarker' +-- +-- * 'drdirsStatus' +describeReservedDBInstancesResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'drdirsStatus' + -> DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse +describeReservedDBInstancesResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse' + { _drdirsReservedDBInstances = Nothing + , _drdirsMarker = Nothing + , _drdirsStatus = pStatus_ } --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -drdbirMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) -drdbirMarker = lens _drdbirMarker (\s a -> s { _drdbirMarker = a }) - -- | A list of reserved DB instances. -drdbirReservedDBInstances :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse [ReservedDBInstance] -drdbirReservedDBInstances = - lens _drdbirReservedDBInstances - (\s a -> s { _drdbirReservedDBInstances = a }) - . _List - -instance ToPath DescribeReservedDBInstances where - toPath = const "/" - -instance ToQuery DescribeReservedDBInstances where - toQuery DescribeReservedDBInstances{..} = mconcat - [ "DBInstanceClass" =? _drdbiDBInstanceClass - , "Duration" =? _drdbiDuration - , "Filters" =? _drdbiFilters - , "Marker" =? _drdbiMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _drdbiMaxRecords - , "MultiAZ" =? _drdbiMultiAZ - , "OfferingType" =? _drdbiOfferingType - , "ProductDescription" =? _drdbiProductDescription - , "ReservedDBInstanceId" =? _drdbiReservedDBInstanceId - , "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =? _drdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - ] - -instance ToHeaders DescribeReservedDBInstances - -instance AWSRequest DescribeReservedDBInstances where - type Sv DescribeReservedDBInstances = RDS - type Rs DescribeReservedDBInstances = DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse - - request = post "DescribeReservedDBInstances" - response = xmlResponse +drdirsReservedDBInstances :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse [ReservedDBInstance] +drdirsReservedDBInstances = lens _drdirsReservedDBInstances (\ s a -> s{_drdirsReservedDBInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeReservedDBInstancesResult" $ \x -> DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse - <$> x .@? "Marker" - <*> x .@? "ReservedDBInstances" .!@ mempty +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +drdirsMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) +drdirsMarker = lens _drdirsMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdirsMarker = a}); -instance AWSPager DescribeReservedDBInstances where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. drdbirMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & drdbiMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. drdbirMarker) +-- | The response status code. +drdirsStatus :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse Int +drdirsStatus = lens _drdirsStatus (\ s a -> s{_drdirsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings.hs @@ -1,233 +1,260 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Lists available reserved DB instance offerings. +-- Lists available reserved DB instance offerings. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings ( - -- * Request - DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings - -- ** Request constructor - , describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings - -- ** Request lenses - , drdbioDBInstanceClass - , drdbioDuration - , drdbioFilters - , drdbioMarker - , drdbioMaxRecords - , drdbioMultiAZ - , drdbioOfferingType - , drdbioProductDescription - , drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + -- * Creating a Request + describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + , DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + -- * Request Lenses + , drdioProductDescription + , drdioFilters + , drdioDBInstanceClass + , drdioMaxRecords + , drdioMultiAZ + , drdioMarker + , drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , drdioOfferingType + , drdioDuration - -- * Response - , DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , describeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , drdbiorMarker - , drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings + , DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , drdiorsMarker + , drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings + , drdiorsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings - { _drdbioDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _drdbioDuration :: Maybe Text - , _drdbioFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _drdbioMarker :: Maybe Text - , _drdbioMaxRecords :: Maybe Int - , _drdbioMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool - , _drdbioOfferingType :: Maybe Text - , _drdbioProductDescription :: Maybe Text - , _drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings' smart constructor. +data DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings' + { _drdioProductDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdioFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _drdioDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdioMaxRecords :: !(Maybe Int) + , _drdioMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _drdioMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdioOfferingType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdioDuration :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'drdbioDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drdbioDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'drdioProductDescription' -- --- * 'drdbioFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- * 'drdioFilters' -- --- * 'drdbioMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'drdioDBInstanceClass' -- --- * 'drdbioMaxRecords' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'drdioMaxRecords' -- --- * 'drdbioMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'drdioMultiAZ' -- --- * 'drdbioOfferingType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'drdioMarker' -- --- * 'drdbioProductDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' -- --- * 'drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'drdioOfferingType' -- -describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings :: DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings -describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings - { _drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing - , _drdbioDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _drdbioDuration = Nothing - , _drdbioProductDescription = Nothing - , _drdbioOfferingType = Nothing - , _drdbioMultiAZ = Nothing - , _drdbioFilters = mempty - , _drdbioMaxRecords = Nothing - , _drdbioMarker = Nothing +-- * 'drdioDuration' +describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + :: DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings +describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = + DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings' + { _drdioProductDescription = Nothing + , _drdioFilters = Nothing + , _drdioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _drdioMaxRecords = Nothing + , _drdioMultiAZ = Nothing + , _drdioMarker = Nothing + , _drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _drdioOfferingType = Nothing + , _drdioDuration = Nothing } --- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the --- available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. -drdbioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdbioDBInstanceClass = - lens _drdbioDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _drdbioDBInstanceClass = a }) - --- | Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter --- to show only reservations for this duration. --- --- Valid Values: '1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000' -drdbioDuration :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdbioDuration = lens _drdbioDuration (\s a -> s { _drdbioDuration = a }) +-- | Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only +-- the available offerings matching the specified product description. +drdioProductDescription :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdioProductDescription = lens _drdioProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_drdioProductDescription = a}); -- | This parameter is not currently supported. -drdbioFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings [Filter] -drdbioFilters = lens _drdbioFilters (\s a -> s { _drdbioFilters = a }) . _List +drdioFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings [Filter] +drdioFilters = lens _drdioFilters (\ s a -> s{_drdioFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -drdbioMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdbioMarker = lens _drdbioMarker (\s a -> s { _drdbioMarker = a }) +-- | The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only +-- the available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. +drdioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdioDBInstanceClass = lens _drdioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_drdioDBInstanceClass = a}); --- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 'MaxRecords' value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included in the --- response so that the following results can be retrieved. +-- | The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than +-- the 'MaxRecords' value is available, a pagination token called a marker +-- is included in the response so that the following results can be +-- retrieved. -- -- Default: 100 -- --- Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100 -drdbioMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Int) -drdbioMaxRecords = lens _drdbioMaxRecords (\s a -> s { _drdbioMaxRecords = a }) +-- Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. +drdioMaxRecords :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Int) +drdioMaxRecords = lens _drdioMaxRecords (\ s a -> s{_drdioMaxRecords = a}); --- | The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available --- offerings matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. -drdbioMultiAZ :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Bool) -drdbioMultiAZ = lens _drdbioMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _drdbioMultiAZ = a }) +-- | The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the +-- available offerings matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. +drdioMultiAZ :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Bool) +drdioMultiAZ = lens _drdioMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_drdioMultiAZ = a}); +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +drdioMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdioMarker = lens _drdioMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdioMarker = a}); + +-- | The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show +-- only the available offering that matches the specified reservation +-- identifier. +-- +-- Example: '438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706' +drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}); + -- | The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the -- available offerings matching the specified offering type. -- --- Valid Values: '"Light Utilization" | "Medium Utilization" | "HeavyUtilization" ' -drdbioOfferingType :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdbioOfferingType = - lens _drdbioOfferingType (\s a -> s { _drdbioOfferingType = a }) - --- | Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the --- available offerings matching the specified product description. -drdbioProductDescription :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdbioProductDescription = - lens _drdbioProductDescription - (\s a -> s { _drdbioProductDescription = a }) +-- Valid Values: '\"Partial Upfront\" | \"All Upfront\" | \"No Upfront\" ' +drdioOfferingType :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdioOfferingType = lens _drdioOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_drdioOfferingType = a}); --- | The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only --- the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier. +-- | Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this +-- parameter to show only reservations for this duration. -- --- Example: '438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706' -drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) -drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = - lens _drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - (\s a -> s { _drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a }) +-- Valid Values: '1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000' +drdioDuration :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) +drdioDuration = lens _drdioDuration (\ s a -> s{_drdioDuration = a}); -data DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse - { _drdbiorMarker :: Maybe Text - , _drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings :: List "member" ReservedDBInstancesOffering - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +instance AWSPager + DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. drdiorsMarker) = Nothing + | stop (rs ^. drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings) = + Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & drdioMarker .~ rs ^. drdiorsMarker --- | 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse' constructor. +instance AWSRequest + DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings where + type Sv DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = RDS + type Rs DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = + DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResult" + (\ s h x -> + DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse' <$> + (x .@? "Marker") <*> + (x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferings" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "ReservedDBInstancesOffering")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders + DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings + where + toQuery DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings" :: + ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "ProductDescription" =: _drdioProductDescription, + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _drdioFilters), + "DBInstanceClass" =: _drdioDBInstanceClass, + "MaxRecords" =: _drdioMaxRecords, + "MultiAZ" =: _drdioMultiAZ, "Marker" =: _drdioMarker, + "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =: + _drdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId, + "OfferingType" =: _drdioOfferingType, + "Duration" =: _drdioDuration] + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings action. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'describeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse' + { _drdiorsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings :: !(Maybe [ReservedDBInstancesOffering]) + , _drdiorsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'drdbiorMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings' @::@ ['ReservedDBInstancesOffering'] +-- * 'drdiorsMarker' -- -describeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse :: DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse -describeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse - { _drdbiorMarker = Nothing - , _drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings = mempty +-- * 'drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings' +-- +-- * 'drdiorsStatus' +describeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'drdiorsStatus' + -> DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse +describeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse pStatus_ = + DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse' + { _drdiorsMarker = Nothing + , _drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings = Nothing + , _drdiorsStatus = pStatus_ } -- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this --- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, --- up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. -drdbiorMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse (Maybe Text) -drdbiorMarker = lens _drdbiorMarker (\s a -> s { _drdbiorMarker = a }) +-- parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the +-- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords'. +drdiorsMarker :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse (Maybe Text) +drdiorsMarker = lens _drdiorsMarker (\ s a -> s{_drdiorsMarker = a}); -- | A list of reserved DB instance offerings. -drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse [ReservedDBInstancesOffering] -drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings = - lens _drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings - (\s a -> s { _drdbiorReservedDBInstancesOfferings = a }) - . _List - -instance ToPath DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings where - toPath = const "/" - -instance ToQuery DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings where - toQuery DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings{..} = mconcat - [ "DBInstanceClass" =? _drdbioDBInstanceClass - , "Duration" =? _drdbioDuration - , "Filters" =? _drdbioFilters - , "Marker" =? _drdbioMarker - , "MaxRecords" =? _drdbioMaxRecords - , "MultiAZ" =? _drdbioMultiAZ - , "OfferingType" =? _drdbioOfferingType - , "ProductDescription" =? _drdbioProductDescription - , "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =? _drdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - ] - -instance ToHeaders DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings - -instance AWSRequest DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings where - type Sv DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = RDS - type Rs DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse - - request = post "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings" - response = xmlResponse - -instance FromXML DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResult" $ \x -> DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse - <$> x .@? "Marker" - <*> x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferings" .!@ mempty +drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse [ReservedDBInstancesOffering] +drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings = lens _drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings (\ s a -> s{_drdiorsReservedDBInstancesOfferings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance AWSPager DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. drdbiorMarker) = Nothing - | otherwise = (\x -> rq & drdbioMarker ?~ x) - <$> (rs ^. drdbiorMarker) +-- | The response status code. +drdiorsStatus :: Lens' DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse Int +drdiorsStatus = lens _drdiorsStatus (\ s a -> s{_drdiorsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DownloadDBLogFilePortion.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DownloadDBLogFilePortion.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DownloadDBLogFilePortion.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/DownloadDBLogFilePortion.hs @@ -1,201 +1,223 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file. +-- Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in +-- size. -- --- +-- /See:/ for DownloadDBLogFilePortion. +-- +-- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.RDS.DownloadDBLogFilePortion ( - -- * Request - DownloadDBLogFilePortion - -- ** Request constructor - , downloadDBLogFilePortion - -- ** Request lenses - , ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier - , ddblfpLogFileName - , ddblfpMarker - , ddblfpNumberOfLines + -- * Creating a Request + downloadDBLogFilePortion + , DownloadDBLogFilePortion + -- * Request Lenses + , ddlfpNumberOfLines + , ddlfpMarker + , ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier + , ddlfpLogFileName - -- * Response - , DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ddblfprAdditionalDataPending - , ddblfprLogFileData - , ddblfprMarker + , DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ddlfprsLogFileData + , ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending + , ddlfprsMarker + , ddlfprsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data DownloadDBLogFilePortion = DownloadDBLogFilePortion - { _ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _ddblfpLogFileName :: Text - , _ddblfpMarker :: Maybe Text - , _ddblfpNumberOfLines :: Maybe Int - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Pager +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'DownloadDBLogFilePortion' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'downloadDBLogFilePortion' smart constructor. +data DownloadDBLogFilePortion = DownloadDBLogFilePortion' + { _ddlfpNumberOfLines :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ddlfpMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + , _ddlfpLogFileName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DownloadDBLogFilePortion' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddblfpLogFileName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'ddlfpNumberOfLines' -- --- * 'ddblfpMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'ddlfpMarker' -- --- * 'ddblfpNumberOfLines' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier' -- -downloadDBLogFilePortion :: Text -- ^ 'ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> Text -- ^ 'ddblfpLogFileName' - -> DownloadDBLogFilePortion -downloadDBLogFilePortion p1 p2 = DownloadDBLogFilePortion - { _ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 - , _ddblfpLogFileName = p2 - , _ddblfpMarker = Nothing - , _ddblfpNumberOfLines = Nothing +-- * 'ddlfpLogFileName' +downloadDBLogFilePortion + :: Text -- ^ 'ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'ddlfpLogFileName' + -> DownloadDBLogFilePortion +downloadDBLogFilePortion pDBInstanceIdentifier_ pLogFileName_ = + DownloadDBLogFilePortion' + { _ddlfpNumberOfLines = Nothing + , _ddlfpMarker = Nothing + , _ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + , _ddlfpLogFileName = pLogFileName_ } --- | The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files --- you want to list. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens -ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion Text -ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | The name of the log file to be downloaded. -ddblfpLogFileName :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion Text -ddblfpLogFileName = - lens _ddblfpLogFileName (\s a -> s { _ddblfpLogFileName = a }) - --- | The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker --- parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker --- until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines. -ddblfpMarker :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion (Maybe Text) -ddblfpMarker = lens _ddblfpMarker (\s a -> s { _ddblfpMarker = a }) - --- | The number of lines to download. +-- | The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified +-- results in a file over 1 MB in size, the file will be truncated at 1 MB +-- in size. -- -- If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines --- returned can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on --- the value of the Marker parameter. If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are --- specified, the entire log file is returned. +-- returned can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending +-- on the value of the Marker parameter. -- --- If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker is not specified, then the most --- recent lines from the end of the log file are returned. +-- - If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log +-- file is returned. -- --- If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from the --- beginning of the log file are returned. +-- - If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker is not specified, then the +-- most recent lines from the end of the log file are returned. -- --- You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size of --- the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value of "0" --- for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker value --- returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request, continuing --- until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false. +-- - If Marker is specified as \"0\", then the specified number of lines +-- from the beginning of the log file are returned. -- +-- - You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the +-- size of the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by +-- specifying a value of \"0\" for the Marker parameter in your first +-- request. Include the Marker value returned in the response as the +-- Marker value for the next request, continuing until the +-- AdditionalDataPending response element returns false. -- -ddblfpNumberOfLines :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion (Maybe Int) -ddblfpNumberOfLines = - lens _ddblfpNumberOfLines (\s a -> s { _ddblfpNumberOfLines = a }) +ddlfpNumberOfLines :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion (Maybe Int) +ddlfpNumberOfLines = lens _ddlfpNumberOfLines (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpNumberOfLines = a}); -data DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse = DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse - { _ddblfprAdditionalDataPending :: Maybe Bool - , _ddblfprLogFileData :: Maybe Text - , _ddblfprMarker :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +-- | The pagination token provided in the previous request or \"0\". If the +-- Marker parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond +-- the marker until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines. +ddlfpMarker :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion (Maybe Text) +ddlfpMarker = lens _ddlfpMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpMarker = a}); --- | 'DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ddblfprAdditionalDataPending' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'ddblfprLogFileData' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- | The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log +-- files you want to list. -- --- * 'ddblfprMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Constraints: -- -downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse :: DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse -downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse = DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse - { _ddblfprLogFileData = Nothing - , _ddblfprMarker = Nothing - , _ddblfprAdditionalDataPending = Nothing - } +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion Text +ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); --- | Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded. -ddblfprAdditionalDataPending :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Bool) -ddblfprAdditionalDataPending = - lens _ddblfprAdditionalDataPending - (\s a -> s { _ddblfprAdditionalDataPending = a }) +-- | The name of the log file to be downloaded. +ddlfpLogFileName :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortion Text +ddlfpLogFileName = lens _ddlfpLogFileName (\ s a -> s{_ddlfpLogFileName = a}); --- | Entries from the specified log file. -ddblfprLogFileData :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Text) -ddblfprLogFileData = - lens _ddblfprLogFileData (\s a -> s { _ddblfprLogFileData = a }) +instance AWSPager DownloadDBLogFilePortion where + page rq rs + | stop (rs ^. ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending) = Nothing + | isNothing (rs ^. ddlfprsMarker) = Nothing + | otherwise = + Just $ rq & ddlfpMarker .~ rs ^. ddlfprsMarker --- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DownloadDBLogFilePortion --- request. -ddblfprMarker :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Text) -ddblfprMarker = lens _ddblfprMarker (\s a -> s { _ddblfprMarker = a }) +instance AWSRequest DownloadDBLogFilePortion where + type Sv DownloadDBLogFilePortion = RDS + type Rs DownloadDBLogFilePortion = + DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "DownloadDBLogFilePortionResult" + (\ s h x -> + DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse' <$> + (x .@? "LogFileData") <*> + (x .@? "AdditionalDataPending") + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders DownloadDBLogFilePortion where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath DownloadDBLogFilePortion where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery DownloadDBLogFilePortion where - toQuery DownloadDBLogFilePortion{..} = mconcat - [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _ddblfpDBInstanceIdentifier - , "LogFileName" =? _ddblfpLogFileName - , "Marker" =? _ddblfpMarker - , "NumberOfLines" =? _ddblfpNumberOfLines - ] + toQuery DownloadDBLogFilePortion'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DownloadDBLogFilePortion" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "NumberOfLines" =: _ddlfpNumberOfLines, + "Marker" =: _ddlfpMarker, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _ddlfpDBInstanceIdentifier, + "LogFileName" =: _ddlfpLogFileName] -instance ToHeaders DownloadDBLogFilePortion +-- | This data type is used as a response element to +-- DownloadDBLogFilePortion. +-- +-- /See:/ 'downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse' smart constructor. +data DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse = DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse' + { _ddlfprsLogFileData :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ddlfprsMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ddlfprsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest DownloadDBLogFilePortion where - type Sv DownloadDBLogFilePortion = RDS - type Rs DownloadDBLogFilePortion = DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddlfprsLogFileData' +-- +-- * 'ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending' +-- +-- * 'ddlfprsMarker' +-- +-- * 'ddlfprsStatus' +downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ddlfprsStatus' + -> DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse +downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse pStatus_ = + DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse' + { _ddlfprsLogFileData = Nothing + , _ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending = Nothing + , _ddlfprsMarker = Nothing + , _ddlfprsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "DownloadDBLogFilePortion" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Entries from the specified log file. +ddlfprsLogFileData :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Text) +ddlfprsLogFileData = lens _ddlfprsLogFileData (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsLogFileData = a}); -instance FromXML DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse where - parseXML = withElement "DownloadDBLogFilePortionResult" $ \x -> DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse - <$> x .@? "AdditionalDataPending" - <*> x .@? "LogFileData" - <*> x .@? "Marker" +-- | Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be +-- downloaded. +ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Bool) +ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending = lens _ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsAdditionalDataPending = a}); -instance AWSPager DownloadDBLogFilePortion where - page rq rs - | stop (rs ^. ddblfprAdditionalDataPending) = Nothing - | otherwise = Just $ rq - & ddblfpMarker .~ rs ^. ddblfprMarker +-- | A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent +-- DownloadDBLogFilePortion request. +ddlfprsMarker :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse (Maybe Text) +ddlfprsMarker = lens _ddlfprsMarker (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsMarker = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +ddlfprsStatus :: Lens' DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse Int +ddlfprsStatus = lens _ddlfprsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddlfprsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/FailoverDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/FailoverDBCluster.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/FailoverDBCluster.hs @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.FailoverDBCluster +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Forces a failover for a DB cluster. +-- +-- A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the read-only instances in +-- the DB cluster to the master DB instance (the cluster writer) and +-- deletes the current primary instance. +-- +-- Amazon Aurora will automatically fail over to a read-only instance, if +-- one exists, when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover +-- when you want to simulate a failure of a DB instance for testing. +-- Because each instance in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you +-- will need to clean up and re-establish any existing connections that use +-- those endpoint addresses when the failover is complete. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for FailoverDBCluster. +module Network.AWS.RDS.FailoverDBCluster + ( + -- * Creating a Request + failoverDBCluster + , FailoverDBCluster + -- * Request Lenses + , fdcDBClusterIdentifier + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , failoverDBClusterResponse + , FailoverDBClusterResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , fdcrsDBCluster + , fdcrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'failoverDBCluster' smart constructor. +newtype FailoverDBCluster = FailoverDBCluster' + { _fdcDBClusterIdentifier :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'FailoverDBCluster' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'fdcDBClusterIdentifier' +failoverDBCluster + :: FailoverDBCluster +failoverDBCluster = + FailoverDBCluster' + { _fdcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + } + +-- | A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not +-- case-sensitive. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +fdcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' FailoverDBCluster (Maybe Text) +fdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _fdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_fdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +instance AWSRequest FailoverDBCluster where + type Sv FailoverDBCluster = RDS + type Rs FailoverDBCluster = FailoverDBClusterResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "FailoverDBClusterResult" + (\ s h x -> + FailoverDBClusterResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBCluster") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders FailoverDBCluster where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath FailoverDBCluster where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery FailoverDBCluster where + toQuery FailoverDBCluster'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("FailoverDBCluster" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _fdcDBClusterIdentifier] + +-- | /See:/ 'failoverDBClusterResponse' smart constructor. +data FailoverDBClusterResponse = FailoverDBClusterResponse' + { _fdcrsDBCluster :: !(Maybe DBCluster) + , _fdcrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'FailoverDBClusterResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'fdcrsDBCluster' +-- +-- * 'fdcrsStatus' +failoverDBClusterResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'fdcrsStatus' + -> FailoverDBClusterResponse +failoverDBClusterResponse pStatus_ = + FailoverDBClusterResponse' + { _fdcrsDBCluster = Nothing + , _fdcrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +fdcrsDBCluster :: Lens' FailoverDBClusterResponse (Maybe DBCluster) +fdcrsDBCluster = lens _fdcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_fdcrsDBCluster = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +fdcrsStatus :: Lens' FailoverDBClusterResponse Int +fdcrsStatus = lens _fdcrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_fdcrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ListTagsForResource.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ListTagsForResource.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ListTagsForResource.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ListTagsForResource.hs @@ -1,127 +1,142 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource. +-- Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource. -- --- For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see . +-- For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see +-- . -- --- +-- /See:/ for ListTagsForResource. module Network.AWS.RDS.ListTagsForResource ( - -- * Request - ListTagsForResource - -- ** Request constructor - , listTagsForResource - -- ** Request lenses + -- * Creating a Request + listTagsForResource + , ListTagsForResource + -- * Request Lenses , ltfrFilters , ltfrResourceName - -- * Response - , ListTagsForResourceResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , listTagsForResourceResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , ltfrrTagList + , ListTagsForResourceResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ltfrrsTagList + , ltfrrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data ListTagsForResource = ListTagsForResource - { _ltfrFilters :: List "member" Filter - , _ltfrResourceName :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'ListTagsForResource' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'listTagsForResource' smart constructor. +data ListTagsForResource = ListTagsForResource' + { _ltfrFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) + , _ltfrResourceName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ListTagsForResource' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ltfrFilters' @::@ ['Filter'] +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ltfrResourceName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'ltfrFilters' -- -listTagsForResource :: Text -- ^ 'ltfrResourceName' - -> ListTagsForResource -listTagsForResource p1 = ListTagsForResource - { _ltfrResourceName = p1 - , _ltfrFilters = mempty +-- * 'ltfrResourceName' +listTagsForResource + :: Text -- ^ 'ltfrResourceName' + -> ListTagsForResource +listTagsForResource pResourceName_ = + ListTagsForResource' + { _ltfrFilters = Nothing + , _ltfrResourceName = pResourceName_ } -- | This parameter is not currently supported. ltfrFilters :: Lens' ListTagsForResource [Filter] -ltfrFilters = lens _ltfrFilters (\s a -> s { _ltfrFilters = a }) . _List +ltfrFilters = lens _ltfrFilters (\ s a -> s{_ltfrFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -- | The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon --- Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see . +-- Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see +-- . ltfrResourceName :: Lens' ListTagsForResource Text -ltfrResourceName = lens _ltfrResourceName (\s a -> s { _ltfrResourceName = a }) +ltfrResourceName = lens _ltfrResourceName (\ s a -> s{_ltfrResourceName = a}); -newtype ListTagsForResourceResponse = ListTagsForResourceResponse - { _ltfrrTagList :: List "member" Tag - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show, Monoid, Semigroup) +instance AWSRequest ListTagsForResource where + type Sv ListTagsForResource = RDS + type Rs ListTagsForResource = + ListTagsForResourceResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "ListTagsForResourceResult" + (\ s h x -> + ListTagsForResourceResponse' <$> + (x .@? "TagList" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Tag")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -instance GHC.Exts.IsList ListTagsForResourceResponse where - type Item ListTagsForResourceResponse = Tag +instance ToHeaders ListTagsForResource where + toHeaders = const mempty - fromList = ListTagsForResourceResponse . GHC.Exts.fromList - toList = GHC.Exts.toList . _ltfrrTagList +instance ToPath ListTagsForResource where + toPath = const "/" --- | 'ListTagsForResourceResponse' constructor. +instance ToQuery ListTagsForResource where + toQuery ListTagsForResource'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("ListTagsForResource" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "Filters" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ltfrFilters), + "ResourceName" =: _ltfrResourceName] + +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'listTagsForResourceResponse' smart constructor. +data ListTagsForResourceResponse = ListTagsForResourceResponse' + { _ltfrrsTagList :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _ltfrrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ListTagsForResourceResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'ltfrrTagList' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- -listTagsForResourceResponse :: ListTagsForResourceResponse -listTagsForResourceResponse = ListTagsForResourceResponse - { _ltfrrTagList = mempty +-- * 'ltfrrsTagList' +-- +-- * 'ltfrrsStatus' +listTagsForResourceResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ltfrrsStatus' + -> ListTagsForResourceResponse +listTagsForResourceResponse pStatus_ = + ListTagsForResourceResponse' + { _ltfrrsTagList = Nothing + , _ltfrrsStatus = pStatus_ } -- | List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation. -ltfrrTagList :: Lens' ListTagsForResourceResponse [Tag] -ltfrrTagList = lens _ltfrrTagList (\s a -> s { _ltfrrTagList = a }) . _List - -instance ToPath ListTagsForResource where - toPath = const "/" - -instance ToQuery ListTagsForResource where - toQuery ListTagsForResource{..} = mconcat - [ "Filters" =? _ltfrFilters - , "ResourceName" =? _ltfrResourceName - ] - -instance ToHeaders ListTagsForResource - -instance AWSRequest ListTagsForResource where - type Sv ListTagsForResource = RDS - type Rs ListTagsForResource = ListTagsForResourceResponse - - request = post "ListTagsForResource" - response = xmlResponse +ltfrrsTagList :: Lens' ListTagsForResourceResponse [Tag] +ltfrrsTagList = lens _ltfrrsTagList (\ s a -> s{_ltfrrsTagList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -instance FromXML ListTagsForResourceResponse where - parseXML = withElement "ListTagsForResourceResult" $ \x -> ListTagsForResourceResponse - <$> x .@? "TagList" .!@ mempty +-- | The response status code. +ltfrrsStatus :: Lens' ListTagsForResourceResponse Int +ltfrrsStatus = lens _ltfrrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_ltfrrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBCluster.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBCluster.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBCluster.hs @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBCluster +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or +-- more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters +-- and the new values in the request. For more information on Amazon +-- Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for ModifyDBCluster. +module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBCluster + ( + -- * Creating a Request + modifyDBCluster + , ModifyDBCluster + -- * Request Lenses + , mdcDBClusterIdentifier + , mdcMasterUserPassword + , mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , mdcPreferredBackupWindow + , mdcBackupRetentionPeriod + , mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds + , mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName + , mdcApplyImmediately + , mdcOptionGroupName + , mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier + , mdcPort + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , modifyDBClusterResponse + , ModifyDBClusterResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , mdcrsDBCluster + , mdcrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'modifyDBCluster' smart constructor. +data ModifyDBCluster = ModifyDBCluster' + { _mdcDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdcMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdcPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdcBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdcApplyImmediately :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdcOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdcPort :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyDBCluster' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'mdcDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'mdcMasterUserPassword' +-- +-- * 'mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow' +-- +-- * 'mdcPreferredBackupWindow' +-- +-- * 'mdcBackupRetentionPeriod' +-- +-- * 'mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds' +-- +-- * 'mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName' +-- +-- * 'mdcApplyImmediately' +-- +-- * 'mdcOptionGroupName' +-- +-- * 'mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'mdcPort' +modifyDBCluster + :: ModifyDBCluster +modifyDBCluster = + ModifyDBCluster' + { _mdcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _mdcMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _mdcPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _mdcBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _mdcApplyImmediately = Nothing + , _mdcOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _mdcPort = Nothing + } + +-- | The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter +-- is not case-sensitive. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be the identifier for an existing DB cluster. +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens. +-- - First character must be a letter. +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. +mdcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) +mdcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _mdcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The new password for the master database user. This password can contain +-- any printable ASCII character except \"\/\", \"\"\", or \"\'\". +-- +-- Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. +mdcMasterUserPassword :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) +mdcMasterUserPassword = lens _mdcMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_mdcMasterUserPassword = a}); + +-- | The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in +-- Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- +-- Format: 'ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi' +-- +-- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of +-- time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time +-- blocks available, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun +-- +-- Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. +mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) +mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); + +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if +-- automated backups are enabled, using the 'BackupRetentionPeriod' +-- parameter. +-- +-- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of +-- time per region. To see the time blocks available, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be in the format 'hh24:mi-hh24:mi'. +-- - Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- - Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. +-- - Must be at least 30 minutes. +mdcPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) +mdcPreferredBackupWindow = lens _mdcPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdcPreferredBackupWindow = a}); + +-- | The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting +-- this parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this +-- parameter to 0 disables automated backups. +-- +-- Default: 1 +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be a value from 0 to 35 +mdcBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Int) +mdcBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _mdcBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_mdcBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); + +-- | A lst of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to. +mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster [Text] +mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster. +mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) +mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); + +-- | A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any +-- pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, +-- regardless of the 'PreferredMaintenanceWindow' setting for the DB +-- cluster. +-- +-- If this parameter is set to 'false', changes to the DB cluster are +-- applied during the next maintenance window. +-- +-- Default: 'false' +mdcApplyImmediately :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Bool) +mdcApplyImmediately = lens _mdcApplyImmediately (\ s a -> s{_mdcApplyImmediately = a}); + +-- | A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the +-- specified option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an +-- outage except in the following case, and the change is applied during +-- the next maintenance window unless the 'ApplyImmediately' parameter is +-- set to 'true' for this request. If the parameter change results in an +-- option group that enables OEM, this change can cause a brief +-- (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected but +-- existing connections are not interrupted. +-- +-- Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option +-- group cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a +-- DB cluster. +mdcOptionGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) +mdcOptionGroupName = lens _mdcOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdcOptionGroupName = a}); + +-- | The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB +-- cluster. This value is stored as a lowercase string. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- +-- Example: 'my-cluster2' +mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Text) +mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier = lens _mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections. +-- +-- Constraints: Value must be '1150-65535' +-- +-- Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. +mdcPort :: Lens' ModifyDBCluster (Maybe Int) +mdcPort = lens _mdcPort (\ s a -> s{_mdcPort = a}); + +instance AWSRequest ModifyDBCluster where + type Sv ModifyDBCluster = RDS + type Rs ModifyDBCluster = ModifyDBClusterResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "ModifyDBClusterResult" + (\ s h x -> + ModifyDBClusterResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBCluster") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders ModifyDBCluster where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath ModifyDBCluster where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifyDBCluster where + toQuery ModifyDBCluster'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("ModifyDBCluster" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _mdcDBClusterIdentifier, + "MasterUserPassword" =: _mdcMasterUserPassword, + "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =: + _mdcPreferredMaintenanceWindow, + "PreferredBackupWindow" =: _mdcPreferredBackupWindow, + "BackupRetentionPeriod" =: _mdcBackupRetentionPeriod, + "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> + _mdcVPCSecurityGroupIds), + "DBClusterParameterGroupName" =: + _mdcDBClusterParameterGroupName, + "ApplyImmediately" =: _mdcApplyImmediately, + "OptionGroupName" =: _mdcOptionGroupName, + "NewDBClusterIdentifier" =: + _mdcNewDBClusterIdentifier, + "Port" =: _mdcPort] + +-- | /See:/ 'modifyDBClusterResponse' smart constructor. +data ModifyDBClusterResponse = ModifyDBClusterResponse' + { _mdcrsDBCluster :: !(Maybe DBCluster) + , _mdcrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyDBClusterResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'mdcrsDBCluster' +-- +-- * 'mdcrsStatus' +modifyDBClusterResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'mdcrsStatus' + -> ModifyDBClusterResponse +modifyDBClusterResponse pStatus_ = + ModifyDBClusterResponse' + { _mdcrsDBCluster = Nothing + , _mdcrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +mdcrsDBCluster :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterResponse (Maybe DBCluster) +mdcrsDBCluster = lens _mdcrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_mdcrsDBCluster = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +mdcrsStatus :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterResponse Int +mdcrsStatus = lens _mdcrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdcrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more +-- than one parameter, submit a list of the following: 'ParameterName', +-- 'ParameterValue', and 'ApplyMethod'. A maximum of 20 parameters can be +-- modified in a single request. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static +-- parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster +-- associated with the parameter group before the change can take effect. +-- +-- After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least +-- 5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB +-- cluster parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows +-- Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the parameter +-- group is used as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially +-- important for parameters that are critical when creating the default +-- database for a DB cluster, such as the character set for the default +-- database defined by the 'character_set_database' parameter. You can use +-- the /Parameter Groups/ option of the +-- or the +-- DescribeDBClusterParameters command to verify that your DB cluster +-- parameter group has been created or modified. +-- +-- /See:/ for ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. +module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup + ( + -- * Creating a Request + modifyDBClusterParameterGroup + , ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName + , mdcpgParameters + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + , DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + -- * Response Lenses + , dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'modifyDBClusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. +data ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup' + { _mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: !Text + , _mdcpgParameters :: ![Parameter] + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' +-- +-- * 'mdcpgParameters' +modifyDBClusterParameterGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' + -> ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup +modifyDBClusterParameterGroup pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ = + ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup' + { _mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ + , _mdcpgParameters = mempty + } + +-- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify. +mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup Text +mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); + +-- | A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify. +mdcpgParameters :: Lens' ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup [Parameter] +mdcpgParameters = lens _mdcpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_mdcpgParameters = a}) . _Coerce; + +instance AWSRequest ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup + where + type Sv ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = + DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> parseXML x) + +instance ToHeaders ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup + where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup where + toQuery ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBClusterParameterGroupName" =: + _mdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName, + "Parameters" =: + toQueryList "Parameter" _mdcpgParameters] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBInstance.hs @@ -1,598 +1,644 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Modify settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database --- configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in --- the request. +-- Modify settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database +-- configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new +-- values in the request. -- --- +-- /See:/ for ModifyDBInstance. module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBInstance ( - -- * Request - ModifyDBInstance - -- ** Request constructor - , modifyDBInstance - -- ** Request lenses - , mdbiAllocatedStorage - , mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade - , mdbiApplyImmediately - , mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod - , mdbiCACertificateIdentifier - , mdbiDBInstanceClass - , mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier - , mdbiDBParameterGroupName - , mdbiDBSecurityGroups - , mdbiEngineVersion - , mdbiIops - , mdbiMasterUserPassword - , mdbiMultiAZ - , mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier - , mdbiOptionGroupName - , mdbiPreferredBackupWindow - , mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow - , mdbiStorageType - , mdbiTdeCredentialArn - , mdbiTdeCredentialPassword - , mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds + -- * Creating a Request + modifyDBInstance + , ModifyDBInstance + -- * Request Lenses + , mdiDBSecurityGroups + , mdiEngineVersion + , mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , mdiMasterUserPassword + , mdiIOPS + , mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade + , mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier + , mdiDomain + , mdiTDECredentialPassword + , mdiDBInstanceClass + , mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , mdiCACertificateIdentifier + , mdiPreferredBackupWindow + , mdiBackupRetentionPeriod + , mdiDBParameterGroupName + , mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds + , mdiMultiAZ + , mdiAllocatedStorage + , mdiApplyImmediately + , mdiTDECredentialARN + , mdiOptionGroupName + , mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot + , mdiStorageType + , mdiDBInstanceIdentifier - -- * Response - , ModifyDBInstanceResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , modifyDBInstanceResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , mdbirDBInstance + , ModifyDBInstanceResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , mdirsDBInstance + , mdirsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response -data ModifyDBInstance = ModifyDBInstance - { _mdbiAllocatedStorage :: Maybe Int - , _mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool - , _mdbiApplyImmediately :: Maybe Bool - , _mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool - , _mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int - , _mdbiCACertificateIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _mdbiDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiDBSecurityGroups :: List "member" Text - , _mdbiEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiIops :: Maybe Int - , _mdbiMasterUserPassword :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool - , _mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiStorageType :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiTdeCredentialPassword :: Maybe Text - , _mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds :: List "member" Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'modifyDBInstance' smart constructor. +data ModifyDBInstance = ModifyDBInstance' + { _mdiDBSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _mdiEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiDomain :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiTDECredentialPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiCACertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _mdiDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _mdiMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _mdiApplyImmediately :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mdiStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) --- | 'ModifyDBInstance' constructor. +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyDBInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mdbiAllocatedStorage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'mdiDBSecurityGroups' -- --- * 'mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'mdiEngineVersion' -- --- * 'mdbiApplyImmediately' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' -- --- * 'mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'mdiMasterUserPassword' -- --- * 'mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'mdiIOPS' -- --- * 'mdbiCACertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade' -- --- * 'mdbiDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier' -- --- * 'mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'mdiDomain' -- --- * 'mdbiDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiTDECredentialPassword' -- --- * 'mdbiDBSecurityGroups' @::@ ['Text'] +-- * 'mdiDBInstanceClass' -- --- * 'mdbiEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' -- --- * 'mdbiIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'mdiCACertificateIdentifier' -- --- * 'mdbiMasterUserPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiPreferredBackupWindow' -- --- * 'mdbiMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'mdiBackupRetentionPeriod' -- --- * 'mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiDBParameterGroupName' -- --- * 'mdbiOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds' -- --- * 'mdbiPreferredBackupWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiMultiAZ' -- --- * 'mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiAllocatedStorage' -- --- * 'mdbiStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiApplyImmediately' -- --- * 'mdbiTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiTDECredentialARN' -- --- * 'mdbiTdeCredentialPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mdiOptionGroupName' -- --- * 'mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- * 'mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot' -- -modifyDBInstance :: Text -- ^ 'mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> ModifyDBInstance -modifyDBInstance p1 = ModifyDBInstance - { _mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 - , _mdbiAllocatedStorage = Nothing - , _mdbiDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _mdbiDBSecurityGroups = mempty - , _mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = mempty - , _mdbiApplyImmediately = Nothing - , _mdbiMasterUserPassword = Nothing - , _mdbiDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _mdbiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing - , _mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing - , _mdbiMultiAZ = Nothing - , _mdbiEngineVersion = Nothing - , _mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _mdbiIops = Nothing - , _mdbiOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _mdbiStorageType = Nothing - , _mdbiTdeCredentialArn = Nothing - , _mdbiTdeCredentialPassword = Nothing - , _mdbiCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing +-- * 'mdiStorageType' +-- +-- * 'mdiDBInstanceIdentifier' +modifyDBInstance + :: Text -- ^ 'mdiDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> ModifyDBInstance +modifyDBInstance pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = + ModifyDBInstance' + { _mdiDBSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _mdiEngineVersion = Nothing + , _mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _mdiMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _mdiIOPS = Nothing + , _mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _mdiDomain = Nothing + , _mdiTDECredentialPassword = Nothing + , _mdiDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _mdiCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _mdiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _mdiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _mdiDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _mdiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _mdiAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _mdiApplyImmediately = Nothing + , _mdiTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _mdiOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _mdiStorageType = Nothing + , _mdiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ } --- | The new storage capacity of the RDS instance. Changing this setting does not --- result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance --- window unless 'ApplyImmediately' is set to 'true' for this request. --- --- MySQL +-- | A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing +-- this setting does not result in an outage and the change is +-- asynchronously applied as soon as possible. -- --- Default: Uses existing setting +-- Constraints: -- --- Valid Values: 5-3072 +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +mdiDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance [Text] +mdiDBSecurityGroups = lens _mdiDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this +-- parameter results in an outage and the change is applied during the next +-- maintenance window unless the 'ApplyImmediately' parameter is set to +-- 'true' for this request. -- --- Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current --- value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are --- rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. +-- For major version upgrades, if a non-default DB parameter group is +-- currently in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group +-- family for the new engine version must be specified. The new DB +-- parameter group can be the default for that DB parameter group family. -- --- Type: Integer +-- For a list of valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance. +mdiEngineVersion :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiEngineVersion = lens _mdiEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_mdiEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to +-- the DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter +-- does not result in an outage except in the following case and the change +-- is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if +-- this parameter is set to 'true' during the maintenance window, and a +-- newer minor version is available, and RDS has enabled auto patching for +-- that engine version. +mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); + +-- | The new password for the DB instance master user. Can be any printable +-- ASCII character except \"\/\", \"\"\", or \"\'\". -- --- PostgreSQL +-- Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is +-- asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the +-- request and the completion of the request, the 'MasterUserPassword' +-- element exists in the 'PendingModifiedValues' element of the operation +-- response. -- -- Default: Uses existing setting -- --- Valid Values: 5-3072 --- --- Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current --- value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are --- rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. --- --- Type: Integer +-- Constraints: Must be 8 to 41 alphanumeric characters (MySQL), 8 to 30 +-- alphanumeric characters (Oracle), or 8 to 128 alphanumeric characters +-- (SQL Server). -- --- Oracle +-- Amazon RDS API actions never return the password, so this action +-- provides a way to regain access to a primary instance user if the +-- password is lost. This includes restoring privileges that might have +-- been accidentally revoked. +mdiMasterUserPassword :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiMasterUserPassword = lens _mdiMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_mdiMasterUserPassword = a}); + +-- | The new Provisioned IOPS (I\/O operations per second) value for the RDS +-- instance. Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the +-- change is applied during the next maintenance window unless the +-- 'ApplyImmediately' parameter is set to 'true' for this request. -- -- Default: Uses existing setting -- --- Valid Values: 10-3072 +-- Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the +-- current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the +-- existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the +-- current value. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard +-- storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a reboot for +-- the change in storage type to take effect. -- --- Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current --- value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are --- rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. +-- __SQL Server__ -- --- SQL Server +-- Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not +-- supported. -- --- Cannot be modified. +-- Type: Integer -- -- If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to -- using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard --- storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends on --- several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard --- or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of --- prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, --- but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the --- migration, the DB instance will be available for use, but may experience --- performance degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for --- the instance will be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place --- for the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, --- deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating --- a DB snapshot of the instance. -mdbiAllocatedStorage :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) -mdbiAllocatedStorage = - lens _mdbiAllocatedStorage (\s a -> s { _mdbiAllocatedStorage = a }) +-- storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration +-- depends on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage +-- type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if +-- any), and the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical +-- migration times are under 24 hours, but the process can take up to +-- several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB instance will +-- be available for use, but might experience performance degradation. +-- While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance will +-- be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the +-- instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, +-- deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and +-- creating a DB snapshot of the instance. +mdiIOPS :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) +mdiIOPS = lens _mdiIOPS (\ s a -> s{_mdiIOPS = a}); --- | Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter --- does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon --- as possible. +-- | Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this +-- parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously +-- applied as soon as possible. -- --- Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value for --- the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB --- instance's current version. -mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = - lens _mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade - (\s a -> s { _mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = a }) +-- Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value +-- for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than +-- the DB instance\'s current version. +mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = lens _mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade = a}); --- | Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending --- modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of --- the 'PreferredMaintenanceWindow' setting for the DB instance. +-- | The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB +-- instance. When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot +-- will occur immediately if you set 'Apply Immediately' to true, or will +-- occur during the next maintenance window if 'Apply Immediately' to +-- false. This value is stored as a lowercase string. -- --- If this parameter is set to 'false', changes to the DB instance are applied --- during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an --- outage and will be applied on the next call to 'RebootDBInstance', or the next --- failure reboot. Review the table of parameters in to see the impact that setting 'ApplyImmediately' to 'true' or 'false' has for each modified parameter and to determine when the --- changes will be applied. +-- Constraints: -- --- Default: 'false' -mdbiApplyImmediately :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdbiApplyImmediately = - lens _mdbiApplyImmediately (\s a -> s { _mdbiApplyImmediately = a }) - --- | Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the --- DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter does not --- result in an outage except in the following case and the change is --- asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this --- parameter is set to 'true' during the maintenance window, and a newer minor --- version is available, and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine --- version. -mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = - lens _mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - (\s a -> s { _mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); --- | The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to a --- positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables --- automated backups. --- --- Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to a --- non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied --- during the next maintenance window unless the 'ApplyImmediately' parameter is --- set to 'true' for this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero --- value to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as soon --- as possible. --- --- Default: Uses existing setting --- --- Constraints: +-- | Specify the Active Directory Domain to move the instance to. -- --- Must be a value from 0 to 35 Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica only --- if the source is running MySQL 5.6 Can be specified for a PostgreSQL Read --- Replica only if the source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 Cannot be set to 0 if --- the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas -mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) -mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = - lens _mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod - (\s a -> s { _mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod = a }) +-- The specified Active Directory Domain must be created prior to this +-- operation. Currently only SQL Server instance can be created in a Domain +mdiDomain :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiDomain = lens _mdiDomain (\ s a -> s{_mdiDomain = a}); --- | Indicates the certificate which needs to be associated with the instance. -mdbiCACertificateIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiCACertificateIdentifier = - lens _mdbiCACertificateIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _mdbiCACertificateIdentifier = a }) +-- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the +-- device. +mdiTDECredentialPassword :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiTDECredentialPassword = lens _mdiTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_mdiTDECredentialPassword = a}); -- | The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance. To determine the --- instance classes that are available for a particular DB engine, use the 'DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions' action. +-- instance classes that are available for a particular DB engine, use the +-- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action. -- --- Passing a value for this setting causes an outage during the change and is --- applied during the next maintenance window, unless 'ApplyImmediately' is --- specified as 'true' for this request. +-- Passing a value for this setting causes an outage during the change and +-- is applied during the next maintenance window, unless 'ApplyImmediately' +-- is specified as 'true' for this request. -- -- Default: Uses existing setting -- --- Valid Values: 'db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large |db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium |db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge |db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small |db.t2.medium' -mdbiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiDBInstanceClass = - lens _mdbiDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _mdbiDBInstanceClass = a }) +-- Valid Values: +-- 'db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium' +mdiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiDBInstanceClass = lens _mdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBInstanceClass = a}); --- | The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. +-- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can +-- occur, which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not +-- result in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change +-- is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. If there are pending +-- actions that cause a reboot, and the maintenance window is changed to +-- include the current time, then changing this parameter will cause a +-- reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window to the current time, +-- there must be at least 30 minutes between the current time and end of +-- the window to ensure pending changes are applied. -- --- Constraints: +-- Default: Uses existing setting -- --- Must be the identifier for an existing DB instance Must contain from 1 to --- 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot --- end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens -mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance Text -mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing --- this setting does not result in an outage. The parameter group name itself is --- changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied until --- you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT be --- rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during --- the next maintenance window. +-- Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi -- --- Default: Uses existing setting +-- Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun -- --- Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group --- family as this DB instance. -mdbiDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiDBParameterGroupName = - lens _mdbiDBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _mdbiDBParameterGroupName = a }) +-- Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes +mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); --- | A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this --- setting does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied --- as soon as possible. +-- | Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance. +mdiCACertificateIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiCACertificateIdentifier = lens _mdiCACertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdiCACertificateIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if +-- automated backups are enabled, as determined by the +-- 'BackupRetentionPeriod' parameter. Changing this parameter does not +-- result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as soon as +-- possible. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens --- -mdbiDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance [Text] -mdbiDBSecurityGroups = - lens _mdbiDBSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _mdbiDBSecurityGroups = a }) - . _List +-- - Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi +-- - Times should be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) +-- - Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window +-- - Must be at least 30 minutes +mdiPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiPreferredBackupWindow = lens _mdiPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_mdiPreferredBackupWindow = a}); --- | The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this --- parameter results in an outage and the change is applied during the next --- maintenance window unless the 'ApplyImmediately' parameter is set to 'true' for --- this request. +-- | The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter +-- to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 +-- disables automated backups. -- --- For major version upgrades, if a non-default DB parameter group is --- currently in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family --- for the new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can --- be the default for that DB parameter group family. +-- Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to +-- a non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are +-- applied during the next maintenance window unless the 'ApplyImmediately' +-- parameter is set to 'true' for this request. If you change the parameter +-- from one non-zero value to another non-zero value, the change is +-- asynchronously applied as soon as possible. -- --- For a list of valid engine versions, see 'CreateDBInstance'. -mdbiEngineVersion :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiEngineVersion = - lens _mdbiEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _mdbiEngineVersion = a }) +-- Default: Uses existing setting +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be a value from 0 to 35 +-- - Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is +-- running MySQL 5.6 +-- - Can be specified for a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the source is +-- running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 +-- - Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas +mdiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) +mdiBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _mdiBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_mdiBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); --- | The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS --- instance. Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change --- is applied during the next maintenance window unless the 'ApplyImmediately' --- parameter is set to 'true' for this request. +-- | The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing +-- this setting does not result in an outage. The parameter group name +-- itself is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not +-- applied until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance +-- will NOT be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be +-- applied during the next maintenance window. -- -- Default: Uses existing setting -- --- Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current --- value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are --- rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. If you are --- migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard storage, set this value to 0. The --- DB instance will require a reboot for the change in storage type to take --- effect. --- --- SQL Server +-- Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter +-- group family as this DB instance. +mdiDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiDBParameterGroupName = lens _mdiDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBParameterGroupName = a}); + +-- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This +-- change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. -- --- Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. +-- Constraints: -- --- Type: Integer +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance [Text] +mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this +-- parameter does not result in an outage and the change is applied during +-- the next maintenance window unless the 'ApplyImmediately' parameter is +-- set to 'true' for this request. -- --- If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to --- using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard --- storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends on --- several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard --- or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number of --- prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, --- but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the --- migration, the DB instance will be available for use, but may experience --- performance degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for --- the instance will be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place --- for the instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, --- deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating --- a DB snapshot of the instance. -mdbiIops :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) -mdbiIops = lens _mdbiIops (\s a -> s { _mdbiIops = a }) +-- Constraints: Cannot be specified if the DB instance is a Read Replica. +-- This parameter cannot be used with SQL Server DB instances. Multi-AZ for +-- SQL Server DB instances is set using the Mirroring option in an option +-- group associated with the DB instance. +mdiMultiAZ :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +mdiMultiAZ = lens _mdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_mdiMultiAZ = a}); --- | The new password for the DB instance master user. Can be any printable ASCII --- character except "/", """, or "@". +-- | The new storage capacity of the RDS instance. Changing this setting does +-- not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next +-- maintenance window unless 'ApplyImmediately' is set to 'true' for this +-- request. -- --- Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is --- asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request --- and the completion of the request, the 'MasterUserPassword' element exists in --- the 'PendingModifiedValues' element of the operation response. +-- __MySQL__ -- -- Default: Uses existing setting -- --- Constraints: Must be 8 to 41 alphanumeric characters (MySQL), 8 to 30 --- alphanumeric characters (Oracle), or 8 to 128 alphanumeric characters (SQL --- Server). +-- Valid Values: 5-6144 -- --- Amazon RDS API actions never return the password, so this action provides a --- way to regain access to a primary instance user if the password is lost. This --- includes restoring privileges that may have been accidentally revoked. -mdbiMasterUserPassword :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiMasterUserPassword = - lens _mdbiMasterUserPassword (\s a -> s { _mdbiMasterUserPassword = a }) - --- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this --- parameter does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the --- next maintenance window unless the 'ApplyImmediately' parameter is set to 'true' --- for this request. +-- Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the +-- current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the +-- existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the +-- current value. -- --- Constraints: Cannot be specified if the DB instance is a Read Replica. -mdbiMultiAZ :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -mdbiMultiAZ = lens _mdbiMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _mdbiMultiAZ = a }) - --- | The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB --- instance. When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will --- occur immediately if you set 'Apply Immediately' to true, or will occur during --- the next maintenance window if 'Apply Immediately' to false. This value is --- stored as a lowercase string. +-- Type: Integer -- --- Constraints: +-- __PostgreSQL__ -- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens -mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified --- option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in --- the following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance --- window unless the 'ApplyImmediately' parameter is set to 'true' for this request. --- If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this --- change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are --- rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. +-- Default: Uses existing setting -- --- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, --- cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be --- removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance -mdbiOptionGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiOptionGroupName = - lens _mdbiOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _mdbiOptionGroupName = a }) - --- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated --- backups are enabled, as determined by the 'BackupRetentionPeriod'. Changing --- this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously --- applied as soon as possible. +-- Valid Values: 5-6144 -- --- Constraints: +-- Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the +-- current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the +-- existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the +-- current value. -- --- Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi Times should be Universal Time --- Coordinated (UTC) Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window Must be at least 30 minutes +-- Type: Integer -- -mdbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiPreferredBackupWindow = - lens _mdbiPreferredBackupWindow - (\s a -> s { _mdbiPreferredBackupWindow = a }) - --- | The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, --- which may result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not result in an --- outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously --- applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a --- reboot, and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, --- then changing this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If --- moving this window to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes --- between the current time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are --- applied. +-- __Oracle__ -- -- Default: Uses existing setting -- --- Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi +-- Valid Values: 10-6144 -- --- Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun +-- Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the +-- current value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the +-- existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the +-- current value. -- --- Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes -mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = - lens _mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow - (\s a -> s { _mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a }) - --- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. +-- __SQL Server__ -- --- Valid values: 'standard | gp2 | io1' +-- Cannot be modified. -- --- If you specify 'io1', you must also include a value for the 'Iops' parameter. +-- If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to +-- using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard +-- storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration +-- depends on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage +-- type (standard or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if +-- any), and the number of prior scale storage operations. Typical +-- migration times are under 24 hours, but the process can take up to +-- several days in some cases. During the migration, the DB instance will +-- be available for use, but might experience performance degradation. +-- While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance will +-- be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the +-- instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, +-- deleting the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and +-- creating a DB snapshot of the instance. +mdiAllocatedStorage :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Int) +mdiAllocatedStorage = lens _mdiAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_mdiAllocatedStorage = a}); + +-- | Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending +-- modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless +-- of the 'PreferredMaintenanceWindow' setting for the DB instance. -- --- Default: 'io1' if the 'Iops' parameter is specified; otherwise 'standard' -mdbiStorageType :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiStorageType = lens _mdbiStorageType (\s a -> s { _mdbiStorageType = a }) +-- If this parameter is set to 'false', changes to the DB instance are +-- applied during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can +-- cause an outage and will be applied on the next call to +-- RebootDBInstance, or the next failure reboot. Review the table of +-- parameters in +-- +-- to see the impact that setting 'ApplyImmediately' to 'true' or 'false' +-- has for each modified parameter and to determine when the changes will +-- be applied. +-- +-- Default: 'false' +mdiApplyImmediately :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +mdiApplyImmediately = lens _mdiApplyImmediately (\ s a -> s{_mdiApplyImmediately = a}); -- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE -- encryption. -mdbiTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiTdeCredentialArn = - lens _mdbiTdeCredentialArn (\s a -> s { _mdbiTdeCredentialArn = a }) +mdiTDECredentialARN :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiTDECredentialARN = lens _mdiTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_mdiTDECredentialARN = a}); --- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the --- device. -mdbiTdeCredentialPassword :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) -mdbiTdeCredentialPassword = - lens _mdbiTdeCredentialPassword - (\s a -> s { _mdbiTdeCredentialPassword = a }) +-- | Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified +-- option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage +-- except in the following case and the change is applied during the next +-- maintenance window unless the 'ApplyImmediately' parameter is set to +-- 'true' for this request. If the parameter change results in an option +-- group that enables OEM, this change can cause a brief (sub-second) +-- period during which new connections are rejected but existing +-- connections are not interrupted. +-- +-- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security +-- TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group +-- cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB +-- instance +mdiOptionGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiOptionGroupName = lens _mdiOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdiOptionGroupName = a}); --- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This --- change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. +-- | This property is not currently implemented. +mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); + +-- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. -- --- Constraints: +-- Valid values: 'standard | gp2 | io1' -- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- If you specify 'io1', you must also include a value for the 'Iops' +-- parameter. -- -mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance [Text] -mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = - lens _mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds (\s a -> s { _mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds = a }) - . _List - -newtype ModifyDBInstanceResponse = ModifyDBInstanceResponse - { _mdbirDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- Default: 'io1' if the 'Iops' parameter is specified; otherwise +-- 'standard' +mdiStorageType :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance (Maybe Text) +mdiStorageType = lens _mdiStorageType (\ s a -> s{_mdiStorageType = a}); --- | 'ModifyDBInstanceResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- | The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. -- --- * 'mdbirDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- Constraints: -- -modifyDBInstanceResponse :: ModifyDBInstanceResponse -modifyDBInstanceResponse = ModifyDBInstanceResponse - { _mdbirDBInstance = Nothing - } +-- - Must be the identifier for an existing DB instance +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +mdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' ModifyDBInstance Text +mdiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _mdiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_mdiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); -mdbirDBInstance :: Lens' ModifyDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -mdbirDBInstance = lens _mdbirDBInstance (\s a -> s { _mdbirDBInstance = a }) +instance AWSRequest ModifyDBInstance where + type Sv ModifyDBInstance = RDS + type Rs ModifyDBInstance = ModifyDBInstanceResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "ModifyDBInstanceResult" + (\ s h x -> + ModifyDBInstanceResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstance") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders ModifyDBInstance where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath ModifyDBInstance where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery ModifyDBInstance where - toQuery ModifyDBInstance{..} = mconcat - [ "AllocatedStorage" =? _mdbiAllocatedStorage - , "AllowMajorVersionUpgrade" =? _mdbiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade - , "ApplyImmediately" =? _mdbiApplyImmediately - , "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _mdbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , "BackupRetentionPeriod" =? _mdbiBackupRetentionPeriod - , "CACertificateIdentifier" =? _mdbiCACertificateIdentifier - , "DBInstanceClass" =? _mdbiDBInstanceClass - , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _mdbiDBInstanceIdentifier - , "DBParameterGroupName" =? _mdbiDBParameterGroupName - , "DBSecurityGroups" =? _mdbiDBSecurityGroups - , "EngineVersion" =? _mdbiEngineVersion - , "Iops" =? _mdbiIops - , "MasterUserPassword" =? _mdbiMasterUserPassword - , "MultiAZ" =? _mdbiMultiAZ - , "NewDBInstanceIdentifier" =? _mdbiNewDBInstanceIdentifier - , "OptionGroupName" =? _mdbiOptionGroupName - , "PreferredBackupWindow" =? _mdbiPreferredBackupWindow - , "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =? _mdbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow - , "StorageType" =? _mdbiStorageType - , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _mdbiTdeCredentialArn - , "TdeCredentialPassword" =? _mdbiTdeCredentialPassword - , "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =? _mdbiVpcSecurityGroupIds - ] + toQuery ModifyDBInstance'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("ModifyDBInstance" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBSecurityGroups" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "DBSecurityGroupName" <$> + _mdiDBSecurityGroups), + "EngineVersion" =: _mdiEngineVersion, + "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =: + _mdiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade, + "MasterUserPassword" =: _mdiMasterUserPassword, + "Iops" =: _mdiIOPS, + "AllowMajorVersionUpgrade" =: + _mdiAllowMajorVersionUpgrade, + "NewDBInstanceIdentifier" =: + _mdiNewDBInstanceIdentifier, + "Domain" =: _mdiDomain, + "TdeCredentialPassword" =: _mdiTDECredentialPassword, + "DBInstanceClass" =: _mdiDBInstanceClass, + "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =: + _mdiPreferredMaintenanceWindow, + "CACertificateIdentifier" =: + _mdiCACertificateIdentifier, + "PreferredBackupWindow" =: _mdiPreferredBackupWindow, + "BackupRetentionPeriod" =: _mdiBackupRetentionPeriod, + "DBParameterGroupName" =: _mdiDBParameterGroupName, + "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> + _mdiVPCSecurityGroupIds), + "MultiAZ" =: _mdiMultiAZ, + "AllocatedStorage" =: _mdiAllocatedStorage, + "ApplyImmediately" =: _mdiApplyImmediately, + "TdeCredentialArn" =: _mdiTDECredentialARN, + "OptionGroupName" =: _mdiOptionGroupName, + "CopyTagsToSnapshot" =: _mdiCopyTagsToSnapshot, + "StorageType" =: _mdiStorageType, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _mdiDBInstanceIdentifier] -instance ToHeaders ModifyDBInstance +-- | /See:/ 'modifyDBInstanceResponse' smart constructor. +data ModifyDBInstanceResponse = ModifyDBInstanceResponse' + { _mdirsDBInstance :: !(Maybe DBInstance) + , _mdirsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest ModifyDBInstance where - type Sv ModifyDBInstance = RDS - type Rs ModifyDBInstance = ModifyDBInstanceResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyDBInstanceResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'mdirsDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'mdirsStatus' +modifyDBInstanceResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'mdirsStatus' + -> ModifyDBInstanceResponse +modifyDBInstanceResponse pStatus_ = + ModifyDBInstanceResponse' + { _mdirsDBInstance = Nothing + , _mdirsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "ModifyDBInstance" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +mdirsDBInstance :: Lens' ModifyDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +mdirsDBInstance = lens _mdirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_mdirsDBInstance = a}); -instance FromXML ModifyDBInstanceResponse where - parseXML = withElement "ModifyDBInstanceResult" $ \x -> ModifyDBInstanceResponse - <$> x .@? "DBInstance" +-- | The response status code. +mdirsStatus :: Lens' ModifyDBInstanceResponse Int +mdirsStatus = lens _mdirsStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdirsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -1,153 +1,137 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one --- parameter, submit a list of the following: 'ParameterName', 'ParameterValue', and 'ApplyMethod'. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. +-- Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one +-- parameter, submit a list of the following: 'ParameterName', +-- 'ParameterValue', and 'ApplyMethod'. A maximum of 20 parameters can be +-- modified in a single request. -- -- Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static --- parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated --- with the parameter group before the change can take effect. --- --- After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes --- before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group as --- the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the --- modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB --- instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when --- creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character set --- for the default database defined by the 'character_set_database' parameter. You --- can use the /Parameter Groups/ option of the or the /DescribeDBParameters/ command to verify that your DB parameter group has been created or modified. --- +-- parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance +-- associated with the parameter group before the change can take effect. -- +-- After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 +-- minutes before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB +-- parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS +-- to fully complete the modify action before the parameter group is used +-- as the default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for +-- parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB +-- instance, such as the character set for the default database defined by +-- the 'character_set_database' parameter. You can use the /Parameter +-- Groups/ option of the +-- or the +-- /DescribeDBParameters/ command to verify that your DB parameter group +-- has been created or modified. -- --- +-- /See:/ for ModifyDBParameterGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBParameterGroup ( - -- * Request - ModifyDBParameterGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , modifyDBParameterGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , mdbpgDBParameterGroupName - , mdbpgParameters + -- * Creating a Request + modifyDBParameterGroup + , ModifyDBParameterGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , mdpgDBParameterGroupName + , mdpgParameters - -- * Response - , ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor - , modifyDBParameterGroupResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName + -- * Destructuring the Response + , dbParameterGroupNameMessage + , DBParameterGroupNameMessage + -- * Response Lenses + , dpgnmDBParameterGroupName ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data ModifyDBParameterGroup = ModifyDBParameterGroup - { _mdbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Text - , _mdbpgParameters :: List "member" Parameter - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'ModifyDBParameterGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'modifyDBParameterGroup' smart constructor. +data ModifyDBParameterGroup = ModifyDBParameterGroup' + { _mdpgDBParameterGroupName :: !Text + , _mdpgParameters :: ![Parameter] + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyDBParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'mdbpgDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mdbpgParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] +-- * 'mdpgDBParameterGroupName' -- -modifyDBParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'mdbpgDBParameterGroupName' - -> ModifyDBParameterGroup -modifyDBParameterGroup p1 = ModifyDBParameterGroup - { _mdbpgDBParameterGroupName = p1 - , _mdbpgParameters = mempty +-- * 'mdpgParameters' +modifyDBParameterGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'mdpgDBParameterGroupName' + -> ModifyDBParameterGroup +modifyDBParameterGroup pDBParameterGroupName_ = + ModifyDBParameterGroup' + { _mdpgDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ + , _mdpgParameters = mempty } -- | The name of the DB parameter group. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group Must be 1 to 255 --- alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a --- hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens -mdbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBParameterGroup Text -mdbpgDBParameterGroupName = - lens _mdbpgDBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _mdbpgDBParameterGroupName = a }) +-- - Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +mdpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBParameterGroup Text +mdpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _mdpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); --- | An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter --- update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be --- supplied; subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters may --- be modified in a single request. +-- | An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the +-- parameter update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method +-- must be supplied; subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 +-- parameters can be modified in a single request. -- -- Valid Values (for the application method): 'immediate | pending-reboot' -- --- You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use --- the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes --- are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover. -mdbpgParameters :: Lens' ModifyDBParameterGroup [Parameter] -mdbpgParameters = lens _mdbpgParameters (\s a -> s { _mdbpgParameters = a }) . _List - -newtype ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse = ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse - { _mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Monoid) +-- You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can +-- use the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and +-- changes are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover. +mdpgParameters :: Lens' ModifyDBParameterGroup [Parameter] +mdpgParameters = lens _mdpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_mdpgParameters = a}) . _Coerce; --- | 'ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -modifyDBParameterGroupResponse :: ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse -modifyDBParameterGroupResponse = ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse - { _mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest ModifyDBParameterGroup where + type Sv ModifyDBParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs ModifyDBParameterGroup = + DBParameterGroupNameMessage + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "ModifyDBParameterGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> parseXML x) --- | The name of the DB parameter group. -mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe Text) -mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = - lens _mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _mdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = a }) +instance ToHeaders ModifyDBParameterGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath ModifyDBParameterGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery ModifyDBParameterGroup where - toQuery ModifyDBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _mdbpgDBParameterGroupName - , "Parameters" =? _mdbpgParameters - ] - -instance ToHeaders ModifyDBParameterGroup - -instance AWSRequest ModifyDBParameterGroup where - type Sv ModifyDBParameterGroup = RDS - type Rs ModifyDBParameterGroup = ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse - - request = post "ModifyDBParameterGroup" - response = xmlResponse - -instance FromXML ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse where - parseXML = withElement "ModifyDBParameterGroupResult" $ \x -> ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse - <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupName" + toQuery ModifyDBParameterGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("ModifyDBParameterGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBParameterGroupName" =: _mdpgDBParameterGroupName, + "Parameters" =: + toQueryList "Parameter" _mdpgParameters] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSubnetGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSubnetGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSubnetGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyDBSubnetGroup.hs @@ -1,138 +1,151 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least --- one subnet in at least two AZs in the region. +-- Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at +-- least one subnet in at least two AZs in the region. -- --- +-- /See:/ for ModifyDBSubnetGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyDBSubnetGroup ( - -- * Request - ModifyDBSubnetGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , modifyDBSubnetGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription - , mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName - , mdbsgSubnetIds + -- * Creating a Request + modifyDBSubnetGroup + , ModifyDBSubnetGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription + , mdsgDBSubnetGroupName + , mdsgSubnetIds - -- * Response - , ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , modifyDBSubnetGroupResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup + , ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup + , mdsgrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data ModifyDBSubnetGroup = ModifyDBSubnetGroup - { _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: Maybe Text - , _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Text - , _mdbsgSubnetIds :: List "member" Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'ModifyDBSubnetGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'modifyDBSubnetGroup' smart constructor. +data ModifyDBSubnetGroup = ModifyDBSubnetGroup' + { _mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mdsgDBSubnetGroupName :: !Text + , _mdsgSubnetIds :: ![Text] + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyDBSubnetGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription' -- --- * 'mdbsgSubnetIds' @::@ ['Text'] +-- * 'mdsgDBSubnetGroupName' -- -modifyDBSubnetGroup :: Text -- ^ 'mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName' - -> ModifyDBSubnetGroup -modifyDBSubnetGroup p1 = ModifyDBSubnetGroup - { _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = p1 - , _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = Nothing - , _mdbsgSubnetIds = mempty +-- * 'mdsgSubnetIds' +modifyDBSubnetGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'mdsgDBSubnetGroupName' + -> ModifyDBSubnetGroup +modifyDBSubnetGroup pDBSubnetGroupName_ = + ModifyDBSubnetGroup' + { _mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = Nothing + , _mdsgDBSubnetGroupName = pDBSubnetGroupName_ + , _mdsgSubnetIds = mempty } -- | The description for the DB subnet group. -mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) -mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = - lens _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription - (\s a -> s { _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = a }) +mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = lens _mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = a}); -- | The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase -- string. -- -- Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters or --- hyphens. Must not be "Default". +-- hyphens. Must not be \"Default\". -- -- Example: 'mySubnetgroup' -mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup Text -mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = - lens _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName = a }) +mdsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup Text +mdsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _mdsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mdsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}); -- | The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. -mdbsgSubnetIds :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup [Text] -mdbsgSubnetIds = lens _mdbsgSubnetIds (\s a -> s { _mdbsgSubnetIds = a }) . _List - -newtype ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse = ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse - { _mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup :: Maybe DBSubnetGroup - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +mdsgSubnetIds :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroup [Text] +mdsgSubnetIds = lens _mdsgSubnetIds (\ s a -> s{_mdsgSubnetIds = a}) . _Coerce; --- | 'ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSubnetGroup' --- -modifyDBSubnetGroupResponse :: ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse -modifyDBSubnetGroupResponse = ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse - { _mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest ModifyDBSubnetGroup where + type Sv ModifyDBSubnetGroup = RDS + type Rs ModifyDBSubnetGroup = + ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "ModifyDBSubnetGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> + ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBSubnetGroup") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) -mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = - lens _mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup (\s a -> s { _mdbsgrDBSubnetGroup = a }) +instance ToHeaders ModifyDBSubnetGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath ModifyDBSubnetGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery ModifyDBSubnetGroup where - toQuery ModifyDBSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSubnetGroupDescription" =? _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription - , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _mdbsgDBSubnetGroupName - , "SubnetIds" =? _mdbsgSubnetIds - ] + toQuery ModifyDBSubnetGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("ModifyDBSubnetGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBSubnetGroupDescription" =: + _mdsgDBSubnetGroupDescription, + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _mdsgDBSubnetGroupName, + "SubnetIds" =: + toQueryList "SubnetIdentifier" _mdsgSubnetIds] -instance ToHeaders ModifyDBSubnetGroup +-- | /See:/ 'modifyDBSubnetGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse = ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse' + { _mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup :: !(Maybe DBSubnetGroup) + , _mdsgrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest ModifyDBSubnetGroup where - type Sv ModifyDBSubnetGroup = RDS - type Rs ModifyDBSubnetGroup = ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup' +-- +-- * 'mdsgrsStatus' +modifyDBSubnetGroupResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'mdsgrsStatus' + -> ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse +modifyDBSubnetGroupResponse pStatus_ = + ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse' + { _mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = Nothing + , _mdsgrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "ModifyDBSubnetGroup" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) +mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = lens _mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_mdsgrsDBSubnetGroup = a}); -instance FromXML ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse where - parseXML = withElement "ModifyDBSubnetGroupResult" $ \x -> ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse - <$> x .@? "DBSubnetGroup" +-- | The response status code. +mdsgrsStatus :: Lens' ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse Int +mdsgrsStatus = lens _mdsgrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_mdsgrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyEventSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyEventSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyEventSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyEventSubscription.hs @@ -1,167 +1,187 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you +-- Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you -- cannot modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source --- identifiers for a subscription, use the 'AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription' and 'RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription' calls. +-- identifiers for a subscription, use the +-- AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and +-- RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription calls. -- --- You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories --- action. +-- You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the +-- +-- topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the +-- __DescribeEventCategories__ action. -- --- +-- /See:/ for ModifyEventSubscription. module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyEventSubscription ( - -- * Request - ModifyEventSubscription - -- ** Request constructor - , modifyEventSubscription - -- ** Request lenses + -- * Creating a Request + modifyEventSubscription + , ModifyEventSubscription + -- * Request Lenses + , mesSNSTopicARN , mesEnabled - , mesEventCategories - , mesSnsTopicArn , mesSourceType + , mesEventCategories , mesSubscriptionName - -- * Response - , ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , modifyEventSubscriptionResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , mesrEventSubscription + , ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , mesrsEventSubscription + , mesrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data ModifyEventSubscription = ModifyEventSubscription - { _mesEnabled :: Maybe Bool - , _mesEventCategories :: List "member" Text - , _mesSnsTopicArn :: Maybe Text - , _mesSourceType :: Maybe Text - , _mesSubscriptionName :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'ModifyEventSubscription' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'modifyEventSubscription' smart constructor. +data ModifyEventSubscription = ModifyEventSubscription' + { _mesSNSTopicARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mesEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mesSourceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _mesEventCategories :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _mesSubscriptionName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyEventSubscription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'mesEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mesEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] +-- * 'mesSNSTopicARN' -- --- * 'mesSnsTopicArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mesEnabled' -- --- * 'mesSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'mesSourceType' -- --- * 'mesSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'mesEventCategories' -- -modifyEventSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'mesSubscriptionName' - -> ModifyEventSubscription -modifyEventSubscription p1 = ModifyEventSubscription - { _mesSubscriptionName = p1 - , _mesSnsTopicArn = Nothing - , _mesSourceType = Nothing - , _mesEventCategories = mempty - , _mesEnabled = Nothing +-- * 'mesSubscriptionName' +modifyEventSubscription + :: Text -- ^ 'mesSubscriptionName' + -> ModifyEventSubscription +modifyEventSubscription pSubscriptionName_ = + ModifyEventSubscription' + { _mesSNSTopicARN = Nothing + , _mesEnabled = Nothing + , _mesSourceType = Nothing + , _mesEventCategories = Nothing + , _mesSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ } --- | A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription. -mesEnabled :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Bool) -mesEnabled = lens _mesEnabled (\s a -> s { _mesEnabled = a }) - --- | A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. --- You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the --- topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories --- action. -mesEventCategories :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription [Text] -mesEventCategories = - lens _mesEventCategories (\s a -> s { _mesEventCategories = a }) - . _List - -- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event --- notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and --- subscribe to it. -mesSnsTopicArn :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) -mesSnsTopicArn = lens _mesSnsTopicArn (\s a -> s { _mesSnsTopicArn = a }) +-- notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic +-- and subscribe to it. +mesSNSTopicARN :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) +mesSNSTopicARN = lens _mesSNSTopicARN (\ s a -> s{_mesSNSTopicARN = a}); --- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you --- want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this --- parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are --- returned. +-- | A Boolean value; set to __true__ to activate the subscription. +mesEnabled :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Bool) +mesEnabled = lens _mesEnabled (\ s a -> s{_mesEnabled = a}); + +-- | The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if +-- you want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would +-- set this parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all +-- events are returned. -- -- Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | -- db-snapshot mesSourceType :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription (Maybe Text) -mesSourceType = lens _mesSourceType (\s a -> s { _mesSourceType = a }) +mesSourceType = lens _mesSourceType (\ s a -> s{_mesSourceType = a}); +-- | A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe +-- to. You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the +-- +-- topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the +-- __DescribeEventCategories__ action. +mesEventCategories :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription [Text] +mesEventCategories = lens _mesEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_mesEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription. mesSubscriptionName :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscription Text -mesSubscriptionName = - lens _mesSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _mesSubscriptionName = a }) - -newtype ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse - { _mesrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +mesSubscriptionName = lens _mesSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_mesSubscriptionName = a}); --- | 'ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'mesrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' --- -modifyEventSubscriptionResponse :: ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse -modifyEventSubscriptionResponse = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse - { _mesrEventSubscription = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest ModifyEventSubscription where + type Sv ModifyEventSubscription = RDS + type Rs ModifyEventSubscription = + ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "ModifyEventSubscriptionResult" + (\ s h x -> + ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse' <$> + (x .@? "EventSubscription") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -mesrEventSubscription :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) -mesrEventSubscription = - lens _mesrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _mesrEventSubscription = a }) +instance ToHeaders ModifyEventSubscription where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath ModifyEventSubscription where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery ModifyEventSubscription where - toQuery ModifyEventSubscription{..} = mconcat - [ "Enabled" =? _mesEnabled - , "EventCategories" =? _mesEventCategories - , "SnsTopicArn" =? _mesSnsTopicArn - , "SourceType" =? _mesSourceType - , "SubscriptionName" =? _mesSubscriptionName - ] + toQuery ModifyEventSubscription'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("ModifyEventSubscription" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "SnsTopicArn" =: _mesSNSTopicARN, + "Enabled" =: _mesEnabled, + "SourceType" =: _mesSourceType, + "EventCategories" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "EventCategory" <$> + _mesEventCategories), + "SubscriptionName" =: _mesSubscriptionName] -instance ToHeaders ModifyEventSubscription +-- | /See:/ 'modifyEventSubscriptionResponse' smart constructor. +data ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse' + { _mesrsEventSubscription :: !(Maybe EventSubscription) + , _mesrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest ModifyEventSubscription where - type Sv ModifyEventSubscription = RDS - type Rs ModifyEventSubscription = ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'mesrsEventSubscription' +-- +-- * 'mesrsStatus' +modifyEventSubscriptionResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'mesrsStatus' + -> ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse +modifyEventSubscriptionResponse pStatus_ = + ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse' + { _mesrsEventSubscription = Nothing + , _mesrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "ModifyEventSubscription" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +mesrsEventSubscription :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +mesrsEventSubscription = lens _mesrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_mesrsEventSubscription = a}); -instance FromXML ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse where - parseXML = withElement "ModifyEventSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse - <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" +-- | The response status code. +mesrsStatus :: Lens' ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse Int +mesrsStatus = lens _mesrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_mesrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyOptionGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyOptionGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyOptionGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ModifyOptionGroup.hs @@ -1,149 +1,165 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Modifies an existing option group. +-- Modifies an existing option group. -- --- +-- /See:/ for ModifyOptionGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.ModifyOptionGroup ( - -- * Request - ModifyOptionGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , modifyOptionGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , mogApplyImmediately - , mogOptionGroupName + -- * Creating a Request + modifyOptionGroup + , ModifyOptionGroup + -- * Request Lenses , mogOptionsToInclude , mogOptionsToRemove + , mogApplyImmediately + , mogOptionGroupName - -- * Response - , ModifyOptionGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , modifyOptionGroupResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , mogrOptionGroup + , ModifyOptionGroupResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , mogrsOptionGroup + , mogrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data ModifyOptionGroup = ModifyOptionGroup - { _mogApplyImmediately :: Maybe Bool - , _mogOptionGroupName :: Text - , _mogOptionsToInclude :: List "member" OptionConfiguration - , _mogOptionsToRemove :: List "member" Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'ModifyOptionGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'modifyOptionGroup' smart constructor. +data ModifyOptionGroup = ModifyOptionGroup' + { _mogOptionsToInclude :: !(Maybe [OptionConfiguration]) + , _mogOptionsToRemove :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _mogApplyImmediately :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _mogOptionGroupName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyOptionGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'mogApplyImmediately' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mogOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'mogOptionsToInclude' -- --- * 'mogOptionsToInclude' @::@ ['OptionConfiguration'] +-- * 'mogOptionsToRemove' -- --- * 'mogOptionsToRemove' @::@ ['Text'] +-- * 'mogApplyImmediately' -- -modifyOptionGroup :: Text -- ^ 'mogOptionGroupName' - -> ModifyOptionGroup -modifyOptionGroup p1 = ModifyOptionGroup - { _mogOptionGroupName = p1 - , _mogOptionsToInclude = mempty - , _mogOptionsToRemove = mempty +-- * 'mogOptionGroupName' +modifyOptionGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'mogOptionGroupName' + -> ModifyOptionGroup +modifyOptionGroup pOptionGroupName_ = + ModifyOptionGroup' + { _mogOptionsToInclude = Nothing + , _mogOptionsToRemove = Nothing , _mogApplyImmediately = Nothing + , _mogOptionGroupName = pOptionGroupName_ } --- | Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during the --- next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option group. -mogApplyImmediately :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup (Maybe Bool) -mogApplyImmediately = - lens _mogApplyImmediately (\s a -> s { _mogApplyImmediately = a }) - --- | The name of the option group to be modified. --- --- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, --- cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be --- removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance -mogOptionGroupName :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup Text -mogOptionGroupName = - lens _mogOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _mogOptionGroupName = a }) - --- | Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present, --- the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration. +-- | Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already +-- present, the specified configuration is used to update the existing +-- configuration. mogOptionsToInclude :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup [OptionConfiguration] -mogOptionsToInclude = - lens _mogOptionsToInclude (\s a -> s { _mogOptionsToInclude = a }) - . _List +mogOptionsToInclude = lens _mogOptionsToInclude (\ s a -> s{_mogOptionsToInclude = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -- | Options in this list are removed from the option group. mogOptionsToRemove :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup [Text] -mogOptionsToRemove = - lens _mogOptionsToRemove (\s a -> s { _mogOptionsToRemove = a }) - . _List +mogOptionsToRemove = lens _mogOptionsToRemove (\ s a -> s{_mogOptionsToRemove = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; -newtype ModifyOptionGroupResponse = ModifyOptionGroupResponse - { _mogrOptionGroup :: Maybe OptionGroup - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during +-- the next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option +-- group. +mogApplyImmediately :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup (Maybe Bool) +mogApplyImmediately = lens _mogApplyImmediately (\ s a -> s{_mogApplyImmediately = a}); --- | 'ModifyOptionGroupResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'mogrOptionGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'OptionGroup' +-- | The name of the option group to be modified. -- -modifyOptionGroupResponse :: ModifyOptionGroupResponse -modifyOptionGroupResponse = ModifyOptionGroupResponse - { _mogrOptionGroup = Nothing - } +-- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security +-- TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group +-- cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB +-- instance +mogOptionGroupName :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroup Text +mogOptionGroupName = lens _mogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_mogOptionGroupName = a}); -mogrOptionGroup :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) -mogrOptionGroup = lens _mogrOptionGroup (\s a -> s { _mogrOptionGroup = a }) +instance AWSRequest ModifyOptionGroup where + type Sv ModifyOptionGroup = RDS + type Rs ModifyOptionGroup = ModifyOptionGroupResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "ModifyOptionGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> + ModifyOptionGroupResponse' <$> + (x .@? "OptionGroup") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders ModifyOptionGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath ModifyOptionGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery ModifyOptionGroup where - toQuery ModifyOptionGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "ApplyImmediately" =? _mogApplyImmediately - , "OptionGroupName" =? _mogOptionGroupName - , "OptionsToInclude" =? _mogOptionsToInclude - , "OptionsToRemove" =? _mogOptionsToRemove - ] + toQuery ModifyOptionGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("ModifyOptionGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "OptionsToInclude" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "OptionConfiguration" <$> + _mogOptionsToInclude), + "OptionsToRemove" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "member" <$> _mogOptionsToRemove), + "ApplyImmediately" =: _mogApplyImmediately, + "OptionGroupName" =: _mogOptionGroupName] -instance ToHeaders ModifyOptionGroup +-- | /See:/ 'modifyOptionGroupResponse' smart constructor. +data ModifyOptionGroupResponse = ModifyOptionGroupResponse' + { _mogrsOptionGroup :: !(Maybe OptionGroup) + , _mogrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest ModifyOptionGroup where - type Sv ModifyOptionGroup = RDS - type Rs ModifyOptionGroup = ModifyOptionGroupResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'ModifyOptionGroupResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'mogrsOptionGroup' +-- +-- * 'mogrsStatus' +modifyOptionGroupResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'mogrsStatus' + -> ModifyOptionGroupResponse +modifyOptionGroupResponse pStatus_ = + ModifyOptionGroupResponse' + { _mogrsOptionGroup = Nothing + , _mogrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "ModifyOptionGroup" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +mogrsOptionGroup :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroupResponse (Maybe OptionGroup) +mogrsOptionGroup = lens _mogrsOptionGroup (\ s a -> s{_mogrsOptionGroup = a}); -instance FromXML ModifyOptionGroupResponse where - parseXML = withElement "ModifyOptionGroupResult" $ \x -> ModifyOptionGroupResponse - <$> x .@? "OptionGroup" +-- | The response status code. +mogrsStatus :: Lens' ModifyOptionGroupResponse Int +mogrsStatus = lens _mogrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_mogrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplica.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplica.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplica.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PromoteReadReplica.hs @@ -1,163 +1,178 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Promotes a Read Replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance. --- --- We recommend that you enable automated backups on your Read Replica before --- promoting the Read Replica. This ensures that no backup is taken during the --- promotion process. Once the instance is promoted to a primary instance, --- backups are taken based on your backup settings. --- +-- Promotes a Read Replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance. -- +-- We recommend that you enable automated backups on your Read Replica +-- before promoting the Read Replica. This ensures that no backup is taken +-- during the promotion process. Once the instance is promoted to a primary +-- instance, backups are taken based on your backup settings. -- --- +-- /See:/ for PromoteReadReplica. module Network.AWS.RDS.PromoteReadReplica ( - -- * Request - PromoteReadReplica - -- ** Request constructor - , promoteReadReplica - -- ** Request lenses + -- * Creating a Request + promoteReadReplica + , PromoteReadReplica + -- * Request Lenses + , prrPreferredBackupWindow , prrBackupRetentionPeriod , prrDBInstanceIdentifier - , prrPreferredBackupWindow - -- * Response - , PromoteReadReplicaResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , promoteReadReplicaResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , prrrDBInstance + , PromoteReadReplicaResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , prrrsDBInstance + , prrrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data PromoteReadReplica = PromoteReadReplica - { _prrBackupRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int - , _prrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _prrPreferredBackupWindow :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'PromoteReadReplica' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'promoteReadReplica' smart constructor. +data PromoteReadReplica = PromoteReadReplica' + { _prrPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _prrBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _prrDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PromoteReadReplica' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'prrBackupRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'prrDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'prrPreferredBackupWindow' -- --- * 'prrPreferredBackupWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'prrBackupRetentionPeriod' -- -promoteReadReplica :: Text -- ^ 'prrDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> PromoteReadReplica -promoteReadReplica p1 = PromoteReadReplica - { _prrDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 +-- * 'prrDBInstanceIdentifier' +promoteReadReplica + :: Text -- ^ 'prrDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> PromoteReadReplica +promoteReadReplica pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = + PromoteReadReplica' + { _prrPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing , _prrBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _prrPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _prrDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ } --- | The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to a --- positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables --- automated backups. +-- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if +-- automated backups are enabled, using the 'BackupRetentionPeriod' +-- parameter. -- +-- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of +-- time per region. To see the time blocks available, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be in the format 'hh24:mi-hh24:mi'. +-- - Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +-- - Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. +-- - Must be at least 30 minutes. +prrPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' PromoteReadReplica (Maybe Text) +prrPreferredBackupWindow = lens _prrPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_prrPreferredBackupWindow = a}); + +-- | The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter +-- to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 +-- disables automated backups. +-- -- Default: 1 -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must be a value from 0 to 8 +-- - Must be a value from 0 to 8 prrBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' PromoteReadReplica (Maybe Int) -prrBackupRetentionPeriod = - lens _prrBackupRetentionPeriod - (\s a -> s { _prrBackupRetentionPeriod = a }) +prrBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _prrBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_prrBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); -- | The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must be the identifier for an existing Read Replica DB instance Must --- contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must --- be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens Example: --- mydbinstance -prrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' PromoteReadReplica Text -prrDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _prrDBInstanceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _prrDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated --- backups are enabled, using the 'BackupRetentionPeriod' parameter. --- --- Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time --- per region. See the Amazon RDS User Guide for the time blocks for each region --- from which the default backup windows are assigned. +-- - Must be the identifier for an existing Read Replica DB instance +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens -- --- Constraints: Must be in the format 'hh24:mi-hh24:mi'. Times should be --- Universal Time Coordinated (UTC). Must not conflict with the preferred --- maintenance window. Must be at least 30 minutes. -prrPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' PromoteReadReplica (Maybe Text) -prrPreferredBackupWindow = - lens _prrPreferredBackupWindow - (\s a -> s { _prrPreferredBackupWindow = a }) - -newtype PromoteReadReplicaResponse = PromoteReadReplicaResponse - { _prrrDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- Example: mydbinstance +prrDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' PromoteReadReplica Text +prrDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _prrDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_prrDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); --- | 'PromoteReadReplicaResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'prrrDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' --- -promoteReadReplicaResponse :: PromoteReadReplicaResponse -promoteReadReplicaResponse = PromoteReadReplicaResponse - { _prrrDBInstance = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest PromoteReadReplica where + type Sv PromoteReadReplica = RDS + type Rs PromoteReadReplica = + PromoteReadReplicaResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "PromoteReadReplicaResult" + (\ s h x -> + PromoteReadReplicaResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstance") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -prrrDBInstance :: Lens' PromoteReadReplicaResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -prrrDBInstance = lens _prrrDBInstance (\s a -> s { _prrrDBInstance = a }) +instance ToHeaders PromoteReadReplica where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath PromoteReadReplica where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery PromoteReadReplica where - toQuery PromoteReadReplica{..} = mconcat - [ "BackupRetentionPeriod" =? _prrBackupRetentionPeriod - , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _prrDBInstanceIdentifier - , "PreferredBackupWindow" =? _prrPreferredBackupWindow - ] + toQuery PromoteReadReplica'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("PromoteReadReplica" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "PreferredBackupWindow" =: _prrPreferredBackupWindow, + "BackupRetentionPeriod" =: _prrBackupRetentionPeriod, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _prrDBInstanceIdentifier] -instance ToHeaders PromoteReadReplica +-- | /See:/ 'promoteReadReplicaResponse' smart constructor. +data PromoteReadReplicaResponse = PromoteReadReplicaResponse' + { _prrrsDBInstance :: !(Maybe DBInstance) + , _prrrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest PromoteReadReplica where - type Sv PromoteReadReplica = RDS - type Rs PromoteReadReplica = PromoteReadReplicaResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'PromoteReadReplicaResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'prrrsDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'prrrsStatus' +promoteReadReplicaResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'prrrsStatus' + -> PromoteReadReplicaResponse +promoteReadReplicaResponse pStatus_ = + PromoteReadReplicaResponse' + { _prrrsDBInstance = Nothing + , _prrrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "PromoteReadReplica" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +prrrsDBInstance :: Lens' PromoteReadReplicaResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +prrrsDBInstance = lens _prrrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_prrrsDBInstance = a}); -instance FromXML PromoteReadReplicaResponse where - parseXML = withElement "PromoteReadReplicaResult" $ \x -> PromoteReadReplicaResponse - <$> x .@? "DBInstance" +-- | The response status code. +prrrsStatus :: Lens' PromoteReadReplicaResponse Int +prrrsStatus = lens _prrrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_prrrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering.hs @@ -1,149 +1,166 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Purchases a reserved DB instance offering. +-- Purchases a reserved DB instance offering. -- --- +-- /See:/ for PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering. module Network.AWS.RDS.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering ( - -- * Request - PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering - -- ** Request constructor - , purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering - -- ** Request lenses - , prdbioDBInstanceCount - , prdbioReservedDBInstanceId - , prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - , prdbioTags + -- * Creating a Request + purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + , PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + -- * Request Lenses + , prdioDBInstanceCount + , prdioReservedDBInstanceId + , prdioTags + , prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - -- * Response - , PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , purchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , prdbiorReservedDBInstance + , PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , prdiorsReservedDBInstance + , prdiorsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering - { _prdbioDBInstanceCount :: Maybe Int - , _prdbioReservedDBInstanceId :: Maybe Text - , _prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Text - , _prdbioTags :: List "member" Tag - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering' smart constructor. +data PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering' + { _prdioDBInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _prdioReservedDBInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _prdioTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'prdbioDBInstanceCount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'prdbioReservedDBInstanceId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'prdioDBInstanceCount' -- --- * 'prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'prdioReservedDBInstanceId' -- --- * 'prdbioTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'prdioTags' -- -purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering :: Text -- ^ 'prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' - -> PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering -purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering p1 = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering - { _prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = p1 - , _prdbioReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing - , _prdbioDBInstanceCount = Nothing - , _prdbioTags = mempty +-- * 'prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' +purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + :: Text -- ^ 'prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' + -> PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering +purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering pReservedDBInstancesOfferingId_ = + PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering' + { _prdioDBInstanceCount = Nothing + , _prdioReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing + , _prdioTags = Nothing + , _prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = pReservedDBInstancesOfferingId_ } -- | The number of instances to reserve. -- -- Default: '1' -prdbioDBInstanceCount :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Int) -prdbioDBInstanceCount = - lens _prdbioDBInstanceCount (\s a -> s { _prdbioDBInstanceCount = a }) +prdioDBInstanceCount :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Int) +prdioDBInstanceCount = lens _prdioDBInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_prdioDBInstanceCount = a}); -- | Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation. -- -- Example: myreservationID -prdbioReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -prdbioReservedDBInstanceId = - lens _prdbioReservedDBInstanceId - (\s a -> s { _prdbioReservedDBInstanceId = a }) +prdioReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +prdioReservedDBInstanceId = lens _prdioReservedDBInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_prdioReservedDBInstanceId = a}); +-- | Undocumented member. +prdioTags :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering [Tag] +prdioTags = lens _prdioTags (\ s a -> s{_prdioTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase. -- -- Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 -prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering Text -prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = - lens _prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - (\s a -> s { _prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a }) +prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering Text +prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}); -prdbioTags :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering [Tag] -prdbioTags = lens _prdbioTags (\s a -> s { _prdbioTags = a }) . _List +instance AWSRequest + PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering where + type Sv PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = RDS + type Rs PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = + PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResult" + (\ s h x -> + PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse' <$> + (x .@? "ReservedDBInstance") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -newtype PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse - { _prdbiorReservedDBInstance :: Maybe ReservedDBInstance - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +instance ToHeaders + PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering where + toHeaders = const mempty --- | 'PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse' constructor. +instance ToPath PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering + where + toQuery PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering" :: + ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBInstanceCount" =: _prdioDBInstanceCount, + "ReservedDBInstanceId" =: _prdioReservedDBInstanceId, + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _prdioTags), + "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =: + _prdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId] + +-- | /See:/ 'purchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse' smart constructor. +data PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse' + { _prdiorsReservedDBInstance :: !(Maybe ReservedDBInstance) + , _prdiorsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'prdbiorReservedDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ReservedDBInstance' +-- * 'prdiorsReservedDBInstance' -- -purchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse :: PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse -purchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse - { _prdbiorReservedDBInstance = Nothing +-- * 'prdiorsStatus' +purchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'prdiorsStatus' + -> PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse +purchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse pStatus_ = + PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse' + { _prdiorsReservedDBInstance = Nothing + , _prdiorsStatus = pStatus_ } -prdbiorReservedDBInstance :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse (Maybe ReservedDBInstance) -prdbiorReservedDBInstance = - lens _prdbiorReservedDBInstance - (\s a -> s { _prdbiorReservedDBInstance = a }) - -instance ToPath PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering where - toPath = const "/" - -instance ToQuery PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering where - toQuery PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering{..} = mconcat - [ "DBInstanceCount" =? _prdbioDBInstanceCount - , "ReservedDBInstanceId" =? _prdbioReservedDBInstanceId - , "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =? _prdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - , "Tags" =? _prdbioTags - ] - -instance ToHeaders PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering - -instance AWSRequest PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering where - type Sv PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = RDS - type Rs PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse - - request = post "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +prdiorsReservedDBInstance :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse (Maybe ReservedDBInstance) +prdiorsReservedDBInstance = lens _prdiorsReservedDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_prdiorsReservedDBInstance = a}); -instance FromXML PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse where - parseXML = withElement "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResult" $ \x -> PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse - <$> x .@? "ReservedDBInstance" +-- | The response status code. +prdiorsStatus :: Lens' PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse Int +prdiorsStatus = lens _prdiorsStatus (\ s a -> s{_prdiorsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RebootDBInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RebootDBInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RebootDBInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RebootDBInstance.hs @@ -1,145 +1,158 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. A reboot also --- applies to the DB instance any modifications to the associated DB parameter --- group that were pending. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary --- outage of the instance, during which the DB instance status is set to --- rebooting. If the RDS instance is configured for MultiAZ, it is possible that --- the reboot will be conducted through a failover. An Amazon RDS event is --- created when the reboot is completed. +-- Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. A reboot +-- also applies to the DB instance any modifications to the associated DB +-- parameter group that were pending. Rebooting a DB instance results in a +-- momentary outage of the instance, during which the DB instance status is +-- set to rebooting. If the RDS instance is configured for MultiAZ, it is +-- possible that the reboot will be conducted through a failover. An Amazon +-- RDS event is created when the reboot is completed. -- -- If your DB instance is deployed in multiple Availability Zones, you can --- force a failover from one AZ to the other during the reboot. You might force --- a failover to test the availability of your DB instance deployment or to --- restore operations to the original AZ after a failover occurs. +-- force a failover from one AZ to the other during the reboot. You might +-- force a failover to test the availability of your DB instance deployment +-- or to restore operations to the original AZ after a failover occurs. -- --- The time required to reboot is a function of the specific database engine's --- crash recovery process. To improve the reboot time, we recommend that you --- reduce database activities as much as possible during the reboot process to --- reduce rollback activity for in-transit transactions. +-- The time required to reboot is a function of the specific database +-- engine\'s crash recovery process. To improve the reboot time, we +-- recommend that you reduce database activities as much as possible during +-- the reboot process to reduce rollback activity for in-transit +-- transactions. -- --- +-- /See:/ for RebootDBInstance. module Network.AWS.RDS.RebootDBInstance ( - -- * Request - RebootDBInstance - -- ** Request constructor - , rebootDBInstance - -- ** Request lenses - , rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier - , rdbiForceFailover + -- * Creating a Request + rebootDBInstance + , RebootDBInstance + -- * Request Lenses + , rdiForceFailover + , rdiDBInstanceIdentifier - -- * Response - , RebootDBInstanceResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , rebootDBInstanceResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , rdbirDBInstance + , RebootDBInstanceResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , rdirsDBInstance + , rdirsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data RebootDBInstance = RebootDBInstance - { _rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _rdbiForceFailover :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'RebootDBInstance' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'rebootDBInstance' smart constructor. +data RebootDBInstance = RebootDBInstance' + { _rdiForceFailover :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RebootDBInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rdbiForceFailover' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'rdiForceFailover' -- -rebootDBInstance :: Text -- ^ 'rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> RebootDBInstance -rebootDBInstance p1 = RebootDBInstance - { _rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 - , _rdbiForceFailover = Nothing +-- * 'rdiDBInstanceIdentifier' +rebootDBInstance + :: Text -- ^ 'rdiDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> RebootDBInstance +rebootDBInstance pDBInstanceIdentifier_ = + RebootDBInstance' + { _rdiForceFailover = Nothing + , _rdiDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ } --- | The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens -rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RebootDBInstance Text -rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - -- | When 'true', the reboot will be conducted through a MultiAZ failover. -- --- Constraint: You cannot specify 'true' if the instance is not configured for --- MultiAZ. -rdbiForceFailover :: Lens' RebootDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -rdbiForceFailover = - lens _rdbiForceFailover (\s a -> s { _rdbiForceFailover = a }) - -newtype RebootDBInstanceResponse = RebootDBInstanceResponse - { _rdbirDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- Constraint: You cannot specify 'true' if the instance is not configured +-- for MultiAZ. +rdiForceFailover :: Lens' RebootDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +rdiForceFailover = lens _rdiForceFailover (\ s a -> s{_rdiForceFailover = a}); --- | 'RebootDBInstanceResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- | The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase +-- string. -- --- * 'rdbirDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- Constraints: -- -rebootDBInstanceResponse :: RebootDBInstanceResponse -rebootDBInstanceResponse = RebootDBInstanceResponse - { _rdbirDBInstance = Nothing - } +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +rdiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RebootDBInstance Text +rdiDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rdiDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdiDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); -rdbirDBInstance :: Lens' RebootDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -rdbirDBInstance = lens _rdbirDBInstance (\s a -> s { _rdbirDBInstance = a }) +instance AWSRequest RebootDBInstance where + type Sv RebootDBInstance = RDS + type Rs RebootDBInstance = RebootDBInstanceResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "RebootDBInstanceResult" + (\ s h x -> + RebootDBInstanceResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstance") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders RebootDBInstance where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath RebootDBInstance where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery RebootDBInstance where - toQuery RebootDBInstance{..} = mconcat - [ "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _rdbiDBInstanceIdentifier - , "ForceFailover" =? _rdbiForceFailover - ] + toQuery RebootDBInstance'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("RebootDBInstance" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "ForceFailover" =: _rdiForceFailover, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: _rdiDBInstanceIdentifier] -instance ToHeaders RebootDBInstance +-- | /See:/ 'rebootDBInstanceResponse' smart constructor. +data RebootDBInstanceResponse = RebootDBInstanceResponse' + { _rdirsDBInstance :: !(Maybe DBInstance) + , _rdirsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest RebootDBInstance where - type Sv RebootDBInstance = RDS - type Rs RebootDBInstance = RebootDBInstanceResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'RebootDBInstanceResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdirsDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'rdirsStatus' +rebootDBInstanceResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'rdirsStatus' + -> RebootDBInstanceResponse +rebootDBInstanceResponse pStatus_ = + RebootDBInstanceResponse' + { _rdirsDBInstance = Nothing + , _rdirsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "RebootDBInstance" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +rdirsDBInstance :: Lens' RebootDBInstanceResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +rdirsDBInstance = lens _rdirsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_rdirsDBInstance = a}); -instance FromXML RebootDBInstanceResponse where - parseXML = withElement "RebootDBInstanceResult" $ \x -> RebootDBInstanceResponse - <$> x .@? "DBInstance" +-- | The response status code. +rdirsStatus :: Lens' RebootDBInstanceResponse Int +rdirsStatus = lens _rdirsStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdirsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription.hs @@ -1,124 +1,144 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification +-- Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification -- subscription. -- --- +-- /See:/ for RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription. module Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription ( - -- * Request - RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription - -- ** Request constructor - , removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription - -- ** Request lenses - , rsifsSourceIdentifier + -- * Creating a Request + removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + , RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + -- * Request Lenses , rsifsSubscriptionName + , rsifsSourceIdentifier - -- * Response - , RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , rsifsrEventSubscription + , RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , rsifsrsEventSubscription + , rsifsrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription - { _rsifsSourceIdentifier :: Text - , _rsifsSubscriptionName :: Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription' smart constructor. +data RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription' + { _rsifsSubscriptionName :: !Text + , _rsifsSourceIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'rsifsSourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rsifsSubscriptionName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'rsifsSubscriptionName' -- -removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'rsifsSubscriptionName' - -> Text -- ^ 'rsifsSourceIdentifier' - -> RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription -removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription p1 p2 = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription - { _rsifsSubscriptionName = p1 - , _rsifsSourceIdentifier = p2 +-- * 'rsifsSourceIdentifier' +removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription + :: Text -- ^ 'rsifsSubscriptionName' + -> Text -- ^ 'rsifsSourceIdentifier' + -> RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription +removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription pSubscriptionName_ pSourceIdentifier_ = + RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription' + { _rsifsSubscriptionName = pSubscriptionName_ + , _rsifsSourceIdentifier = pSourceIdentifier_ } --- | The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB --- instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group. -rsifsSourceIdentifier :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription Text -rsifsSourceIdentifier = - lens _rsifsSourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _rsifsSourceIdentifier = a }) - -- | The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a -- source identifier from. rsifsSubscriptionName :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription Text -rsifsSubscriptionName = - lens _rsifsSubscriptionName (\s a -> s { _rsifsSubscriptionName = a }) +rsifsSubscriptionName = lens _rsifsSubscriptionName (\ s a -> s{_rsifsSubscriptionName = a}); -newtype RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse - { _rsifsrEventSubscription :: Maybe EventSubscription - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the +-- __DB instance identifier__ for a DB instance or the name of a security +-- group. +rsifsSourceIdentifier :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription Text +rsifsSourceIdentifier = lens _rsifsSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rsifsSourceIdentifier = a}); --- | 'RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'rsifsrEventSubscription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'EventSubscription' --- -removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse :: RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse -removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse - { _rsifsrEventSubscription = Nothing - } +instance AWSRequest + RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription where + type Sv RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = RDS + type Rs RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = + RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResult" + (\ s h x -> + RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse' <$> + (x .@? "EventSubscription") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) -rsifsrEventSubscription :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) -rsifsrEventSubscription = - lens _rsifsrEventSubscription (\s a -> s { _rsifsrEventSubscription = a }) +instance ToHeaders + RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription where + toHeaders = const mempty -instance ToPath RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription where - toPath = const "/" +instance ToPath + RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription where + toPath = const "/" -instance ToQuery RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription where - toQuery RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription{..} = mconcat - [ "SourceIdentifier" =? _rsifsSourceIdentifier - , "SubscriptionName" =? _rsifsSubscriptionName - ] +instance ToQuery + RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription where + toQuery RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription" :: + ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "SubscriptionName" =: _rsifsSubscriptionName, + "SourceIdentifier" =: _rsifsSourceIdentifier] -instance ToHeaders RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription +-- | /See:/ 'removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse' smart constructor. +data RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse' + { _rsifsrsEventSubscription :: !(Maybe EventSubscription) + , _rsifsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription where - type Sv RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = RDS - type Rs RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rsifsrsEventSubscription' +-- +-- * 'rsifsrsStatus' +removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'rsifsrsStatus' + -> RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse +removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse pStatus_ = + RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse' + { _rsifsrsEventSubscription = Nothing + , _rsifsrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +rsifsrsEventSubscription :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse (Maybe EventSubscription) +rsifsrsEventSubscription = lens _rsifsrsEventSubscription (\ s a -> s{_rsifsrsEventSubscription = a}); -instance FromXML RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse where - parseXML = withElement "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResult" $ \x -> RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse - <$> x .@? "EventSubscription" +-- | The response status code. +rsifsrsStatus :: Lens' RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse Int +rsifsrsStatus = lens _rsifsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_rsifsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveTagsFromResource.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveTagsFromResource.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveTagsFromResource.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RemoveTagsFromResource.hs @@ -1,103 +1,113 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource. +-- Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource. -- --- For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see . +-- For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see +-- . -- --- +-- /See:/ for RemoveTagsFromResource. module Network.AWS.RDS.RemoveTagsFromResource ( - -- * Request - RemoveTagsFromResource - -- ** Request constructor - , removeTagsFromResource - -- ** Request lenses + -- * Creating a Request + removeTagsFromResource + , RemoveTagsFromResource + -- * Request Lenses , rtfrResourceName , rtfrTagKeys - -- * Response - , RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , removeTagsFromResourceResponse + , RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data RemoveTagsFromResource = RemoveTagsFromResource - { _rtfrResourceName :: Text - , _rtfrTagKeys :: List "member" Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'RemoveTagsFromResource' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'removeTagsFromResource' smart constructor. +data RemoveTagsFromResource = RemoveTagsFromResource' + { _rtfrResourceName :: !Text + , _rtfrTagKeys :: ![Text] + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RemoveTagsFromResource' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'rtfrResourceName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rtfrTagKeys' @::@ ['Text'] +-- * 'rtfrResourceName' -- -removeTagsFromResource :: Text -- ^ 'rtfrResourceName' - -> RemoveTagsFromResource -removeTagsFromResource p1 = RemoveTagsFromResource - { _rtfrResourceName = p1 - , _rtfrTagKeys = mempty +-- * 'rtfrTagKeys' +removeTagsFromResource + :: Text -- ^ 'rtfrResourceName' + -> RemoveTagsFromResource +removeTagsFromResource pResourceName_ = + RemoveTagsFromResource' + { _rtfrResourceName = pResourceName_ + , _rtfrTagKeys = mempty } -- | The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be removed from. This value is an --- Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see . +-- Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see +-- . rtfrResourceName :: Lens' RemoveTagsFromResource Text -rtfrResourceName = lens _rtfrResourceName (\s a -> s { _rtfrResourceName = a }) +rtfrResourceName = lens _rtfrResourceName (\ s a -> s{_rtfrResourceName = a}); -- | The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. rtfrTagKeys :: Lens' RemoveTagsFromResource [Text] -rtfrTagKeys = lens _rtfrTagKeys (\s a -> s { _rtfrTagKeys = a }) . _List +rtfrTagKeys = lens _rtfrTagKeys (\ s a -> s{_rtfrTagKeys = a}) . _Coerce; -data RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse = RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse - deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Generic) +instance AWSRequest RemoveTagsFromResource where + type Sv RemoveTagsFromResource = RDS + type Rs RemoveTagsFromResource = + RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveNull RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse' --- | 'RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse' constructor. -removeTagsFromResourceResponse :: RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse -removeTagsFromResourceResponse = RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse +instance ToHeaders RemoveTagsFromResource where + toHeaders = const mempty instance ToPath RemoveTagsFromResource where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery RemoveTagsFromResource where - toQuery RemoveTagsFromResource{..} = mconcat - [ "ResourceName" =? _rtfrResourceName - , "TagKeys" =? _rtfrTagKeys - ] - -instance ToHeaders RemoveTagsFromResource + toQuery RemoveTagsFromResource'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("RemoveTagsFromResource" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "ResourceName" =: _rtfrResourceName, + "TagKeys" =: toQueryList "member" _rtfrTagKeys] -instance AWSRequest RemoveTagsFromResource where - type Sv RemoveTagsFromResource = RDS - type Rs RemoveTagsFromResource = RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse +-- | /See:/ 'removeTagsFromResourceResponse' smart constructor. +data RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse = + RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse' + deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - request = post "RemoveTagsFromResource" - response = nullResponse RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +removeTagsFromResourceResponse + :: RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse +removeTagsFromResourceResponse = RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse' diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup.hs @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBClusterParameterGroup +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default +-- value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: +-- 'ParameterName' and 'ApplyMethod'. To reset the entire DB cluster +-- parameter group, specify the 'DBClusterParameterGroupName' and +-- 'ResetAllParameters' parameters. +-- +-- When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated +-- immediately and static parameters are set to 'pending-reboot' to take +-- effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You +-- must call RebootDBInstance for every DB instance in your DB cluster that +-- you want the updated static parameter to apply to. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for ResetDBClusterParameterGroup. +module Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBClusterParameterGroup + ( + -- * Creating a Request + resetDBClusterParameterGroup + , ResetDBClusterParameterGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , rdcpgResetAllParameters + , rdcpgParameters + , rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + , DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + -- * Response Lenses + , dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'resetDBClusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. +data ResetDBClusterParameterGroup = ResetDBClusterParameterGroup' + { _rdcpgResetAllParameters :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdcpgParameters :: !(Maybe [Parameter]) + , _rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ResetDBClusterParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdcpgResetAllParameters' +-- +-- * 'rdcpgParameters' +-- +-- * 'rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' +resetDBClusterParameterGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' + -> ResetDBClusterParameterGroup +resetDBClusterParameterGroup pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ = + ResetDBClusterParameterGroup' + { _rdcpgResetAllParameters = Nothing + , _rdcpgParameters = Nothing + , _rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = pDBClusterParameterGroupName_ + } + +-- | A value that is set to 'true' to reset all parameters in the DB cluster +-- parameter group to their default values, and 'false' otherwise. You +-- cannot use this parameter if there is a list of parameter names +-- specified for the 'Parameters' parameter. +rdcpgResetAllParameters :: Lens' ResetDBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Bool) +rdcpgResetAllParameters = lens _rdcpgResetAllParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdcpgResetAllParameters = a}); + +-- | A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to +-- the default values. You cannot use this parameter if the +-- 'ResetAllParameters' parameter is set to 'true'. +rdcpgParameters :: Lens' ResetDBClusterParameterGroup [Parameter] +rdcpgParameters = lens _rdcpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdcpgParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset. +rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' ResetDBClusterParameterGroup Text +rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); + +instance AWSRequest ResetDBClusterParameterGroup + where + type Sv ResetDBClusterParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs ResetDBClusterParameterGroup = + DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> parseXML x) + +instance ToHeaders ResetDBClusterParameterGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath ResetDBClusterParameterGroup where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery ResetDBClusterParameterGroup where + toQuery ResetDBClusterParameterGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("ResetDBClusterParameterGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "ResetAllParameters" =: _rdcpgResetAllParameters, + "Parameters" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "Parameter" <$> _rdcpgParameters), + "DBClusterParameterGroupName" =: + _rdcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBParameterGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBParameterGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBParameterGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/ResetDBParameterGroup.hs @@ -1,158 +1,142 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default --- value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: 'ParameterName' and 'ApplyMethod'. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the 'DBParameterGroup' name and 'ResetAllParameters' parameters. When resetting the entire group, --- dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set to 'pending-reboot' to take effect on the next DB instance restart or 'RebootDBInstance' request. +-- Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine\/system +-- default value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the +-- following: 'ParameterName' and 'ApplyMethod'. To reset the entire DB +-- parameter group, specify the 'DBParameterGroup' name and +-- 'ResetAllParameters' parameters. When resetting the entire group, +-- dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set +-- to 'pending-reboot' to take effect on the next DB instance restart or +-- 'RebootDBInstance' request. -- --- +-- /See:/ for ResetDBParameterGroup. module Network.AWS.RDS.ResetDBParameterGroup ( - -- * Request - ResetDBParameterGroup - -- ** Request constructor - , resetDBParameterGroup - -- ** Request lenses - , rdbpgDBParameterGroupName - , rdbpgParameters - , rdbpgResetAllParameters + -- * Creating a Request + resetDBParameterGroup + , ResetDBParameterGroup + -- * Request Lenses + , rdpgResetAllParameters + , rdpgParameters + , rdpgDBParameterGroupName - -- * Response - , ResetDBParameterGroupResponse - -- ** Response constructor - , resetDBParameterGroupResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName + -- * Destructuring the Response + , dbParameterGroupNameMessage + , DBParameterGroupNameMessage + -- * Response Lenses + , dpgnmDBParameterGroupName ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data ResetDBParameterGroup = ResetDBParameterGroup - { _rdbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Text - , _rdbpgParameters :: List "member" Parameter - , _rdbpgResetAllParameters :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'ResetDBParameterGroup' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'resetDBParameterGroup' smart constructor. +data ResetDBParameterGroup = ResetDBParameterGroup' + { _rdpgResetAllParameters :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdpgParameters :: !(Maybe [Parameter]) + , _rdpgDBParameterGroupName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ResetDBParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'rdbpgDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rdbpgParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] +-- * 'rdpgResetAllParameters' -- --- * 'rdbpgResetAllParameters' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'rdpgParameters' -- -resetDBParameterGroup :: Text -- ^ 'rdbpgDBParameterGroupName' - -> ResetDBParameterGroup -resetDBParameterGroup p1 = ResetDBParameterGroup - { _rdbpgDBParameterGroupName = p1 - , _rdbpgResetAllParameters = Nothing - , _rdbpgParameters = mempty +-- * 'rdpgDBParameterGroupName' +resetDBParameterGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'rdpgDBParameterGroupName' + -> ResetDBParameterGroup +resetDBParameterGroup pDBParameterGroupName_ = + ResetDBParameterGroup' + { _rdpgResetAllParameters = Nothing + , _rdpgParameters = Nothing + , _rdpgDBParameterGroupName = pDBParameterGroupName_ } --- | The name of the DB parameter group. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- | Specifies whether ('true') or not ('false') to reset all parameters in +-- the DB parameter group to default values. -- -rdbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup Text -rdbpgDBParameterGroupName = - lens _rdbpgDBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _rdbpgDBParameterGroupName = a }) +-- Default: 'true' +rdpgResetAllParameters :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup (Maybe Bool) +rdpgResetAllParameters = lens _rdpgResetAllParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdpgResetAllParameters = a}); --- | An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter --- update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be --- supplied; subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters may --- be modified in a single request. +-- | An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the +-- parameter update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method +-- must be supplied; subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 +-- parameters can be modified in a single request. -- --- MySQL +-- __MySQL__ -- -- Valid Values (for Apply method): 'immediate' | 'pending-reboot' -- --- You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use --- the 'pending-reboot' value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes --- are applied when DB instance reboots. +-- You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can +-- use the 'pending-reboot' value for both dynamic and static parameters, +-- and changes are applied when DB instance reboots. -- --- Oracle +-- __Oracle__ -- -- Valid Values (for Apply method): 'pending-reboot' -rdbpgParameters :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup [Parameter] -rdbpgParameters = lens _rdbpgParameters (\s a -> s { _rdbpgParameters = a }) . _List - --- | Specifies whether ('true') or not ('false') to reset all parameters in the DB --- parameter group to default values. --- --- Default: 'true' -rdbpgResetAllParameters :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup (Maybe Bool) -rdbpgResetAllParameters = - lens _rdbpgResetAllParameters (\s a -> s { _rdbpgResetAllParameters = a }) - -newtype ResetDBParameterGroupResponse = ResetDBParameterGroupResponse - { _rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Monoid) +rdpgParameters :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup [Parameter] +rdpgParameters = lens _rdpgParameters (\ s a -> s{_rdpgParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | 'ResetDBParameterGroupResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- | The name of the DB parameter group. -- --- * 'rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Constraints: -- -resetDBParameterGroupResponse :: ResetDBParameterGroupResponse -resetDBParameterGroupResponse = ResetDBParameterGroupResponse - { _rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - } +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +rdpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroup Text +rdpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _rdpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); --- | The name of the DB parameter group. -rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' ResetDBParameterGroupResponse (Maybe Text) -rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = - lens _rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _rdbpgrDBParameterGroupName = a }) +instance AWSRequest ResetDBParameterGroup where + type Sv ResetDBParameterGroup = RDS + type Rs ResetDBParameterGroup = + DBParameterGroupNameMessage + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper "ResetDBParameterGroupResult" + (\ s h x -> parseXML x) +instance ToHeaders ResetDBParameterGroup where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath ResetDBParameterGroup where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery ResetDBParameterGroup where - toQuery ResetDBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _rdbpgDBParameterGroupName - , "Parameters" =? _rdbpgParameters - , "ResetAllParameters" =? _rdbpgResetAllParameters - ] - -instance ToHeaders ResetDBParameterGroup - -instance AWSRequest ResetDBParameterGroup where - type Sv ResetDBParameterGroup = RDS - type Rs ResetDBParameterGroup = ResetDBParameterGroupResponse - - request = post "ResetDBParameterGroup" - response = xmlResponse - -instance FromXML ResetDBParameterGroupResponse where - parseXML = withElement "ResetDBParameterGroupResult" $ \x -> ResetDBParameterGroupResponse - <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupName" + toQuery ResetDBParameterGroup'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("ResetDBParameterGroup" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "ResetAllParameters" =: _rdpgResetAllParameters, + "Parameters" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "Parameter" <$> _rdpgParameters), + "DBParameterGroupName" =: _rdpgDBParameterGroupName] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot.hs @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Creates a new DB cluster from a DB cluster snapshot. The target DB +-- cluster is created from the source DB cluster restore point with the +-- same configuration as the original source DB cluster, except that the +-- new DB cluster is created with the default security group. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot. +module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot + ( + -- * Creating a Request + restoreDBClusterFromSnapshot + , RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot + -- * Request Lenses + , rdcfsEngineVersion + , rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName + , rdcfsAvailabilityZones + , rdcfsDatabaseName + , rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds + , rdcfsOptionGroupName + , rdcfsTags + , rdcfsPort + , rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier + , rdcfsSnapshotIdentifier + , rdcfsEngine + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , restoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse + , RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , rdcfsrsDBCluster + , rdcfsrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'restoreDBClusterFromSnapshot' smart constructor. +data RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot' + { _rdcfsEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdcfsAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rdcfsDatabaseName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rdcfsOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdcfsTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _rdcfsPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier :: !Text + , _rdcfsSnapshotIdentifier :: !Text + , _rdcfsEngine :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdcfsEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName' +-- +-- * 'rdcfsAvailabilityZones' +-- +-- * 'rdcfsDatabaseName' +-- +-- * 'rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds' +-- +-- * 'rdcfsOptionGroupName' +-- +-- * 'rdcfsTags' +-- +-- * 'rdcfsPort' +-- +-- * 'rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'rdcfsSnapshotIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'rdcfsEngine' +restoreDBClusterFromSnapshot + :: Text -- ^ 'rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdcfsSnapshotIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdcfsEngine' + -> RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot +restoreDBClusterFromSnapshot pDBClusterIdentifier_ pSnapshotIdentifier_ pEngine_ = + RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot' + { _rdcfsEngineVersion = Nothing + , _rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rdcfsAvailabilityZones = Nothing + , _rdcfsDatabaseName = Nothing + , _rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _rdcfsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rdcfsTags = Nothing + , _rdcfsPort = Nothing + , _rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + , _rdcfsSnapshotIdentifier = pSnapshotIdentifier_ + , _rdcfsEngine = pEngine_ + } + +-- | The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. +rdcfsEngineVersion :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdcfsEngineVersion = lens _rdcfsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster. +rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName = a}); + +-- | Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the +-- restored DB cluster can be created in. +rdcfsAvailabilityZones :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot [Text] +rdcfsAvailabilityZones = lens _rdcfsAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The database name for the restored DB cluster. +rdcfsDatabaseName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdcfsDatabaseName = lens _rdcfsDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsDatabaseName = a}); + +-- | A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to. +rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot [Text] +rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster. +rdcfsOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdcfsOptionGroupName = lens _rdcfsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsOptionGroupName = a}); + +-- | The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster. +rdcfsTags :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot [Tag] +rdcfsTags = lens _rdcfsTags (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. +-- +-- Constraints: Value must be '1150-65535' +-- +-- Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. +rdcfsPort :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot (Maybe Int) +rdcfsPort = lens _rdcfsPort (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsPort = a}); + +-- | The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB cluster snapshot. This +-- parameter isn\'t case-sensitive. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- +-- Example: 'my-snapshot-id' +rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot Text +rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to restore from. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +rdcfsSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot Text +rdcfsSnapshotIdentifier = lens _rdcfsSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsSnapshotIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The database engine to use for the new DB cluster. +-- +-- Default: The same as source +-- +-- Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source +rdcfsEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot Text +rdcfsEngine = lens _rdcfsEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsEngine = a}); + +instance AWSRequest RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot + where + type Sv RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = RDS + type Rs RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = + RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResult" + (\ s h x -> + RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBCluster") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot where + toQuery RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "EngineVersion" =: _rdcfsEngineVersion, + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _rdcfsDBSubnetGroupName, + "AvailabilityZones" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "AvailabilityZone" <$> + _rdcfsAvailabilityZones), + "DatabaseName" =: _rdcfsDatabaseName, + "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> + _rdcfsVPCSecurityGroupIds), + "OptionGroupName" =: _rdcfsOptionGroupName, + "Tags" =: toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _rdcfsTags), + "Port" =: _rdcfsPort, + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _rdcfsDBClusterIdentifier, + "SnapshotIdentifier" =: _rdcfsSnapshotIdentifier, + "Engine" =: _rdcfsEngine] + +-- | /See:/ 'restoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse' smart constructor. +data RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse = RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse' + { _rdcfsrsDBCluster :: !(Maybe DBCluster) + , _rdcfsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdcfsrsDBCluster' +-- +-- * 'rdcfsrsStatus' +restoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'rdcfsrsStatus' + -> RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse +restoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse pStatus_ = + RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse' + { _rdcfsrsDBCluster = Nothing + , _rdcfsrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +rdcfsrsDBCluster :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBCluster) +rdcfsrsDBCluster = lens _rdcfsrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsrsDBCluster = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +rdcfsrsStatus :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse Int +rdcfsrsStatus = lens _rdcfsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdcfsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime.hs @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore +-- to any point in time before 'LatestRestorableTime' for up to +-- 'BackupRetentionPeriod' days. The target DB cluster is created from the +-- source DB cluster with the same configuration as the original DB +-- cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default DB +-- security group. +-- +-- For more information on Amazon Aurora, see +-- +-- in the /Amazon RDS User Guide./ +-- +-- /See:/ for RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime. +module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime + ( + -- * Creating a Request + restoreDBClusterToPointInTime + , RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime + -- * Request Lenses + , rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime + , rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName + , rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds + , rdctpitOptionGroupName + , rdctpitRestoreToTime + , rdctpitTags + , rdctpitPort + , rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier + , rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , restoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse + , RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , rdctpitrsDBCluster + , rdctpitrsStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'restoreDBClusterToPointInTime' smart constructor. +data RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime' + { _rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rdctpitOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdctpitRestoreToTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _rdctpitTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _rdctpitPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier :: !Text + , _rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime' +-- +-- * 'rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName' +-- +-- * 'rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds' +-- +-- * 'rdctpitOptionGroupName' +-- +-- * 'rdctpitRestoreToTime' +-- +-- * 'rdctpitTags' +-- +-- * 'rdctpitPort' +-- +-- * 'rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier' +restoreDBClusterToPointInTime + :: Text -- ^ 'rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier' + -> RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime +restoreDBClusterToPointInTime pDBClusterIdentifier_ pSourceDBClusterIdentifier_ = + RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime' + { _rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _rdctpitOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rdctpitRestoreToTime = Nothing + , _rdctpitTags = Nothing + , _rdctpitPort = Nothing + , _rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier = pDBClusterIdentifier_ + , _rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier = pSourceDBClusterIdentifier_ + } + +-- | A value that is set to 'true' to restore the DB cluster to the latest +-- restorable backup time, and 'false' otherwise. +-- +-- Default: 'false' +-- +-- Constraints: Cannot be specified if 'RestoreToTime' parameter is +-- provided. +rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) +rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime = lens _rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime = a}); + +-- | The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster. +rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName = a}); + +-- | A lst of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to. +rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime [Text] +rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the option group for the new DB cluster. +rdctpitOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rdctpitOptionGroupName = lens _rdctpitOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitOptionGroupName = a}); + +-- | The date and time to restore the DB cluster to. +-- +-- Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) +-- format +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance +-- - Cannot be specified if 'UseLatestRestorableTime' parameter is true +-- +-- Example: '2015-03-07T23:45:00Z' +rdctpitRestoreToTime :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe UTCTime) +rdctpitRestoreToTime = lens _rdctpitRestoreToTime (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitRestoreToTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Undocumented member. +rdctpitTags :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime [Tag] +rdctpitTags = lens _rdctpitTags (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. +-- +-- Constraints: Value must be '1150-65535' +-- +-- Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. +rdctpitPort :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime (Maybe Int) +rdctpitPort = lens _rdctpitPort (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitPort = a}); + +-- | The name of the new DB cluster to be created. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime Text +rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be the identifier of an existing database instance +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime Text +rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier = lens _rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +instance AWSRequest RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime + where + type Sv RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = RDS + type Rs RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = + RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResult" + (\ s h x -> + RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBCluster") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime + where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime where + toQuery RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "UseLatestRestorableTime" =: + _rdctpitUseLatestRestorableTime, + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _rdctpitDBSubnetGroupName, + "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> + _rdctpitVPCSecurityGroupIds), + "OptionGroupName" =: _rdctpitOptionGroupName, + "RestoreToTime" =: _rdctpitRestoreToTime, + "Tags" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _rdctpitTags), + "Port" =: _rdctpitPort, + "DBClusterIdentifier" =: _rdctpitDBClusterIdentifier, + "SourceDBClusterIdentifier" =: + _rdctpitSourceDBClusterIdentifier] + +-- | /See:/ 'restoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse' smart constructor. +data RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse = RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse' + { _rdctpitrsDBCluster :: !(Maybe DBCluster) + , _rdctpitrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdctpitrsDBCluster' +-- +-- * 'rdctpitrsStatus' +restoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'rdctpitrsStatus' + -> RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse +restoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse pStatus_ = + RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse' + { _rdctpitrsDBCluster = Nothing + , _rdctpitrsStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +rdctpitrsDBCluster :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse (Maybe DBCluster) +rdctpitrsDBCluster = lens _rdctpitrsDBCluster (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitrsDBCluster = a}); + +-- | The response status code. +rdctpitrsStatus :: Lens' RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse Int +rdctpitrsStatus = lens _rdctpitrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdctpitrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot.hs @@ -1,231 +1,247 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created --- from the source database restore point with the same configuration as the --- original source database, except that the new RDS instance is created with --- the default security group. +-- Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is +-- created from the source database restore point with the most of original +-- configuration, but in a system chosen availability zone with the default +-- security group, the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter +-- group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ +-- deployment except when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an +-- option group that is associated with mirroring; in this case, the +-- instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment and not a single-AZ +-- deployment. -- -- If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, --- restored DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call --- the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. RDS does not allow two DB --- instances with the same name. Once you have renamed your original DB instance --- with a different identifier, then you can pass the original name of the DB --- instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier in the call to the --- RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is that you will replace --- the original DB instance with the DB instance created from the snapshot. +-- restored DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you +-- call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. RDS does not allow two +-- DB instances with the same name. Once you have renamed your original DB +-- instance with a different identifier, then you can pass the original +-- name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier in the call to the +-- RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is that you will +-- replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from the +-- snapshot. -- --- +-- /See:/ for RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot. module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot ( - -- * Request - RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot - -- ** Request constructor - , restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot - -- ** Request lenses - , rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone - , rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass - , rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier - , rdbifdbsDBName - , rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier - , rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName - , rdbifdbsEngine - , rdbifdbsIops - , rdbifdbsLicenseModel - , rdbifdbsMultiAZ - , rdbifdbsOptionGroupName - , rdbifdbsPort - , rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible - , rdbifdbsStorageType - , rdbifdbsTags - , rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn - , rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword + -- * Creating a Request + restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + , RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + -- * Request Lenses + , rdifdsDBSecurityGroups + , rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , rdifdsPubliclyAccessible + , rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName + , rdifdsIOPS + , rdifdsDomain + , rdifdsEngine + , rdifdsTDECredentialPassword + , rdifdsDBInstanceClass + , rdifdsLicenseModel + , rdifdsAvailabilityZone + , rdifdsVPCSecurityGroupIds + , rdifdsMultiAZ + , rdifdsTDECredentialARN + , rdifdsOptionGroupName + , rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot + , rdifdsDBName + , rdifdsTags + , rdifdsPort + , rdifdsStorageType + , rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier + , rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier - -- * Response - , RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , rdbifdbsrDBInstance + , RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , rdifdsrsDBInstance + , rdifdsrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response -data RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot - { _rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool - , _rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text - , _rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _rdbifdbsDBName :: Maybe Text - , _rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Text - , _rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _rdbifdbsEngine :: Maybe Text - , _rdbifdbsIops :: Maybe Int - , _rdbifdbsLicenseModel :: Maybe Text - , _rdbifdbsMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool - , _rdbifdbsOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _rdbifdbsPort :: Maybe Int - , _rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool - , _rdbifdbsStorageType :: Maybe Text - , _rdbifdbsTags :: List "member" Tag - , _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text - , _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot' smart constructor. +data RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot' + { _rdifdsDBSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdifdsPubliclyAccessible :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rdifdsDomain :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsTDECredentialPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rdifdsMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdifdsTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdifdsDBName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _rdifdsPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rdifdsStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + , _rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) --- | 'RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot' constructor. +-- | Creates a value of 'RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'rdifdsDBSecurityGroups' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsPubliclyAccessible' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsDBName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsIOPS' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsDomain' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsEngine' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsTDECredentialPassword' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'rdifdsDBInstanceClass' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsLicenseModel' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'rdifdsAvailabilityZone' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsVPCSecurityGroupIds' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'rdifdsMultiAZ' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'rdifdsTDECredentialARN' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsOptionGroupName' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsDBName' -- --- * 'rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdifdsTags' -- -restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> Text -- ^ 'rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' - -> RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot -restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot p1 p2 = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot - { _rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 - , _rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = p2 - , _rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsPort = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsMultiAZ = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsLicenseModel = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsDBName = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsEngine = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsIops = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsTags = mempty - , _rdbifdbsStorageType = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn = Nothing - , _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the --- DB instance during the maintenance window. -rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = - lens _rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) - --- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. +-- * 'rdifdsPort' -- --- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. +-- * 'rdifdsStorageType' -- --- Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ --- parameter is set to 'true'. +-- * 'rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier' -- --- Example: 'us-east-1a' -rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone = - lens _rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone - (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone = a }) +-- * 'rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier' +restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + :: Text -- ^ 'rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier' + -> RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot +restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot pDBInstanceIdentifier_ pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ = + RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot' + { _rdifdsDBSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _rdifdsPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rdifdsIOPS = Nothing + , _rdifdsDomain = Nothing + , _rdifdsEngine = Nothing + , _rdifdsTDECredentialPassword = Nothing + , _rdifdsDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rdifdsLicenseModel = Nothing + , _rdifdsAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _rdifdsVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _rdifdsMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rdifdsTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _rdifdsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _rdifdsDBName = Nothing + , _rdifdsTags = Nothing + , _rdifdsPort = Nothing + , _rdifdsStorageType = Nothing + , _rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier = pDBInstanceIdentifier_ + , _rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = pDBSnapshotIdentifier_ + } --- | The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance. +-- | A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. -- --- Valid Values: 'db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large |db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large |db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge |db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium' -rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass = - lens _rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass = a }) +-- Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. +rdifdsDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot [Text] +rdifdsDBSecurityGroups = lens _rdifdsDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't --- case sensitive. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens Example: 'my-snapshot-id' -rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot Text -rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) +-- | Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to +-- the DB instance during the maintenance window. +rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); --- | The database name for the restored DB instance. +-- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true +-- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS +-- name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies +-- an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP +-- address. -- --- This parameter doesn't apply to the MySQL engine. +-- Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been +-- requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each +-- case. -- +-- - __Default VPC:__ true +-- - __VPC:__ false -- -rdbifdbsDBName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbifdbsDBName = lens _rdbifdbsDBName (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsDBName = a }) +-- If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the +-- PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be +-- publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as +-- part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, +-- the DB instance will be private. +rdifdsPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +rdifdsPubliclyAccessible = lens _rdifdsPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsPubliclyAccessible = a}); --- | The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from. +-- | The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. +rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName = a}); + +-- | Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed +-- in I\/O operations per second. If this parameter is not specified, the +-- IOPS value will be taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, +-- the new instance will be converted to a non-PIOPS instance, which will +-- take additional time, though your DB instance will be available for +-- connections before the conversion starts. -- --- Constraints: +-- Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. -- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens -rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot Text -rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = - lens _rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) +-- __SQL Server__ +-- +-- Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not +-- supported. +rdifdsIOPS :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +rdifdsIOPS = lens _rdifdsIOPS (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsIOPS = a}); --- | The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. -rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName = - lens _rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName - (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName = a }) +-- | Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. +rdifdsDomain :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdifdsDomain = lens _rdifdsDomain (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDomain = a}); -- | The database engine to use for the new instance. -- @@ -233,157 +249,215 @@ -- -- Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source -- --- Valid Values: 'MySQL' | 'oracle-se1' | 'oracle-se' | 'oracle-ee' | 'sqlserver-ee' | 'sqlserver-se' | 'sqlserver-ex' | 'sqlserver-web' | 'postgres' -rdbifdbsEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbifdbsEngine = lens _rdbifdbsEngine (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsEngine = a }) +-- Valid Values: 'MySQL' | 'oracle-se1' | 'oracle-se' | 'oracle-ee' | +-- 'sqlserver-ee' | 'sqlserver-se' | 'sqlserver-ex' | 'sqlserver-web' | +-- 'postgres' +rdifdsEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdifdsEngine = lens _rdifdsEngine (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsEngine = a}); --- | Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in --- I/O operations per second. If this parameter is not specified, the IOPS value --- will be taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new --- instance will be converted to a non-PIOPS instance, which will take --- additional time, though your DB instance will be available for connections --- before the conversion starts. --- --- Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. --- --- SQL Server +-- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the +-- device. +rdifdsTDECredentialPassword :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdifdsTDECredentialPassword = lens _rdifdsTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsTDECredentialPassword = a}); + +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance. -- --- Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. -rdbifdbsIops :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -rdbifdbsIops = lens _rdbifdbsIops (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsIops = a }) +-- Valid Values: +-- 'db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium' +rdifdsDBInstanceClass :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdifdsDBInstanceClass = lens _rdifdsDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBInstanceClass = a}); -- | License model information for the restored DB instance. -- -- Default: Same as source. -- --- Valid values: 'license-included' | 'bring-your-own-license' | 'general-public-license' -rdbifdbsLicenseModel :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbifdbsLicenseModel = - lens _rdbifdbsLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsLicenseModel = a }) +-- Valid values: 'license-included' | 'bring-your-own-license' | +-- 'general-public-license' +rdifdsLicenseModel :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdifdsLicenseModel = lens _rdifdsLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsLicenseModel = a}); +-- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. +-- +-- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. +-- +-- Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the +-- MultiAZ parameter is set to 'true'. +-- +-- Example: 'us-east-1a' +rdifdsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdifdsAvailabilityZone = lens _rdifdsAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. +-- +-- Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group\'s +-- VPC. +rdifdsVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot [Text] +rdifdsVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rdifdsVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. -- --- Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ --- parameter is set to 'true'. -rdbifdbsMultiAZ :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -rdbifdbsMultiAZ = lens _rdbifdbsMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsMultiAZ = a }) +-- Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the +-- MultiAZ parameter is set to 'true'. +rdifdsMultiAZ :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +rdifdsMultiAZ = lens _rdifdsMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsMultiAZ = a}); +-- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE +-- encryption. +rdifdsTDECredentialARN :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdifdsTDECredentialARN = lens _rdifdsTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsTDECredentialARN = a}); + -- | The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. -- --- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, --- cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be --- removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance -rdbifdbsOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbifdbsOptionGroupName = - lens _rdbifdbsOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsOptionGroupName = a }) +-- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security +-- TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group +-- cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB +-- instance +rdifdsOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdifdsOptionGroupName = lens _rdifdsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsOptionGroupName = a}); +-- | This property is not currently implemented. +rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); + +-- | The database name for the restored DB instance. +-- +-- This parameter doesn\'t apply to the MySQL engine. +rdifdsDBName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdifdsDBName = lens _rdifdsDBName (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBName = a}); + +-- | Undocumented member. +rdifdsTags :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot [Tag] +rdifdsTags = lens _rdifdsTags (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. -- -- Default: The same port as the original DB instance -- -- Constraints: Value must be '1150-65535' -rdbifdbsPort :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -rdbifdbsPort = lens _rdbifdbsPort (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsPort = a }) - --- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true --- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, --- which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal --- instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. --- --- Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been --- requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. --- --- Default VPC: true VPC: false If no DB subnet group has been specified --- as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the --- DB instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has --- been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has --- not been set, the DB instance will be private. -rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible = - lens _rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible - (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible = a }) +rdifdsPort :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +rdifdsPort = lens _rdifdsPort (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsPort = a}); -- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. -- -- Valid values: 'standard | gp2 | io1' -- --- If you specify 'io1', you must also include a value for the 'Iops' parameter. +-- If you specify 'io1', you must also include a value for the 'Iops' +-- parameter. -- --- Default: 'io1' if the 'Iops' parameter is specified; otherwise 'standard' -rdbifdbsStorageType :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbifdbsStorageType = - lens _rdbifdbsStorageType (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsStorageType = a }) - -rdbifdbsTags :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot [Tag] -rdbifdbsTags = lens _rdbifdbsTags (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsTags = a }) . _List - --- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE --- encryption. -rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn = - lens _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn - (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn = a }) - --- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the --- device. -rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword = - lens _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword - (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword = a }) - -newtype RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse - { _rdbifdbsrDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- Default: 'io1' if the 'Iops' parameter is specified; otherwise +-- 'standard' +rdifdsStorageType :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +rdifdsStorageType = lens _rdifdsStorageType (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsStorageType = a}); --- | 'RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse' constructor. +-- | Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter +-- isn\'t case-sensitive. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Constraints: -- --- * 'rdbifdbsrDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- - Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens -- -restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse :: RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse -restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse - { _rdbifdbsrDBInstance = Nothing - } +-- Example: 'my-snapshot-id' +rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot Text +rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); -rdbifdbsrDBInstance :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -rdbifdbsrDBInstance = - lens _rdbifdbsrDBInstance (\s a -> s { _rdbifdbsrDBInstance = a }) +-- | The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot Text +rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); +instance AWSRequest RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + where + type Sv RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = RDS + type Rs RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = + RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResult" + (\ s h x -> + RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstance") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance ToHeaders RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" -instance ToQuery RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot where - toQuery RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot{..} = mconcat - [ "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _rdbifdbsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , "AvailabilityZone" =? _rdbifdbsAvailabilityZone - , "DBInstanceClass" =? _rdbifdbsDBInstanceClass - , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _rdbifdbsDBInstanceIdentifier - , "DBName" =? _rdbifdbsDBName - , "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _rdbifdbsDBSnapshotIdentifier - , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _rdbifdbsDBSubnetGroupName - , "Engine" =? _rdbifdbsEngine - , "Iops" =? _rdbifdbsIops - , "LicenseModel" =? _rdbifdbsLicenseModel - , "MultiAZ" =? _rdbifdbsMultiAZ - , "OptionGroupName" =? _rdbifdbsOptionGroupName - , "Port" =? _rdbifdbsPort - , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _rdbifdbsPubliclyAccessible - , "StorageType" =? _rdbifdbsStorageType - , "Tags" =? _rdbifdbsTags - , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialArn - , "TdeCredentialPassword" =? _rdbifdbsTdeCredentialPassword - ] +instance ToQuery RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot + where + toQuery RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBSecurityGroups" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "DBSecurityGroupName" <$> + _rdifdsDBSecurityGroups), + "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =: + _rdifdsAutoMinorVersionUpgrade, + "PubliclyAccessible" =: _rdifdsPubliclyAccessible, + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _rdifdsDBSubnetGroupName, + "Iops" =: _rdifdsIOPS, "Domain" =: _rdifdsDomain, + "Engine" =: _rdifdsEngine, + "TdeCredentialPassword" =: + _rdifdsTDECredentialPassword, + "DBInstanceClass" =: _rdifdsDBInstanceClass, + "LicenseModel" =: _rdifdsLicenseModel, + "AvailabilityZone" =: _rdifdsAvailabilityZone, + "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> + _rdifdsVPCSecurityGroupIds), + "MultiAZ" =: _rdifdsMultiAZ, + "TdeCredentialArn" =: _rdifdsTDECredentialARN, + "OptionGroupName" =: _rdifdsOptionGroupName, + "CopyTagsToSnapshot" =: _rdifdsCopyTagsToSnapshot, + "DBName" =: _rdifdsDBName, + "Tags" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _rdifdsTags), + "Port" =: _rdifdsPort, + "StorageType" =: _rdifdsStorageType, + "DBInstanceIdentifier" =: + _rdifdsDBInstanceIdentifier, + "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =: + _rdifdsDBSnapshotIdentifier] -instance ToHeaders RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot +-- | /See:/ 'restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse' smart constructor. +data RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse' + { _rdifdsrsDBInstance :: !(Maybe DBInstance) + , _rdifdsrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot where - type Sv RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = RDS - type Rs RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdifdsrsDBInstance' +-- +-- * 'rdifdsrsStatus' +restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'rdifdsrsStatus' + -> RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse +restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse pStatus_ = + RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse' + { _rdifdsrsDBInstance = Nothing + , _rdifdsrsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +rdifdsrsDBInstance :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +rdifdsrsDBInstance = lens _rdifdsrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsrsDBInstance = a}); -instance FromXML RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse where - parseXML = withElement "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResult" $ \x -> RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse - <$> x .@? "DBInstance" +-- | The response status code. +rdifdsrsStatus :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse Int +rdifdsrsStatus = lens _rdifdsrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdifdsrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime.hs @@ -1,210 +1,267 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point-in-time. Users can restore to --- any point in time before the LatestRestorableTime for up to --- BackupRetentionPeriod days. The target database is created from the source --- database with the same configuration as the original database except that the --- DB instance is created with the default DB security group. +-- Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point-in-time. Users can restore +-- to any point in time before the LatestRestorableTime for up to +-- BackupRetentionPeriod days. The target database is created with the most +-- of original configuration, but in a system chosen availability zone with +-- the default security group, the default subnet group, and the default DB +-- parameter group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a +-- single-AZ deployment except when the instance is a SQL Server instance +-- that has an option group that is associated with mirroring; in this +-- case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment and not a single-AZ +-- deployment. -- --- +-- /See:/ for RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime. module Network.AWS.RDS.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime ( - -- * Request - RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime - -- ** Request constructor - , restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime - -- ** Request lenses - , rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , rdbitpitAvailabilityZone - , rdbitpitDBInstanceClass - , rdbitpitDBName - , rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName - , rdbitpitEngine - , rdbitpitIops - , rdbitpitLicenseModel - , rdbitpitMultiAZ - , rdbitpitOptionGroupName - , rdbitpitPort - , rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible - , rdbitpitRestoreTime - , rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier - , rdbitpitStorageType - , rdbitpitTags - , rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier - , rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn - , rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword - , rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime + -- * Creating a Request + restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + , RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + -- * Request Lenses + , rditpitDBSecurityGroups + , rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime + , rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , rditpitPubliclyAccessible + , rditpitDBSubnetGroupName + , rditpitRestoreTime + , rditpitIOPS + , rditpitDomain + , rditpitEngine + , rditpitTDECredentialPassword + , rditpitDBInstanceClass + , rditpitLicenseModel + , rditpitAvailabilityZone + , rditpitVPCSecurityGroupIds + , rditpitMultiAZ + , rditpitTDECredentialARN + , rditpitOptionGroupName + , rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot + , rditpitDBName + , rditpitTags + , rditpitPort + , rditpitStorageType + , rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + , rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier - -- * Response - , RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , restoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , rdbitpitrDBInstance + , RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , rditpitrsDBInstance + , rditpitrsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response -data RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime - { _rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool - , _rdbitpitAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text - , _rdbitpitDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _rdbitpitDBName :: Maybe Text - , _rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _rdbitpitEngine :: Maybe Text - , _rdbitpitIops :: Maybe Int - , _rdbitpitLicenseModel :: Maybe Text - , _rdbitpitMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool - , _rdbitpitOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _rdbitpitPort :: Maybe Int - , _rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool - , _rdbitpitRestoreTime :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _rdbitpitStorageType :: Maybe Text - , _rdbitpitTags :: List "member" Tag - , _rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier :: Text - , _rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text - , _rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword :: Maybe Text - , _rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime' smart constructor. +data RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime' + { _rditpitDBSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rditpitPubliclyAccessible :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rditpitDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitRestoreTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _rditpitIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rditpitDomain :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitTDECredentialPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitVPCSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rditpitMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rditpitTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rditpitDBName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _rditpitPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rditpitStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + , _rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) --- | 'RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime' constructor. +-- | Creates a value of 'RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'rditpitDBSecurityGroups' -- --- * 'rdbitpitAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime' -- --- * 'rdbitpitDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' -- --- * 'rdbitpitDBName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitPubliclyAccessible' -- --- * 'rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitDBSubnetGroupName' -- --- * 'rdbitpitEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitRestoreTime' -- --- * 'rdbitpitIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'rditpitIOPS' -- --- * 'rdbitpitLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitDomain' -- --- * 'rdbitpitMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'rditpitEngine' -- --- * 'rdbitpitOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitTDECredentialPassword' -- --- * 'rdbitpitPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' +-- * 'rditpitDBInstanceClass' -- --- * 'rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'rditpitLicenseModel' -- --- * 'rdbitpitRestoreTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' +-- * 'rditpitAvailabilityZone' -- --- * 'rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitVPCSecurityGroupIds' -- --- * 'rdbitpitStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitMultiAZ' -- --- * 'rdbitpitTags' @::@ ['Tag'] +-- * 'rditpitTDECredentialARN' -- --- * 'rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitOptionGroupName' -- --- * 'rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot' -- --- * 'rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rditpitDBName' -- --- * 'rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' +-- * 'rditpitTags' -- -restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime :: Text -- ^ 'rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> Text -- ^ 'rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier' - -> RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime -restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime p1 p2 = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime - { _rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = p1 - , _rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = p2 - , _rdbitpitRestoreTime = Nothing - , _rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime = Nothing - , _rdbitpitDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _rdbitpitPort = Nothing - , _rdbitpitAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _rdbitpitMultiAZ = Nothing - , _rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible = Nothing - , _rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _rdbitpitLicenseModel = Nothing - , _rdbitpitDBName = Nothing - , _rdbitpitEngine = Nothing - , _rdbitpitIops = Nothing - , _rdbitpitOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _rdbitpitTags = mempty - , _rdbitpitStorageType = Nothing - , _rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn = Nothing - , _rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword = Nothing +-- * 'rditpitPort' +-- +-- * 'rditpitStorageType' +-- +-- * 'rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier' +restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + :: Text -- ^ 'rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> Text -- ^ 'rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier' + -> RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime +restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime pSourceDBInstanceIdentifier_ pTargetDBInstanceIdentifier_ = + RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime' + { _rditpitDBSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _rditpitPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _rditpitDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _rditpitRestoreTime = Nothing + , _rditpitIOPS = Nothing + , _rditpitDomain = Nothing + , _rditpitEngine = Nothing + , _rditpitTDECredentialPassword = Nothing + , _rditpitDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rditpitLicenseModel = Nothing + , _rditpitAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _rditpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _rditpitMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rditpitTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _rditpitOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _rditpitDBName = Nothing + , _rditpitTags = Nothing + , _rditpitPort = Nothing + , _rditpitStorageType = Nothing + , _rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = pSourceDBInstanceIdentifier_ + , _rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = pTargetDBInstanceIdentifier_ } --- | Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the --- DB instance during the maintenance window. -rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = - lens _rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) +-- | A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. +-- +-- Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. +rditpitDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime [Text] +rditpitDBSecurityGroups = lens _rditpitDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. +-- | Specifies whether ('true') or not ('false') the DB instance is restored +-- from the latest backup time. -- --- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. +-- Default: 'false' -- --- Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ --- parameter is set to true. +-- Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreTime parameter is provided. +rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) +rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime = lens _rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime = a}); + +-- | Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to +-- the DB instance during the maintenance window. +rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) +rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); + +-- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true +-- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS +-- name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies +-- an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP +-- address. -- --- Example: 'us-east-1a' -rdbitpitAvailabilityZone :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdbitpitAvailabilityZone = - lens _rdbitpitAvailabilityZone - (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitAvailabilityZone = a }) +-- Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been +-- requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each +-- case. +-- +-- - __Default VPC:__true +-- - __VPC:__false +-- +-- If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the +-- PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be +-- publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as +-- part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, +-- the DB instance will be private. +rditpitPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) +rditpitPubliclyAccessible = lens _rditpitPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_rditpitPubliclyAccessible = a}); --- | The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance. +-- | The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. +rditpitDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rditpitDBSubnetGroupName = lens _rditpitDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDBSubnetGroupName = a}); + +-- | The date and time to restore from. -- --- Valid Values: 'db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large |db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large |db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge |db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium' +-- Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) +-- format -- --- Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. -rdbitpitDBInstanceClass :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdbitpitDBInstanceClass = - lens _rdbitpitDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitDBInstanceClass = a }) +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance +-- - Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true +-- +-- Example: '2009-09-07T23:45:00Z' +rditpitRestoreTime :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe UTCTime) +rditpitRestoreTime = lens _rditpitRestoreTime (\ s a -> s{_rditpitRestoreTime = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | The database name for the restored DB instance. +-- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input\/output operations per second) to +-- be initially allocated for the DB instance. -- --- This parameter is not used for the MySQL engine. +-- Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. -- +-- __SQL Server__ -- -rdbitpitDBName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdbitpitDBName = lens _rdbitpitDBName (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitDBName = a }) +-- Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not +-- supported. +rditpitIOPS :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Int) +rditpitIOPS = lens _rditpitIOPS (\ s a -> s{_rditpitIOPS = a}); --- | The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. -rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName = - lens _rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName - (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName = a }) +-- | Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. +rditpitDomain :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rditpitDomain = lens _rditpitDomain (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDomain = a}); -- | The database engine to use for the new instance. -- @@ -212,203 +269,217 @@ -- -- Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source -- --- Valid Values: 'MySQL' | 'oracle-se1' | 'oracle-se' | 'oracle-ee' | 'sqlserver-ee' | 'sqlserver-se' | 'sqlserver-ex' | 'sqlserver-web' | 'postgres' -rdbitpitEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdbitpitEngine = lens _rdbitpitEngine (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitEngine = a }) +-- Valid Values: 'MySQL' | 'oracle-se1' | 'oracle-se' | 'oracle-ee' | +-- 'sqlserver-ee' | 'sqlserver-se' | 'sqlserver-ex' | 'sqlserver-web' | +-- 'postgres' +rditpitEngine :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rditpitEngine = lens _rditpitEngine (\ s a -> s{_rditpitEngine = a}); --- | The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be --- initially allocated for the DB instance. --- --- Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. +-- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the +-- device. +rditpitTDECredentialPassword :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rditpitTDECredentialPassword = lens _rditpitTDECredentialPassword (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTDECredentialPassword = a}); + +-- | The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance. -- --- SQL Server +-- Valid Values: +-- 'db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium' -- --- Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. -rdbitpitIops :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Int) -rdbitpitIops = lens _rdbitpitIops (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitIops = a }) +-- Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. +rditpitDBInstanceClass :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rditpitDBInstanceClass = lens _rditpitDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDBInstanceClass = a}); -- | License model information for the restored DB instance. -- -- Default: Same as source. -- --- Valid values: 'license-included' | 'bring-your-own-license' | 'general-public-license' -rdbitpitLicenseModel :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdbitpitLicenseModel = - lens _rdbitpitLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitLicenseModel = a }) +-- Valid values: 'license-included' | 'bring-your-own-license' | +-- 'general-public-license' +rditpitLicenseModel :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rditpitLicenseModel = lens _rditpitLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_rditpitLicenseModel = a}); +-- | The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in. +-- +-- Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. +-- +-- Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the +-- MultiAZ parameter is set to true. +-- +-- Example: 'us-east-1a' +rditpitAvailabilityZone :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rditpitAvailabilityZone = lens _rditpitAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_rditpitAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. +-- +-- Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group\'s +-- VPC. +rditpitVPCSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime [Text] +rditpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = lens _rditpitVPCSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rditpitVPCSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. -- --- Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ --- parameter is set to 'true'. -rdbitpitMultiAZ :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rdbitpitMultiAZ = lens _rdbitpitMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitMultiAZ = a }) +-- Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the +-- MultiAZ parameter is set to 'true'. +rditpitMultiAZ :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) +rditpitMultiAZ = lens _rditpitMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rditpitMultiAZ = a}); +-- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE +-- encryption. +rditpitTDECredentialARN :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rditpitTDECredentialARN = lens _rditpitTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTDECredentialARN = a}); + -- | The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. -- --- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, --- cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be --- removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance -rdbitpitOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdbitpitOptionGroupName = - lens _rdbitpitOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitOptionGroupName = a }) +-- Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security +-- TDE, cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group +-- cannot be removed from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB +-- instance +rditpitOptionGroupName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rditpitOptionGroupName = lens _rditpitOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rditpitOptionGroupName = a}); +-- | This property is not currently implemented. +rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) +rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); + +-- | The database name for the restored DB instance. +-- +-- This parameter is not used for the MySQL engine. +rditpitDBName :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rditpitDBName = lens _rditpitDBName (\ s a -> s{_rditpitDBName = a}); + +-- | Undocumented member. +rditpitTags :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime [Tag] +rditpitTags = lens _rditpitTags (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | The port number on which the database accepts connections. -- -- Constraints: Value must be '1150-65535' -- -- Default: The same port as the original DB instance. -rdbitpitPort :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Int) -rdbitpitPort = lens _rdbitpitPort (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitPort = a }) - --- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true --- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, --- which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal --- instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. --- --- Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been --- requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. --- --- Default VPC:true VPC:false If no DB subnet group has been specified as --- part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB --- instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been --- specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not --- been set, the DB instance will be private. -rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible = - lens _rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible - (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible = a }) +rditpitPort :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Int) +rditpitPort = lens _rditpitPort (\ s a -> s{_rditpitPort = a}); --- | The date and time to restore from. +-- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. -- --- Valid Values: Value must be a UTC time +-- Valid values: 'standard | gp2 | io1' -- --- Constraints: +-- If you specify 'io1', you must also include a value for the 'Iops' +-- parameter. -- --- Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance Cannot be --- specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true Example: '2009-09-07T23:45:00Z' -rdbitpitRestoreTime :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe UTCTime) -rdbitpitRestoreTime = - lens _rdbitpitRestoreTime (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitRestoreTime = a }) - . mapping _Time +-- Default: 'io1' if the 'Iops' parameter is specified; otherwise +-- 'standard' +rditpitStorageType :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) +rditpitStorageType = lens _rditpitStorageType (\ s a -> s{_rditpitStorageType = a}); -- | The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must be the identifier of an existing database instance Must contain from 1 --- to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens --- -rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime Text -rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. --- --- Valid values: 'standard | gp2 | io1' --- --- If you specify 'io1', you must also include a value for the 'Iops' parameter. --- --- Default: 'io1' if the 'Iops' parameter is specified; otherwise 'standard' -rdbitpitStorageType :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdbitpitStorageType = - lens _rdbitpitStorageType (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitStorageType = a }) - -rdbitpitTags :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime [Tag] -rdbitpitTags = lens _rdbitpitTags (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitTags = a }) . _List +-- - Must be the identifier of an existing database instance +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime Text +rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); -- | The name of the new database instance to be created. -- -- Constraints: -- --- Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens First --- character must be a letter Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two --- consecutive hyphens -rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime Text -rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) +-- - Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime Text +rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); --- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE --- encryption. -rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn = - lens _rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn - (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn = a }) +instance AWSRequest RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + where + type Sv RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = RDS + type Rs RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = + RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResult" + (\ s h x -> + RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstance") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) --- | The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the --- device. -rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Text) -rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword = - lens _rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword - (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword = a }) +instance ToHeaders RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime + where + toHeaders = const mempty --- | Specifies whether ('true') or not ('false') the DB instance is restored from the --- latest backup time. --- --- Default: 'false' --- --- Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreTime parameter is provided. -rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime (Maybe Bool) -rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime = - lens _rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime - (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime = a }) +instance ToPath RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime where + toPath = const "/" -newtype RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse - { _rdbitpitrDBInstance :: Maybe DBInstance - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +instance ToQuery RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime where + toQuery RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "DBSecurityGroups" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "DBSecurityGroupName" <$> + _rditpitDBSecurityGroups), + "UseLatestRestorableTime" =: + _rditpitUseLatestRestorableTime, + "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =: + _rditpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade, + "PubliclyAccessible" =: _rditpitPubliclyAccessible, + "DBSubnetGroupName" =: _rditpitDBSubnetGroupName, + "RestoreTime" =: _rditpitRestoreTime, + "Iops" =: _rditpitIOPS, "Domain" =: _rditpitDomain, + "Engine" =: _rditpitEngine, + "TdeCredentialPassword" =: + _rditpitTDECredentialPassword, + "DBInstanceClass" =: _rditpitDBInstanceClass, + "LicenseModel" =: _rditpitLicenseModel, + "AvailabilityZone" =: _rditpitAvailabilityZone, + "VpcSecurityGroupIds" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> + _rditpitVPCSecurityGroupIds), + "MultiAZ" =: _rditpitMultiAZ, + "TdeCredentialArn" =: _rditpitTDECredentialARN, + "OptionGroupName" =: _rditpitOptionGroupName, + "CopyTagsToSnapshot" =: _rditpitCopyTagsToSnapshot, + "DBName" =: _rditpitDBName, + "Tags" =: + toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _rditpitTags), + "Port" =: _rditpitPort, + "StorageType" =: _rditpitStorageType, + "SourceDBInstanceIdentifier" =: + _rditpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier, + "TargetDBInstanceIdentifier" =: + _rditpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier] --- | 'RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse' constructor. +-- | /See:/ 'restoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse' smart constructor. +data RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse' + { _rditpitrsDBInstance :: !(Maybe DBInstance) + , _rditpitrsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rdbitpitrDBInstance' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBInstance' +-- * 'rditpitrsDBInstance' -- -restoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse :: RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse -restoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse - { _rdbitpitrDBInstance = Nothing +-- * 'rditpitrsStatus' +restoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'rditpitrsStatus' + -> RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse +restoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse pStatus_ = + RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse' + { _rditpitrsDBInstance = Nothing + , _rditpitrsStatus = pStatus_ } -rdbitpitrDBInstance :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse (Maybe DBInstance) -rdbitpitrDBInstance = - lens _rdbitpitrDBInstance (\s a -> s { _rdbitpitrDBInstance = a }) - -instance ToPath RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime where - toPath = const "/" - -instance ToQuery RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime where - toQuery RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime{..} = mconcat - [ "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _rdbitpitAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , "AvailabilityZone" =? _rdbitpitAvailabilityZone - , "DBInstanceClass" =? _rdbitpitDBInstanceClass - , "DBName" =? _rdbitpitDBName - , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _rdbitpitDBSubnetGroupName - , "Engine" =? _rdbitpitEngine - , "Iops" =? _rdbitpitIops - , "LicenseModel" =? _rdbitpitLicenseModel - , "MultiAZ" =? _rdbitpitMultiAZ - , "OptionGroupName" =? _rdbitpitOptionGroupName - , "Port" =? _rdbitpitPort - , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _rdbitpitPubliclyAccessible - , "RestoreTime" =? _rdbitpitRestoreTime - , "SourceDBInstanceIdentifier" =? _rdbitpitSourceDBInstanceIdentifier - , "StorageType" =? _rdbitpitStorageType - , "Tags" =? _rdbitpitTags - , "TargetDBInstanceIdentifier" =? _rdbitpitTargetDBInstanceIdentifier - , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _rdbitpitTdeCredentialArn - , "TdeCredentialPassword" =? _rdbitpitTdeCredentialPassword - , "UseLatestRestorableTime" =? _rdbitpitUseLatestRestorableTime - ] - -instance ToHeaders RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime - -instance AWSRequest RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime where - type Sv RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = RDS - type Rs RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse - - request = post "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +rditpitrsDBInstance :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse (Maybe DBInstance) +rditpitrsDBInstance = lens _rditpitrsDBInstance (\ s a -> s{_rditpitrsDBInstance = a}); -instance FromXML RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse where - parseXML = withElement "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResult" $ \x -> RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse - <$> x .@? "DBInstance" +-- | The response status code. +rditpitrsStatus :: Lens' RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse Int +rditpitrsStatus = lens _rditpitrsStatus (\ s a -> s{_rditpitrsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress.hs @@ -1,170 +1,182 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} {-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - --- | Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges --- or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of --- CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either --- EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId). +-- Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP +-- ranges or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API +-- are one of CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or +-- (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or +-- EC2SecurityGroupId). -- --- +-- /See:/ for RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress. module Network.AWS.RDS.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress ( - -- * Request - RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress - -- ** Request constructor - , revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress - -- ** Request lenses - , rdbsgiCIDRIP - , rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName - , rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId - , rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName - , rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + -- * Creating a Request + revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + , RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + -- * Request Lenses + , rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + , rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName + , rdsgiCIdRIP + , rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId + , rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName - -- * Response - , RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse - -- ** Response constructor + -- * Destructuring the Response , revokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse - -- ** Response lenses - , rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup + , RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup + , rdsgirsStatus ) where -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Request.Query -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import qualified GHC.Exts - -data RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress - { _rdbsgiCIDRIP :: Maybe Text - , _rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Text - , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Maybe Text - , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response --- | 'RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress' constructor. +-- | -- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: +-- /See:/ 'revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress' smart constructor. +data RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress' + { _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdsgiCIdRIP :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- --- * 'rdbsgiCIDRIP' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Text' +-- * 'rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' -- --- * 'rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName' -- --- * 'rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdsgiCIdRIP' -- --- * 'rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' +-- * 'rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId' -- -revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress :: Text -- ^ 'rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName' - -> RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress -revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress p1 = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress - { _rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = p1 - , _rdbsgiCIDRIP = Nothing - , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing - , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing - , _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing +-- * 'rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName' +revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + :: Text -- ^ 'rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName' + -> RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress +revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress pDBSecurityGroupName_ = + RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress' + { _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + , _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _rdsgiCIdRIP = Nothing + , _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing + , _rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName = pDBSecurityGroupName_ } --- | The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If 'CIDRIP' is --- specified, 'EC2SecurityGroupName', 'EC2SecurityGroupId' and 'EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' cannot be provided. -rdbsgiCIDRIP :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -rdbsgiCIDRIP = lens _rdbsgiCIDRIP (\s a -> s { _rdbsgiCIDRIP = a }) - --- | The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from. -rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress Text -rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = - lens _rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName - (\s a -> s { _rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName = a }) - --- | The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security --- groups, 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. Otherwise, --- EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either 'EC2SecurityGroupName' or 'EC2SecurityGroupId' --- must be provided. -rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = - lens _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId - (\s a -> s { _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = a }) +-- | The AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified +-- in the 'EC2SecurityGroupName' parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an +-- acceptable value. For VPC DB security groups, 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must +-- be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either +-- 'EC2SecurityGroupName' or 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. +rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}); -- | The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB -- security groups, 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. Otherwise, --- EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either 'EC2SecurityGroupName' or 'EC2SecurityGroupId' --- must be provided. -rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = - lens _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName - (\s a -> s { _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a }) +-- EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either 'EC2SecurityGroupName' or +-- 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. +rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = lens _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName = a}); --- | The AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in --- the 'EC2SecurityGroupName' parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an --- acceptable value. For VPC DB security groups, 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be --- provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either 'EC2SecurityGroupName' --- or 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. -rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = - lens _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId - (\s a -> s { _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a }) +-- | The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If +-- 'CIDRIP' is specified, 'EC2SecurityGroupName', 'EC2SecurityGroupId' and +-- 'EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' cannot be provided. +rdsgiCIdRIP :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rdsgiCIdRIP = lens _rdsgiCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiCIdRIP = a}); -newtype RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse - { _rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup :: Maybe DBSecurityGroup - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) +-- | The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB +-- security groups, 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. Otherwise, +-- EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either 'EC2SecurityGroupName' or +-- 'EC2SecurityGroupId' must be provided. +rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = lens _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId = a}); --- | 'RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSecurityGroup' --- -revokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse :: RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse -revokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse - { _rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup = Nothing - } +-- | The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from. +rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress Text +rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName = lens _rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName = a}); -rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) -rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup = - lens _rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup (\s a -> s { _rdbsgirDBSecurityGroup = a }) +instance AWSRequest RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress + where + type Sv RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = RDS + type Rs RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = + RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + request = postQuery + response + = receiveXMLWrapper + "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResult" + (\ s h x -> + RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' <$> + (x .@? "DBSecurityGroup") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) +instance ToHeaders RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress where + toHeaders = const mempty + instance ToPath RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress where - toPath = const "/" + toPath = const "/" instance ToQuery RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress where - toQuery RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress{..} = mconcat - [ "CIDRIP" =? _rdbsgiCIDRIP - , "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _rdbsgiDBSecurityGroupName - , "EC2SecurityGroupId" =? _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupId - , "EC2SecurityGroupName" =? _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupName - , "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" =? _rdbsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId - ] + toQuery RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2014-10-31" :: ByteString), + "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" =: + _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId, + "EC2SecurityGroupName" =: _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupName, + "CIDRIP" =: _rdsgiCIdRIP, + "EC2SecurityGroupId" =: _rdsgiEC2SecurityGroupId, + "DBSecurityGroupName" =: _rdsgiDBSecurityGroupName] -instance ToHeaders RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress +-- | /See:/ 'revokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' smart constructor. +data RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' + { _rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup :: !(Maybe DBSecurityGroup) + , _rdsgirsStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -instance AWSRequest RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress where - type Sv RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = RDS - type Rs RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse +-- | Creates a value of 'RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup' +-- +-- * 'rdsgirsStatus' +revokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'rdsgirsStatus' + -> RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse +revokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse pStatus_ = + RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse' + { _rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup = Nothing + , _rdsgirsStatus = pStatus_ + } - request = post "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress" - response = xmlResponse +-- | Undocumented member. +rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse (Maybe DBSecurityGroup) +rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup = lens _rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup (\ s a -> s{_rdsgirsDBSecurityGroup = a}); -instance FromXML RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse where - parseXML = withElement "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResult" $ \x -> RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse - <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroup" +-- | The response status code. +rdsgirsStatus :: Lens' RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse Int +rdsgirsStatus = lens _rdsgirsStatus (\ s a -> s{_rdsgirsStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types.hs @@ -1,4135 +1,1029 @@ -{-# LANGUAGE DataKinds #-} -{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} -{-# LANGUAGE FlexibleInstances #-} -{-# LANGUAGE GeneralizedNewtypeDeriving #-} -{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} -{-# LANGUAGE NoImplicitPrelude #-} -{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} -{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} -{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} -{-# LANGUAGE ViewPatterns #-} - -{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} - --- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.Types --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental --- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) --- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - -module Network.AWS.RDS.Types - ( - -- * Service - RDS - -- ** Error - , RESTError - -- ** XML - , ns - - -- * PendingMaintenanceAction - , PendingMaintenanceAction - , pendingMaintenanceAction - , pmaAction - , pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate - , pmaCurrentApplyDate - , pmaDescription - , pmaForcedApplyDate - , pmaOptInStatus - - -- * OptionGroup - , OptionGroup - , optionGroup - , ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships - , ogEngineName - , ogMajorEngineVersion - , ogOptionGroupDescription - , ogOptionGroupName - , ogOptions - , ogVpcId - - -- * DBParameterGroupStatus - , DBParameterGroupStatus - , dbparameterGroupStatus - , dbpgsDBParameterGroupName - , dbpgsParameterApplyStatus - - -- * Event - , Event - , event - , eDate - , eEventCategories - , eMessage - , eSourceIdentifier - , eSourceType - - -- * DBSecurityGroup - , DBSecurityGroup - , dbsecurityGroup - , dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription - , dbsgDBSecurityGroupName - , dbsgEC2SecurityGroups - , dbsgIPRanges - , dbsgOwnerId - , dbsgVpcId - - -- * Tag - , Tag - , tag - , tagKey - , tagValue - - -- * DBEngineVersion - , DBEngineVersion - , dbengineVersion - , dbevDBEngineDescription - , dbevDBEngineVersionDescription - , dbevDBParameterGroupFamily - , dbevDefaultCharacterSet - , dbevEngine - , dbevEngineVersion - , dbevSupportedCharacterSets - - -- * DBSnapshot - , DBSnapshot - , dbsnapshot - , dbsAllocatedStorage - , dbsAvailabilityZone - , dbsDBInstanceIdentifier - , dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier - , dbsEncrypted - , dbsEngine - , dbsEngineVersion - , dbsInstanceCreateTime - , dbsIops - , dbsKmsKeyId - , dbsLicenseModel - , dbsMasterUsername - , dbsOptionGroupName - , dbsPercentProgress - , dbsPort - , dbsSnapshotCreateTime - , dbsSnapshotType - , dbsSourceRegion - , dbsStatus - , dbsStorageType - , dbsTdeCredentialArn - , dbsVpcId - - -- * DBSecurityGroupMembership - , DBSecurityGroupMembership - , dbsecurityGroupMembership - , dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName - , dbsgmStatus - - -- * EC2SecurityGroup - , EC2SecurityGroup - , ec2SecurityGroup - , ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId - , ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName - , ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId - , ecsgStatus - - -- * SourceType - , SourceType (..) - - -- * ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions - , ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions - , resourcePendingMaintenanceActions - , rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails - , rpmaResourceIdentifier - - -- * DBParameterGroup - , DBParameterGroup - , dbparameterGroup - , dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily - , dbpgDBParameterGroupName - , dbpgDescription - - -- * ReservedDBInstancesOffering - , ReservedDBInstancesOffering - , reservedDBInstancesOffering - , rdbioCurrencyCode - , rdbioDBInstanceClass - , rdbioDuration - , rdbioFixedPrice - , rdbioMultiAZ - , rdbioOfferingType - , rdbioProductDescription - , rdbioRecurringCharges - , rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - , rdbioUsagePrice - - -- * ApplyMethod - , ApplyMethod (..) - - -- * CharacterSet - , CharacterSet - , characterSet - , csCharacterSetDescription - , csCharacterSetName - - -- * Subnet - , Subnet - , subnet - , sSubnetAvailabilityZone - , sSubnetIdentifier - , sSubnetStatus - - -- * ReservedDBInstance - , ReservedDBInstance - , reservedDBInstance - , rdbiCurrencyCode - , rdbiDBInstanceClass - , rdbiDBInstanceCount - , rdbiDuration - , rdbiFixedPrice - , rdbiMultiAZ - , rdbiOfferingType - , rdbiProductDescription - , rdbiRecurringCharges - , rdbiReservedDBInstanceId - , rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - , rdbiStartTime - , rdbiState - , rdbiUsagePrice - - -- * EngineDefaults - , EngineDefaults - , engineDefaults - , edDBParameterGroupFamily - , edMarker - , edParameters - - -- * DBParameterGroupNameMessage - , DBParameterGroupNameMessage - , dbparameterGroupNameMessage - , dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName - - -- * OptionGroupOption - , OptionGroupOption - , optionGroupOption - , ogoDefaultPort - , ogoDescription - , ogoEngineName - , ogoMajorEngineVersion - , ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion - , ogoName - , ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings - , ogoOptionsDependedOn - , ogoPermanent - , ogoPersistent - , ogoPortRequired - - -- * DBInstance - , DBInstance - , dbinstance - , dbiAllocatedStorage - , dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , dbiAvailabilityZone - , dbiBackupRetentionPeriod - , dbiCACertificateIdentifier - , dbiCharacterSetName - , dbiDBInstanceClass - , dbiDBInstanceIdentifier - , dbiDBInstanceStatus - , dbiDBName - , dbiDBParameterGroups - , dbiDBSecurityGroups - , dbiDBSubnetGroup - , dbiDbiResourceId - , dbiEndpoint - , dbiEngine - , dbiEngineVersion - , dbiInstanceCreateTime - , dbiIops - , dbiKmsKeyId - , dbiLatestRestorableTime - , dbiLicenseModel - , dbiMasterUsername - , dbiMultiAZ - , dbiOptionGroupMemberships - , dbiPendingModifiedValues - , dbiPreferredBackupWindow - , dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow - , dbiPubliclyAccessible - , dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers - , dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier - , dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone - , dbiStatusInfos - , dbiStorageEncrypted - , dbiStorageType - , dbiTdeCredentialArn - , dbiVpcSecurityGroups - - -- * AccountQuota - , AccountQuota - , accountQuota - , aqAccountQuotaName - , aqMax - , aqUsed - - -- * AvailabilityZone - , AvailabilityZone - , availabilityZone - , azName - - -- * EventSubscription - , EventSubscription - , eventSubscription - , esCustSubscriptionId - , esCustomerAwsId - , esEnabled - , esEventCategoriesList - , esSnsTopicArn - , esSourceIdsList - , esSourceType - , esStatus - , esSubscriptionCreationTime - - -- * DBSubnetGroup - , DBSubnetGroup - , dbsubnetGroup - , dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription - , dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName - , dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus - , dbsg1Subnets - , dbsg1VpcId - - -- * Certificate - , Certificate - , certificate - , cCertificateIdentifier - , cCertificateType - , cThumbprint - , cValidFrom - , cValidTill - - -- * DBInstanceStatusInfo - , DBInstanceStatusInfo - , dbinstanceStatusInfo - , dbisiMessage - , dbisiNormal - , dbisiStatus - , dbisiStatusType - - -- * OptionSetting - , OptionSetting - , optionSetting - , osAllowedValues - , osApplyType - , osDataType - , osDefaultValue - , osDescription - , osIsCollection - , osIsModifiable - , osName - , osValue - - -- * DescribeDBLogFilesDetails - , DescribeDBLogFilesDetails - , describeDBLogFilesDetails - , ddblfdLastWritten - , ddblfdLogFileName - , ddblfdSize - - -- * OrderableDBInstanceOption - , OrderableDBInstanceOption - , orderableDBInstanceOption - , odbioAvailabilityZones - , odbioDBInstanceClass - , odbioEngine - , odbioEngineVersion - , odbioLicenseModel - , odbioMultiAZCapable - , odbioReadReplicaCapable - , odbioStorageType - , odbioSupportsIops - , odbioSupportsStorageEncryption - , odbioVpc - - -- * Filter - , Filter - , filter' - , fName - , fValues - - -- * RecurringCharge - , RecurringCharge - , recurringCharge - , rcRecurringChargeAmount - , rcRecurringChargeFrequency - - -- * Endpoint - , Endpoint - , endpoint - , eAddress - , ePort - - -- * OptionConfiguration - , OptionConfiguration - , optionConfiguration - , ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships - , ocOptionName - , ocOptionSettings - , ocPort - , ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships - - -- * Option - , Option - , option - , oDBSecurityGroupMemberships - , oOptionDescription - , oOptionName - , oOptionSettings - , oPermanent - , oPersistent - , oPort - , oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships - - -- * IPRange - , IPRange - , iprange - , iprCIDRIP - , iprStatus - - -- * OptionGroupMembership - , OptionGroupMembership - , optionGroupMembership - , ogmOptionGroupName - , ogmStatus - - -- * EventCategoriesMap - , EventCategoriesMap - , eventCategoriesMap - , ecmEventCategories - , ecmSourceType - - -- * PendingModifiedValues - , PendingModifiedValues - , pendingModifiedValues - , pmvAllocatedStorage - , pmvBackupRetentionPeriod - , pmvCACertificateIdentifier - , pmvDBInstanceClass - , pmvDBInstanceIdentifier - , pmvEngineVersion - , pmvIops - , pmvMasterUserPassword - , pmvMultiAZ - , pmvPort - , pmvStorageType - - -- * VpcSecurityGroupMembership - , VpcSecurityGroupMembership - , vpcSecurityGroupMembership - , vsgmStatus - , vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId - - -- * Parameter - , Parameter - , parameter - , pAllowedValues - , pApplyMethod - , pApplyType - , pDataType - , pDescription - , pIsModifiable - , pMinimumEngineVersion - , pParameterName - , pParameterValue - , pSource - - -- * OptionGroupOptionSetting - , OptionGroupOptionSetting - , optionGroupOptionSetting - , ogosAllowedValues - , ogosApplyType - , ogosDefaultValue - , ogosIsModifiable - , ogosSettingDescription - , ogosSettingName - ) where - -import Network.AWS.Prelude -import Network.AWS.Signing -import qualified GHC.Exts - --- | Version @2014-10-31@ of the Amazon Relational Database Service service. -data RDS - -instance AWSService RDS where - type Sg RDS = V4 - type Er RDS = RESTError - - service = service' - where - service' :: Service RDS - service' = Service - { _svcAbbrev = "RDS" - , _svcPrefix = "rds" - , _svcVersion = "2014-10-31" - , _svcTargetPrefix = Nothing - , _svcJSONVersion = Nothing - , _svcHandle = handle - , _svcRetry = retry - } - - handle :: Status - -> Maybe (LazyByteString -> ServiceError RESTError) - handle = restError statusSuccess service' - - retry :: Retry RDS - retry = Exponential - { _retryBase = 0.05 - , _retryGrowth = 2 - , _retryAttempts = 5 - , _retryCheck = check - } - - check :: Status - -> RESTError - -> Bool - check (statusCode -> s) (awsErrorCode -> e) - | s == 400 && (Just "Throttling") == e = True -- Throttling - | s == 500 = True -- General Server Error - | s == 509 = True -- Limit Exceeded - | s == 503 = True -- Service Unavailable - | otherwise = False - -ns :: Text -ns = "http://rds.amazonaws.com/doc/2014-10-31/" -{-# INLINE ns #-} - -data PendingMaintenanceAction = PendingMaintenanceAction - { _pmaAction :: Maybe Text - , _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _pmaCurrentApplyDate :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _pmaDescription :: Maybe Text - , _pmaForcedApplyDate :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _pmaOptInStatus :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'PendingMaintenanceAction' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'pmaAction' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' --- --- * 'pmaCurrentApplyDate' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' --- --- * 'pmaDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pmaForcedApplyDate' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' --- --- * 'pmaOptInStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -pendingMaintenanceAction :: PendingMaintenanceAction -pendingMaintenanceAction = PendingMaintenanceAction - { _pmaAction = Nothing - , _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = Nothing - , _pmaForcedApplyDate = Nothing - , _pmaOptInStatus = Nothing - , _pmaCurrentApplyDate = Nothing - , _pmaDescription = Nothing - } - --- | The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource. -pmaAction :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) -pmaAction = lens _pmaAction (\s a -> s { _pmaAction = a }) - --- | The date of the maintenance window when the action will be applied. The --- maintenance action will be applied to the resource during its first --- maintenance window after this date. If this date is specified, any 'next-maintenance' opt-in requests are ignored. -pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) -pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = - lens _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate (\s a -> s { _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = a }) - . mapping _Time - --- | The effective date when the pending maintenance action will be applied to the --- resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the 'ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction' API, the 'AutoAppliedAfterDate', and the 'ForcedApplyDate'. This value is blank --- if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing has been specified as 'AutoAppliedAfterDate' or 'ForcedApplyDate'. -pmaCurrentApplyDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) -pmaCurrentApplyDate = - lens _pmaCurrentApplyDate (\s a -> s { _pmaCurrentApplyDate = a }) - . mapping _Time - --- | A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. -pmaDescription :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) -pmaDescription = lens _pmaDescription (\s a -> s { _pmaDescription = a }) - --- | The date when the maintenance action will be automatically applied. The --- maintenance action will be applied to the resource on this date regardless of --- the maintenance window for the resource. If this date is specified, any 'immediate' opt-in requests are ignored. -pmaForcedApplyDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) -pmaForcedApplyDate = - lens _pmaForcedApplyDate (\s a -> s { _pmaForcedApplyDate = a }) - . mapping _Time - --- | Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource. -pmaOptInStatus :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) -pmaOptInStatus = lens _pmaOptInStatus (\s a -> s { _pmaOptInStatus = a }) - -instance FromXML PendingMaintenanceAction where - parseXML x = PendingMaintenanceAction - <$> x .@? "Action" - <*> x .@? "AutoAppliedAfterDate" - <*> x .@? "CurrentApplyDate" - <*> x .@? "Description" - <*> x .@? "ForcedApplyDate" - <*> x .@? "OptInStatus" - -instance ToQuery PendingMaintenanceAction where - toQuery PendingMaintenanceAction{..} = mconcat - [ "Action" =? _pmaAction - , "AutoAppliedAfterDate" =? _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate - , "CurrentApplyDate" =? _pmaCurrentApplyDate - , "Description" =? _pmaDescription - , "ForcedApplyDate" =? _pmaForcedApplyDate - , "OptInStatus" =? _pmaOptInStatus - ] - -data OptionGroup = OptionGroup - { _ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships :: Maybe Bool - , _ogEngineName :: Maybe Text - , _ogMajorEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _ogOptionGroupDescription :: Maybe Text - , _ogOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _ogOptions :: List "member" Option - , _ogVpcId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'OptionGroup' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'ogEngineName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogMajorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogOptionGroupDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogOptions' @::@ ['Option'] --- --- * 'ogVpcId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -optionGroup :: OptionGroup -optionGroup = OptionGroup - { _ogOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _ogOptionGroupDescription = Nothing - , _ogEngineName = Nothing - , _ogMajorEngineVersion = Nothing - , _ogOptions = mempty - , _ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = Nothing - , _ogVpcId = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC --- instances. The value 'true' indicates the option group can be applied to both --- VPC and non-VPC instances. -ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Bool) -ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = - lens _ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships - (\s a -> s { _ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = a }) - --- | Engine name that this option group can be applied to. -ogEngineName :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) -ogEngineName = lens _ogEngineName (\s a -> s { _ogEngineName = a }) - --- | Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group. -ogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) -ogMajorEngineVersion = - lens _ogMajorEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _ogMajorEngineVersion = a }) - --- | Provides a description of the option group. -ogOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) -ogOptionGroupDescription = - lens _ogOptionGroupDescription - (\s a -> s { _ogOptionGroupDescription = a }) - --- | Specifies the name of the option group. -ogOptionGroupName :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) -ogOptionGroupName = - lens _ogOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _ogOptionGroupName = a }) - --- | Indicates what options are available in the option group. -ogOptions :: Lens' OptionGroup [Option] -ogOptions = lens _ogOptions (\s a -> s { _ogOptions = a }) . _List - --- | If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is 'false', this field is blank. If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships --- is 'true' and this field is blank, then this option group can be applied to --- both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this field contains a value, then this --- option group can only be applied to instances that are in the VPC indicated --- by this field. -ogVpcId :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) -ogVpcId = lens _ogVpcId (\s a -> s { _ogVpcId = a }) - -instance FromXML OptionGroup where - parseXML x = OptionGroup - <$> x .@? "AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships" - <*> x .@? "EngineName" - <*> x .@? "MajorEngineVersion" - <*> x .@? "OptionGroupDescription" - <*> x .@? "OptionGroupName" - <*> x .@? "Options" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "VpcId" - -instance ToQuery OptionGroup where - toQuery OptionGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships" =? _ogAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships - , "EngineName" =? _ogEngineName - , "MajorEngineVersion" =? _ogMajorEngineVersion - , "OptionGroupDescription" =? _ogOptionGroupDescription - , "OptionGroupName" =? _ogOptionGroupName - , "Options" =? _ogOptions - , "VpcId" =? _ogVpcId - ] - -data DBParameterGroupStatus = DBParameterGroupStatus - { _dbpgsDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _dbpgsParameterApplyStatus :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'DBParameterGroupStatus' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dbpgsDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbpgsParameterApplyStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -dbparameterGroupStatus :: DBParameterGroupStatus -dbparameterGroupStatus = DBParameterGroupStatus - { _dbpgsDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _dbpgsParameterApplyStatus = Nothing - } - --- | The name of the DP parameter group. -dbpgsDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) -dbpgsDBParameterGroupName = - lens _dbpgsDBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _dbpgsDBParameterGroupName = a }) - --- | The status of parameter updates. -dbpgsParameterApplyStatus :: Lens' DBParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) -dbpgsParameterApplyStatus = - lens _dbpgsParameterApplyStatus - (\s a -> s { _dbpgsParameterApplyStatus = a }) - -instance FromXML DBParameterGroupStatus where - parseXML x = DBParameterGroupStatus - <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupName" - <*> x .@? "ParameterApplyStatus" - -instance ToQuery DBParameterGroupStatus where - toQuery DBParameterGroupStatus{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _dbpgsDBParameterGroupName - , "ParameterApplyStatus" =? _dbpgsParameterApplyStatus - ] - -data Event = Event - { _eDate :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _eEventCategories :: List "member" Text - , _eMessage :: Maybe Text - , _eSourceIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _eSourceType :: Maybe SourceType - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'Event' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'eDate' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' --- --- * 'eEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] --- --- * 'eMessage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'eSourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'eSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'SourceType' --- -event :: Event -event = Event - { _eSourceIdentifier = Nothing - , _eSourceType = Nothing - , _eMessage = Nothing - , _eEventCategories = mempty - , _eDate = Nothing - } - --- | Specifies the date and time of the event. -eDate :: Lens' Event (Maybe UTCTime) -eDate = lens _eDate (\s a -> s { _eDate = a }) . mapping _Time - --- | Specifies the category for the event. -eEventCategories :: Lens' Event [Text] -eEventCategories = lens _eEventCategories (\s a -> s { _eEventCategories = a }) . _List - --- | Provides the text of this event. -eMessage :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) -eMessage = lens _eMessage (\s a -> s { _eMessage = a }) - --- | Provides the identifier for the source of the event. -eSourceIdentifier :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) -eSourceIdentifier = - lens _eSourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _eSourceIdentifier = a }) - --- | Specifies the source type for this event. -eSourceType :: Lens' Event (Maybe SourceType) -eSourceType = lens _eSourceType (\s a -> s { _eSourceType = a }) - -instance FromXML Event where - parseXML x = Event - <$> x .@? "Date" - <*> x .@? "EventCategories" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Message" - <*> x .@? "SourceIdentifier" - <*> x .@? "SourceType" - -instance ToQuery Event where - toQuery Event{..} = mconcat - [ "Date" =? _eDate - , "EventCategories" =? _eEventCategories - , "Message" =? _eMessage - , "SourceIdentifier" =? _eSourceIdentifier - , "SourceType" =? _eSourceType - ] - -data DBSecurityGroup = DBSecurityGroup - { _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Maybe Text - , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups :: List "member" EC2SecurityGroup - , _dbsgIPRanges :: List "member" IPRange - , _dbsgOwnerId :: Maybe Text - , _dbsgVpcId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'DBSecurityGroup' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsgDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsgEC2SecurityGroups' @::@ ['EC2SecurityGroup'] --- --- * 'dbsgIPRanges' @::@ ['IPRange'] --- --- * 'dbsgOwnerId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsgVpcId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -dbsecurityGroup :: DBSecurityGroup -dbsecurityGroup = DBSecurityGroup - { _dbsgOwnerId = Nothing - , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing - , _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = Nothing - , _dbsgVpcId = Nothing - , _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = mempty - , _dbsgIPRanges = mempty - } - --- | Provides the description of the DB security group. -dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = - lens _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription - (\s a -> s { _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = a }) - --- | Specifies the name of the DB security group. -dbsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = - lens _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName (\s a -> s { _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName = a }) - --- | Contains a list of 'EC2SecurityGroup' elements. -dbsgEC2SecurityGroups :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup [EC2SecurityGroup] -dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = - lens _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups = a }) - . _List - --- | Contains a list of 'IPRange' elements. -dbsgIPRanges :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup [IPRange] -dbsgIPRanges = lens _dbsgIPRanges (\s a -> s { _dbsgIPRanges = a }) . _List - --- | Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group. -dbsgOwnerId :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsgOwnerId = lens _dbsgOwnerId (\s a -> s { _dbsgOwnerId = a }) - --- | Provides the VpcId of the DB security group. -dbsgVpcId :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsgVpcId = lens _dbsgVpcId (\s a -> s { _dbsgVpcId = a }) - -instance FromXML DBSecurityGroup where - parseXML x = DBSecurityGroup - <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroupDescription" - <*> x .@? "DBSecurityGroupName" - <*> x .@? "EC2SecurityGroups" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "IPRanges" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "OwnerId" - <*> x .@? "VpcId" - -instance ToQuery DBSecurityGroup where - toQuery DBSecurityGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSecurityGroupDescription" =? _dbsgDBSecurityGroupDescription - , "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _dbsgDBSecurityGroupName - , "EC2SecurityGroups" =? _dbsgEC2SecurityGroups - , "IPRanges" =? _dbsgIPRanges - , "OwnerId" =? _dbsgOwnerId - , "VpcId" =? _dbsgVpcId - ] - -data Tag = Tag - { _tagKey :: Maybe Text - , _tagValue :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'Tag' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'tagKey' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'tagValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -tag :: Tag -tag = Tag - { _tagKey = Nothing - , _tagValue = Nothing - } - --- | A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 128 --- Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". --- The string may only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, --- white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: --- "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). -tagKey :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) -tagKey = lens _tagKey (\s a -> s { _tagKey = a }) - --- | A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to --- 256 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or --- "rds:". The string may only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, --- white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: --- "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). -tagValue :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) -tagValue = lens _tagValue (\s a -> s { _tagValue = a }) - -instance FromXML Tag where - parseXML x = Tag - <$> x .@? "Key" - <*> x .@? "Value" - -instance ToQuery Tag where - toQuery Tag{..} = mconcat - [ "Key" =? _tagKey - , "Value" =? _tagValue - ] - -data DBEngineVersion = DBEngineVersion - { _dbevDBEngineDescription :: Maybe Text - , _dbevDBEngineVersionDescription :: Maybe Text - , _dbevDBParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text - , _dbevDefaultCharacterSet :: Maybe CharacterSet - , _dbevEngine :: Maybe Text - , _dbevEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _dbevSupportedCharacterSets :: List "member" CharacterSet - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'DBEngineVersion' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dbevDBEngineDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbevDBEngineVersionDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbevDBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbevDefaultCharacterSet' @::@ 'Maybe' 'CharacterSet' --- --- * 'dbevEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbevEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbevSupportedCharacterSets' @::@ ['CharacterSet'] --- -dbengineVersion :: DBEngineVersion -dbengineVersion = DBEngineVersion - { _dbevEngine = Nothing - , _dbevEngineVersion = Nothing - , _dbevDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing - , _dbevDBEngineDescription = Nothing - , _dbevDBEngineVersionDescription = Nothing - , _dbevDefaultCharacterSet = Nothing - , _dbevSupportedCharacterSets = mempty - } - --- | The description of the database engine. -dbevDBEngineDescription :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) -dbevDBEngineDescription = - lens _dbevDBEngineDescription (\s a -> s { _dbevDBEngineDescription = a }) - --- | The description of the database engine version. -dbevDBEngineVersionDescription :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) -dbevDBEngineVersionDescription = - lens _dbevDBEngineVersionDescription - (\s a -> s { _dbevDBEngineVersionDescription = a }) - --- | The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. -dbevDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) -dbevDBParameterGroupFamily = - lens _dbevDBParameterGroupFamily - (\s a -> s { _dbevDBParameterGroupFamily = a }) - --- | The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the 'CharacterSetName' parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified. -dbevDefaultCharacterSet :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe CharacterSet) -dbevDefaultCharacterSet = - lens _dbevDefaultCharacterSet (\s a -> s { _dbevDefaultCharacterSet = a }) - --- | The name of the database engine. -dbevEngine :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) -dbevEngine = lens _dbevEngine (\s a -> s { _dbevEngine = a }) - --- | The version number of the database engine. -dbevEngineVersion :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) -dbevEngineVersion = - lens _dbevEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dbevEngineVersion = a }) - --- | A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the 'CharacterSetName' parameter of the CreateDBInstance API. -dbevSupportedCharacterSets :: Lens' DBEngineVersion [CharacterSet] -dbevSupportedCharacterSets = - lens _dbevSupportedCharacterSets - (\s a -> s { _dbevSupportedCharacterSets = a }) - . _List - -instance FromXML DBEngineVersion where - parseXML x = DBEngineVersion - <$> x .@? "DBEngineDescription" - <*> x .@? "DBEngineVersionDescription" - <*> x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily" - <*> x .@? "DefaultCharacterSet" - <*> x .@? "Engine" - <*> x .@? "EngineVersion" - <*> x .@? "SupportedCharacterSets" .!@ mempty - -instance ToQuery DBEngineVersion where - toQuery DBEngineVersion{..} = mconcat - [ "DBEngineDescription" =? _dbevDBEngineDescription - , "DBEngineVersionDescription" =? _dbevDBEngineVersionDescription - , "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _dbevDBParameterGroupFamily - , "DefaultCharacterSet" =? _dbevDefaultCharacterSet - , "Engine" =? _dbevEngine - , "EngineVersion" =? _dbevEngineVersion - , "SupportedCharacterSets" =? _dbevSupportedCharacterSets - ] - -data DBSnapshot = DBSnapshot - { _dbsAllocatedStorage :: Maybe Int - , _dbsAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text - , _dbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _dbsEncrypted :: Maybe Bool - , _dbsEngine :: Maybe Text - , _dbsEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _dbsInstanceCreateTime :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _dbsIops :: Maybe Int - , _dbsKmsKeyId :: Maybe Text - , _dbsLicenseModel :: Maybe Text - , _dbsMasterUsername :: Maybe Text - , _dbsOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _dbsPercentProgress :: Maybe Int - , _dbsPort :: Maybe Int - , _dbsSnapshotCreateTime :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _dbsSnapshotType :: Maybe Text - , _dbsSourceRegion :: Maybe Text - , _dbsStatus :: Maybe Text - , _dbsStorageType :: Maybe Text - , _dbsTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text - , _dbsVpcId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'DBSnapshot' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dbsAllocatedStorage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'dbsAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsEncrypted' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'dbsEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsInstanceCreateTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' --- --- * 'dbsIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'dbsKmsKeyId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsMasterUsername' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsPercentProgress' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'dbsPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'dbsSnapshotCreateTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' --- --- * 'dbsSnapshotType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsSourceRegion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsVpcId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -dbsnapshot :: DBSnapshot -dbsnapshot = DBSnapshot - { _dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing - , _dbsDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _dbsSnapshotCreateTime = Nothing - , _dbsEngine = Nothing - , _dbsAllocatedStorage = Nothing - , _dbsStatus = Nothing - , _dbsPort = Nothing - , _dbsAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _dbsVpcId = Nothing - , _dbsInstanceCreateTime = Nothing - , _dbsMasterUsername = Nothing - , _dbsEngineVersion = Nothing - , _dbsLicenseModel = Nothing - , _dbsSnapshotType = Nothing - , _dbsIops = Nothing - , _dbsOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _dbsPercentProgress = Nothing - , _dbsSourceRegion = Nothing - , _dbsStorageType = Nothing - , _dbsTdeCredentialArn = Nothing - , _dbsEncrypted = Nothing - , _dbsKmsKeyId = Nothing - } - --- | Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). -dbsAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -dbsAllocatedStorage = - lens _dbsAllocatedStorage (\s a -> s { _dbsAllocatedStorage = a }) - --- | Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in --- at the time of the DB snapshot. -dbsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsAvailabilityZone = - lens _dbsAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _dbsAvailabilityZone = a }) - --- | Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot was --- created from. -dbsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _dbsDBInstanceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dbsDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot. -dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = - lens _dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a }) - --- | Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted. -dbsEncrypted :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) -dbsEncrypted = lens _dbsEncrypted (\s a -> s { _dbsEncrypted = a }) - --- | Specifies the name of the database engine. -dbsEngine :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsEngine = lens _dbsEngine (\s a -> s { _dbsEngine = a }) - --- | Specifies the version of the database engine. -dbsEngineVersion :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsEngineVersion = lens _dbsEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dbsEngineVersion = a }) - --- | Specifies the time (UTC) when the snapshot was taken. -dbsInstanceCreateTime :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) -dbsInstanceCreateTime = - lens _dbsInstanceCreateTime (\s a -> s { _dbsInstanceCreateTime = a }) - . mapping _Time - --- | Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB --- instance at the time of the snapshot. -dbsIops :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -dbsIops = lens _dbsIops (\s a -> s { _dbsIops = a }) - --- | If 'Encrypted' is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot. -dbsKmsKeyId :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsKmsKeyId = lens _dbsKmsKeyId (\s a -> s { _dbsKmsKeyId = a }) - --- | License model information for the restored DB instance. -dbsLicenseModel :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsLicenseModel = lens _dbsLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _dbsLicenseModel = a }) - --- | Provides the master username for the DB snapshot. -dbsMasterUsername :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsMasterUsername = - lens _dbsMasterUsername (\s a -> s { _dbsMasterUsername = a }) - --- | Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot. -dbsOptionGroupName :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsOptionGroupName = - lens _dbsOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _dbsOptionGroupName = a }) - --- | The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. -dbsPercentProgress :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -dbsPercentProgress = - lens _dbsPercentProgress (\s a -> s { _dbsPercentProgress = a }) - --- | Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time of --- the snapshot. -dbsPort :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) -dbsPort = lens _dbsPort (\s a -> s { _dbsPort = a }) - --- | Provides the time (UTC) when the snapshot was taken. -dbsSnapshotCreateTime :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) -dbsSnapshotCreateTime = - lens _dbsSnapshotCreateTime (\s a -> s { _dbsSnapshotCreateTime = a }) - . mapping _Time - --- | Provides the type of the DB snapshot. -dbsSnapshotType :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsSnapshotType = lens _dbsSnapshotType (\s a -> s { _dbsSnapshotType = a }) - --- | The region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from. -dbsSourceRegion :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsSourceRegion = lens _dbsSourceRegion (\s a -> s { _dbsSourceRegion = a }) - --- | Specifies the status of this DB snapshot. -dbsStatus :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsStatus = lens _dbsStatus (\s a -> s { _dbsStatus = a }) - --- | Specifies the storage type associated with DB Snapshot. -dbsStorageType :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsStorageType = lens _dbsStorageType (\s a -> s { _dbsStorageType = a }) - --- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE --- encryption. -dbsTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsTdeCredentialArn = - lens _dbsTdeCredentialArn (\s a -> s { _dbsTdeCredentialArn = a }) - --- | Provides the Vpc Id associated with the DB snapshot. -dbsVpcId :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) -dbsVpcId = lens _dbsVpcId (\s a -> s { _dbsVpcId = a }) - -instance FromXML DBSnapshot where - parseXML x = DBSnapshot - <$> x .@? "AllocatedStorage" - <*> x .@? "AvailabilityZone" - <*> x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier" - <*> x .@? "DBSnapshotIdentifier" - <*> x .@? "Encrypted" - <*> x .@? "Engine" - <*> x .@? "EngineVersion" - <*> x .@? "InstanceCreateTime" - <*> x .@? "Iops" - <*> x .@? "KmsKeyId" - <*> x .@? "LicenseModel" - <*> x .@? "MasterUsername" - <*> x .@? "OptionGroupName" - <*> x .@? "PercentProgress" - <*> x .@? "Port" - <*> x .@? "SnapshotCreateTime" - <*> x .@? "SnapshotType" - <*> x .@? "SourceRegion" - <*> x .@? "Status" - <*> x .@? "StorageType" - <*> x .@? "TdeCredentialArn" - <*> x .@? "VpcId" - -instance ToQuery DBSnapshot where - toQuery DBSnapshot{..} = mconcat - [ "AllocatedStorage" =? _dbsAllocatedStorage - , "AvailabilityZone" =? _dbsAvailabilityZone - , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _dbsDBInstanceIdentifier - , "DBSnapshotIdentifier" =? _dbsDBSnapshotIdentifier - , "Encrypted" =? _dbsEncrypted - , "Engine" =? _dbsEngine - , "EngineVersion" =? _dbsEngineVersion - , "InstanceCreateTime" =? _dbsInstanceCreateTime - , "Iops" =? _dbsIops - , "KmsKeyId" =? _dbsKmsKeyId - , "LicenseModel" =? _dbsLicenseModel - , "MasterUsername" =? _dbsMasterUsername - , "OptionGroupName" =? _dbsOptionGroupName - , "PercentProgress" =? _dbsPercentProgress - , "Port" =? _dbsPort - , "SnapshotCreateTime" =? _dbsSnapshotCreateTime - , "SnapshotType" =? _dbsSnapshotType - , "SourceRegion" =? _dbsSourceRegion - , "Status" =? _dbsStatus - , "StorageType" =? _dbsStorageType - , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _dbsTdeCredentialArn - , "VpcId" =? _dbsVpcId - ] - -data DBSecurityGroupMembership = DBSecurityGroupMembership - { _dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _dbsgmStatus :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'DBSecurityGroupMembership' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsgmStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -dbsecurityGroupMembership :: DBSecurityGroupMembership -dbsecurityGroupMembership = DBSecurityGroupMembership - { _dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing - , _dbsgmStatus = Nothing - } - --- | The name of the DB security group. -dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DBSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName = - lens _dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName - (\s a -> s { _dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName = a }) - --- | The status of the DB security group. -dbsgmStatus :: Lens' DBSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -dbsgmStatus = lens _dbsgmStatus (\s a -> s { _dbsgmStatus = a }) - -instance FromXML DBSecurityGroupMembership where - parseXML x = DBSecurityGroupMembership - <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroupName" - <*> x .@? "Status" - -instance ToQuery DBSecurityGroupMembership where - toQuery DBSecurityGroupMembership{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSecurityGroupName" =? _dbsgmDBSecurityGroupName - , "Status" =? _dbsgmStatus - ] - -data EC2SecurityGroup = EC2SecurityGroup - { _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId :: Maybe Text - , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Maybe Text - , _ecsgStatus :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'EC2SecurityGroup' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ecsgStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -ec2SecurityGroup :: EC2SecurityGroup -ec2SecurityGroup = EC2SecurityGroup - { _ecsgStatus = Nothing - , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing - , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing - , _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing - } - --- | Specifies the id of the EC2 security group. -ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId = - lens _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId (\s a -> s { _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId = a }) - --- | Specifies the name of the EC2 security group. -ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName = - lens _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName - (\s a -> s { _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName = a }) - --- | Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the 'EC2SecurityGroupName' field. -ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = - lens _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId - (\s a -> s { _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a }) - --- | Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing", --- "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". -ecsgStatus :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -ecsgStatus = lens _ecsgStatus (\s a -> s { _ecsgStatus = a }) - -instance FromXML EC2SecurityGroup where - parseXML x = EC2SecurityGroup - <$> x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupId" - <*> x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupName" - <*> x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" - <*> x .@? "Status" - -instance ToQuery EC2SecurityGroup where - toQuery EC2SecurityGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "EC2SecurityGroupId" =? _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupId - , "EC2SecurityGroupName" =? _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupName - , "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId" =? _ecsgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId - , "Status" =? _ecsgStatus - ] - -data SourceType - = DbInstance -- ^ db-instance - | DbParameterGroup -- ^ db-parameter-group - | DbSecurityGroup -- ^ db-security-group - | DbSnapshot -- ^ db-snapshot - deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Generic, Enum) - -instance Hashable SourceType - -instance FromText SourceType where - parser = takeLowerText >>= \case - "db-instance" -> pure DbInstance - "db-parameter-group" -> pure DbParameterGroup - "db-security-group" -> pure DbSecurityGroup - "db-snapshot" -> pure DbSnapshot - e -> fail $ - "Failure parsing SourceType from " ++ show e - -instance ToText SourceType where - toText = \case - DbInstance -> "db-instance" - DbParameterGroup -> "db-parameter-group" - DbSecurityGroup -> "db-security-group" - DbSnapshot -> "db-snapshot" - -instance ToByteString SourceType -instance ToHeader SourceType -instance ToQuery SourceType - -instance FromXML SourceType where - parseXML = parseXMLText "SourceType" - -data ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions - { _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails :: List "member" PendingMaintenanceAction - , _rpmaResourceIdentifier :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails' @::@ ['PendingMaintenanceAction'] --- --- * 'rpmaResourceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -resourcePendingMaintenanceActions :: ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions -resourcePendingMaintenanceActions = ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions - { _rpmaResourceIdentifier = Nothing - , _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = mempty - } - --- | A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the --- resource. -rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails :: Lens' ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions [PendingMaintenanceAction] -rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = - lens _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails - (\s a -> s { _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = a }) - . _List - --- | The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. -rpmaResourceIdentifier :: Lens' ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions (Maybe Text) -rpmaResourceIdentifier = - lens _rpmaResourceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _rpmaResourceIdentifier = a }) - -instance FromXML ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions where - parseXML x = ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions - <$> x .@? "PendingMaintenanceActionDetails" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "ResourceIdentifier" - -instance ToQuery ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions where - toQuery ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions{..} = mconcat - [ "PendingMaintenanceActionDetails" =? _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails - , "ResourceIdentifier" =? _rpmaResourceIdentifier - ] - -data DBParameterGroup = DBParameterGroup - { _dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text - , _dbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _dbpgDescription :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'DBParameterGroup' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbpgDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbpgDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -dbparameterGroup :: DBParameterGroup -dbparameterGroup = DBParameterGroup - { _dbpgDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - , _dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing - , _dbpgDescription = Nothing - } - --- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter --- group is compatible with. -dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) -dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = - lens _dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily - (\s a -> s { _dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a }) - --- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group. -dbpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) -dbpgDBParameterGroupName = - lens _dbpgDBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _dbpgDBParameterGroupName = a }) - --- | Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. -dbpgDescription :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) -dbpgDescription = lens _dbpgDescription (\s a -> s { _dbpgDescription = a }) - -instance FromXML DBParameterGroup where - parseXML x = DBParameterGroup - <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily" - <*> x .@? "DBParameterGroupName" - <*> x .@? "Description" - -instance ToQuery DBParameterGroup where - toQuery DBParameterGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _dbpgDBParameterGroupFamily - , "DBParameterGroupName" =? _dbpgDBParameterGroupName - , "Description" =? _dbpgDescription - ] - -data ReservedDBInstancesOffering = ReservedDBInstancesOffering - { _rdbioCurrencyCode :: Maybe Text - , _rdbioDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _rdbioDuration :: Maybe Int - , _rdbioFixedPrice :: Maybe Double - , _rdbioMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool - , _rdbioOfferingType :: Maybe Text - , _rdbioProductDescription :: Maybe Text - , _rdbioRecurringCharges :: List "member" RecurringCharge - , _rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Maybe Text - , _rdbioUsagePrice :: Maybe Double - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'ReservedDBInstancesOffering' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'rdbioCurrencyCode' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbioDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbioDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'rdbioFixedPrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' --- --- * 'rdbioMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'rdbioOfferingType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbioProductDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbioRecurringCharges' @::@ ['RecurringCharge'] --- --- * 'rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbioUsagePrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' --- -reservedDBInstancesOffering :: ReservedDBInstancesOffering -reservedDBInstancesOffering = ReservedDBInstancesOffering - { _rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing - , _rdbioDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _rdbioDuration = Nothing - , _rdbioFixedPrice = Nothing - , _rdbioUsagePrice = Nothing - , _rdbioCurrencyCode = Nothing - , _rdbioProductDescription = Nothing - , _rdbioOfferingType = Nothing - , _rdbioMultiAZ = Nothing - , _rdbioRecurringCharges = mempty - } - --- | The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering. -rdbioCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rdbioCurrencyCode = - lens _rdbioCurrencyCode (\s a -> s { _rdbioCurrencyCode = a }) - --- | The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. -rdbioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rdbioDBInstanceClass = - lens _rdbioDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _rdbioDBInstanceClass = a }) - --- | The duration of the offering in seconds. -rdbioDuration :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Int) -rdbioDuration = lens _rdbioDuration (\s a -> s { _rdbioDuration = a }) - --- | The fixed price charged for this offering. -rdbioFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) -rdbioFixedPrice = lens _rdbioFixedPrice (\s a -> s { _rdbioFixedPrice = a }) - --- | Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments. -rdbioMultiAZ :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Bool) -rdbioMultiAZ = lens _rdbioMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _rdbioMultiAZ = a }) - --- | The offering type. -rdbioOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rdbioOfferingType = - lens _rdbioOfferingType (\s a -> s { _rdbioOfferingType = a }) - --- | The database engine used by the offering. -rdbioProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rdbioProductDescription = - lens _rdbioProductDescription (\s a -> s { _rdbioProductDescription = a }) - --- | The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. -rdbioRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering [RecurringCharge] -rdbioRecurringCharges = - lens _rdbioRecurringCharges (\s a -> s { _rdbioRecurringCharges = a }) - . _List - --- | The offering identifier. -rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = - lens _rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - (\s a -> s { _rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a }) - --- | The hourly price charged for this offering. -rdbioUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) -rdbioUsagePrice = lens _rdbioUsagePrice (\s a -> s { _rdbioUsagePrice = a }) - -instance FromXML ReservedDBInstancesOffering where - parseXML x = ReservedDBInstancesOffering - <$> x .@? "CurrencyCode" - <*> x .@? "DBInstanceClass" - <*> x .@? "Duration" - <*> x .@? "FixedPrice" - <*> x .@? "MultiAZ" - <*> x .@? "OfferingType" - <*> x .@? "ProductDescription" - <*> x .@? "RecurringCharges" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" - <*> x .@? "UsagePrice" - -instance ToQuery ReservedDBInstancesOffering where - toQuery ReservedDBInstancesOffering{..} = mconcat - [ "CurrencyCode" =? _rdbioCurrencyCode - , "DBInstanceClass" =? _rdbioDBInstanceClass - , "Duration" =? _rdbioDuration - , "FixedPrice" =? _rdbioFixedPrice - , "MultiAZ" =? _rdbioMultiAZ - , "OfferingType" =? _rdbioOfferingType - , "ProductDescription" =? _rdbioProductDescription - , "RecurringCharges" =? _rdbioRecurringCharges - , "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =? _rdbioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - , "UsagePrice" =? _rdbioUsagePrice - ] - -data ApplyMethod - = Immediate -- ^ immediate - | PendingReboot -- ^ pending-reboot - deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Generic, Enum) - -instance Hashable ApplyMethod - -instance FromText ApplyMethod where - parser = takeLowerText >>= \case - "immediate" -> pure Immediate - "pending-reboot" -> pure PendingReboot - e -> fail $ - "Failure parsing ApplyMethod from " ++ show e - -instance ToText ApplyMethod where - toText = \case - Immediate -> "immediate" - PendingReboot -> "pending-reboot" - -instance ToByteString ApplyMethod -instance ToHeader ApplyMethod -instance ToQuery ApplyMethod - -instance FromXML ApplyMethod where - parseXML = parseXMLText "ApplyMethod" - -data CharacterSet = CharacterSet - { _csCharacterSetDescription :: Maybe Text - , _csCharacterSetName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'CharacterSet' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'csCharacterSetDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'csCharacterSetName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -characterSet :: CharacterSet -characterSet = CharacterSet - { _csCharacterSetName = Nothing - , _csCharacterSetDescription = Nothing - } - --- | The description of the character set. -csCharacterSetDescription :: Lens' CharacterSet (Maybe Text) -csCharacterSetDescription = - lens _csCharacterSetDescription - (\s a -> s { _csCharacterSetDescription = a }) - --- | The name of the character set. -csCharacterSetName :: Lens' CharacterSet (Maybe Text) -csCharacterSetName = - lens _csCharacterSetName (\s a -> s { _csCharacterSetName = a }) - -instance FromXML CharacterSet where - parseXML x = CharacterSet - <$> x .@? "CharacterSetDescription" - <*> x .@? "CharacterSetName" - -instance ToQuery CharacterSet where - toQuery CharacterSet{..} = mconcat - [ "CharacterSetDescription" =? _csCharacterSetDescription - , "CharacterSetName" =? _csCharacterSetName - ] - -data Subnet = Subnet - { _sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: Maybe AvailabilityZone - , _sSubnetIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _sSubnetStatus :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'Subnet' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'sSubnetAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'AvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'sSubnetIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'sSubnetStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -subnet :: Subnet -subnet = Subnet - { _sSubnetIdentifier = Nothing - , _sSubnetAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _sSubnetStatus = Nothing - } - -sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe AvailabilityZone) -sSubnetAvailabilityZone = - lens _sSubnetAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _sSubnetAvailabilityZone = a }) - --- | Specifies the identifier of the subnet. -sSubnetIdentifier :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) -sSubnetIdentifier = - lens _sSubnetIdentifier (\s a -> s { _sSubnetIdentifier = a }) - --- | Specifies the status of the subnet. -sSubnetStatus :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) -sSubnetStatus = lens _sSubnetStatus (\s a -> s { _sSubnetStatus = a }) - -instance FromXML Subnet where - parseXML x = Subnet - <$> x .@? "SubnetAvailabilityZone" - <*> x .@? "SubnetIdentifier" - <*> x .@? "SubnetStatus" - -instance ToQuery Subnet where - toQuery Subnet{..} = mconcat - [ "SubnetAvailabilityZone" =? _sSubnetAvailabilityZone - , "SubnetIdentifier" =? _sSubnetIdentifier - , "SubnetStatus" =? _sSubnetStatus - ] - -data ReservedDBInstance = ReservedDBInstance - { _rdbiCurrencyCode :: Maybe Text - , _rdbiDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _rdbiDBInstanceCount :: Maybe Int - , _rdbiDuration :: Maybe Int - , _rdbiFixedPrice :: Maybe Double - , _rdbiMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool - , _rdbiOfferingType :: Maybe Text - , _rdbiProductDescription :: Maybe Text - , _rdbiRecurringCharges :: List "member" RecurringCharge - , _rdbiReservedDBInstanceId :: Maybe Text - , _rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Maybe Text - , _rdbiStartTime :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _rdbiState :: Maybe Text - , _rdbiUsagePrice :: Maybe Double - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'ReservedDBInstance' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'rdbiCurrencyCode' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbiDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbiDBInstanceCount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'rdbiDuration' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'rdbiFixedPrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' --- --- * 'rdbiMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'rdbiOfferingType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbiProductDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbiRecurringCharges' @::@ ['RecurringCharge'] --- --- * 'rdbiReservedDBInstanceId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbiStartTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' --- --- * 'rdbiState' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'rdbiUsagePrice' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' --- -reservedDBInstance :: ReservedDBInstance -reservedDBInstance = ReservedDBInstance - { _rdbiReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing - , _rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing - , _rdbiDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _rdbiStartTime = Nothing - , _rdbiDuration = Nothing - , _rdbiFixedPrice = Nothing - , _rdbiUsagePrice = Nothing - , _rdbiCurrencyCode = Nothing - , _rdbiDBInstanceCount = Nothing - , _rdbiProductDescription = Nothing - , _rdbiOfferingType = Nothing - , _rdbiMultiAZ = Nothing - , _rdbiState = Nothing - , _rdbiRecurringCharges = mempty - } - --- | The currency code for the reserved DB instance. -rdbiCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdbiCurrencyCode = lens _rdbiCurrencyCode (\s a -> s { _rdbiCurrencyCode = a }) - --- | The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. -rdbiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdbiDBInstanceClass = - lens _rdbiDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _rdbiDBInstanceClass = a }) - --- | The number of reserved DB instances. -rdbiDBInstanceCount :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Int) -rdbiDBInstanceCount = - lens _rdbiDBInstanceCount (\s a -> s { _rdbiDBInstanceCount = a }) - --- | The duration of the reservation in seconds. -rdbiDuration :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Int) -rdbiDuration = lens _rdbiDuration (\s a -> s { _rdbiDuration = a }) - --- | The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance. -rdbiFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Double) -rdbiFixedPrice = lens _rdbiFixedPrice (\s a -> s { _rdbiFixedPrice = a }) - --- | Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments. -rdbiMultiAZ :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Bool) -rdbiMultiAZ = lens _rdbiMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _rdbiMultiAZ = a }) - --- | The offering type of this reserved DB instance. -rdbiOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdbiOfferingType = lens _rdbiOfferingType (\s a -> s { _rdbiOfferingType = a }) - --- | The description of the reserved DB instance. -rdbiProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdbiProductDescription = - lens _rdbiProductDescription (\s a -> s { _rdbiProductDescription = a }) - --- | The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. -rdbiRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance [RecurringCharge] -rdbiRecurringCharges = - lens _rdbiRecurringCharges (\s a -> s { _rdbiRecurringCharges = a }) - . _List - --- | The unique identifier for the reservation. -rdbiReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdbiReservedDBInstanceId = - lens _rdbiReservedDBInstanceId - (\s a -> s { _rdbiReservedDBInstanceId = a }) - --- | The offering identifier. -rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = - lens _rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - (\s a -> s { _rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a }) - --- | The time the reservation started. -rdbiStartTime :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) -rdbiStartTime = lens _rdbiStartTime (\s a -> s { _rdbiStartTime = a }) . mapping _Time - --- | The state of the reserved DB instance. -rdbiState :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) -rdbiState = lens _rdbiState (\s a -> s { _rdbiState = a }) - --- | The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance. -rdbiUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Double) -rdbiUsagePrice = lens _rdbiUsagePrice (\s a -> s { _rdbiUsagePrice = a }) - -instance FromXML ReservedDBInstance where - parseXML x = ReservedDBInstance - <$> x .@? "CurrencyCode" - <*> x .@? "DBInstanceClass" - <*> x .@? "DBInstanceCount" - <*> x .@? "Duration" - <*> x .@? "FixedPrice" - <*> x .@? "MultiAZ" - <*> x .@? "OfferingType" - <*> x .@? "ProductDescription" - <*> x .@? "RecurringCharges" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "ReservedDBInstanceId" - <*> x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" - <*> x .@? "StartTime" - <*> x .@? "State" - <*> x .@? "UsagePrice" - -instance ToQuery ReservedDBInstance where - toQuery ReservedDBInstance{..} = mconcat - [ "CurrencyCode" =? _rdbiCurrencyCode - , "DBInstanceClass" =? _rdbiDBInstanceClass - , "DBInstanceCount" =? _rdbiDBInstanceCount - , "Duration" =? _rdbiDuration - , "FixedPrice" =? _rdbiFixedPrice - , "MultiAZ" =? _rdbiMultiAZ - , "OfferingType" =? _rdbiOfferingType - , "ProductDescription" =? _rdbiProductDescription - , "RecurringCharges" =? _rdbiRecurringCharges - , "ReservedDBInstanceId" =? _rdbiReservedDBInstanceId - , "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId" =? _rdbiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId - , "StartTime" =? _rdbiStartTime - , "State" =? _rdbiState - , "UsagePrice" =? _rdbiUsagePrice - ] - -data EngineDefaults = EngineDefaults - { _edDBParameterGroupFamily :: Maybe Text - , _edMarker :: Maybe Text - , _edParameters :: List "member" Parameter - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'EngineDefaults' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'edDBParameterGroupFamily' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'edMarker' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'edParameters' @::@ ['Parameter'] --- -engineDefaults :: EngineDefaults -engineDefaults = EngineDefaults - { _edDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing - , _edMarker = Nothing - , _edParameters = mempty - } - --- | Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family which the engine default --- parameters apply to. -edDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' EngineDefaults (Maybe Text) -edDBParameterGroupFamily = - lens _edDBParameterGroupFamily - (\s a -> s { _edDBParameterGroupFamily = a }) - --- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request. --- If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the --- marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords' . -edMarker :: Lens' EngineDefaults (Maybe Text) -edMarker = lens _edMarker (\s a -> s { _edMarker = a }) - --- | Contains a list of engine default parameters. -edParameters :: Lens' EngineDefaults [Parameter] -edParameters = lens _edParameters (\s a -> s { _edParameters = a }) . _List - -instance FromXML EngineDefaults where - parseXML x = EngineDefaults - <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily" - <*> x .@? "Marker" - <*> x .@? "Parameters" .!@ mempty - -instance ToQuery EngineDefaults where - toQuery EngineDefaults{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupFamily" =? _edDBParameterGroupFamily - , "Marker" =? _edMarker - , "Parameters" =? _edParameters - ] - -newtype DBParameterGroupNameMessage = DBParameterGroupNameMessage - { _dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Monoid) - --- | 'DBParameterGroupNameMessage' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -dbparameterGroupNameMessage :: DBParameterGroupNameMessage -dbparameterGroupNameMessage = DBParameterGroupNameMessage - { _dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName = Nothing - } - --- | The name of the DB parameter group. -dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroupNameMessage (Maybe Text) -dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName = - lens _dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName - (\s a -> s { _dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName = a }) - -instance FromXML DBParameterGroupNameMessage where - parseXML x = DBParameterGroupNameMessage - <$> x .@? "DBParameterGroupName" - -instance ToQuery DBParameterGroupNameMessage where - toQuery DBParameterGroupNameMessage{..} = mconcat - [ "DBParameterGroupName" =? _dbpgnmDBParameterGroupName - ] - -data OptionGroupOption = OptionGroupOption - { _ogoDefaultPort :: Maybe Int - , _ogoDescription :: Maybe Text - , _ogoEngineName :: Maybe Text - , _ogoMajorEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _ogoName :: Maybe Text - , _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings :: List "member" OptionGroupOptionSetting - , _ogoOptionsDependedOn :: List "member" Text - , _ogoPermanent :: Maybe Bool - , _ogoPersistent :: Maybe Bool - , _ogoPortRequired :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'OptionGroupOption' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ogoDefaultPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'ogoDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogoEngineName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogoMajorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogoName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings' @::@ ['OptionGroupOptionSetting'] --- --- * 'ogoOptionsDependedOn' @::@ ['Text'] --- --- * 'ogoPermanent' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'ogoPersistent' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'ogoPortRequired' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- -optionGroupOption :: OptionGroupOption -optionGroupOption = OptionGroupOption - { _ogoName = Nothing - , _ogoDescription = Nothing - , _ogoEngineName = Nothing - , _ogoMajorEngineVersion = Nothing - , _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = Nothing - , _ogoPortRequired = Nothing - , _ogoDefaultPort = Nothing - , _ogoOptionsDependedOn = mempty - , _ogoPersistent = Nothing - , _ogoPermanent = Nothing - , _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = mempty - } - --- | If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option. -ogoDefaultPort :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Int) -ogoDefaultPort = lens _ogoDefaultPort (\s a -> s { _ogoDefaultPort = a }) - --- | The description of the option. -ogoDescription :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) -ogoDescription = lens _ogoDescription (\s a -> s { _ogoDescription = a }) - --- | The name of the engine that this option can be applied to. -ogoEngineName :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) -ogoEngineName = lens _ogoEngineName (\s a -> s { _ogoEngineName = a }) - --- | Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for. -ogoMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) -ogoMajorEngineVersion = - lens _ogoMajorEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _ogoMajorEngineVersion = a }) - --- | The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied. -ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) -ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = - lens _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion - (\s a -> s { _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = a }) - --- | The name of the option. -ogoName :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) -ogoName = lens _ogoName (\s a -> s { _ogoName = a }) - --- | Specifies the option settings that are available (and the default value) for --- each option in an option group. -ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [OptionGroupOptionSetting] -ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = - lens _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings - (\s a -> s { _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = a }) - . _List - --- | List of all options that are prerequisites for this option. -ogoOptionsDependedOn :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [Text] -ogoOptionsDependedOn = - lens _ogoOptionsDependedOn (\s a -> s { _ogoOptionsDependedOn = a }) - . _List - --- | A permanent option cannot be removed from the option group once the option --- group is used, and it cannot be removed from the db instance after assigning --- an option group with this permanent option. -ogoPermanent :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) -ogoPermanent = lens _ogoPermanent (\s a -> s { _ogoPermanent = a }) - --- | A persistent option cannot be removed from the option group once the option --- group is used, but this option can be removed from the db instance while --- modifying the related data and assigning another option group without this --- option. -ogoPersistent :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) -ogoPersistent = lens _ogoPersistent (\s a -> s { _ogoPersistent = a }) - --- | Specifies whether the option requires a port. -ogoPortRequired :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) -ogoPortRequired = lens _ogoPortRequired (\s a -> s { _ogoPortRequired = a }) - -instance FromXML OptionGroupOption where - parseXML x = OptionGroupOption - <$> x .@? "DefaultPort" - <*> x .@? "Description" - <*> x .@? "EngineName" - <*> x .@? "MajorEngineVersion" - <*> x .@? "MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion" - <*> x .@? "Name" - <*> x .@? "OptionGroupOptionSettings" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "OptionsDependedOn" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Permanent" - <*> x .@? "Persistent" - <*> x .@? "PortRequired" - -instance ToQuery OptionGroupOption where - toQuery OptionGroupOption{..} = mconcat - [ "DefaultPort" =? _ogoDefaultPort - , "Description" =? _ogoDescription - , "EngineName" =? _ogoEngineName - , "MajorEngineVersion" =? _ogoMajorEngineVersion - , "MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion" =? _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion - , "Name" =? _ogoName - , "OptionGroupOptionSettings" =? _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings - , "OptionsDependedOn" =? _ogoOptionsDependedOn - , "Permanent" =? _ogoPermanent - , "Persistent" =? _ogoPersistent - , "PortRequired" =? _ogoPortRequired - ] - -data DBInstance = DBInstance - { _dbiAllocatedStorage :: Maybe Int - , _dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Maybe Bool - , _dbiAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text - , _dbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int - , _dbiCACertificateIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _dbiCharacterSetName :: Maybe Text - , _dbiDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _dbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _dbiDBInstanceStatus :: Maybe Text - , _dbiDBName :: Maybe Text - , _dbiDBParameterGroups :: List "member" DBParameterGroupStatus - , _dbiDBSecurityGroups :: List "member" DBSecurityGroupMembership - , _dbiDBSubnetGroup :: Maybe DBSubnetGroup - , _dbiDbiResourceId :: Maybe Text - , _dbiEndpoint :: Maybe Endpoint - , _dbiEngine :: Maybe Text - , _dbiEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _dbiInstanceCreateTime :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _dbiIops :: Maybe Int - , _dbiKmsKeyId :: Maybe Text - , _dbiLatestRestorableTime :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _dbiLicenseModel :: Maybe Text - , _dbiMasterUsername :: Maybe Text - , _dbiMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool - , _dbiOptionGroupMemberships :: List "member" OptionGroupMembership - , _dbiPendingModifiedValues :: Maybe PendingModifiedValues - , _dbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Maybe Text - , _dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Maybe Text - , _dbiPubliclyAccessible :: Maybe Bool - , _dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers :: List "member" Text - , _dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone :: Maybe Text - , _dbiStatusInfos :: List "member" DBInstanceStatusInfo - , _dbiStorageEncrypted :: Maybe Bool - , _dbiStorageType :: Maybe Text - , _dbiTdeCredentialArn :: Maybe Text - , _dbiVpcSecurityGroups :: List "member" VpcSecurityGroupMembership - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'DBInstance' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dbiAllocatedStorage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'dbiAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiBackupRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'dbiCACertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiCharacterSetName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiDBInstanceStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiDBName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiDBParameterGroups' @::@ ['DBParameterGroupStatus'] --- --- * 'dbiDBSecurityGroups' @::@ ['DBSecurityGroupMembership'] --- --- * 'dbiDBSubnetGroup' @::@ 'Maybe' 'DBSubnetGroup' --- --- * 'dbiDbiResourceId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiEndpoint' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Endpoint' --- --- * 'dbiEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiInstanceCreateTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' --- --- * 'dbiIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'dbiKmsKeyId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiLatestRestorableTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' --- --- * 'dbiLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiMasterUsername' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'dbiOptionGroupMemberships' @::@ ['OptionGroupMembership'] --- --- * 'dbiPendingModifiedValues' @::@ 'Maybe' 'PendingModifiedValues' --- --- * 'dbiPreferredBackupWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiPubliclyAccessible' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers' @::@ ['Text'] --- --- * 'dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiStatusInfos' @::@ ['DBInstanceStatusInfo'] --- --- * 'dbiStorageEncrypted' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'dbiStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiTdeCredentialArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbiVpcSecurityGroups' @::@ ['VpcSecurityGroupMembership'] --- -dbinstance :: DBInstance -dbinstance = DBInstance - { _dbiDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _dbiDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _dbiEngine = Nothing - , _dbiDBInstanceStatus = Nothing - , _dbiMasterUsername = Nothing - , _dbiDBName = Nothing - , _dbiEndpoint = Nothing - , _dbiAllocatedStorage = Nothing - , _dbiInstanceCreateTime = Nothing - , _dbiPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing - , _dbiBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _dbiDBSecurityGroups = mempty - , _dbiVpcSecurityGroups = mempty - , _dbiDBParameterGroups = mempty - , _dbiAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _dbiDBSubnetGroup = Nothing - , _dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing - , _dbiPendingModifiedValues = Nothing - , _dbiLatestRestorableTime = Nothing - , _dbiMultiAZ = Nothing - , _dbiEngineVersion = Nothing - , _dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing - , _dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = mempty - , _dbiLicenseModel = Nothing - , _dbiIops = Nothing - , _dbiOptionGroupMemberships = mempty - , _dbiCharacterSetName = Nothing - , _dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _dbiPubliclyAccessible = Nothing - , _dbiStatusInfos = mempty - , _dbiStorageType = Nothing - , _dbiTdeCredentialArn = Nothing - , _dbiStorageEncrypted = Nothing - , _dbiKmsKeyId = Nothing - , _dbiDbiResourceId = Nothing - , _dbiCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing - } - --- | Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gigabytes. -dbiAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) -dbiAllocatedStorage = - lens _dbiAllocatedStorage (\s a -> s { _dbiAllocatedStorage = a }) - --- | Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. -dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) -dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = - lens _dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - (\s a -> s { _dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a }) - --- | Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in. -dbiAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiAvailabilityZone = - lens _dbiAvailabilityZone (\s a -> s { _dbiAvailabilityZone = a }) - --- | Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. -dbiBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) -dbiBackupRetentionPeriod = - lens _dbiBackupRetentionPeriod - (\s a -> s { _dbiBackupRetentionPeriod = a }) - --- | The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. -dbiCACertificateIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiCACertificateIdentifier = - lens _dbiCACertificateIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _dbiCACertificateIdentifier = a }) - --- | If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is --- associated with. -dbiCharacterSetName :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiCharacterSetName = - lens _dbiCharacterSetName (\s a -> s { _dbiCharacterSetName = a }) - --- | Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB --- instance. -dbiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiDBInstanceClass = - lens _dbiDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _dbiDBInstanceClass = a }) - --- | Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This is the unique key that --- identifies a DB instance. -dbiDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _dbiDBInstanceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _dbiDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | Specifies the current state of this database. -dbiDBInstanceStatus :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiDBInstanceStatus = - lens _dbiDBInstanceStatus (\s a -> s { _dbiDBInstanceStatus = a }) - --- | The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you --- use. For example, this value returns either MySQL or PostgreSQL information --- when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas --- are only supported for MySQL and PostgreSQL. --- --- MySQL, SQL Server, PostgreSQL --- --- Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was --- provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was --- created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB instance. --- --- Type: String --- --- Oracle --- --- Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown --- when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance. -dbiDBName :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiDBName = lens _dbiDBName (\s a -> s { _dbiDBName = a }) - --- | Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. -dbiDBParameterGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [DBParameterGroupStatus] -dbiDBParameterGroups = - lens _dbiDBParameterGroups (\s a -> s { _dbiDBParameterGroups = a }) - . _List - --- | Provides List of DB security group elements containing only 'DBSecurityGroup.Name' and 'DBSecurityGroup.Status' subelements. -dbiDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [DBSecurityGroupMembership] -dbiDBSecurityGroups = - lens _dbiDBSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _dbiDBSecurityGroups = a }) - . _List - --- | Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, --- including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. -dbiDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) -dbiDBSubnetGroup = lens _dbiDBSubnetGroup (\s a -> s { _dbiDBSubnetGroup = a }) - --- | If 'StorageEncrypted' is true, the region-unique, immutable identifier for the --- encrypted DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries --- whenever the KMS key for the DB instance is accessed. -dbiDbiResourceId :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiDbiResourceId = lens _dbiDbiResourceId (\s a -> s { _dbiDbiResourceId = a }) - --- | Specifies the connection endpoint. -dbiEndpoint :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Endpoint) -dbiEndpoint = lens _dbiEndpoint (\s a -> s { _dbiEndpoint = a }) - --- | Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. -dbiEngine :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiEngine = lens _dbiEngine (\s a -> s { _dbiEngine = a }) - --- | Indicates the database engine version. -dbiEngineVersion :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiEngineVersion = lens _dbiEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _dbiEngineVersion = a }) - --- | Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. -dbiInstanceCreateTime :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) -dbiInstanceCreateTime = - lens _dbiInstanceCreateTime (\s a -> s { _dbiInstanceCreateTime = a }) - . mapping _Time - --- | Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. -dbiIops :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) -dbiIops = lens _dbiIops (\s a -> s { _dbiIops = a }) - --- | If 'StorageEncrypted' is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB --- instance. -dbiKmsKeyId :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiKmsKeyId = lens _dbiKmsKeyId (\s a -> s { _dbiKmsKeyId = a }) - --- | Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with --- point-in-time restore. -dbiLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) -dbiLatestRestorableTime = - lens _dbiLatestRestorableTime (\s a -> s { _dbiLatestRestorableTime = a }) - . mapping _Time - --- | License model information for this DB instance. -dbiLicenseModel :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiLicenseModel = lens _dbiLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _dbiLicenseModel = a }) - --- | Contains the master username for the DB instance. -dbiMasterUsername :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiMasterUsername = - lens _dbiMasterUsername (\s a -> s { _dbiMasterUsername = a }) - --- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. -dbiMultiAZ :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) -dbiMultiAZ = lens _dbiMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _dbiMultiAZ = a }) - --- | Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. -dbiOptionGroupMemberships :: Lens' DBInstance [OptionGroupMembership] -dbiOptionGroupMemberships = - lens _dbiOptionGroupMemberships - (\s a -> s { _dbiOptionGroupMemberships = a }) - . _List - --- | Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only --- included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by --- subelements. -dbiPendingModifiedValues :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe PendingModifiedValues) -dbiPendingModifiedValues = - lens _dbiPendingModifiedValues - (\s a -> s { _dbiPendingModifiedValues = a }) - --- | Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created if --- automated backups are enabled, as determined by the 'BackupRetentionPeriod'. -dbiPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiPreferredBackupWindow = - lens _dbiPreferredBackupWindow - (\s a -> s { _dbiPreferredBackupWindow = a }) - --- | Specifies the weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can --- occur. -dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = - lens _dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow - (\s a -> s { _dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a }) - --- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true --- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, --- which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal --- instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. --- --- Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been --- requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. --- --- Default VPC:true VPC:false If no DB subnet group has been specified as --- part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB --- instance will be publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been --- specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not --- been set, the DB instance will be private. -dbiPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) -dbiPubliclyAccessible = - lens _dbiPubliclyAccessible (\s a -> s { _dbiPubliclyAccessible = a }) - --- | Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this --- DB instance. -dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers :: Lens' DBInstance [Text] -dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = - lens _dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers - (\s a -> s { _dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = a }) - . _List - --- | Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is a --- Read Replica. -dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB --- instance with multi-AZ support. -dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone = - lens _dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone - (\s a -> s { _dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone = a }) - --- | The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this --- will be blank. -dbiStatusInfos :: Lens' DBInstance [DBInstanceStatusInfo] -dbiStatusInfos = lens _dbiStatusInfos (\s a -> s { _dbiStatusInfos = a }) . _List - --- | Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. -dbiStorageEncrypted :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) -dbiStorageEncrypted = - lens _dbiStorageEncrypted (\s a -> s { _dbiStorageEncrypted = a }) - --- | Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. -dbiStorageType :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiStorageType = lens _dbiStorageType (\s a -> s { _dbiStorageType = a }) - --- | The ARN from the Key Store with which the instance is associated for TDE --- encryption. -dbiTdeCredentialArn :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) -dbiTdeCredentialArn = - lens _dbiTdeCredentialArn (\s a -> s { _dbiTdeCredentialArn = a }) - --- | Provides List of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs --- to. -dbiVpcSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [VpcSecurityGroupMembership] -dbiVpcSecurityGroups = - lens _dbiVpcSecurityGroups (\s a -> s { _dbiVpcSecurityGroups = a }) - . _List - -instance FromXML DBInstance where - parseXML x = DBInstance - <$> x .@? "AllocatedStorage" - <*> x .@? "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" - <*> x .@? "AvailabilityZone" - <*> x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod" - <*> x .@? "CACertificateIdentifier" - <*> x .@? "CharacterSetName" - <*> x .@? "DBInstanceClass" - <*> x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier" - <*> x .@? "DBInstanceStatus" - <*> x .@? "DBName" - <*> x .@? "DBParameterGroups" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "DBSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "DBSubnetGroup" - <*> x .@? "DbiResourceId" - <*> x .@? "Endpoint" - <*> x .@? "Engine" - <*> x .@? "EngineVersion" - <*> x .@? "InstanceCreateTime" - <*> x .@? "Iops" - <*> x .@? "KmsKeyId" - <*> x .@? "LatestRestorableTime" - <*> x .@? "LicenseModel" - <*> x .@? "MasterUsername" - <*> x .@? "MultiAZ" - <*> x .@? "OptionGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "PendingModifiedValues" - <*> x .@? "PreferredBackupWindow" - <*> x .@? "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" - <*> x .@? "PubliclyAccessible" - <*> x .@? "ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier" - <*> x .@? "SecondaryAvailabilityZone" - <*> x .@? "StatusInfos" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "StorageEncrypted" - <*> x .@? "StorageType" - <*> x .@? "TdeCredentialArn" - <*> x .@? "VpcSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty - -instance ToQuery DBInstance where - toQuery DBInstance{..} = mconcat - [ "AllocatedStorage" =? _dbiAllocatedStorage - , "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade" =? _dbiAutoMinorVersionUpgrade - , "AvailabilityZone" =? _dbiAvailabilityZone - , "BackupRetentionPeriod" =? _dbiBackupRetentionPeriod - , "CACertificateIdentifier" =? _dbiCACertificateIdentifier - , "CharacterSetName" =? _dbiCharacterSetName - , "DBInstanceClass" =? _dbiDBInstanceClass - , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _dbiDBInstanceIdentifier - , "DBInstanceStatus" =? _dbiDBInstanceStatus - , "DBName" =? _dbiDBName - , "DBParameterGroups" =? _dbiDBParameterGroups - , "DBSecurityGroups" =? _dbiDBSecurityGroups - , "DBSubnetGroup" =? _dbiDBSubnetGroup - , "DbiResourceId" =? _dbiDbiResourceId - , "Endpoint" =? _dbiEndpoint - , "Engine" =? _dbiEngine - , "EngineVersion" =? _dbiEngineVersion - , "InstanceCreateTime" =? _dbiInstanceCreateTime - , "Iops" =? _dbiIops - , "KmsKeyId" =? _dbiKmsKeyId - , "LatestRestorableTime" =? _dbiLatestRestorableTime - , "LicenseModel" =? _dbiLicenseModel - , "MasterUsername" =? _dbiMasterUsername - , "MultiAZ" =? _dbiMultiAZ - , "OptionGroupMemberships" =? _dbiOptionGroupMemberships - , "PendingModifiedValues" =? _dbiPendingModifiedValues - , "PreferredBackupWindow" =? _dbiPreferredBackupWindow - , "PreferredMaintenanceWindow" =? _dbiPreferredMaintenanceWindow - , "PubliclyAccessible" =? _dbiPubliclyAccessible - , "ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers" =? _dbiReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers - , "ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier" =? _dbiReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier - , "SecondaryAvailabilityZone" =? _dbiSecondaryAvailabilityZone - , "StatusInfos" =? _dbiStatusInfos - , "StorageEncrypted" =? _dbiStorageEncrypted - , "StorageType" =? _dbiStorageType - , "TdeCredentialArn" =? _dbiTdeCredentialArn - , "VpcSecurityGroups" =? _dbiVpcSecurityGroups - ] - -data AccountQuota = AccountQuota - { _aqAccountQuotaName :: Maybe Text - , _aqMax :: Maybe Integer - , _aqUsed :: Maybe Integer - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'AccountQuota' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'aqAccountQuotaName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'aqMax' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' --- --- * 'aqUsed' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' --- -accountQuota :: AccountQuota -accountQuota = AccountQuota - { _aqAccountQuotaName = Nothing - , _aqUsed = Nothing - , _aqMax = Nothing - } - --- | The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account. -aqAccountQuotaName :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Text) -aqAccountQuotaName = - lens _aqAccountQuotaName (\s a -> s { _aqAccountQuotaName = a }) - --- | The maximum allowed value for the quota. -aqMax :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Integer) -aqMax = lens _aqMax (\s a -> s { _aqMax = a }) - --- | The amount currently used toward the quota maximum. -aqUsed :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Integer) -aqUsed = lens _aqUsed (\s a -> s { _aqUsed = a }) - -instance FromXML AccountQuota where - parseXML x = AccountQuota - <$> x .@? "AccountQuotaName" - <*> x .@? "Max" - <*> x .@? "Used" - -instance ToQuery AccountQuota where - toQuery AccountQuota{..} = mconcat - [ "AccountQuotaName" =? _aqAccountQuotaName - , "Max" =? _aqMax - , "Used" =? _aqUsed - ] - -newtype AvailabilityZone = AvailabilityZone - { _azName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show, Monoid) - --- | 'AvailabilityZone' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'azName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -availabilityZone :: AvailabilityZone -availabilityZone = AvailabilityZone - { _azName = Nothing - } - --- | The name of the availability zone. -azName :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe Text) -azName = lens _azName (\s a -> s { _azName = a }) - -instance FromXML AvailabilityZone where - parseXML x = AvailabilityZone - <$> x .@? "Name" - -instance ToQuery AvailabilityZone where - toQuery AvailabilityZone{..} = mconcat - [ "Name" =? _azName - ] - -data EventSubscription = EventSubscription - { _esCustSubscriptionId :: Maybe Text - , _esCustomerAwsId :: Maybe Text - , _esEnabled :: Maybe Bool - , _esEventCategoriesList :: List "member" Text - , _esSnsTopicArn :: Maybe Text - , _esSourceIdsList :: List "member" Text - , _esSourceType :: Maybe Text - , _esStatus :: Maybe Text - , _esSubscriptionCreationTime :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'EventSubscription' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'esCustSubscriptionId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'esCustomerAwsId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'esEnabled' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'esEventCategoriesList' @::@ ['Text'] --- --- * 'esSnsTopicArn' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'esSourceIdsList' @::@ ['Text'] --- --- * 'esSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'esStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'esSubscriptionCreationTime' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -eventSubscription :: EventSubscription -eventSubscription = EventSubscription - { _esCustomerAwsId = Nothing - , _esCustSubscriptionId = Nothing - , _esSnsTopicArn = Nothing - , _esStatus = Nothing - , _esSubscriptionCreationTime = Nothing - , _esSourceType = Nothing - , _esSourceIdsList = mempty - , _esEventCategoriesList = mempty - , _esEnabled = Nothing - } - --- | The RDS event notification subscription Id. -esCustSubscriptionId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esCustSubscriptionId = - lens _esCustSubscriptionId (\s a -> s { _esCustSubscriptionId = a }) - --- | The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification --- subscription. -esCustomerAwsId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esCustomerAwsId = lens _esCustomerAwsId (\s a -> s { _esCustomerAwsId = a }) - --- | A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates the --- subscription is enabled. -esEnabled :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Bool) -esEnabled = lens _esEnabled (\s a -> s { _esEnabled = a }) - --- | A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription. -esEventCategoriesList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] -esEventCategoriesList = - lens _esEventCategoriesList (\s a -> s { _esEventCategoriesList = a }) - . _List - --- | The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription. -esSnsTopicArn :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esSnsTopicArn = lens _esSnsTopicArn (\s a -> s { _esSnsTopicArn = a }) - --- | A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription. -esSourceIdsList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] -esSourceIdsList = lens _esSourceIdsList (\s a -> s { _esSourceIdsList = a }) . _List - --- | The source type for the RDS event notification subscription. -esSourceType :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esSourceType = lens _esSourceType (\s a -> s { _esSourceType = a }) - --- | The status of the RDS event notification subscription. --- --- Constraints: --- --- Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | --- no-permission | topic-not-exist --- --- The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to --- post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic --- was deleted after the subscription was created. -esStatus :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esStatus = lens _esStatus (\s a -> s { _esStatus = a }) - --- | The time the RDS event notification subscription was created. -esSubscriptionCreationTime :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) -esSubscriptionCreationTime = - lens _esSubscriptionCreationTime - (\s a -> s { _esSubscriptionCreationTime = a }) - -instance FromXML EventSubscription where - parseXML x = EventSubscription - <$> x .@? "CustSubscriptionId" - <*> x .@? "CustomerAwsId" - <*> x .@? "Enabled" - <*> x .@? "EventCategoriesList" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "SnsTopicArn" - <*> x .@? "SourceIdsList" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "SourceType" - <*> x .@? "Status" - <*> x .@? "SubscriptionCreationTime" - -instance ToQuery EventSubscription where - toQuery EventSubscription{..} = mconcat - [ "CustSubscriptionId" =? _esCustSubscriptionId - , "CustomerAwsId" =? _esCustomerAwsId - , "Enabled" =? _esEnabled - , "EventCategoriesList" =? _esEventCategoriesList - , "SnsTopicArn" =? _esSnsTopicArn - , "SourceIdsList" =? _esSourceIdsList - , "SourceType" =? _esSourceType - , "Status" =? _esStatus - , "SubscriptionCreationTime" =? _esSubscriptionCreationTime - ] - -data DBSubnetGroup = DBSubnetGroup - { _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription :: Maybe Text - , _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus :: Maybe Text - , _dbsg1Subnets :: List "member" Subnet - , _dbsg1VpcId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'DBSubnetGroup' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbsg1Subnets' @::@ ['Subnet'] --- --- * 'dbsg1VpcId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -dbsubnetGroup :: DBSubnetGroup -dbsubnetGroup = DBSubnetGroup - { _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = Nothing - , _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = Nothing - , _dbsg1VpcId = Nothing - , _dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus = Nothing - , _dbsg1Subnets = mempty - } - --- | Provides the description of the DB subnet group. -dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = - lens _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription - (\s a -> s { _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription = a }) - --- | Specifies the name of the DB subnet group. -dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = - lens _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName (\s a -> s { _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName = a }) - --- | Provides the status of the DB subnet group. -dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus = - lens _dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus (\s a -> s { _dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus = a }) - --- | Contains a list of 'Subnet' elements. -dbsg1Subnets :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup [Subnet] -dbsg1Subnets = lens _dbsg1Subnets (\s a -> s { _dbsg1Subnets = a }) . _List - --- | Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. -dbsg1VpcId :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) -dbsg1VpcId = lens _dbsg1VpcId (\s a -> s { _dbsg1VpcId = a }) - -instance FromXML DBSubnetGroup where - parseXML x = DBSubnetGroup - <$> x .@? "DBSubnetGroupDescription" - <*> x .@? "DBSubnetGroupName" - <*> x .@? "SubnetGroupStatus" - <*> x .@? "Subnets" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "VpcId" - -instance ToQuery DBSubnetGroup where - toQuery DBSubnetGroup{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSubnetGroupDescription" =? _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupDescription - , "DBSubnetGroupName" =? _dbsg1DBSubnetGroupName - , "SubnetGroupStatus" =? _dbsg1SubnetGroupStatus - , "Subnets" =? _dbsg1Subnets - , "VpcId" =? _dbsg1VpcId - ] - -data Certificate = Certificate - { _cCertificateIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _cCertificateType :: Maybe Text - , _cThumbprint :: Maybe Text - , _cValidFrom :: Maybe ISO8601 - , _cValidTill :: Maybe ISO8601 - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'Certificate' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'cCertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cCertificateType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cThumbprint' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'cValidFrom' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' --- --- * 'cValidTill' @::@ 'Maybe' 'UTCTime' --- -certificate :: Certificate -certificate = Certificate - { _cCertificateIdentifier = Nothing - , _cCertificateType = Nothing - , _cThumbprint = Nothing - , _cValidFrom = Nothing - , _cValidTill = Nothing - } - --- | The unique key that identifies a certificate. -cCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) -cCertificateIdentifier = - lens _cCertificateIdentifier (\s a -> s { _cCertificateIdentifier = a }) - --- | The type of the certificate. -cCertificateType :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) -cCertificateType = lens _cCertificateType (\s a -> s { _cCertificateType = a }) - --- | The thumbprint of the certificate. -cThumbprint :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) -cThumbprint = lens _cThumbprint (\s a -> s { _cThumbprint = a }) - --- | The starting date from which the certificate is valid. -cValidFrom :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe UTCTime) -cValidFrom = lens _cValidFrom (\s a -> s { _cValidFrom = a }) . mapping _Time - --- | The final date that the certificate continues to be valid. -cValidTill :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe UTCTime) -cValidTill = lens _cValidTill (\s a -> s { _cValidTill = a }) . mapping _Time - -instance FromXML Certificate where - parseXML x = Certificate - <$> x .@? "CertificateIdentifier" - <*> x .@? "CertificateType" - <*> x .@? "Thumbprint" - <*> x .@? "ValidFrom" - <*> x .@? "ValidTill" - -instance ToQuery Certificate where - toQuery Certificate{..} = mconcat - [ "CertificateIdentifier" =? _cCertificateIdentifier - , "CertificateType" =? _cCertificateType - , "Thumbprint" =? _cThumbprint - , "ValidFrom" =? _cValidFrom - , "ValidTill" =? _cValidTill - ] - -data DBInstanceStatusInfo = DBInstanceStatusInfo - { _dbisiMessage :: Maybe Text - , _dbisiNormal :: Maybe Bool - , _dbisiStatus :: Maybe Text - , _dbisiStatusType :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'DBInstanceStatusInfo' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'dbisiMessage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbisiNormal' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'dbisiStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'dbisiStatusType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -dbinstanceStatusInfo :: DBInstanceStatusInfo -dbinstanceStatusInfo = DBInstanceStatusInfo - { _dbisiStatusType = Nothing - , _dbisiNormal = Nothing - , _dbisiStatus = Nothing - , _dbisiMessage = Nothing - } - --- | Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance --- is not in an error state, this value is blank. -dbisiMessage :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) -dbisiMessage = lens _dbisiMessage (\s a -> s { _dbisiMessage = a }) - --- | Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false --- if the instance is in an error state. -dbisiNormal :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Bool) -dbisiNormal = lens _dbisiNormal (\s a -> s { _dbisiNormal = a }) - --- | Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can --- be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated. -dbisiStatus :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) -dbisiStatus = lens _dbisiStatus (\s a -> s { _dbisiStatus = a }) - --- | This value is currently "read replication." -dbisiStatusType :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) -dbisiStatusType = lens _dbisiStatusType (\s a -> s { _dbisiStatusType = a }) - -instance FromXML DBInstanceStatusInfo where - parseXML x = DBInstanceStatusInfo - <$> x .@? "Message" - <*> x .@? "Normal" - <*> x .@? "Status" - <*> x .@? "StatusType" - -instance ToQuery DBInstanceStatusInfo where - toQuery DBInstanceStatusInfo{..} = mconcat - [ "Message" =? _dbisiMessage - , "Normal" =? _dbisiNormal - , "Status" =? _dbisiStatus - , "StatusType" =? _dbisiStatusType - ] - -data OptionSetting = OptionSetting - { _osAllowedValues :: Maybe Text - , _osApplyType :: Maybe Text - , _osDataType :: Maybe Text - , _osDefaultValue :: Maybe Text - , _osDescription :: Maybe Text - , _osIsCollection :: Maybe Bool - , _osIsModifiable :: Maybe Bool - , _osName :: Maybe Text - , _osValue :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'OptionSetting' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'osAllowedValues' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'osApplyType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'osDataType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'osDefaultValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'osDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'osIsCollection' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'osIsModifiable' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'osName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'osValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -optionSetting :: OptionSetting -optionSetting = OptionSetting - { _osName = Nothing - , _osValue = Nothing - , _osDefaultValue = Nothing - , _osDescription = Nothing - , _osApplyType = Nothing - , _osDataType = Nothing - , _osAllowedValues = Nothing - , _osIsModifiable = Nothing - , _osIsCollection = Nothing - } - --- | The allowed values of the option setting. -osAllowedValues :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osAllowedValues = lens _osAllowedValues (\s a -> s { _osAllowedValues = a }) - --- | The DB engine specific parameter type. -osApplyType :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osApplyType = lens _osApplyType (\s a -> s { _osApplyType = a }) - --- | The data type of the option setting. -osDataType :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osDataType = lens _osDataType (\s a -> s { _osDataType = a }) - --- | The default value of the option setting. -osDefaultValue :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osDefaultValue = lens _osDefaultValue (\s a -> s { _osDefaultValue = a }) - --- | The description of the option setting. -osDescription :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osDescription = lens _osDescription (\s a -> s { _osDescription = a }) - --- | Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection. -osIsCollection :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Bool) -osIsCollection = lens _osIsCollection (\s a -> s { _osIsCollection = a }) - --- | A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be --- modified from the default. -osIsModifiable :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Bool) -osIsModifiable = lens _osIsModifiable (\s a -> s { _osIsModifiable = a }) - --- | The name of the option that has settings that you can set. -osName :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osName = lens _osName (\s a -> s { _osName = a }) - --- | The current value of the option setting. -osValue :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) -osValue = lens _osValue (\s a -> s { _osValue = a }) - -instance FromXML OptionSetting where - parseXML x = OptionSetting - <$> x .@? "AllowedValues" - <*> x .@? "ApplyType" - <*> x .@? "DataType" - <*> x .@? "DefaultValue" - <*> x .@? "Description" - <*> x .@? "IsCollection" - <*> x .@? "IsModifiable" - <*> x .@? "Name" - <*> x .@? "Value" - -instance ToQuery OptionSetting where - toQuery OptionSetting{..} = mconcat - [ "AllowedValues" =? _osAllowedValues - , "ApplyType" =? _osApplyType - , "DataType" =? _osDataType - , "DefaultValue" =? _osDefaultValue - , "Description" =? _osDescription - , "IsCollection" =? _osIsCollection - , "IsModifiable" =? _osIsModifiable - , "Name" =? _osName - , "Value" =? _osValue - ] - -data DescribeDBLogFilesDetails = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails - { _ddblfdLastWritten :: Maybe Integer - , _ddblfdLogFileName :: Maybe Text - , _ddblfdSize :: Maybe Integer - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ddblfdLastWritten' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' --- --- * 'ddblfdLogFileName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ddblfdSize' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Integer' --- -describeDBLogFilesDetails :: DescribeDBLogFilesDetails -describeDBLogFilesDetails = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails - { _ddblfdLogFileName = Nothing - , _ddblfdLastWritten = Nothing - , _ddblfdSize = Nothing - } - --- | A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written. -ddblfdLastWritten :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Integer) -ddblfdLastWritten = - lens _ddblfdLastWritten (\s a -> s { _ddblfdLastWritten = a }) - --- | The name of the log file for the specified DB instance. -ddblfdLogFileName :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Text) -ddblfdLogFileName = - lens _ddblfdLogFileName (\s a -> s { _ddblfdLogFileName = a }) - --- | The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance. -ddblfdSize :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Integer) -ddblfdSize = lens _ddblfdSize (\s a -> s { _ddblfdSize = a }) - -instance FromXML DescribeDBLogFilesDetails where - parseXML x = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails - <$> x .@? "LastWritten" - <*> x .@? "LogFileName" - <*> x .@? "Size" - -instance ToQuery DescribeDBLogFilesDetails where - toQuery DescribeDBLogFilesDetails{..} = mconcat - [ "LastWritten" =? _ddblfdLastWritten - , "LogFileName" =? _ddblfdLogFileName - , "Size" =? _ddblfdSize - ] - -data OrderableDBInstanceOption = OrderableDBInstanceOption - { _odbioAvailabilityZones :: List "member" AvailabilityZone - , _odbioDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _odbioEngine :: Maybe Text - , _odbioEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _odbioLicenseModel :: Maybe Text - , _odbioMultiAZCapable :: Maybe Bool - , _odbioReadReplicaCapable :: Maybe Bool - , _odbioStorageType :: Maybe Text - , _odbioSupportsIops :: Maybe Bool - , _odbioSupportsStorageEncryption :: Maybe Bool - , _odbioVpc :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'OrderableDBInstanceOption' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'odbioAvailabilityZones' @::@ ['AvailabilityZone'] --- --- * 'odbioDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'odbioEngine' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'odbioEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'odbioLicenseModel' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'odbioMultiAZCapable' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'odbioReadReplicaCapable' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'odbioStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'odbioSupportsIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'odbioSupportsStorageEncryption' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'odbioVpc' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- -orderableDBInstanceOption :: OrderableDBInstanceOption -orderableDBInstanceOption = OrderableDBInstanceOption - { _odbioEngine = Nothing - , _odbioEngineVersion = Nothing - , _odbioDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _odbioLicenseModel = Nothing - , _odbioAvailabilityZones = mempty - , _odbioMultiAZCapable = Nothing - , _odbioReadReplicaCapable = Nothing - , _odbioVpc = Nothing - , _odbioSupportsStorageEncryption = Nothing - , _odbioStorageType = Nothing - , _odbioSupportsIops = Nothing - } - --- | A list of availability zones for the orderable DB instance. -odbioAvailabilityZones :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption [AvailabilityZone] -odbioAvailabilityZones = - lens _odbioAvailabilityZones (\s a -> s { _odbioAvailabilityZones = a }) - . _List - --- | The DB instance Class for the orderable DB instance -odbioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) -odbioDBInstanceClass = - lens _odbioDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _odbioDBInstanceClass = a }) - --- | The engine type of the orderable DB instance. -odbioEngine :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) -odbioEngine = lens _odbioEngine (\s a -> s { _odbioEngine = a }) - --- | The engine version of the orderable DB instance. -odbioEngineVersion :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) -odbioEngineVersion = - lens _odbioEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _odbioEngineVersion = a }) - --- | The license model for the orderable DB instance. -odbioLicenseModel :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) -odbioLicenseModel = - lens _odbioLicenseModel (\s a -> s { _odbioLicenseModel = a }) - --- | Indicates whether this orderable DB instance is multi-AZ capable. -odbioMultiAZCapable :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odbioMultiAZCapable = - lens _odbioMultiAZCapable (\s a -> s { _odbioMultiAZCapable = a }) - --- | Indicates whether this orderable DB instance can have a Read Replica. -odbioReadReplicaCapable :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odbioReadReplicaCapable = - lens _odbioReadReplicaCapable (\s a -> s { _odbioReadReplicaCapable = a }) - --- | The storage type for this orderable DB instance. -odbioStorageType :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) -odbioStorageType = lens _odbioStorageType (\s a -> s { _odbioStorageType = a }) - --- | Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. -odbioSupportsIops :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odbioSupportsIops = - lens _odbioSupportsIops (\s a -> s { _odbioSupportsIops = a }) - --- | Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports encrypted storage. -odbioSupportsStorageEncryption :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odbioSupportsStorageEncryption = - lens _odbioSupportsStorageEncryption - (\s a -> s { _odbioSupportsStorageEncryption = a }) - --- | Indicates whether this is a VPC orderable DB instance. -odbioVpc :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) -odbioVpc = lens _odbioVpc (\s a -> s { _odbioVpc = a }) - -instance FromXML OrderableDBInstanceOption where - parseXML x = OrderableDBInstanceOption - <$> x .@? "AvailabilityZones" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "DBInstanceClass" - <*> x .@? "Engine" - <*> x .@? "EngineVersion" - <*> x .@? "LicenseModel" - <*> x .@? "MultiAZCapable" - <*> x .@? "ReadReplicaCapable" - <*> x .@? "StorageType" - <*> x .@? "SupportsIops" - <*> x .@? "SupportsStorageEncryption" - <*> x .@? "Vpc" - -instance ToQuery OrderableDBInstanceOption where - toQuery OrderableDBInstanceOption{..} = mconcat - [ "AvailabilityZones" =? _odbioAvailabilityZones - , "DBInstanceClass" =? _odbioDBInstanceClass - , "Engine" =? _odbioEngine - , "EngineVersion" =? _odbioEngineVersion - , "LicenseModel" =? _odbioLicenseModel - , "MultiAZCapable" =? _odbioMultiAZCapable - , "ReadReplicaCapable" =? _odbioReadReplicaCapable - , "StorageType" =? _odbioStorageType - , "SupportsIops" =? _odbioSupportsIops - , "SupportsStorageEncryption" =? _odbioSupportsStorageEncryption - , "Vpc" =? _odbioVpc - ] - -data Filter = Filter - { _fName :: Text - , _fValues :: List "member" Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'Filter' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'fName' @::@ 'Text' --- --- * 'fValues' @::@ ['Text'] --- -filter' :: Text -- ^ 'fName' - -> Filter -filter' p1 = Filter - { _fName = p1 - , _fValues = mempty - } - --- | This parameter is not currently supported. -fName :: Lens' Filter Text -fName = lens _fName (\s a -> s { _fName = a }) - --- | This parameter is not currently supported. -fValues :: Lens' Filter [Text] -fValues = lens _fValues (\s a -> s { _fValues = a }) . _List - -instance FromXML Filter where - parseXML x = Filter - <$> x .@ "Name" - <*> x .@? "Values" .!@ mempty - -instance ToQuery Filter where - toQuery Filter{..} = mconcat - [ "Name" =? _fName - , "Values" =? _fValues - ] - -data RecurringCharge = RecurringCharge - { _rcRecurringChargeAmount :: Maybe Double - , _rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'RecurringCharge' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'rcRecurringChargeAmount' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Double' --- --- * 'rcRecurringChargeFrequency' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -recurringCharge :: RecurringCharge -recurringCharge = RecurringCharge - { _rcRecurringChargeAmount = Nothing - , _rcRecurringChargeFrequency = Nothing - } - --- | The amount of the recurring charge. -rcRecurringChargeAmount :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Double) -rcRecurringChargeAmount = - lens _rcRecurringChargeAmount (\s a -> s { _rcRecurringChargeAmount = a }) - --- | The frequency of the recurring charge. -rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Text) -rcRecurringChargeFrequency = - lens _rcRecurringChargeFrequency - (\s a -> s { _rcRecurringChargeFrequency = a }) - -instance FromXML RecurringCharge where - parseXML x = RecurringCharge - <$> x .@? "RecurringChargeAmount" - <*> x .@? "RecurringChargeFrequency" - -instance ToQuery RecurringCharge where - toQuery RecurringCharge{..} = mconcat - [ "RecurringChargeAmount" =? _rcRecurringChargeAmount - , "RecurringChargeFrequency" =? _rcRecurringChargeFrequency - ] - -data Endpoint = Endpoint - { _eAddress :: Maybe Text - , _ePort :: Maybe Int - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'Endpoint' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'eAddress' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ePort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- -endpoint :: Endpoint -endpoint = Endpoint - { _eAddress = Nothing - , _ePort = Nothing - } - --- | Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. -eAddress :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Text) -eAddress = lens _eAddress (\s a -> s { _eAddress = a }) - --- | Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. -ePort :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Int) -ePort = lens _ePort (\s a -> s { _ePort = a }) - -instance FromXML Endpoint where - parseXML x = Endpoint - <$> x .@? "Address" - <*> x .@? "Port" - -instance ToQuery Endpoint where - toQuery Endpoint{..} = mconcat - [ "Address" =? _eAddress - , "Port" =? _ePort - ] - -data OptionConfiguration = OptionConfiguration - { _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: List "member" Text - , _ocOptionName :: Text - , _ocOptionSettings :: List "member" OptionSetting - , _ocPort :: Maybe Int - , _ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships :: List "member" Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'OptionConfiguration' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships' @::@ ['Text'] --- --- * 'ocOptionName' @::@ 'Text' --- --- * 'ocOptionSettings' @::@ ['OptionSetting'] --- --- * 'ocPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships' @::@ ['Text'] --- -optionConfiguration :: Text -- ^ 'ocOptionName' - -> OptionConfiguration -optionConfiguration p1 = OptionConfiguration - { _ocOptionName = p1 - , _ocPort = Nothing - , _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = mempty - , _ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = mempty - , _ocOptionSettings = mempty - } - --- | A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. -ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [Text] -ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = - lens _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships - (\s a -> s { _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = a }) - . _List - --- | The configuration of options to include in a group. -ocOptionName :: Lens' OptionConfiguration Text -ocOptionName = lens _ocOptionName (\s a -> s { _ocOptionName = a }) - --- | The option settings to include in an option group. -ocOptionSettings :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [OptionSetting] -ocOptionSettings = lens _ocOptionSettings (\s a -> s { _ocOptionSettings = a }) . _List - --- | The optional port for the option. -ocPort :: Lens' OptionConfiguration (Maybe Int) -ocPort = lens _ocPort (\s a -> s { _ocPort = a }) - --- | A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. -ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [Text] -ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = - lens _ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships - (\s a -> s { _ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = a }) - . _List - -instance FromXML OptionConfiguration where - parseXML x = OptionConfiguration - <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@ "OptionName" - <*> x .@? "OptionSettings" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Port" - <*> x .@? "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty - -instance ToQuery OptionConfiguration where - toQuery OptionConfiguration{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" =? _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships - , "OptionName" =? _ocOptionName - , "OptionSettings" =? _ocOptionSettings - , "Port" =? _ocPort - , "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" =? _ocVpcSecurityGroupMemberships - ] - -data Option = Option - { _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: List "member" DBSecurityGroupMembership - , _oOptionDescription :: Maybe Text - , _oOptionName :: Maybe Text - , _oOptionSettings :: List "member" OptionSetting - , _oPermanent :: Maybe Bool - , _oPersistent :: Maybe Bool - , _oPort :: Maybe Int - , _oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships :: List "member" VpcSecurityGroupMembership - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'Option' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'oDBSecurityGroupMemberships' @::@ ['DBSecurityGroupMembership'] --- --- * 'oOptionDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'oOptionName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'oOptionSettings' @::@ ['OptionSetting'] --- --- * 'oPermanent' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'oPersistent' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'oPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships' @::@ ['VpcSecurityGroupMembership'] --- -option :: Option -option = Option - { _oOptionName = Nothing - , _oOptionDescription = Nothing - , _oPersistent = Nothing - , _oPermanent = Nothing - , _oPort = Nothing - , _oOptionSettings = mempty - , _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = mempty - , _oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = mempty - } - --- | If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows --- access to the port. -oDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' Option [DBSecurityGroupMembership] -oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = - lens _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships - (\s a -> s { _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = a }) - . _List - --- | The description of the option. -oOptionDescription :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) -oOptionDescription = - lens _oOptionDescription (\s a -> s { _oOptionDescription = a }) - --- | The name of the option. -oOptionName :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) -oOptionName = lens _oOptionName (\s a -> s { _oOptionName = a }) - --- | The option settings for this option. -oOptionSettings :: Lens' Option [OptionSetting] -oOptionSettings = lens _oOptionSettings (\s a -> s { _oOptionSettings = a }) . _List - --- | Indicate if this option is permanent. -oPermanent :: Lens' Option (Maybe Bool) -oPermanent = lens _oPermanent (\s a -> s { _oPermanent = a }) - --- | Indicate if this option is persistent. -oPersistent :: Lens' Option (Maybe Bool) -oPersistent = lens _oPersistent (\s a -> s { _oPersistent = a }) - --- | If required, the port configured for this option to use. -oPort :: Lens' Option (Maybe Int) -oPort = lens _oPort (\s a -> s { _oPort = a }) - --- | If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows --- access to the port. -oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' Option [VpcSecurityGroupMembership] -oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = - lens _oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships - (\s a -> s { _oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships = a }) - . _List - -instance FromXML Option where - parseXML x = Option - <$> x .@? "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "OptionDescription" - <*> x .@? "OptionName" - <*> x .@? "OptionSettings" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "Permanent" - <*> x .@? "Persistent" - <*> x .@? "Port" - <*> x .@? "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty - -instance ToQuery Option where - toQuery Option{..} = mconcat - [ "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" =? _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships - , "OptionDescription" =? _oOptionDescription - , "OptionName" =? _oOptionName - , "OptionSettings" =? _oOptionSettings - , "Permanent" =? _oPermanent - , "Persistent" =? _oPersistent - , "Port" =? _oPort - , "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" =? _oVpcSecurityGroupMemberships - ] - -data IPRange = IPRange - { _iprCIDRIP :: Maybe Text - , _iprStatus :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'IPRange' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'iprCIDRIP' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'iprStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -iprange :: IPRange -iprange = IPRange - { _iprStatus = Nothing - , _iprCIDRIP = Nothing - } - --- | Specifies the IP range. -iprCIDRIP :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) -iprCIDRIP = lens _iprCIDRIP (\s a -> s { _iprCIDRIP = a }) - --- | Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", --- "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". -iprStatus :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) -iprStatus = lens _iprStatus (\s a -> s { _iprStatus = a }) - -instance FromXML IPRange where - parseXML x = IPRange - <$> x .@? "CIDRIP" - <*> x .@? "Status" - -instance ToQuery IPRange where - toQuery IPRange{..} = mconcat - [ "CIDRIP" =? _iprCIDRIP - , "Status" =? _iprStatus - ] - -data OptionGroupMembership = OptionGroupMembership - { _ogmOptionGroupName :: Maybe Text - , _ogmStatus :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'OptionGroupMembership' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ogmOptionGroupName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogmStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -optionGroupMembership :: OptionGroupMembership -optionGroupMembership = OptionGroupMembership - { _ogmOptionGroupName = Nothing - , _ogmStatus = Nothing - } - --- | The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. -ogmOptionGroupName :: Lens' OptionGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -ogmOptionGroupName = - lens _ogmOptionGroupName (\s a -> s { _ogmOptionGroupName = a }) - --- | The status of the DB instance's option group membership (e.g. in-sync, --- pending, pending-maintenance, applying). -ogmStatus :: Lens' OptionGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -ogmStatus = lens _ogmStatus (\s a -> s { _ogmStatus = a }) - -instance FromXML OptionGroupMembership where - parseXML x = OptionGroupMembership - <$> x .@? "OptionGroupName" - <*> x .@? "Status" - -instance ToQuery OptionGroupMembership where - toQuery OptionGroupMembership{..} = mconcat - [ "OptionGroupName" =? _ogmOptionGroupName - , "Status" =? _ogmStatus - ] - -data EventCategoriesMap = EventCategoriesMap - { _ecmEventCategories :: List "member" Text - , _ecmSourceType :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'EventCategoriesMap' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ecmEventCategories' @::@ ['Text'] --- --- * 'ecmSourceType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -eventCategoriesMap :: EventCategoriesMap -eventCategoriesMap = EventCategoriesMap - { _ecmSourceType = Nothing - , _ecmEventCategories = mempty - } - --- | The event categories for the specified source type -ecmEventCategories :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap [Text] -ecmEventCategories = - lens _ecmEventCategories (\s a -> s { _ecmEventCategories = a }) - . _List - --- | The source type that the returned categories belong to -ecmSourceType :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap (Maybe Text) -ecmSourceType = lens _ecmSourceType (\s a -> s { _ecmSourceType = a }) - -instance FromXML EventCategoriesMap where - parseXML x = EventCategoriesMap - <$> x .@? "EventCategories" .!@ mempty - <*> x .@? "SourceType" - -instance ToQuery EventCategoriesMap where - toQuery EventCategoriesMap{..} = mconcat - [ "EventCategories" =? _ecmEventCategories - , "SourceType" =? _ecmSourceType - ] - -data PendingModifiedValues = PendingModifiedValues - { _pmvAllocatedStorage :: Maybe Int - , _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod :: Maybe Int - , _pmvCACertificateIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _pmvDBInstanceClass :: Maybe Text - , _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier :: Maybe Text - , _pmvEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _pmvIops :: Maybe Int - , _pmvMasterUserPassword :: Maybe Text - , _pmvMultiAZ :: Maybe Bool - , _pmvPort :: Maybe Int - , _pmvStorageType :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'PendingModifiedValues' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'pmvAllocatedStorage' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'pmvBackupRetentionPeriod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'pmvCACertificateIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pmvDBInstanceClass' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pmvDBInstanceIdentifier' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pmvEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pmvIops' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'pmvMasterUserPassword' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pmvMultiAZ' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'pmvPort' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Int' --- --- * 'pmvStorageType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -pendingModifiedValues :: PendingModifiedValues -pendingModifiedValues = PendingModifiedValues - { _pmvDBInstanceClass = Nothing - , _pmvAllocatedStorage = Nothing - , _pmvMasterUserPassword = Nothing - , _pmvPort = Nothing - , _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing - , _pmvMultiAZ = Nothing - , _pmvEngineVersion = Nothing - , _pmvIops = Nothing - , _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing - , _pmvStorageType = Nothing - , _pmvCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing - } - --- | Contains the new 'AllocatedStorage' size for the DB instance that will be --- applied or is in progress. -pmvAllocatedStorage :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) -pmvAllocatedStorage = - lens _pmvAllocatedStorage (\s a -> s { _pmvAllocatedStorage = a }) - --- | Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are --- retained. -pmvBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) -pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = - lens _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod - (\s a -> s { _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = a }) - --- | Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. -pmvCACertificateIdentifier :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvCACertificateIdentifier = - lens _pmvCACertificateIdentifier - (\s a -> s { _pmvCACertificateIdentifier = a }) - --- | Contains the new 'DBInstanceClass' for the DB instance that will be applied or --- is in progress. -pmvDBInstanceClass :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvDBInstanceClass = - lens _pmvDBInstanceClass (\s a -> s { _pmvDBInstanceClass = a }) - --- | Contains the new 'DBInstanceIdentifier' for the DB instance that will be --- applied or is in progress. -pmvDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = - lens _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier (\s a -> s { _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = a }) - --- | Indicates the database engine version. -pmvEngineVersion :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvEngineVersion = lens _pmvEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _pmvEngineVersion = a }) - --- | Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be --- applied or is being applied. -pmvIops :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) -pmvIops = lens _pmvIops (\s a -> s { _pmvIops = a }) - --- | Contains the pending or in-progress change of the master credentials for the --- DB instance. -pmvMasterUserPassword :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvMasterUserPassword = - lens _pmvMasterUserPassword (\s a -> s { _pmvMasterUserPassword = a }) - --- | Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ --- deployment. -pmvMultiAZ :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Bool) -pmvMultiAZ = lens _pmvMultiAZ (\s a -> s { _pmvMultiAZ = a }) - --- | Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. -pmvPort :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) -pmvPort = lens _pmvPort (\s a -> s { _pmvPort = a }) - --- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. -pmvStorageType :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) -pmvStorageType = lens _pmvStorageType (\s a -> s { _pmvStorageType = a }) - -instance FromXML PendingModifiedValues where - parseXML x = PendingModifiedValues - <$> x .@? "AllocatedStorage" - <*> x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod" - <*> x .@? "CACertificateIdentifier" - <*> x .@? "DBInstanceClass" - <*> x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier" - <*> x .@? "EngineVersion" - <*> x .@? "Iops" - <*> x .@? "MasterUserPassword" - <*> x .@? "MultiAZ" - <*> x .@? "Port" - <*> x .@? "StorageType" - -instance ToQuery PendingModifiedValues where - toQuery PendingModifiedValues{..} = mconcat - [ "AllocatedStorage" =? _pmvAllocatedStorage - , "BackupRetentionPeriod" =? _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod - , "CACertificateIdentifier" =? _pmvCACertificateIdentifier - , "DBInstanceClass" =? _pmvDBInstanceClass - , "DBInstanceIdentifier" =? _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier - , "EngineVersion" =? _pmvEngineVersion - , "Iops" =? _pmvIops - , "MasterUserPassword" =? _pmvMasterUserPassword - , "MultiAZ" =? _pmvMultiAZ - , "Port" =? _pmvPort - , "StorageType" =? _pmvStorageType - ] - -data VpcSecurityGroupMembership = VpcSecurityGroupMembership - { _vsgmStatus :: Maybe Text - , _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'VpcSecurityGroupMembership' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'vsgmStatus' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -vpcSecurityGroupMembership :: VpcSecurityGroupMembership -vpcSecurityGroupMembership = VpcSecurityGroupMembership - { _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId = Nothing - , _vsgmStatus = Nothing - } - --- | The status of the VPC security group. -vsgmStatus :: Lens' VpcSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -vsgmStatus = lens _vsgmStatus (\s a -> s { _vsgmStatus = a }) - --- | The name of the VPC security group. -vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId :: Lens' VpcSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) -vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId = - lens _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId (\s a -> s { _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId = a }) - -instance FromXML VpcSecurityGroupMembership where - parseXML x = VpcSecurityGroupMembership - <$> x .@? "Status" - <*> x .@? "VpcSecurityGroupId" - -instance ToQuery VpcSecurityGroupMembership where - toQuery VpcSecurityGroupMembership{..} = mconcat - [ "Status" =? _vsgmStatus - , "VpcSecurityGroupId" =? _vsgmVpcSecurityGroupId - ] - -data Parameter = Parameter - { _pAllowedValues :: Maybe Text - , _pApplyMethod :: Maybe ApplyMethod - , _pApplyType :: Maybe Text - , _pDataType :: Maybe Text - , _pDescription :: Maybe Text - , _pIsModifiable :: Maybe Bool - , _pMinimumEngineVersion :: Maybe Text - , _pParameterName :: Maybe Text - , _pParameterValue :: Maybe Text - , _pSource :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Read, Show) - --- | 'Parameter' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'pAllowedValues' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pApplyMethod' @::@ 'Maybe' 'ApplyMethod' --- --- * 'pApplyType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pDataType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pIsModifiable' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'pMinimumEngineVersion' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pParameterName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pParameterValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'pSource' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -parameter :: Parameter -parameter = Parameter - { _pParameterName = Nothing - , _pParameterValue = Nothing - , _pDescription = Nothing - , _pSource = Nothing - , _pApplyType = Nothing - , _pDataType = Nothing - , _pAllowedValues = Nothing - , _pIsModifiable = Nothing - , _pMinimumEngineVersion = Nothing - , _pApplyMethod = Nothing - } - --- | Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. -pAllowedValues :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pAllowedValues = lens _pAllowedValues (\s a -> s { _pAllowedValues = a }) - --- | Indicates when to apply parameter updates. -pApplyMethod :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe ApplyMethod) -pApplyMethod = lens _pApplyMethod (\s a -> s { _pApplyMethod = a }) - --- | Specifies the engine specific parameters type. -pApplyType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pApplyType = lens _pApplyType (\s a -> s { _pApplyType = a }) - --- | Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. -pDataType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pDataType = lens _pDataType (\s a -> s { _pDataType = a }) - --- | Provides a description of the parameter. -pDescription :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pDescription = lens _pDescription (\s a -> s { _pDescription = a }) - --- | Indicates whether ('true') or not ('false') the parameter can be modified. Some --- parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from --- being changed. -pIsModifiable :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Bool) -pIsModifiable = lens _pIsModifiable (\s a -> s { _pIsModifiable = a }) - --- | The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. -pMinimumEngineVersion :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pMinimumEngineVersion = - lens _pMinimumEngineVersion (\s a -> s { _pMinimumEngineVersion = a }) - --- | Specifies the name of the parameter. -pParameterName :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pParameterName = lens _pParameterName (\s a -> s { _pParameterName = a }) - --- | Specifies the value of the parameter. -pParameterValue :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pParameterValue = lens _pParameterValue (\s a -> s { _pParameterValue = a }) - --- | Indicates the source of the parameter value. -pSource :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) -pSource = lens _pSource (\s a -> s { _pSource = a }) - -instance FromXML Parameter where - parseXML x = Parameter - <$> x .@? "AllowedValues" - <*> x .@? "ApplyMethod" - <*> x .@? "ApplyType" - <*> x .@? "DataType" - <*> x .@? "Description" - <*> x .@? "IsModifiable" - <*> x .@? "MinimumEngineVersion" - <*> x .@? "ParameterName" - <*> x .@? "ParameterValue" - <*> x .@? "Source" - -instance ToQuery Parameter where - toQuery Parameter{..} = mconcat - [ "AllowedValues" =? _pAllowedValues - , "ApplyMethod" =? _pApplyMethod - , "ApplyType" =? _pApplyType - , "DataType" =? _pDataType - , "Description" =? _pDescription - , "IsModifiable" =? _pIsModifiable - , "MinimumEngineVersion" =? _pMinimumEngineVersion - , "ParameterName" =? _pParameterName - , "ParameterValue" =? _pParameterValue - , "Source" =? _pSource - ] - -data OptionGroupOptionSetting = OptionGroupOptionSetting - { _ogosAllowedValues :: Maybe Text - , _ogosApplyType :: Maybe Text - , _ogosDefaultValue :: Maybe Text - , _ogosIsModifiable :: Maybe Bool - , _ogosSettingDescription :: Maybe Text - , _ogosSettingName :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq, Ord, Read, Show) - --- | 'OptionGroupOptionSetting' constructor. --- --- The fields accessible through corresponding lenses are: --- --- * 'ogosAllowedValues' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogosApplyType' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogosDefaultValue' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogosIsModifiable' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Bool' --- --- * 'ogosSettingDescription' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- --- * 'ogosSettingName' @::@ 'Maybe' 'Text' --- -optionGroupOptionSetting :: OptionGroupOptionSetting -optionGroupOptionSetting = OptionGroupOptionSetting - { _ogosSettingName = Nothing - , _ogosSettingDescription = Nothing - , _ogosDefaultValue = Nothing - , _ogosApplyType = Nothing - , _ogosAllowedValues = Nothing - , _ogosIsModifiable = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option. -ogosAllowedValues :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) -ogosAllowedValues = - lens _ogosAllowedValues (\s a -> s { _ogosAllowedValues = a }) - --- | The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option. -ogosApplyType :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) -ogosApplyType = lens _ogosApplyType (\s a -> s { _ogosApplyType = a }) - --- | The default value for the option group option. -ogosDefaultValue :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) -ogosDefaultValue = lens _ogosDefaultValue (\s a -> s { _ogosDefaultValue = a }) - --- | Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be --- changed from the default value. -ogosIsModifiable :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Bool) -ogosIsModifiable = lens _ogosIsModifiable (\s a -> s { _ogosIsModifiable = a }) - --- | The description of the option group option. -ogosSettingDescription :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) -ogosSettingDescription = - lens _ogosSettingDescription (\s a -> s { _ogosSettingDescription = a }) - --- | The name of the option group option. -ogosSettingName :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) -ogosSettingName = lens _ogosSettingName (\s a -> s { _ogosSettingName = a }) - -instance FromXML OptionGroupOptionSetting where - parseXML x = OptionGroupOptionSetting - <$> x .@? "AllowedValues" - <*> x .@? "ApplyType" - <*> x .@? "DefaultValue" - <*> x .@? "IsModifiable" - <*> x .@? "SettingDescription" - <*> x .@? "SettingName" - -instance ToQuery OptionGroupOptionSetting where - toQuery OptionGroupOptionSetting{..} = mconcat - [ "AllowedValues" =? _ogosAllowedValues - , "ApplyType" =? _ogosApplyType - , "DefaultValue" =? _ogosDefaultValue - , "IsModifiable" =? _ogosIsModifiable - , "SettingDescription" =? _ogosSettingDescription - , "SettingName" =? _ogosSettingName - ] +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.Types +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.Types + ( + -- * Service + RDS + + -- * Errors + , _CertificateNotFoundFault + , _ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault + , _DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault + , _AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault + , _SourceNotFoundFault + , _InvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault + , _DBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault + , _PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault + , _DBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault + , _ProvisionedIOPSNotAvailableInAZFault + , _AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault + , _InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault + , _ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault + , _SubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault + , _DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault + , _SubscriptionNotFoundFault + , _InvalidSubnet + , _DBClusterNotFoundFault + , _OptionGroupNotFoundFault + , _DBLogFileNotFoundFault + , _OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault + , _DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault + , _StorageTypeNotSupportedFault + , _DBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault + , _DBSnapshotNotFoundFault + , _InvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault + , _KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault + , _OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault + , _DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault + , _SnapshotQuotaExceededFault + , _SNSTopicARNNotFoundFault + , _DBClusterQuotaExceededFault + , _DBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault + , _DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault + , _InstanceQuotaExceededFault + , _SNSNoAuthorizationFault + , _DBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault + , _DBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault + , _DomainNotFoundFault + , _DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault + , _ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault + , _InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault + , _InvalidDBSubnetStateFault + , _DBParameterGroupNotFoundFault + , _SNSInvalidTopicFault + , _SubscriptionAlreadyExistFault + , _InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault + , _InsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault + , _InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault + , _AuthorizationNotFoundFault + , _ReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault + , _DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault + , _DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault + , _EventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault + , _InvalidOptionGroupStateFault + , _InvalidDBClusterStateFault + , _InsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault + , _DBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault + , _ResourceNotFoundFault + , _DBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault + , _InvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault + , _InsufficientDomainCapacityFault + , _DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault + , _InvalidRestoreFault + , _InvalidDBInstanceStateFault + , _InvalidDBSnapshotStateFault + , _InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault + , _StorageQuotaExceededFault + , _DBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault + , _DBInstanceNotFoundFault + , _SubnetAlreadyInUse + , _DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs + + -- * ApplyMethod + , ApplyMethod (..) + + -- * SourceType + , SourceType (..) + + -- * AccountQuota + , AccountQuota + , accountQuota + , aqMax + , aqUsed + , aqAccountQuotaName + + -- * AvailabilityZone + , AvailabilityZone + , availabilityZone + , azName + + -- * Certificate + , Certificate + , certificate + , cCertificateType + , cValidTill + , cCertificateIdentifier + , cThumbprint + , cValidFrom + + -- * CharacterSet + , CharacterSet + , characterSet + , csCharacterSetName + , csCharacterSetDescription + + -- * DBCluster + , DBCluster + , dbCluster + , dcEngineVersion + , dcStatus + , dcDBClusterIdentifier + , dcDBClusterMembers + , dcDBClusterParameterGroup + , dcMasterUsername + , dcEarliestRestorableTime + , dcEngine + , dcLatestRestorableTime + , dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , dcCharacterSetName + , dcAvailabilityZones + , dcPreferredBackupWindow + , dcVPCSecurityGroups + , dcBackupRetentionPeriod + , dcDatabaseName + , dcDBSubnetGroup + , dcAllocatedStorage + , dcEndpoint + , dcPercentProgress + , dcPort + , dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships + + -- * DBClusterMember + , DBClusterMember + , dbClusterMember + , dcmDBInstanceIdentifier + , dcmIsClusterWriter + , dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus + + -- * DBClusterOptionGroupStatus + , DBClusterOptionGroupStatus + , dbClusterOptionGroupStatus + , dcogsStatus + , dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName + + -- * DBClusterParameterGroup + , DBClusterParameterGroup + , dbClusterParameterGroup + , dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily + , dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName + , dcpgDescription + + -- * DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + , DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + , dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + , dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName + + -- * DBClusterSnapshot + , DBClusterSnapshot + , dbClusterSnapshot + , dcsEngineVersion + , dcsStatus + , dcsDBClusterIdentifier + , dcsMasterUsername + , dcsVPCId + , dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier + , dcsEngine + , dcsLicenseModel + , dcsSnapshotType + , dcsAvailabilityZones + , dcsSnapshotCreateTime + , dcsAllocatedStorage + , dcsClusterCreateTime + , dcsPercentProgress + , dcsPort + + -- * DBEngineVersion + , DBEngineVersion + , dbEngineVersion + , devDBEngineVersionDescription + , devEngineVersion + , devDefaultCharacterSet + , devSupportedCharacterSets + , devEngine + , devDBParameterGroupFamily + , devDBEngineDescription + + -- * DBInstance + , DBInstance + , dbInstance + , diDBSecurityGroups + , diEngineVersion + , diStorageEncrypted + , diDBClusterIdentifier + , diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade + , diMasterUsername + , diPubliclyAccessible + , diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers + , diIOPS + , diInstanceCreateTime + , diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier + , diEngine + , diLatestRestorableTime + , diDBInstanceClass + , diLicenseModel + , diPreferredMaintenanceWindow + , diCharacterSetName + , diDBInstanceIdentifier + , diCACertificateIdentifier + , diPreferredBackupWindow + , diAvailabilityZone + , diVPCSecurityGroups + , diBackupRetentionPeriod + , diKMSKeyId + , diDBSubnetGroup + , diMultiAZ + , diSecondaryAvailabilityZone + , diOptionGroupMemberships + , diDBiResourceId + , diAllocatedStorage + , diEndpoint + , diDBParameterGroups + , diTDECredentialARN + , diCopyTagsToSnapshot + , diDBInstanceStatus + , diDBInstancePort + , diPendingModifiedValues + , diStatusInfos + , diDBName + , diDomainMemberships + , diStorageType + + -- * DBInstanceStatusInfo + , DBInstanceStatusInfo + , dbInstanceStatusInfo + , disiStatus + , disiNormal + , disiStatusType + , disiMessage + + -- * DBParameterGroup + , DBParameterGroup + , dbParameterGroup + , dpgDBParameterGroupFamily + , dpgDBParameterGroupName + , dpgDescription + + -- * DBParameterGroupNameMessage + , DBParameterGroupNameMessage + , dbParameterGroupNameMessage + , dpgnmDBParameterGroupName + + -- * DBParameterGroupStatus + , DBParameterGroupStatus + , dbParameterGroupStatus + , dpgsDBParameterGroupName + , dpgsParameterApplyStatus + + -- * DBSecurityGroup + , DBSecurityGroup + , dbSecurityGroup + , dsgVPCId + , dsgOwnerId + , dsgIPRanges + , dsgDBSecurityGroupName + , dsgEC2SecurityGroups + , dsgDBSecurityGroupDescription + + -- * DBSecurityGroupMembership + , DBSecurityGroupMembership + , dbSecurityGroupMembership + , dsgmStatus + , dsgmDBSecurityGroupName + + -- * DBSnapshot + , DBSnapshot + , dbSnapshot + , dsEngineVersion + , dsStatus + , dsMasterUsername + , dsSourceRegion + , dsIOPS + , dsInstanceCreateTime + , dsVPCId + , dsEngine + , dsEncrypted + , dsDBSnapshotIdentifier + , dsLicenseModel + , dsSnapshotType + , dsDBInstanceIdentifier + , dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier + , dsAvailabilityZone + , dsKMSKeyId + , dsSnapshotCreateTime + , dsAllocatedStorage + , dsTDECredentialARN + , dsOptionGroupName + , dsPercentProgress + , dsPort + , dsStorageType + + -- * DBSubnetGroup + , DBSubnetGroup + , dbSubnetGroup + , dbsgDBSubnetGroupName + , dbsgVPCId + , dbsgSubnets + , dbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription + , dbsgSubnetGroupStatus + + -- * DescribeDBLogFilesDetails + , DescribeDBLogFilesDetails + , describeDBLogFilesDetails + , ddlfdLastWritten + , ddlfdSize + , ddlfdLogFileName + + -- * DomainMembership + , DomainMembership + , domainMembership + , dmStatus + , dmDomain + , dmConnectivity + + -- * EC2SecurityGroup + , EC2SecurityGroup + , ec2SecurityGroup + , esgStatus + , esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId + , esgEC2SecurityGroupName + , esgEC2SecurityGroupId + + -- * Endpoint + , Endpoint + , endpoint + , eAddress + , ePort + + -- * EngineDefaults + , EngineDefaults + , engineDefaults + , edDBParameterGroupFamily + , edParameters + , edMarker + + -- * Event + , Event + , event + , eSourceType + , eSourceIdentifier + , eDate + , eEventCategories + , eMessage + + -- * EventCategoriesMap + , EventCategoriesMap + , eventCategoriesMap + , ecmSourceType + , ecmEventCategories + + -- * EventSubscription + , EventSubscription + , eventSubscription + , esCustomerAWSId + , esStatus + , esCustSubscriptionId + , esSNSTopicARN + , esEnabled + , esSourceType + , esSubscriptionCreationTime + , esEventCategoriesList + , esSourceIdsList + + -- * Filter + , Filter + , filter' + , fName + , fValues + + -- * IPRange + , IPRange + , ipRange + , irStatus + , irCIdRIP + + -- * Option + , Option + , option + , oOptionName + , oPermanent + , oPersistent + , oOptionDescription + , oOptionSettings + , oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships + , oDBSecurityGroupMemberships + , oPort + + -- * OptionConfiguration + , OptionConfiguration + , optionConfiguration + , ocOptionSettings + , ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships + , ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships + , ocPort + , ocOptionName + + -- * OptionGroup + , OptionGroup + , optionGroup + , ogOptionGroupDescription + , ogVPCId + , ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships + , ogEngineName + , ogMajorEngineVersion + , ogOptions + , ogOptionGroupName + + -- * OptionGroupMembership + , OptionGroupMembership + , optionGroupMembership + , ogmStatus + , ogmOptionGroupName + + -- * OptionGroupOption + , OptionGroupOption + , optionGroupOption + , ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion + , ogoPermanent + , ogoPersistent + , ogoEngineName + , ogoName + , ogoMajorEngineVersion + , ogoDefaultPort + , ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings + , ogoPortRequired + , ogoOptionsDependedOn + , ogoDescription + + -- * OptionGroupOptionSetting + , OptionGroupOptionSetting + , optionGroupOptionSetting + , ogosApplyType + , ogosSettingName + , ogosDefaultValue + , ogosIsModifiable + , ogosAllowedValues + , ogosSettingDescription + + -- * OptionSetting + , OptionSetting + , optionSetting + , osIsCollection + , osApplyType + , osValue + , osName + , osDefaultValue + , osIsModifiable + , osAllowedValues + , osDataType + , osDescription + + -- * OrderableDBInstanceOption + , OrderableDBInstanceOption + , orderableDBInstanceOption + , odioEngineVersion + , odioMultiAZCapable + , odioEngine + , odioSupportsIOPS + , odioDBInstanceClass + , odioLicenseModel + , odioAvailabilityZones + , odioReadReplicaCapable + , odioSupportsStorageEncryption + , odioVPC + , odioStorageType + + -- * Parameter + , Parameter + , parameter + , pApplyType + , pParameterValue + , pApplyMethod + , pMinimumEngineVersion + , pSource + , pIsModifiable + , pAllowedValues + , pDataType + , pParameterName + , pDescription + + -- * PendingMaintenanceAction + , PendingMaintenanceAction + , pendingMaintenanceAction + , pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate + , pmaAction + , pmaOptInStatus + , pmaDescription + , pmaCurrentApplyDate + , pmaForcedApplyDate + + -- * PendingModifiedValues + , PendingModifiedValues + , pendingModifiedValues + , pmvEngineVersion + , pmvMasterUserPassword + , pmvIOPS + , pmvDBInstanceClass + , pmvDBInstanceIdentifier + , pmvCACertificateIdentifier + , pmvBackupRetentionPeriod + , pmvMultiAZ + , pmvAllocatedStorage + , pmvPort + , pmvStorageType + + -- * RecurringCharge + , RecurringCharge + , recurringCharge + , rcRecurringChargeFrequency + , rcRecurringChargeAmount + + -- * ReservedDBInstance + , ReservedDBInstance + , reservedDBInstance + , rdiDBInstanceCount + , rdiState + , rdiCurrencyCode + , rdiProductDescription + , rdiStartTime + , rdiReservedDBInstanceId + , rdiDBInstanceClass + , rdiMultiAZ + , rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , rdiOfferingType + , rdiUsagePrice + , rdiRecurringCharges + , rdiFixedPrice + , rdiDuration + + -- * ReservedDBInstancesOffering + , ReservedDBInstancesOffering + , reservedDBInstancesOffering + , rdioCurrencyCode + , rdioProductDescription + , rdioDBInstanceClass + , rdioMultiAZ + , rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId + , rdioOfferingType + , rdioUsagePrice + , rdioRecurringCharges + , rdioFixedPrice + , rdioDuration + + -- * ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions + , ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions + , resourcePendingMaintenanceActions + , rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails + , rpmaResourceIdentifier + + -- * Subnet + , Subnet + , subnet + , sSubnetStatus + , sSubnetIdentifier + , sSubnetAvailabilityZone + + -- * Tag + , Tag + , tag + , tagValue + , tagKey + + -- * VPCSecurityGroupMembership + , VPCSecurityGroupMembership + , vpcSecurityGroupMembership + , vsgmStatus + , vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId + ) where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Sum +import Network.AWS.Sign.V4 + +-- | Version @2014-10-31@ of the Amazon Relational Database Service SDK. +data RDS + +instance AWSService RDS where + type Sg RDS = V4 + service = const svc + where + svc = + Service + { _svcAbbrev = "RDS" + , _svcPrefix = "rds" + , _svcVersion = "2014-10-31" + , _svcEndpoint = defaultEndpoint svc + , _svcTimeout = Just 70 + , _svcStatus = statusSuccess + , _svcError = parseXMLError + , _svcRetry = retry + } + retry = + Exponential + { _retryBase = 5.0e-2 + , _retryGrowth = 2 + , _retryAttempts = 5 + , _retryCheck = check + } + check e + | has (hasCode "ThrottlingException" . hasStatus 400) e = + Just "throttling_exception" + | has (hasCode "Throttling" . hasStatus 400) e = Just "throttling" + | has (hasStatus 503) e = Just "service_unavailable" + | has (hasStatus 500) e = Just "general_server_error" + | has (hasStatus 509) e = Just "limit_exceeded" + | otherwise = Nothing + +-- | /CertificateIdentifier/ does not refer to an existing certificate. +_CertificateNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_CertificateNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "CertificateNotFound" + +-- | Request would exceed the user\'s DB Instance quota. +_ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceeded" + +-- | User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. +_DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault = + _ServiceError . + hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" + +-- | DB security group authorization quota has been reached. +_AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_AuthorizationQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded" + +-- | The requested source could not be found. +_SourceNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_SourceNotFoundFault = _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "SourceNotFound" + +-- | The DB parameter group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +_InvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" + +-- | A DB parameter group with the same name exists. +_DBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" + +-- | /SourceDBInstanceIdentifier/ refers to a DB instance with +-- /BackupRetentionPeriod/ equal to 0. +_PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabled" + +-- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB +-- parameter groups. +_DBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" + +-- | Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. +_ProvisionedIOPSNotAvailableInAZFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_ProvisionedIOPSNotAvailableInAZFault = + _ServiceError . + hasStatus 400 . hasCode "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" + +-- | The specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is already authorized for the +-- specified DB security group. +_AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_AuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "AuthorizationAlreadyExists" + +-- | The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. +_InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault = + _ServiceError . + hasStatus 403 . hasCode "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault" + +-- | User already has a reservation with the given identifier. +_ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExists" + +-- | The supplied category does not exist. +_SubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_SubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" + +-- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in +-- a DB subnet groups. +_DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault" + +-- | The subscription name does not exist. +_SubscriptionNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_SubscriptionNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "SubscriptionNotFound" + +-- | The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that +-- are not all in a common VPC. +_InvalidSubnet :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidSubnet = _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidSubnet" + +-- | /DBClusterIdentifier/ does not refer to an existing DB cluster. +_DBClusterNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBClusterNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "DBClusterNotFoundFault" + +-- | The specified option group could not be found. +_OptionGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_OptionGroupNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" + +-- | /LogFileName/ does not refer to an existing DB log file. +_DBLogFileNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBLogFileNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "DBLogFileNotFoundFault" + +-- | The option group you are trying to create already exists. +_OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault" + +-- | User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. +_DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" + +-- | /StorageType/ specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. +_StorageTypeNotSupportedFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_StorageTypeNotSupportedFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "StorageTypeNotSupported" + +-- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB security +-- groups. +_DBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "QuotaExceeded.DBSecurityGroup" + +-- | /DBSnapshotIdentifier/ does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. +_DBSnapshotNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSnapshotNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "DBSnapshotNotFound" + +-- | This error can occur if someone else is modifying a subscription. You +-- should retry the action. +_InvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidEventSubscriptionState" + +-- | Error accessing KMS key. +_KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" + +-- | The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account. +_OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault" + +-- | A DB security group with the name specified in /DBSecurityGroupName/ +-- already exists. +_DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExists" + +-- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB +-- snapshots. +_SnapshotQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_SnapshotQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" + +-- | The SNS topic ARN does not exist. +_SNSTopicARNNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_SNSTopicARNNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "SNSTopicArnNotFound" + +-- | User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already +-- reached the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. +_DBClusterQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBClusterQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 403 . hasCode "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" + +-- | /DBClusterParameterGroupName/ does not refer to an existing DB Cluster +-- parameter group. +_DBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" + +-- | /DBSubnetGroupName/ is already used by an existing DB subnet group. +_DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists" + +-- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB +-- instances. +_InstanceQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InstanceQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InstanceQuotaExceeded" + +-- | You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN. +_SNSNoAuthorizationFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_SNSNoAuthorizationFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SNSNoAuthorization" + +-- | /DBSecurityGroupName/ does not refer to an existing DB security group. +_DBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" + +-- | A DB security group is not allowed for this action. +_DBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBSecurityGroupNotSupported" + +-- | /Domain/ does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. +_DomainNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DomainNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "DomainNotFoundFault" + +-- | /DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier/ does not refer to an existing DB cluster +-- snapshot. +_DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" + +-- | Specified offering does not exist. +_ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . + hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound" + +-- | Indicates the DBSubnetGroup does not belong to the same VPC as that of +-- an existing cross region read replica of the same source instance. +_InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault" + +-- | The DB subnet is not in the /available/ state. +_InvalidDBSubnetStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidDBSubnetStateFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault" + +-- | /DBParameterGroupName/ does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. +_DBParameterGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBParameterGroupNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "DBParameterGroupNotFound" + +-- | SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified. +_SNSInvalidTopicFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_SNSInvalidTopicFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SNSInvalidTopic" + +-- | The supplied subscription name already exists. +_SubscriptionAlreadyExistFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_SubscriptionAlreadyExistFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SubscriptionAlreadyExist" + +-- | The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. +_InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault = + _ServiceError . + hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" + +-- | Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified +-- Availability Zone. +_InsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" + +-- | DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is +-- created because users\' change. +_InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" + +-- | Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the +-- specified DB security group. +-- +-- RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on +-- your behalf. +_AuthorizationNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_AuthorizationNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "AuthorizationNotFound" + +-- | The specified reserved DB Instance not found. +_ReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_ReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ReservedDBInstanceNotFound" + +-- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet +-- groups. +_DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded" + +-- | Indicates that the DBSubnetGroup should not be specified while creating +-- read replicas that lie in the same region as the source instance. +_DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault" + +-- | You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions. +_EventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_EventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" + +-- | The option group is not in the /available/ state. +_InvalidOptionGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidOptionGroupStateFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault" + +-- | The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster state. +_InvalidDBClusterStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidDBClusterStateFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" + +-- | There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may +-- be able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use +-- different Availability Zones that have more storage available. +_InsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault = + _ServiceError . + hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" + +-- | User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. +_DBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" + +-- | The specified resource ID was not found. +_ResourceNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_ResourceNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "ResourceNotFoundFault" + +-- | The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on could not be +-- modified. +_DBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure" + +-- | The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. +_InvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" + +-- | Requested Active Directory Domain has reached maximum number of +-- instances. +_InsufficientDomainCapacityFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InsufficientDomainCapacityFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InsufficientDomainCapacityFault" + +-- | /DBSubnetGroupName/ does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. +_DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" + +-- | Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. +_InvalidRestoreFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidRestoreFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidRestoreFault" + +-- | The specified DB instance is not in the /available/ state. +_InvalidDBInstanceStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidDBInstanceStateFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidDBInstanceState" + +-- | The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. +_InvalidDBSnapshotStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidDBSnapshotStateFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidDBSnapshotState" + +-- | The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. +_InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" + +-- | Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage +-- available across all DB instances. +_StorageQuotaExceededFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_StorageQuotaExceededFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "StorageQuotaExceeded" + +-- | /DBSnapshotIdentifier/ is already used by an existing snapshot. +_DBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" + +-- | /DBInstanceIdentifier/ does not refer to an existing DB instance. +_DBInstanceNotFoundFault :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBInstanceNotFoundFault = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 404 . hasCode "DBInstanceNotFound" + +-- | The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone. +_SubnetAlreadyInUse :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_SubnetAlreadyInUse = + _ServiceError . hasStatus 400 . hasCode "SubnetAlreadyInUse" + +-- | Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability +-- Zones unless there is only one Availability Zone. +_DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs :: AsError a => Getting (First ServiceError) a ServiceError +_DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs = + _ServiceError . + hasStatus 400 . hasCode "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Product.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Product.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Product.hs @@ -0,0 +1,4054 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Product where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Sum + +-- | Describes a quota for an AWS account, for example, the number of DB +-- instances allowed. +-- +-- /See:/ 'accountQuota' smart constructor. +data AccountQuota = AccountQuota' + { _aqMax :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _aqUsed :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _aqAccountQuotaName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AccountQuota' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'aqMax' +-- +-- * 'aqUsed' +-- +-- * 'aqAccountQuotaName' +accountQuota + :: AccountQuota +accountQuota = + AccountQuota' + { _aqMax = Nothing + , _aqUsed = Nothing + , _aqAccountQuotaName = Nothing + } + +-- | The maximum allowed value for the quota. +aqMax :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Integer) +aqMax = lens _aqMax (\ s a -> s{_aqMax = a}); + +-- | The amount currently used toward the quota maximum. +aqUsed :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Integer) +aqUsed = lens _aqUsed (\ s a -> s{_aqUsed = a}); + +-- | The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account. +aqAccountQuotaName :: Lens' AccountQuota (Maybe Text) +aqAccountQuotaName = lens _aqAccountQuotaName (\ s a -> s{_aqAccountQuotaName = a}); + +instance FromXML AccountQuota where + parseXML x + = AccountQuota' <$> + (x .@? "Max") <*> (x .@? "Used") <*> + (x .@? "AccountQuotaName") + +-- | Contains Availability Zone information. +-- +-- This data type is used as an element in the following data type: +-- +-- - OrderableDBInstanceOption +-- +-- /See:/ 'availabilityZone' smart constructor. +newtype AvailabilityZone = AvailabilityZone' + { _azName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AvailabilityZone' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'azName' +availabilityZone + :: AvailabilityZone +availabilityZone = + AvailabilityZone' + { _azName = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the availability zone. +azName :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe Text) +azName = lens _azName (\ s a -> s{_azName = a}); + +instance FromXML AvailabilityZone where + parseXML x = AvailabilityZone' <$> (x .@? "Name") + +-- | A CA certificate for an AWS account. +-- +-- /See:/ 'certificate' smart constructor. +data Certificate = Certificate' + { _cCertificateType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cValidTill :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _cCertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cThumbprint :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cValidFrom :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Certificate' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cCertificateType' +-- +-- * 'cValidTill' +-- +-- * 'cCertificateIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'cThumbprint' +-- +-- * 'cValidFrom' +certificate + :: Certificate +certificate = + Certificate' + { _cCertificateType = Nothing + , _cValidTill = Nothing + , _cCertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _cThumbprint = Nothing + , _cValidFrom = Nothing + } + +-- | The type of the certificate. +cCertificateType :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) +cCertificateType = lens _cCertificateType (\ s a -> s{_cCertificateType = a}); + +-- | The final date that the certificate continues to be valid. +cValidTill :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe UTCTime) +cValidTill = lens _cValidTill (\ s a -> s{_cValidTill = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The unique key that identifies a certificate. +cCertificateIdentifier :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) +cCertificateIdentifier = lens _cCertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_cCertificateIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The thumbprint of the certificate. +cThumbprint :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe Text) +cThumbprint = lens _cThumbprint (\ s a -> s{_cThumbprint = a}); + +-- | The starting date from which the certificate is valid. +cValidFrom :: Lens' Certificate (Maybe UTCTime) +cValidFrom = lens _cValidFrom (\ s a -> s{_cValidFrom = a}) . mapping _Time; + +instance FromXML Certificate where + parseXML x + = Certificate' <$> + (x .@? "CertificateType") <*> (x .@? "ValidTill") <*> + (x .@? "CertificateIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "Thumbprint") + <*> (x .@? "ValidFrom") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the action +-- DescribeDBEngineVersions. +-- +-- /See:/ 'characterSet' smart constructor. +data CharacterSet = CharacterSet' + { _csCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _csCharacterSetDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CharacterSet' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'csCharacterSetName' +-- +-- * 'csCharacterSetDescription' +characterSet + :: CharacterSet +characterSet = + CharacterSet' + { _csCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _csCharacterSetDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the character set. +csCharacterSetName :: Lens' CharacterSet (Maybe Text) +csCharacterSetName = lens _csCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_csCharacterSetName = a}); + +-- | The description of the character set. +csCharacterSetDescription :: Lens' CharacterSet (Maybe Text) +csCharacterSetDescription = lens _csCharacterSetDescription (\ s a -> s{_csCharacterSetDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML CharacterSet where + parseXML x + = CharacterSet' <$> + (x .@? "CharacterSetName") <*> + (x .@? "CharacterSetDescription") + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: +-- +-- - CreateDBCluster +-- - DeleteDBCluster +-- - FailoverDBCluster +-- - ModifyDBCluster +-- - RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters +-- action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbCluster' smart constructor. +data DBCluster = DBCluster' + { _dcEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcDBClusterMembers :: !(Maybe [DBClusterMember]) + , _dcDBClusterParameterGroup :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcEarliestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcLatestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _dcPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcVPCSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [VPCSecurityGroupMembership]) + , _dcBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcDatabaseName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcDBSubnetGroup :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcEndpoint :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcPercentProgress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [DBClusterOptionGroupStatus]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBCluster' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'dcStatus' +-- +-- * 'dcDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'dcDBClusterMembers' +-- +-- * 'dcDBClusterParameterGroup' +-- +-- * 'dcMasterUsername' +-- +-- * 'dcEarliestRestorableTime' +-- +-- * 'dcEngine' +-- +-- * 'dcLatestRestorableTime' +-- +-- * 'dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow' +-- +-- * 'dcCharacterSetName' +-- +-- * 'dcAvailabilityZones' +-- +-- * 'dcPreferredBackupWindow' +-- +-- * 'dcVPCSecurityGroups' +-- +-- * 'dcBackupRetentionPeriod' +-- +-- * 'dcDatabaseName' +-- +-- * 'dcDBSubnetGroup' +-- +-- * 'dcAllocatedStorage' +-- +-- * 'dcEndpoint' +-- +-- * 'dcPercentProgress' +-- +-- * 'dcPort' +-- +-- * 'dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships' +dbCluster + :: DBCluster +dbCluster = + DBCluster' + { _dcEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dcStatus = Nothing + , _dcDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcDBClusterMembers = Nothing + , _dcDBClusterParameterGroup = Nothing + , _dcMasterUsername = Nothing + , _dcEarliestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _dcEngine = Nothing + , _dcLatestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _dcCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _dcAvailabilityZones = Nothing + , _dcPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _dcVPCSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _dcBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _dcDatabaseName = Nothing + , _dcDBSubnetGroup = Nothing + , _dcAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _dcEndpoint = Nothing + , _dcPercentProgress = Nothing + , _dcPort = Nothing + , _dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates the database engine version. +dcEngineVersion :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcEngineVersion = lens _dcEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dcEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. +dcStatus :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcStatus = lens _dcStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcStatus = a}); + +-- | Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the +-- unique key that identifies a DB cluster. +dcDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcDBClusterIdentifier = lens _dcDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. +dcDBClusterMembers :: Lens' DBCluster [DBClusterMember] +dcDBClusterMembers = lens _dcDBClusterMembers (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterMembers = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. +dcDBClusterParameterGroup :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcDBClusterParameterGroup = lens _dcDBClusterParameterGroup (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterParameterGroup = a}); + +-- | Contains the master username for the DB cluster. +dcMasterUsername :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcMasterUsername = lens _dcMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_dcMasterUsername = a}); + +-- | Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with +-- point-in-time restore. +dcEarliestRestorableTime :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe UTCTime) +dcEarliestRestorableTime = lens _dcEarliestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_dcEarliestRestorableTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. +dcEngine :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcEngine = lens _dcEngine (\ s a -> s{_dcEngine = a}); + +-- | Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with +-- point-in-time restore. +dcLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe UTCTime) +dcLatestRestorableTime = lens _dcLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_dcLatestRestorableTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can +-- occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_dcPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); + +-- | If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is +-- associated with. +dcCharacterSetName :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcCharacterSetName = lens _dcCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_dcCharacterSetName = a}); + +-- | Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB +-- cluster can be created in. +dcAvailabilityZones :: Lens' DBCluster [Text] +dcAvailabilityZones = lens _dcAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_dcAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are +-- created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the +-- 'BackupRetentionPeriod'. +dcPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcPreferredBackupWindow = lens _dcPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_dcPreferredBackupWindow = a}); + +-- | Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to. +dcVPCSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBCluster [VPCSecurityGroupMembership] +dcVPCSecurityGroups = lens _dcVPCSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_dcVPCSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are +-- retained. +dcBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Int) +dcBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _dcBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_dcBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); + +-- | Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was +-- provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was +-- created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. +dcDatabaseName :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcDatabaseName = lens _dcDatabaseName (\ s a -> s{_dcDatabaseName = a}); + +-- | Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB +-- cluster, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet +-- group. +dcDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcDBSubnetGroup = lens _dcDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_dcDBSubnetGroup = a}); + +-- | Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). +dcAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Int) +dcAllocatedStorage = lens _dcAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_dcAllocatedStorage = a}); + +-- | Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB +-- cluster. +dcEndpoint :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcEndpoint = lens _dcEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_dcEndpoint = a}); + +-- | Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. +dcPercentProgress :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Text) +dcPercentProgress = lens _dcPercentProgress (\ s a -> s{_dcPercentProgress = a}); + +-- | Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. +dcPort :: Lens' DBCluster (Maybe Int) +dcPort = lens _dcPort (\ s a -> s{_dcPort = a}); + +-- | Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster. +dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships :: Lens' DBCluster [DBClusterOptionGroupStatus] +dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = lens _dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_dcDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML DBCluster where + parseXML x + = DBCluster' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> (x .@? "Status") <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterIdentifier") + <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterMembers" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBClusterMember")) + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroup") + <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername") + <*> (x .@? "EarliestRestorableTime") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "LatestRestorableTime") + <*> (x .@? "PreferredMaintenanceWindow") + <*> (x .@? "CharacterSetName") + <*> + (x .@? "AvailabilityZones" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "AvailabilityZone")) + <*> (x .@? "PreferredBackupWindow") + <*> + (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "VpcSecurityGroupMembership")) + <*> (x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod") + <*> (x .@? "DatabaseName") + <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroup") + <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") + <*> (x .@? "Endpoint") + <*> (x .@? "PercentProgress") + <*> (x .@? "Port") + <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty + >>= may (parseXMLList "DBClusterOptionGroup")) + +-- | Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterMember' smart constructor. +data DBClusterMember = DBClusterMember' + { _dcmDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcmIsClusterWriter :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterMember' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcmDBInstanceIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'dcmIsClusterWriter' +-- +-- * 'dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus' +dbClusterMember + :: DBClusterMember +dbClusterMember = + DBClusterMember' + { _dcmDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcmIsClusterWriter = Nothing + , _dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster. +dcmDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterMember (Maybe Text) +dcmDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _dcmDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcmDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Value that is 'true' if the cluster member is the primary instance for +-- the DB cluster and 'false' otherwise. +dcmIsClusterWriter :: Lens' DBClusterMember (Maybe Bool) +dcmIsClusterWriter = lens _dcmIsClusterWriter (\ s a -> s{_dcmIsClusterWriter = a}); + +-- | Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member +-- of the DB cluster. +dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus :: Lens' DBClusterMember (Maybe Text) +dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus = lens _dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcmDBClusterParameterGroupStatus = a}); + +instance FromXML DBClusterMember where + parseXML x + = DBClusterMember' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") <*> + (x .@? "IsClusterWriter") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroupStatus") + +-- | Contains status information for a DB cluster option group. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterOptionGroupStatus' smart constructor. +data DBClusterOptionGroupStatus = DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' + { _dcogsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcogsStatus' +-- +-- * 'dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName' +dbClusterOptionGroupStatus + :: DBClusterOptionGroupStatus +dbClusterOptionGroupStatus = + DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' + { _dcogsStatus = Nothing + , _dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. +dcogsStatus :: Lens' DBClusterOptionGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +dcogsStatus = lens _dcogsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcogsStatus = a}); + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. +dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName :: Lens' DBClusterOptionGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName = lens _dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dcogsDBClusterOptionGroupName = a}); + +instance FromXML DBClusterOptionGroupStatus where + parseXML x + = DBClusterOptionGroupStatus' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterOptionGroupName") + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- CreateDBClusterParameterGroup action. +-- +-- This data type is used as a request parameter in the +-- DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup action, and as a response element in the +-- DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterParameterGroup' smart constructor. +data DBClusterParameterGroup = DBClusterParameterGroup' + { _dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcpgDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily' +-- +-- * 'dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName' +-- +-- * 'dcpgDescription' +dbClusterParameterGroup + :: DBClusterParameterGroup +dbClusterParameterGroup = + DBClusterParameterGroup' + { _dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _dcpgDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster +-- parameter group is compatible with. +dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dcpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); + +-- | Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group. +dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dcpgDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); + +-- | Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster +-- parameter group. +dcpgDescription :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dcpgDescription = lens _dcpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_dcpgDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML DBClusterParameterGroup where + parseXML x + = DBClusterParameterGroup' <$> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroupName") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' smart constructor. +newtype DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage = DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' + { _dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName' +dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + :: DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage +dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage = + DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' + { _dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the DB cluster parameter group. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- - Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters +-- - First character must be a letter +-- - Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens +-- +-- This value is stored as a lowercase string. +dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage (Maybe Text) +dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName = lens _dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dcpgnmDBClusterParameterGroupName = a}); + +instance FromXML DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage + where + parseXML x + = DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage' <$> + (x .@? "DBClusterParameterGroupName") + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: +-- +-- - CreateDBClusterSnapshot +-- - DeleteDBClusterSnapshot +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the +-- DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbClusterSnapshot' smart constructor. +data DBClusterSnapshot = DBClusterSnapshot' + { _dcsEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsSnapshotType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dcsAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _dcsSnapshotCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcsAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcsClusterCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dcsPercentProgress :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dcsPort :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBClusterSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcsEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'dcsStatus' +-- +-- * 'dcsDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'dcsMasterUsername' +-- +-- * 'dcsVPCId' +-- +-- * 'dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'dcsEngine' +-- +-- * 'dcsLicenseModel' +-- +-- * 'dcsSnapshotType' +-- +-- * 'dcsAvailabilityZones' +-- +-- * 'dcsSnapshotCreateTime' +-- +-- * 'dcsAllocatedStorage' +-- +-- * 'dcsClusterCreateTime' +-- +-- * 'dcsPercentProgress' +-- +-- * 'dcsPort' +dbClusterSnapshot + :: DBClusterSnapshot +dbClusterSnapshot = + DBClusterSnapshot' + { _dcsEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dcsStatus = Nothing + , _dcsDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcsMasterUsername = Nothing + , _dcsVPCId = Nothing + , _dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _dcsEngine = Nothing + , _dcsLicenseModel = Nothing + , _dcsSnapshotType = Nothing + , _dcsAvailabilityZones = Nothing + , _dcsSnapshotCreateTime = Nothing + , _dcsAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _dcsClusterCreateTime = Nothing + , _dcsPercentProgress = Nothing + , _dcsPort = Nothing + } + +-- | Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster +-- snapshot. +dcsEngineVersion :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsEngineVersion = lens _dcsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dcsEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot. +dcsStatus :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsStatus = lens _dcsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcsStatus = a}); + +-- | Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB +-- cluster snapshot was created from. +dcsDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsDBClusterIdentifier = lens _dcsDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcsDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. +dcsMasterUsername :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsMasterUsername = lens _dcsMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_dcsMasterUsername = a}); + +-- | Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot. +dcsVPCId :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsVPCId = lens _dcsVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dcsVPCId = a}); + +-- | Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot. +dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dcsDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Specifies the name of the database engine. +dcsEngine :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsEngine = lens _dcsEngine (\ s a -> s{_dcsEngine = a}); + +-- | Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. +dcsLicenseModel :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsLicenseModel = lens _dcsLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_dcsLicenseModel = a}); + +-- | Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot. +dcsSnapshotType :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dcsSnapshotType = lens _dcsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_dcsSnapshotType = a}); + +-- | Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB +-- cluster snapshot can be restored in. +dcsAvailabilityZones :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot [Text] +dcsAvailabilityZones = lens _dcsAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_dcsAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated +-- Time (UTC). +dcsSnapshotCreateTime :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +dcsSnapshotCreateTime = lens _dcsSnapshotCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dcsSnapshotCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). +dcsAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dcsAllocatedStorage = lens _dcsAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_dcsAllocatedStorage = a}); + +-- | Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal +-- Coordinated Time (UTC). +dcsClusterCreateTime :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +dcsClusterCreateTime = lens _dcsClusterCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dcsClusterCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been +-- transferred. +dcsPercentProgress :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dcsPercentProgress = lens _dcsPercentProgress (\ s a -> s{_dcsPercentProgress = a}); + +-- | Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of +-- the snapshot. +dcsPort :: Lens' DBClusterSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dcsPort = lens _dcsPort (\ s a -> s{_dcsPort = a}); + +instance FromXML DBClusterSnapshot where + parseXML x + = DBClusterSnapshot' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> (x .@? "Status") <*> + (x .@? "DBClusterIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername") + <*> (x .@? "VpcId") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") + <*> (x .@? "SnapshotType") + <*> + (x .@? "AvailabilityZones" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "AvailabilityZone")) + <*> (x .@? "SnapshotCreateTime") + <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") + <*> (x .@? "ClusterCreateTime") + <*> (x .@? "PercentProgress") + <*> (x .@? "Port") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the action +-- DescribeDBEngineVersions. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbEngineVersion' smart constructor. +data DBEngineVersion = DBEngineVersion' + { _devDBEngineVersionDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _devEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _devDefaultCharacterSet :: !(Maybe CharacterSet) + , _devSupportedCharacterSets :: !(Maybe [CharacterSet]) + , _devEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _devDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _devDBEngineDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBEngineVersion' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'devDBEngineVersionDescription' +-- +-- * 'devEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'devDefaultCharacterSet' +-- +-- * 'devSupportedCharacterSets' +-- +-- * 'devEngine' +-- +-- * 'devDBParameterGroupFamily' +-- +-- * 'devDBEngineDescription' +dbEngineVersion + :: DBEngineVersion +dbEngineVersion = + DBEngineVersion' + { _devDBEngineVersionDescription = Nothing + , _devEngineVersion = Nothing + , _devDefaultCharacterSet = Nothing + , _devSupportedCharacterSets = Nothing + , _devEngine = Nothing + , _devDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _devDBEngineDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | The description of the database engine version. +devDBEngineVersionDescription :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +devDBEngineVersionDescription = lens _devDBEngineVersionDescription (\ s a -> s{_devDBEngineVersionDescription = a}); + +-- | The version number of the database engine. +devEngineVersion :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +devEngineVersion = lens _devEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_devEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if +-- the 'CharacterSetName' parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not +-- specified. +devDefaultCharacterSet :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe CharacterSet) +devDefaultCharacterSet = lens _devDefaultCharacterSet (\ s a -> s{_devDefaultCharacterSet = a}); + +-- | A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the +-- 'CharacterSetName' parameter of the CreateDBInstance API. +devSupportedCharacterSets :: Lens' DBEngineVersion [CharacterSet] +devSupportedCharacterSets = lens _devSupportedCharacterSets (\ s a -> s{_devSupportedCharacterSets = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the database engine. +devEngine :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +devEngine = lens _devEngine (\ s a -> s{_devEngine = a}); + +-- | The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. +devDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +devDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _devDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_devDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); + +-- | The description of the database engine. +devDBEngineDescription :: Lens' DBEngineVersion (Maybe Text) +devDBEngineDescription = lens _devDBEngineDescription (\ s a -> s{_devDBEngineDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML DBEngineVersion where + parseXML x + = DBEngineVersion' <$> + (x .@? "DBEngineVersionDescription") <*> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") + <*> (x .@? "DefaultCharacterSet") + <*> + (x .@? "SupportedCharacterSets" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "CharacterSet")) + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") + <*> (x .@? "DBEngineDescription") + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: +-- +-- - CreateDBInstance +-- - DeleteDBInstance +-- - ModifyDBInstance +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances +-- action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbInstance' smart constructor. +data DBInstance = DBInstance' + { _diDBSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [DBSecurityGroupMembership]) + , _diEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diStorageEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diDBClusterIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diPubliclyAccessible :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _diIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _diInstanceCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diLatestRestorableTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _diDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diCharacterSetName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diCACertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diPreferredBackupWindow :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diVPCSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [VPCSecurityGroupMembership]) + , _diBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _diKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diDBSubnetGroup :: !(Maybe DBSubnetGroup) + , _diMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diSecondaryAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diOptionGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [OptionGroupMembership]) + , _diDBiResourceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _diEndpoint :: !(Maybe Endpoint) + , _diDBParameterGroups :: !(Maybe [DBParameterGroupStatus]) + , _diTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diCopyTagsToSnapshot :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _diDBInstanceStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diDBInstancePort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _diPendingModifiedValues :: !(Maybe PendingModifiedValues) + , _diStatusInfos :: !(Maybe [DBInstanceStatusInfo]) + , _diDBName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _diDomainMemberships :: !(Maybe [DomainMembership]) + , _diStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'diDBSecurityGroups' +-- +-- * 'diEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'diStorageEncrypted' +-- +-- * 'diDBClusterIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade' +-- +-- * 'diMasterUsername' +-- +-- * 'diPubliclyAccessible' +-- +-- * 'diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers' +-- +-- * 'diIOPS' +-- +-- * 'diInstanceCreateTime' +-- +-- * 'diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'diEngine' +-- +-- * 'diLatestRestorableTime' +-- +-- * 'diDBInstanceClass' +-- +-- * 'diLicenseModel' +-- +-- * 'diPreferredMaintenanceWindow' +-- +-- * 'diCharacterSetName' +-- +-- * 'diDBInstanceIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'diCACertificateIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'diPreferredBackupWindow' +-- +-- * 'diAvailabilityZone' +-- +-- * 'diVPCSecurityGroups' +-- +-- * 'diBackupRetentionPeriod' +-- +-- * 'diKMSKeyId' +-- +-- * 'diDBSubnetGroup' +-- +-- * 'diMultiAZ' +-- +-- * 'diSecondaryAvailabilityZone' +-- +-- * 'diOptionGroupMemberships' +-- +-- * 'diDBiResourceId' +-- +-- * 'diAllocatedStorage' +-- +-- * 'diEndpoint' +-- +-- * 'diDBParameterGroups' +-- +-- * 'diTDECredentialARN' +-- +-- * 'diCopyTagsToSnapshot' +-- +-- * 'diDBInstanceStatus' +-- +-- * 'diDBInstancePort' +-- +-- * 'diPendingModifiedValues' +-- +-- * 'diStatusInfos' +-- +-- * 'diDBName' +-- +-- * 'diDomainMemberships' +-- +-- * 'diStorageType' +dbInstance + :: DBInstance +dbInstance = + DBInstance' + { _diDBSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _diEngineVersion = Nothing + , _diStorageEncrypted = Nothing + , _diDBClusterIdentifier = Nothing + , _diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = Nothing + , _diMasterUsername = Nothing + , _diPubliclyAccessible = Nothing + , _diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = Nothing + , _diIOPS = Nothing + , _diInstanceCreateTime = Nothing + , _diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _diEngine = Nothing + , _diLatestRestorableTime = Nothing + , _diDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _diLicenseModel = Nothing + , _diPreferredMaintenanceWindow = Nothing + , _diCharacterSetName = Nothing + , _diDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _diCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _diPreferredBackupWindow = Nothing + , _diAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _diVPCSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _diBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _diKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _diDBSubnetGroup = Nothing + , _diMultiAZ = Nothing + , _diSecondaryAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _diOptionGroupMemberships = Nothing + , _diDBiResourceId = Nothing + , _diAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _diEndpoint = Nothing + , _diDBParameterGroups = Nothing + , _diTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _diCopyTagsToSnapshot = Nothing + , _diDBInstanceStatus = Nothing + , _diDBInstancePort = Nothing + , _diPendingModifiedValues = Nothing + , _diStatusInfos = Nothing + , _diDBName = Nothing + , _diDomainMemberships = Nothing + , _diStorageType = Nothing + } + +-- | Provides List of DB security group elements containing only +-- 'DBSecurityGroup.Name' and 'DBSecurityGroup.Status' subelements. +diDBSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [DBSecurityGroupMembership] +diDBSecurityGroups = lens _diDBSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_diDBSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Indicates the database engine version. +diEngineVersion :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diEngineVersion = lens _diEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_diEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. +diStorageEncrypted :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diStorageEncrypted = lens _diStorageEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_diStorageEncrypted = a}); + +-- | If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the +-- DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. +diDBClusterIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBClusterIdentifier = lens _diDBClusterIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diDBClusterIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. +diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = lens _diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade (\ s a -> s{_diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade = a}); + +-- | Contains the master username for the DB instance. +diMasterUsername :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diMasterUsername = lens _diMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_diMasterUsername = a}); + +-- | Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true +-- specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS +-- name, which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies +-- an internal instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP +-- address. +-- +-- Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been +-- requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each +-- case. +-- +-- - __Default VPC:__true +-- - __VPC:__false +-- +-- If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the +-- PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be +-- publicly accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as +-- part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, +-- the DB instance will be private. +diPubliclyAccessible :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diPubliclyAccessible = lens _diPubliclyAccessible (\ s a -> s{_diPubliclyAccessible = a}); + +-- | Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with +-- this DB instance. +diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers :: Lens' DBInstance [Text] +diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = lens _diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers (\ s a -> s{_diReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I\/O operations per second) value. +diIOPS :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +diIOPS = lens _diIOPS (\ s a -> s{_diIOPS = a}); + +-- | Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. +diInstanceCreateTime :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +diInstanceCreateTime = lens _diInstanceCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_diInstanceCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is +-- a Read Replica. +diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB +-- instance. +diEngine :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diEngine = lens _diEngine (\ s a -> s{_diEngine = a}); + +-- | Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with +-- point-in-time restore. +diLatestRestorableTime :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +diLatestRestorableTime = lens _diLatestRestorableTime (\ s a -> s{_diLatestRestorableTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB +-- instance. +diDBInstanceClass :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBInstanceClass = lens _diDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstanceClass = a}); + +-- | License model information for this DB instance. +diLicenseModel :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diLicenseModel = lens _diLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_diLicenseModel = a}); + +-- | Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can +-- occur, in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). +diPreferredMaintenanceWindow :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diPreferredMaintenanceWindow = lens _diPreferredMaintenanceWindow (\ s a -> s{_diPreferredMaintenanceWindow = a}); + +-- | If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance +-- is associated with. +diCharacterSetName :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diCharacterSetName = lens _diCharacterSetName (\ s a -> s{_diCharacterSetName = a}); + +-- | Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the +-- unique key that identifies a DB instance. +diDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _diDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. +diCACertificateIdentifier :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diCACertificateIdentifier = lens _diCACertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_diCACertificateIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are +-- created if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the +-- 'BackupRetentionPeriod'. +diPreferredBackupWindow :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diPreferredBackupWindow = lens _diPreferredBackupWindow (\ s a -> s{_diPreferredBackupWindow = a}); + +-- | Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located +-- in. +diAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diAvailabilityZone = lens _diAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_diAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | Provides List of VPC security group elements that the DB instance +-- belongs to. +diVPCSecurityGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [VPCSecurityGroupMembership] +diVPCSecurityGroups = lens _diVPCSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_diVPCSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are +-- retained. +diBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +diBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _diBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_diBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); + +-- | If 'StorageEncrypted' is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted +-- DB instance. +diKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diKMSKeyId = lens _diKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_diKMSKeyId = a}); + +-- | Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB +-- instance, including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet +-- group. +diDBSubnetGroup :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe DBSubnetGroup) +diDBSubnetGroup = lens _diDBSubnetGroup (\ s a -> s{_diDBSubnetGroup = a}); + +-- | Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. +diMultiAZ :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diMultiAZ = lens _diMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_diMultiAZ = a}); + +-- | If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a +-- DB instance with multi-AZ support. +diSecondaryAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diSecondaryAvailabilityZone = lens _diSecondaryAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_diSecondaryAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. +diOptionGroupMemberships :: Lens' DBInstance [OptionGroupMembership] +diOptionGroupMemberships = lens _diOptionGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_diOptionGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | If 'StorageEncrypted' is true, the region-unique, immutable identifier +-- for the encrypted DB instance. This identifier is found in AWS +-- CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for the DB instance is +-- accessed. +diDBiResourceId :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBiResourceId = lens _diDBiResourceId (\ s a -> s{_diDBiResourceId = a}); + +-- | Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gigabytes. +diAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +diAllocatedStorage = lens _diAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_diAllocatedStorage = a}); + +-- | Specifies the connection endpoint. +diEndpoint :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Endpoint) +diEndpoint = lens _diEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_diEndpoint = a}); + +-- | Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. +diDBParameterGroups :: Lens' DBInstance [DBParameterGroupStatus] +diDBParameterGroups = lens _diDBParameterGroups (\ s a -> s{_diDBParameterGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ARN from the Key Store with which the instance is associated for TDE +-- encryption. +diTDECredentialARN :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diTDECredentialARN = lens _diTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_diTDECredentialARN = a}); + +-- | This property is not currently implemented. +diCopyTagsToSnapshot :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Bool) +diCopyTagsToSnapshot = lens _diCopyTagsToSnapshot (\ s a -> s{_diCopyTagsToSnapshot = a}); + +-- | Specifies the current state of this database. +diDBInstanceStatus :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBInstanceStatus = lens _diDBInstanceStatus (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstanceStatus = a}); + +-- | Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance +-- is part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB +-- cluster port. +diDBInstancePort :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Int) +diDBInstancePort = lens _diDBInstancePort (\ s a -> s{_diDBInstancePort = a}); + +-- | Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is +-- only included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified +-- by subelements. +diPendingModifiedValues :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe PendingModifiedValues) +diPendingModifiedValues = lens _diPendingModifiedValues (\ s a -> s{_diPendingModifiedValues = a}); + +-- | The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, +-- this will be blank. +diStatusInfos :: Lens' DBInstance [DBInstanceStatusInfo] +diStatusInfos = lens _diStatusInfos (\ s a -> s{_diStatusInfos = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine +-- you use. For example, this value returns either MySQL or PostgreSQL +-- information when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since +-- Read Replicas are only supported for MySQL and PostgreSQL. +-- +-- __MySQL, SQL Server, PostgreSQL__ +-- +-- Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was +-- provided at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was +-- created. This same name is returned for the life of the DB instance. +-- +-- Type: String +-- +-- __Oracle__ +-- +-- Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not +-- shown when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB +-- instance. +diDBName :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diDBName = lens _diDBName (\ s a -> s{_diDBName = a}); + +-- | The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB +-- instance. +diDomainMemberships :: Lens' DBInstance [DomainMembership] +diDomainMemberships = lens _diDomainMemberships (\ s a -> s{_diDomainMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. +diStorageType :: Lens' DBInstance (Maybe Text) +diStorageType = lens _diStorageType (\ s a -> s{_diStorageType = a}); + +instance FromXML DBInstance where + parseXML x + = DBInstance' <$> + (x .@? "DBSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBSecurityGroup")) + <*> (x .@? "EngineVersion") + <*> (x .@? "StorageEncrypted") + <*> (x .@? "DBClusterIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "AutoMinorVersionUpgrade") + <*> (x .@? "MasterUsername") + <*> (x .@? "PubliclyAccessible") + <*> + (x .@? "ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers" .!@ mempty + >>= + may (parseXMLList "ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier")) + <*> (x .@? "Iops") + <*> (x .@? "InstanceCreateTime") + <*> (x .@? "ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "LatestRestorableTime") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") + <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") + <*> (x .@? "PreferredMaintenanceWindow") + <*> (x .@? "CharacterSetName") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "CACertificateIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "PreferredBackupWindow") + <*> (x .@? "AvailabilityZone") + <*> + (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "VpcSecurityGroupMembership")) + <*> (x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod") + <*> (x .@? "KmsKeyId") + <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroup") + <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") + <*> (x .@? "SecondaryAvailabilityZone") + <*> + (x .@? "OptionGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionGroupMembership")) + <*> (x .@? "DbiResourceId") + <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") + <*> (x .@? "Endpoint") + <*> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBParameterGroup")) + <*> (x .@? "TdeCredentialArn") + <*> (x .@? "CopyTagsToSnapshot") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceStatus") + <*> (x .@? "DbInstancePort") + <*> (x .@? "PendingModifiedValues") + <*> + (x .@? "StatusInfos" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBInstanceStatusInfo")) + <*> (x .@? "DBName") + <*> + (x .@? "DomainMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DomainMembership")) + <*> (x .@? "StorageType") + +-- | Provides a list of status information for a DB instance. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbInstanceStatusInfo' smart constructor. +data DBInstanceStatusInfo = DBInstanceStatusInfo' + { _disiStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _disiNormal :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _disiStatusType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _disiMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBInstanceStatusInfo' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'disiStatus' +-- +-- * 'disiNormal' +-- +-- * 'disiStatusType' +-- +-- * 'disiMessage' +dbInstanceStatusInfo + :: DBInstanceStatusInfo +dbInstanceStatusInfo = + DBInstanceStatusInfo' + { _disiStatus = Nothing + , _disiNormal = Nothing + , _disiStatusType = Nothing + , _disiMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values +-- can be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated. +disiStatus :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) +disiStatus = lens _disiStatus (\ s a -> s{_disiStatus = a}); + +-- | Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or +-- false if the instance is in an error state. +disiNormal :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Bool) +disiNormal = lens _disiNormal (\ s a -> s{_disiNormal = a}); + +-- | This value is currently \"read replication.\" +disiStatusType :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) +disiStatusType = lens _disiStatusType (\ s a -> s{_disiStatusType = a}); + +-- | Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the +-- instance is not in an error state, this value is blank. +disiMessage :: Lens' DBInstanceStatusInfo (Maybe Text) +disiMessage = lens _disiMessage (\ s a -> s{_disiMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML DBInstanceStatusInfo where + parseXML x + = DBInstanceStatusInfo' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "Normal") <*> + (x .@? "StatusType") + <*> (x .@? "Message") + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- CreateDBParameterGroup action. +-- +-- This data type is used as a request parameter in the +-- DeleteDBParameterGroup action, and as a response element in the +-- DescribeDBParameterGroups action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbParameterGroup' smart constructor. +data DBParameterGroup = DBParameterGroup' + { _dpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dpgDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dpgDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBParameterGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dpgDBParameterGroupFamily' +-- +-- * 'dpgDBParameterGroupName' +-- +-- * 'dpgDescription' +dbParameterGroup + :: DBParameterGroup +dbParameterGroup = + DBParameterGroup' + { _dpgDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _dpgDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _dpgDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB +-- parameter group is compatible with. +dpgDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dpgDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _dpgDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_dpgDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); + +-- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group. +dpgDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dpgDBParameterGroupName = lens _dpgDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dpgDBParameterGroupName = a}); + +-- | Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. +dpgDescription :: Lens' DBParameterGroup (Maybe Text) +dpgDescription = lens _dpgDescription (\ s a -> s{_dpgDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML DBParameterGroup where + parseXML x + = DBParameterGroup' <$> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") <*> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupName") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- ModifyDBParameterGroup or ResetDBParameterGroup action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbParameterGroupNameMessage' smart constructor. +newtype DBParameterGroupNameMessage = DBParameterGroupNameMessage' + { _dpgnmDBParameterGroupName :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBParameterGroupNameMessage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dpgnmDBParameterGroupName' +dbParameterGroupNameMessage + :: DBParameterGroupNameMessage +dbParameterGroupNameMessage = + DBParameterGroupNameMessage' + { _dpgnmDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | Provides the name of the DB parameter group. +dpgnmDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroupNameMessage (Maybe Text) +dpgnmDBParameterGroupName = lens _dpgnmDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dpgnmDBParameterGroupName = a}); + +instance FromXML DBParameterGroupNameMessage where + parseXML x + = DBParameterGroupNameMessage' <$> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupName") + +-- | The status of the DB parameter group. +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: +-- +-- - CreateDBInstance +-- - CreateDBInstanceReadReplica +-- - DeleteDBInstance +-- - ModifyDBInstance +-- - RebootDBInstance +-- - RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbParameterGroupStatus' smart constructor. +data DBParameterGroupStatus = DBParameterGroupStatus' + { _dpgsDBParameterGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dpgsParameterApplyStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBParameterGroupStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dpgsDBParameterGroupName' +-- +-- * 'dpgsParameterApplyStatus' +dbParameterGroupStatus + :: DBParameterGroupStatus +dbParameterGroupStatus = + DBParameterGroupStatus' + { _dpgsDBParameterGroupName = Nothing + , _dpgsParameterApplyStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the DP parameter group. +dpgsDBParameterGroupName :: Lens' DBParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +dpgsDBParameterGroupName = lens _dpgsDBParameterGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dpgsDBParameterGroupName = a}); + +-- | The status of parameter updates. +dpgsParameterApplyStatus :: Lens' DBParameterGroupStatus (Maybe Text) +dpgsParameterApplyStatus = lens _dpgsParameterApplyStatus (\ s a -> s{_dpgsParameterApplyStatus = a}); + +instance FromXML DBParameterGroupStatus where + parseXML x + = DBParameterGroupStatus' <$> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupName") <*> + (x .@? "ParameterApplyStatus") + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: +-- +-- - DescribeDBSecurityGroups +-- - AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress +-- - CreateDBSecurityGroup +-- - RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the +-- DescribeDBSecurityGroups action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbSecurityGroup' smart constructor. +data DBSecurityGroup = DBSecurityGroup' + { _dsgVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsgOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsgIPRanges :: !(Maybe [IPRange]) + , _dsgDBSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsgEC2SecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [EC2SecurityGroup]) + , _dsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBSecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dsgVPCId' +-- +-- * 'dsgOwnerId' +-- +-- * 'dsgIPRanges' +-- +-- * 'dsgDBSecurityGroupName' +-- +-- * 'dsgEC2SecurityGroups' +-- +-- * 'dsgDBSecurityGroupDescription' +dbSecurityGroup + :: DBSecurityGroup +dbSecurityGroup = + DBSecurityGroup' + { _dsgVPCId = Nothing + , _dsgOwnerId = Nothing + , _dsgIPRanges = Nothing + , _dsgDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _dsgEC2SecurityGroups = Nothing + , _dsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | Provides the VpcId of the DB security group. +dsgVPCId :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dsgVPCId = lens _dsgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dsgVPCId = a}); + +-- | Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group. +dsgOwnerId :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dsgOwnerId = lens _dsgOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_dsgOwnerId = a}); + +-- | Contains a list of IPRange elements. +dsgIPRanges :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup [IPRange] +dsgIPRanges = lens _dsgIPRanges (\ s a -> s{_dsgIPRanges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB security group. +dsgDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dsgDBSecurityGroupName = lens _dsgDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dsgDBSecurityGroupName = a}); + +-- | Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements. +dsgEC2SecurityGroups :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup [EC2SecurityGroup] +dsgEC2SecurityGroups = lens _dsgEC2SecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_dsgEC2SecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Provides the description of the DB security group. +dsgDBSecurityGroupDescription :: Lens' DBSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +dsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = lens _dsgDBSecurityGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_dsgDBSecurityGroupDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML DBSecurityGroup where + parseXML x + = DBSecurityGroup' <$> + (x .@? "VpcId") <*> (x .@? "OwnerId") <*> + (x .@? "IPRanges" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "IPRange")) + <*> (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupName") + <*> + (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "EC2SecurityGroup")) + <*> (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupDescription") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: +-- +-- - ModifyDBInstance +-- - RebootDBInstance +-- - RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot +-- - RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbSecurityGroupMembership' smart constructor. +data DBSecurityGroupMembership = DBSecurityGroupMembership' + { _dsgmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsgmDBSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBSecurityGroupMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dsgmStatus' +-- +-- * 'dsgmDBSecurityGroupName' +dbSecurityGroupMembership + :: DBSecurityGroupMembership +dbSecurityGroupMembership = + DBSecurityGroupMembership' + { _dsgmStatus = Nothing + , _dsgmDBSecurityGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | The status of the DB security group. +dsgmStatus :: Lens' DBSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +dsgmStatus = lens _dsgmStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsgmStatus = a}); + +-- | The name of the DB security group. +dsgmDBSecurityGroupName :: Lens' DBSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +dsgmDBSecurityGroupName = lens _dsgmDBSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dsgmDBSecurityGroupName = a}); + +instance FromXML DBSecurityGroupMembership where + parseXML x + = DBSecurityGroupMembership' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupName") + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: +-- +-- - CreateDBSnapshot +-- - DeleteDBSnapshot +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots +-- action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbSnapshot' smart constructor. +data DBSnapshot = DBSnapshot' + { _dsEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsMasterUsername :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsSourceRegion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dsInstanceCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dsVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _dsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsSnapshotType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsSnapshotCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _dsAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dsTDECredentialARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dsPercentProgress :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dsPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _dsStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBSnapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dsEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'dsStatus' +-- +-- * 'dsMasterUsername' +-- +-- * 'dsSourceRegion' +-- +-- * 'dsIOPS' +-- +-- * 'dsInstanceCreateTime' +-- +-- * 'dsVPCId' +-- +-- * 'dsEngine' +-- +-- * 'dsEncrypted' +-- +-- * 'dsDBSnapshotIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'dsLicenseModel' +-- +-- * 'dsSnapshotType' +-- +-- * 'dsDBInstanceIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'dsAvailabilityZone' +-- +-- * 'dsKMSKeyId' +-- +-- * 'dsSnapshotCreateTime' +-- +-- * 'dsAllocatedStorage' +-- +-- * 'dsTDECredentialARN' +-- +-- * 'dsOptionGroupName' +-- +-- * 'dsPercentProgress' +-- +-- * 'dsPort' +-- +-- * 'dsStorageType' +dbSnapshot + :: DBSnapshot +dbSnapshot = + DBSnapshot' + { _dsEngineVersion = Nothing + , _dsStatus = Nothing + , _dsMasterUsername = Nothing + , _dsSourceRegion = Nothing + , _dsIOPS = Nothing + , _dsInstanceCreateTime = Nothing + , _dsVPCId = Nothing + , _dsEngine = Nothing + , _dsEncrypted = Nothing + , _dsDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _dsLicenseModel = Nothing + , _dsSnapshotType = Nothing + , _dsDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = Nothing + , _dsAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _dsKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _dsSnapshotCreateTime = Nothing + , _dsAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _dsTDECredentialARN = Nothing + , _dsOptionGroupName = Nothing + , _dsPercentProgress = Nothing + , _dsPort = Nothing + , _dsStorageType = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the version of the database engine. +dsEngineVersion :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsEngineVersion = lens _dsEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_dsEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | Specifies the status of this DB snapshot. +dsStatus :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsStatus = lens _dsStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsStatus = a}); + +-- | Provides the master username for the DB snapshot. +dsMasterUsername :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsMasterUsername = lens _dsMasterUsername (\ s a -> s{_dsMasterUsername = a}); + +-- | The region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from. +dsSourceRegion :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsSourceRegion = lens _dsSourceRegion (\ s a -> s{_dsSourceRegion = a}); + +-- | Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I\/O operations per second) value of the +-- DB instance at the time of the snapshot. +dsIOPS :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dsIOPS = lens _dsIOPS (\ s a -> s{_dsIOPS = a}); + +-- | Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated +-- Time (UTC). +dsInstanceCreateTime :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +dsInstanceCreateTime = lens _dsInstanceCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dsInstanceCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot. +dsVPCId :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsVPCId = lens _dsVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dsVPCId = a}); + +-- | Specifies the name of the database engine. +dsEngine :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsEngine = lens _dsEngine (\ s a -> s{_dsEngine = a}); + +-- | Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted. +dsEncrypted :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Bool) +dsEncrypted = lens _dsEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_dsEncrypted = a}); + +-- | Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot. +dsDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dsDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dsDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); + +-- | License model information for the restored DB instance. +dsLicenseModel :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsLicenseModel = lens _dsLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_dsLicenseModel = a}); + +-- | Provides the type of the DB snapshot. +dsSnapshotType :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsSnapshotType = lens _dsSnapshotType (\ s a -> s{_dsSnapshotType = a}); + +-- | Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot +-- was created from. +dsDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _dsDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dsDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); + +-- | The DB snapshot Arn that the DB snapshot was copied from. It only has +-- value in case of cross customer or cross region copy. +dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = lens _dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_dsSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located +-- in at the time of the DB snapshot. +dsAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsAvailabilityZone = lens _dsAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_dsAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | If 'Encrypted' is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB +-- snapshot. +dsKMSKeyId :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsKMSKeyId = lens _dsKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_dsKMSKeyId = a}); + +-- | Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated +-- Time (UTC). +dsSnapshotCreateTime :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe UTCTime) +dsSnapshotCreateTime = lens _dsSnapshotCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_dsSnapshotCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB). +dsAllocatedStorage :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dsAllocatedStorage = lens _dsAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_dsAllocatedStorage = a}); + +-- | The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE +-- encryption. +dsTDECredentialARN :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsTDECredentialARN = lens _dsTDECredentialARN (\ s a -> s{_dsTDECredentialARN = a}); + +-- | Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot. +dsOptionGroupName :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsOptionGroupName = lens _dsOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dsOptionGroupName = a}); + +-- | The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. +dsPercentProgress :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dsPercentProgress = lens _dsPercentProgress (\ s a -> s{_dsPercentProgress = a}); + +-- | Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time +-- of the snapshot. +dsPort :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Int) +dsPort = lens _dsPort (\ s a -> s{_dsPort = a}); + +-- | Specifies the storage type associated with DB Snapshot. +dsStorageType :: Lens' DBSnapshot (Maybe Text) +dsStorageType = lens _dsStorageType (\ s a -> s{_dsStorageType = a}); + +instance FromXML DBSnapshot where + parseXML x + = DBSnapshot' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> (x .@? "Status") <*> + (x .@? "MasterUsername") + <*> (x .@? "SourceRegion") + <*> (x .@? "Iops") + <*> (x .@? "InstanceCreateTime") + <*> (x .@? "VpcId") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "Encrypted") + <*> (x .@? "DBSnapshotIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") + <*> (x .@? "SnapshotType") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "AvailabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "KmsKeyId") + <*> (x .@? "SnapshotCreateTime") + <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") + <*> (x .@? "TdeCredentialArn") + <*> (x .@? "OptionGroupName") + <*> (x .@? "PercentProgress") + <*> (x .@? "Port") + <*> (x .@? "StorageType") + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions: +-- +-- - CreateDBSubnetGroup +-- - ModifyDBSubnetGroup +-- - DescribeDBSubnetGroups +-- - DeleteDBSubnetGroup +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the +-- DescribeDBSubnetGroups action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'dbSubnetGroup' smart constructor. +data DBSubnetGroup = DBSubnetGroup' + { _dbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dbsgVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dbsgSubnets :: !(Maybe [Subnet]) + , _dbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dbsgSubnetGroupStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DBSubnetGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dbsgDBSubnetGroupName' +-- +-- * 'dbsgVPCId' +-- +-- * 'dbsgSubnets' +-- +-- * 'dbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription' +-- +-- * 'dbsgSubnetGroupStatus' +dbSubnetGroup + :: DBSubnetGroup +dbSubnetGroup = + DBSubnetGroup' + { _dbsgDBSubnetGroupName = Nothing + , _dbsgVPCId = Nothing + , _dbsgSubnets = Nothing + , _dbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = Nothing + , _dbsgSubnetGroupStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB subnet group. +dbsgDBSubnetGroupName :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgDBSubnetGroupName = lens _dbsgDBSubnetGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dbsgDBSubnetGroupName = a}); + +-- | Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. +dbsgVPCId :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgVPCId = lens _dbsgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dbsgVPCId = a}); + +-- | Contains a list of Subnet elements. +dbsgSubnets :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup [Subnet] +dbsgSubnets = lens _dbsgSubnets (\ s a -> s{_dbsgSubnets = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Provides the description of the DB subnet group. +dbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = lens _dbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_dbsgDBSubnetGroupDescription = a}); + +-- | Provides the status of the DB subnet group. +dbsgSubnetGroupStatus :: Lens' DBSubnetGroup (Maybe Text) +dbsgSubnetGroupStatus = lens _dbsgSubnetGroupStatus (\ s a -> s{_dbsgSubnetGroupStatus = a}); + +instance FromXML DBSubnetGroup where + parseXML x + = DBSubnetGroup' <$> + (x .@? "DBSubnetGroupName") <*> (x .@? "VpcId") <*> + (x .@? "Subnets" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Subnet")) + <*> (x .@? "DBSubnetGroupDescription") + <*> (x .@? "SubnetGroupStatus") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element to DescribeDBLogFiles. +-- +-- /See:/ 'describeDBLogFilesDetails' smart constructor. +data DescribeDBLogFilesDetails = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' + { _ddlfdLastWritten :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _ddlfdSize :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _ddlfdLogFileName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ddlfdLastWritten' +-- +-- * 'ddlfdSize' +-- +-- * 'ddlfdLogFileName' +describeDBLogFilesDetails + :: DescribeDBLogFilesDetails +describeDBLogFilesDetails = + DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' + { _ddlfdLastWritten = Nothing + , _ddlfdSize = Nothing + , _ddlfdLogFileName = Nothing + } + +-- | A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written. +ddlfdLastWritten :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Integer) +ddlfdLastWritten = lens _ddlfdLastWritten (\ s a -> s{_ddlfdLastWritten = a}); + +-- | The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance. +ddlfdSize :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Integer) +ddlfdSize = lens _ddlfdSize (\ s a -> s{_ddlfdSize = a}); + +-- | The name of the log file for the specified DB instance. +ddlfdLogFileName :: Lens' DescribeDBLogFilesDetails (Maybe Text) +ddlfdLogFileName = lens _ddlfdLogFileName (\ s a -> s{_ddlfdLogFileName = a}); + +instance FromXML DescribeDBLogFilesDetails where + parseXML x + = DescribeDBLogFilesDetails' <$> + (x .@? "LastWritten") <*> (x .@? "Size") <*> + (x .@? "LogFileName") + +-- | An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB +-- instance. +-- +-- /See:/ 'domainMembership' smart constructor. +data DomainMembership = DomainMembership' + { _dmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dmDomain :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dmConnectivity :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DomainMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dmStatus' +-- +-- * 'dmDomain' +-- +-- * 'dmConnectivity' +domainMembership + :: DomainMembership +domainMembership = + DomainMembership' + { _dmStatus = Nothing + , _dmDomain = Nothing + , _dmConnectivity = Nothing + } + +-- | The status of the DB instance\'s Active Directory Domain membership +-- (e.g. joined, pending-join, failed etc). +dmStatus :: Lens' DomainMembership (Maybe Text) +dmStatus = lens _dmStatus (\ s a -> s{_dmStatus = a}); + +-- | The identifier of the Active Directory Domain. +dmDomain :: Lens' DomainMembership (Maybe Text) +dmDomain = lens _dmDomain (\ s a -> s{_dmDomain = a}); + +-- | The observed connectivity of the Active Directory Domain. +dmConnectivity :: Lens' DomainMembership (Maybe Text) +dmConnectivity = lens _dmConnectivity (\ s a -> s{_dmConnectivity = a}); + +instance FromXML DomainMembership where + parseXML x + = DomainMembership' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "Domain") <*> + (x .@? "Connectivity") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: +-- +-- - AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress +-- - DescribeDBSecurityGroups +-- - RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress +-- +-- /See:/ 'ec2SecurityGroup' smart constructor. +data EC2SecurityGroup = EC2SecurityGroup' + { _esgStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'EC2SecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'esgStatus' +-- +-- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId' +-- +-- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupName' +-- +-- * 'esgEC2SecurityGroupId' +ec2SecurityGroup + :: EC2SecurityGroup +ec2SecurityGroup = + EC2SecurityGroup' + { _esgStatus = Nothing + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupName = Nothing + , _esgEC2SecurityGroupId = Nothing + } + +-- | Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be +-- \"authorizing\", \"authorized\", \"revoking\", and \"revoked\". +esgStatus :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +esgStatus = lens _esgStatus (\ s a -> s{_esgStatus = a}); + +-- | Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in +-- the 'EC2SecurityGroupName' field. +esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_esgEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = a}); + +-- | Specifies the name of the EC2 security group. +esgEC2SecurityGroupName :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +esgEC2SecurityGroupName = lens _esgEC2SecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_esgEC2SecurityGroupName = a}); + +-- | Specifies the id of the EC2 security group. +esgEC2SecurityGroupId :: Lens' EC2SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +esgEC2SecurityGroupId = lens _esgEC2SecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_esgEC2SecurityGroupId = a}); + +instance FromXML EC2SecurityGroup where + parseXML x + = EC2SecurityGroup' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> + (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId") + <*> (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupName") + <*> (x .@? "EC2SecurityGroupId") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: +-- +-- - CreateDBInstance +-- - DescribeDBInstances +-- - DeleteDBInstance +-- +-- /See:/ 'endpoint' smart constructor. +data Endpoint = Endpoint' + { _eAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ePort :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Endpoint' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'eAddress' +-- +-- * 'ePort' +endpoint + :: Endpoint +endpoint = + Endpoint' + { _eAddress = Nothing + , _ePort = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. +eAddress :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Text) +eAddress = lens _eAddress (\ s a -> s{_eAddress = a}); + +-- | Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. +ePort :: Lens' Endpoint (Maybe Int) +ePort = lens _ePort (\ s a -> s{_ePort = a}); + +instance FromXML Endpoint where + parseXML x + = Endpoint' <$> (x .@? "Address") <*> (x .@? "Port") + +-- | Contains the result of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeEngineDefaultParameters action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'engineDefaults' smart constructor. +data EngineDefaults = EngineDefaults' + { _edDBParameterGroupFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _edParameters :: !(Maybe [Parameter]) + , _edMarker :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'EngineDefaults' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'edDBParameterGroupFamily' +-- +-- * 'edParameters' +-- +-- * 'edMarker' +engineDefaults + :: EngineDefaults +engineDefaults = + EngineDefaults' + { _edDBParameterGroupFamily = Nothing + , _edParameters = Nothing + , _edMarker = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine +-- default parameters apply to. +edDBParameterGroupFamily :: Lens' EngineDefaults (Maybe Text) +edDBParameterGroupFamily = lens _edDBParameterGroupFamily (\ s a -> s{_edDBParameterGroupFamily = a}); + +-- | Contains a list of engine default parameters. +edParameters :: Lens' EngineDefaults [Parameter] +edParameters = lens _edParameters (\ s a -> s{_edParameters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults +-- request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only +-- records beyond the marker, up to the value specified by 'MaxRecords' . +edMarker :: Lens' EngineDefaults (Maybe Text) +edMarker = lens _edMarker (\ s a -> s{_edMarker = a}); + +instance FromXML EngineDefaults where + parseXML x + = EngineDefaults' <$> + (x .@? "DBParameterGroupFamily") <*> + (x .@? "Parameters" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Parameter")) + <*> (x .@? "Marker") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents +-- action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'event' smart constructor. +data Event = Event' + { _eSourceType :: !(Maybe SourceType) + , _eSourceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _eDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _eEventCategories :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _eMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Event' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'eSourceType' +-- +-- * 'eSourceIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'eDate' +-- +-- * 'eEventCategories' +-- +-- * 'eMessage' +event + :: Event +event = + Event' + { _eSourceType = Nothing + , _eSourceIdentifier = Nothing + , _eDate = Nothing + , _eEventCategories = Nothing + , _eMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the source type for this event. +eSourceType :: Lens' Event (Maybe SourceType) +eSourceType = lens _eSourceType (\ s a -> s{_eSourceType = a}); + +-- | Provides the identifier for the source of the event. +eSourceIdentifier :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eSourceIdentifier = lens _eSourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_eSourceIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Specifies the date and time of the event. +eDate :: Lens' Event (Maybe UTCTime) +eDate = lens _eDate (\ s a -> s{_eDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Specifies the category for the event. +eEventCategories :: Lens' Event [Text] +eEventCategories = lens _eEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_eEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Provides the text of this event. +eMessage :: Lens' Event (Maybe Text) +eMessage = lens _eMessage (\ s a -> s{_eMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML Event where + parseXML x + = Event' <$> + (x .@? "SourceType") <*> (x .@? "SourceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "Date") + <*> + (x .@? "EventCategories" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "EventCategory")) + <*> (x .@? "Message") + +-- | Contains the results of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeEventCategories action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'eventCategoriesMap' smart constructor. +data EventCategoriesMap = EventCategoriesMap' + { _ecmSourceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ecmEventCategories :: !(Maybe [Text]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'EventCategoriesMap' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ecmSourceType' +-- +-- * 'ecmEventCategories' +eventCategoriesMap + :: EventCategoriesMap +eventCategoriesMap = + EventCategoriesMap' + { _ecmSourceType = Nothing + , _ecmEventCategories = Nothing + } + +-- | The source type that the returned categories belong to +ecmSourceType :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap (Maybe Text) +ecmSourceType = lens _ecmSourceType (\ s a -> s{_ecmSourceType = a}); + +-- | The event categories for the specified source type +ecmEventCategories :: Lens' EventCategoriesMap [Text] +ecmEventCategories = lens _ecmEventCategories (\ s a -> s{_ecmEventCategories = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML EventCategoriesMap where + parseXML x + = EventCategoriesMap' <$> + (x .@? "SourceType") <*> + (x .@? "EventCategories" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "EventCategory")) + +-- | Contains the results of a successful invocation of the +-- DescribeEventSubscriptions action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'eventSubscription' smart constructor. +data EventSubscription = EventSubscription' + { _esCustomerAWSId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esCustSubscriptionId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esSNSTopicARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _esSourceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esSubscriptionCreationTime :: !(Maybe Text) + , _esEventCategoriesList :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _esSourceIdsList :: !(Maybe [Text]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'EventSubscription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'esCustomerAWSId' +-- +-- * 'esStatus' +-- +-- * 'esCustSubscriptionId' +-- +-- * 'esSNSTopicARN' +-- +-- * 'esEnabled' +-- +-- * 'esSourceType' +-- +-- * 'esSubscriptionCreationTime' +-- +-- * 'esEventCategoriesList' +-- +-- * 'esSourceIdsList' +eventSubscription + :: EventSubscription +eventSubscription = + EventSubscription' + { _esCustomerAWSId = Nothing + , _esStatus = Nothing + , _esCustSubscriptionId = Nothing + , _esSNSTopicARN = Nothing + , _esEnabled = Nothing + , _esSourceType = Nothing + , _esSubscriptionCreationTime = Nothing + , _esEventCategoriesList = Nothing + , _esSourceIdsList = Nothing + } + +-- | The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification +-- subscription. +esCustomerAWSId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esCustomerAWSId = lens _esCustomerAWSId (\ s a -> s{_esCustomerAWSId = a}); + +-- | The status of the RDS event notification subscription. +-- +-- Constraints: +-- +-- Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | +-- no-permission | topic-not-exist +-- +-- The status \"no-permission\" indicates that RDS no longer has permission +-- to post to the SNS topic. The status \"topic-not-exist\" indicates that +-- the topic was deleted after the subscription was created. +esStatus :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esStatus = lens _esStatus (\ s a -> s{_esStatus = a}); + +-- | The RDS event notification subscription Id. +esCustSubscriptionId :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esCustSubscriptionId = lens _esCustSubscriptionId (\ s a -> s{_esCustSubscriptionId = a}); + +-- | The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription. +esSNSTopicARN :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSNSTopicARN = lens _esSNSTopicARN (\ s a -> s{_esSNSTopicARN = a}); + +-- | A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True +-- indicates the subscription is enabled. +esEnabled :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Bool) +esEnabled = lens _esEnabled (\ s a -> s{_esEnabled = a}); + +-- | The source type for the RDS event notification subscription. +esSourceType :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSourceType = lens _esSourceType (\ s a -> s{_esSourceType = a}); + +-- | The time the RDS event notification subscription was created. +esSubscriptionCreationTime :: Lens' EventSubscription (Maybe Text) +esSubscriptionCreationTime = lens _esSubscriptionCreationTime (\ s a -> s{_esSubscriptionCreationTime = a}); + +-- | A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription. +esEventCategoriesList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] +esEventCategoriesList = lens _esEventCategoriesList (\ s a -> s{_esEventCategoriesList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription. +esSourceIdsList :: Lens' EventSubscription [Text] +esSourceIdsList = lens _esSourceIdsList (\ s a -> s{_esSourceIdsList = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML EventSubscription where + parseXML x + = EventSubscription' <$> + (x .@? "CustomerAwsId") <*> (x .@? "Status") <*> + (x .@? "CustSubscriptionId") + <*> (x .@? "SnsTopicArn") + <*> (x .@? "Enabled") + <*> (x .@? "SourceType") + <*> (x .@? "SubscriptionCreationTime") + <*> + (x .@? "EventCategoriesList" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "EventCategory")) + <*> + (x .@? "SourceIdsList" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "SourceId")) + +-- | /See:/ 'filter'' smart constructor. +data Filter = Filter' + { _fName :: !Text + , _fValues :: ![Text] + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Filter' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'fName' +-- +-- * 'fValues' +filter' + :: Text -- ^ 'fName' + -> Filter +filter' pName_ = + Filter' + { _fName = pName_ + , _fValues = mempty + } + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +fName :: Lens' Filter Text +fName = lens _fName (\ s a -> s{_fName = a}); + +-- | This parameter is not currently supported. +fValues :: Lens' Filter [Text] +fValues = lens _fValues (\ s a -> s{_fValues = a}) . _Coerce; + +instance ToQuery Filter where + toQuery Filter'{..} + = mconcat + ["Name" =: _fName, + "Values" =: toQueryList "Value" _fValues] + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the +-- DescribeDBSecurityGroups action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'ipRange' smart constructor. +data IPRange = IPRange' + { _irStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _irCIdRIP :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'IPRange' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'irStatus' +-- +-- * 'irCIdRIP' +ipRange + :: IPRange +ipRange = + IPRange' + { _irStatus = Nothing + , _irCIdRIP = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be \"authorizing\", +-- \"authorized\", \"revoking\", and \"revoked\". +irStatus :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) +irStatus = lens _irStatus (\ s a -> s{_irStatus = a}); + +-- | Specifies the IP range. +irCIdRIP :: Lens' IPRange (Maybe Text) +irCIdRIP = lens _irCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_irCIdRIP = a}); + +instance FromXML IPRange where + parseXML x + = IPRange' <$> (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "CIDRIP") + +-- | Option details. +-- +-- /See:/ 'option' smart constructor. +data Option = Option' + { _oOptionName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _oPermanent :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _oPersistent :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _oOptionDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _oOptionSettings :: !(Maybe [OptionSetting]) + , _oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [VPCSecurityGroupMembership]) + , _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [DBSecurityGroupMembership]) + , _oPort :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Option' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'oOptionName' +-- +-- * 'oPermanent' +-- +-- * 'oPersistent' +-- +-- * 'oOptionDescription' +-- +-- * 'oOptionSettings' +-- +-- * 'oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships' +-- +-- * 'oDBSecurityGroupMemberships' +-- +-- * 'oPort' +option + :: Option +option = + Option' + { _oOptionName = Nothing + , _oPermanent = Nothing + , _oPersistent = Nothing + , _oOptionDescription = Nothing + , _oOptionSettings = Nothing + , _oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing + , _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing + , _oPort = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the option. +oOptionName :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) +oOptionName = lens _oOptionName (\ s a -> s{_oOptionName = a}); + +-- | Indicate if this option is permanent. +oPermanent :: Lens' Option (Maybe Bool) +oPermanent = lens _oPermanent (\ s a -> s{_oPermanent = a}); + +-- | Indicate if this option is persistent. +oPersistent :: Lens' Option (Maybe Bool) +oPersistent = lens _oPersistent (\ s a -> s{_oPersistent = a}); + +-- | The description of the option. +oOptionDescription :: Lens' Option (Maybe Text) +oOptionDescription = lens _oOptionDescription (\ s a -> s{_oOptionDescription = a}); + +-- | The option settings for this option. +oOptionSettings :: Lens' Option [OptionSetting] +oOptionSettings = lens _oOptionSettings (\ s a -> s{_oOptionSettings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group +-- allows access to the port. +oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' Option [VPCSecurityGroupMembership] +oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_oVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group +-- allows access to the port. +oDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' Option [DBSecurityGroupMembership] +oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _oDBSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_oDBSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | If required, the port configured for this option to use. +oPort :: Lens' Option (Maybe Int) +oPort = lens _oPort (\ s a -> s{_oPort = a}); + +instance FromXML Option where + parseXML x + = Option' <$> + (x .@? "OptionName") <*> (x .@? "Permanent") <*> + (x .@? "Persistent") + <*> (x .@? "OptionDescription") + <*> + (x .@? "OptionSettings" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionSetting")) + <*> + (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "VpcSecurityGroupMembership")) + <*> + (x .@? "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "DBSecurityGroup")) + <*> (x .@? "Port") + +-- | A list of all available options +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionConfiguration' smart constructor. +data OptionConfiguration = OptionConfiguration' + { _ocOptionSettings :: !(Maybe [OptionSetting]) + , _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _ocPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ocOptionName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionConfiguration' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ocOptionSettings' +-- +-- * 'ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships' +-- +-- * 'ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships' +-- +-- * 'ocPort' +-- +-- * 'ocOptionName' +optionConfiguration + :: Text -- ^ 'ocOptionName' + -> OptionConfiguration +optionConfiguration pOptionName_ = + OptionConfiguration' + { _ocOptionSettings = Nothing + , _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing + , _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = Nothing + , _ocPort = Nothing + , _ocOptionName = pOptionName_ + } + +-- | The option settings to include in an option group. +ocOptionSettings :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [OptionSetting] +ocOptionSettings = lens _ocOptionSettings (\ s a -> s{_ocOptionSettings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. +ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [Text] +ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. +ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships :: Lens' OptionConfiguration [Text] +ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = lens _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships (\ s a -> s{_ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The optional port for the option. +ocPort :: Lens' OptionConfiguration (Maybe Int) +ocPort = lens _ocPort (\ s a -> s{_ocPort = a}); + +-- | The configuration of options to include in a group. +ocOptionName :: Lens' OptionConfiguration Text +ocOptionName = lens _ocOptionName (\ s a -> s{_ocOptionName = a}); + +instance ToQuery OptionConfiguration where + toQuery OptionConfiguration'{..} + = mconcat + ["OptionSettings" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "OptionSetting" <$> _ocOptionSettings), + "VpcSecurityGroupMemberships" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "VpcSecurityGroupId" <$> + _ocVPCSecurityGroupMemberships), + "DBSecurityGroupMemberships" =: + toQuery + (toQueryList "DBSecurityGroupName" <$> + _ocDBSecurityGroupMemberships), + "Port" =: _ocPort, "OptionName" =: _ocOptionName] + +-- | +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionGroup' smart constructor. +data OptionGroup = OptionGroup' + { _ogOptionGroupDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogEngineName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogMajorEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogOptions :: !(Maybe [Option]) + , _ogOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ogOptionGroupDescription' +-- +-- * 'ogVPCId' +-- +-- * 'ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships' +-- +-- * 'ogEngineName' +-- +-- * 'ogMajorEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'ogOptions' +-- +-- * 'ogOptionGroupName' +optionGroup + :: OptionGroup +optionGroup = + OptionGroup' + { _ogOptionGroupDescription = Nothing + , _ogVPCId = Nothing + , _ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships = Nothing + , _ogEngineName = Nothing + , _ogMajorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ogOptions = Nothing + , _ogOptionGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | Provides a description of the option group. +ogOptionGroupDescription :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogOptionGroupDescription = lens _ogOptionGroupDescription (\ s a -> s{_ogOptionGroupDescription = a}); + +-- | If __AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships__ is 'false', this field is +-- blank. If __AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships__ is 'true' and this +-- field is blank, then this option group can be applied to both VPC and +-- non-VPC instances. If this field contains a value, then this option +-- group can only be applied to instances that are in the VPC indicated by +-- this field. +ogVPCId :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogVPCId = lens _ogVPCId (\ s a -> s{_ogVPCId = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and +-- non-VPC instances. The value 'true' indicates the option group can be +-- applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. +ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Bool) +ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships = lens _ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships (\ s a -> s{_ogAllowsVPCAndNonVPCInstanceMemberships = a}); + +-- | Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied +-- to. +ogEngineName :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogEngineName = lens _ogEngineName (\ s a -> s{_ogEngineName = a}); + +-- | Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group. +ogMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogMajorEngineVersion = lens _ogMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ogMajorEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | Indicates what options are available in the option group. +ogOptions :: Lens' OptionGroup [Option] +ogOptions = lens _ogOptions (\ s a -> s{_ogOptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Specifies the name of the option group. +ogOptionGroupName :: Lens' OptionGroup (Maybe Text) +ogOptionGroupName = lens _ogOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ogOptionGroupName = a}); + +instance FromXML OptionGroup where + parseXML x + = OptionGroup' <$> + (x .@? "OptionGroupDescription") <*> (x .@? "VpcId") + <*> (x .@? "AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships") + <*> (x .@? "EngineName") + <*> (x .@? "MajorEngineVersion") + <*> + (x .@? "Options" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "Option")) + <*> (x .@? "OptionGroupName") + +-- | Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member +-- of. +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionGroupMembership' smart constructor. +data OptionGroupMembership = OptionGroupMembership' + { _ogmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogmOptionGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroupMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ogmStatus' +-- +-- * 'ogmOptionGroupName' +optionGroupMembership + :: OptionGroupMembership +optionGroupMembership = + OptionGroupMembership' + { _ogmStatus = Nothing + , _ogmOptionGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | The status of the DB instance\'s option group membership (e.g. in-sync, +-- pending, pending-maintenance, applying). +ogmStatus :: Lens' OptionGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +ogmStatus = lens _ogmStatus (\ s a -> s{_ogmStatus = a}); + +-- | The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. +ogmOptionGroupName :: Lens' OptionGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +ogmOptionGroupName = lens _ogmOptionGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ogmOptionGroupName = a}); + +instance FromXML OptionGroupMembership where + parseXML x + = OptionGroupMembership' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "OptionGroupName") + +-- | Available option. +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionGroupOption' smart constructor. +data OptionGroupOption = OptionGroupOption' + { _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogoPermanent :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogoPersistent :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogoEngineName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogoName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogoMajorEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogoDefaultPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings :: !(Maybe [OptionGroupOptionSetting]) + , _ogoPortRequired :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogoOptionsDependedOn :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _ogoDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroupOption' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'ogoPermanent' +-- +-- * 'ogoPersistent' +-- +-- * 'ogoEngineName' +-- +-- * 'ogoName' +-- +-- * 'ogoMajorEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'ogoDefaultPort' +-- +-- * 'ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings' +-- +-- * 'ogoPortRequired' +-- +-- * 'ogoOptionsDependedOn' +-- +-- * 'ogoDescription' +optionGroupOption + :: OptionGroupOption +optionGroupOption = + OptionGroupOption' + { _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ogoPermanent = Nothing + , _ogoPersistent = Nothing + , _ogoEngineName = Nothing + , _ogoName = Nothing + , _ogoMajorEngineVersion = Nothing + , _ogoDefaultPort = Nothing + , _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = Nothing + , _ogoPortRequired = Nothing + , _ogoOptionsDependedOn = Nothing + , _ogoDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied. +ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = lens _ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ogoMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | A permanent option cannot be removed from the option group once the +-- option group is used, and it cannot be removed from the db instance +-- after assigning an option group with this permanent option. +ogoPermanent :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoPermanent = lens _ogoPermanent (\ s a -> s{_ogoPermanent = a}); + +-- | A persistent option cannot be removed from the option group once the +-- option group is used, but this option can be removed from the db +-- instance while modifying the related data and assigning another option +-- group without this option. +ogoPersistent :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoPersistent = lens _ogoPersistent (\ s a -> s{_ogoPersistent = a}); + +-- | The name of the engine that this option can be applied to. +ogoEngineName :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoEngineName = lens _ogoEngineName (\ s a -> s{_ogoEngineName = a}); + +-- | The name of the option. +ogoName :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoName = lens _ogoName (\ s a -> s{_ogoName = a}); + +-- | Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for. +ogoMajorEngineVersion :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoMajorEngineVersion = lens _ogoMajorEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_ogoMajorEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the +-- option. +ogoDefaultPort :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Int) +ogoDefaultPort = lens _ogoDefaultPort (\ s a -> s{_ogoDefaultPort = a}); + +-- | Specifies the option settings that are available (and the default value) +-- for each option in an option group. +ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [OptionGroupOptionSetting] +ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = lens _ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings (\ s a -> s{_ogoOptionGroupOptionSettings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Specifies whether the option requires a port. +ogoPortRequired :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Bool) +ogoPortRequired = lens _ogoPortRequired (\ s a -> s{_ogoPortRequired = a}); + +-- | List of all options that are prerequisites for this option. +ogoOptionsDependedOn :: Lens' OptionGroupOption [Text] +ogoOptionsDependedOn = lens _ogoOptionsDependedOn (\ s a -> s{_ogoOptionsDependedOn = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The description of the option. +ogoDescription :: Lens' OptionGroupOption (Maybe Text) +ogoDescription = lens _ogoDescription (\ s a -> s{_ogoDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML OptionGroupOption where + parseXML x + = OptionGroupOption' <$> + (x .@? "MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion") <*> + (x .@? "Permanent") + <*> (x .@? "Persistent") + <*> (x .@? "EngineName") + <*> (x .@? "Name") + <*> (x .@? "MajorEngineVersion") + <*> (x .@? "DefaultPort") + <*> + (x .@? "OptionGroupOptionSettings" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionGroupOptionSetting")) + <*> (x .@? "PortRequired") + <*> + (x .@? "OptionsDependedOn" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "OptionName")) + <*> (x .@? "Description") + +-- | Option group option settings are used to display settings available for +-- each option with their default values and other information. These +-- values are used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionGroupOptionSetting' smart constructor. +data OptionGroupOptionSetting = OptionGroupOptionSetting' + { _ogosApplyType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogosSettingName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogosDefaultValue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogosIsModifiable :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ogosAllowedValues :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ogosSettingDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionGroupOptionSetting' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ogosApplyType' +-- +-- * 'ogosSettingName' +-- +-- * 'ogosDefaultValue' +-- +-- * 'ogosIsModifiable' +-- +-- * 'ogosAllowedValues' +-- +-- * 'ogosSettingDescription' +optionGroupOptionSetting + :: OptionGroupOptionSetting +optionGroupOptionSetting = + OptionGroupOptionSetting' + { _ogosApplyType = Nothing + , _ogosSettingName = Nothing + , _ogosDefaultValue = Nothing + , _ogosIsModifiable = Nothing + , _ogosAllowedValues = Nothing + , _ogosSettingDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option. +ogosApplyType :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosApplyType = lens _ogosApplyType (\ s a -> s{_ogosApplyType = a}); + +-- | The name of the option group option. +ogosSettingName :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosSettingName = lens _ogosSettingName (\ s a -> s{_ogosSettingName = a}); + +-- | The default value for the option group option. +ogosDefaultValue :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosDefaultValue = lens _ogosDefaultValue (\ s a -> s{_ogosDefaultValue = a}); + +-- | Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be +-- changed from the default value. +ogosIsModifiable :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Bool) +ogosIsModifiable = lens _ogosIsModifiable (\ s a -> s{_ogosIsModifiable = a}); + +-- | Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option. +ogosAllowedValues :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosAllowedValues = lens _ogosAllowedValues (\ s a -> s{_ogosAllowedValues = a}); + +-- | The description of the option group option. +ogosSettingDescription :: Lens' OptionGroupOptionSetting (Maybe Text) +ogosSettingDescription = lens _ogosSettingDescription (\ s a -> s{_ogosSettingDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML OptionGroupOptionSetting where + parseXML x + = OptionGroupOptionSetting' <$> + (x .@? "ApplyType") <*> (x .@? "SettingName") <*> + (x .@? "DefaultValue") + <*> (x .@? "IsModifiable") + <*> (x .@? "AllowedValues") + <*> (x .@? "SettingDescription") + +-- | Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for +-- that option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe +-- option groups. For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a +-- setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER that can have several different +-- values. +-- +-- /See:/ 'optionSetting' smart constructor. +data OptionSetting = OptionSetting' + { _osIsCollection :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _osApplyType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osValue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osDefaultValue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osIsModifiable :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _osAllowedValues :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osDataType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _osDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'OptionSetting' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'osIsCollection' +-- +-- * 'osApplyType' +-- +-- * 'osValue' +-- +-- * 'osName' +-- +-- * 'osDefaultValue' +-- +-- * 'osIsModifiable' +-- +-- * 'osAllowedValues' +-- +-- * 'osDataType' +-- +-- * 'osDescription' +optionSetting + :: OptionSetting +optionSetting = + OptionSetting' + { _osIsCollection = Nothing + , _osApplyType = Nothing + , _osValue = Nothing + , _osName = Nothing + , _osDefaultValue = Nothing + , _osIsModifiable = Nothing + , _osAllowedValues = Nothing + , _osDataType = Nothing + , _osDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection. +osIsCollection :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Bool) +osIsCollection = lens _osIsCollection (\ s a -> s{_osIsCollection = a}); + +-- | The DB engine specific parameter type. +osApplyType :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osApplyType = lens _osApplyType (\ s a -> s{_osApplyType = a}); + +-- | The current value of the option setting. +osValue :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osValue = lens _osValue (\ s a -> s{_osValue = a}); + +-- | The name of the option that has settings that you can set. +osName :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osName = lens _osName (\ s a -> s{_osName = a}); + +-- | The default value of the option setting. +osDefaultValue :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osDefaultValue = lens _osDefaultValue (\ s a -> s{_osDefaultValue = a}); + +-- | A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be +-- modified from the default. +osIsModifiable :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Bool) +osIsModifiable = lens _osIsModifiable (\ s a -> s{_osIsModifiable = a}); + +-- | The allowed values of the option setting. +osAllowedValues :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osAllowedValues = lens _osAllowedValues (\ s a -> s{_osAllowedValues = a}); + +-- | The data type of the option setting. +osDataType :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osDataType = lens _osDataType (\ s a -> s{_osDataType = a}); + +-- | The description of the option setting. +osDescription :: Lens' OptionSetting (Maybe Text) +osDescription = lens _osDescription (\ s a -> s{_osDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML OptionSetting where + parseXML x + = OptionSetting' <$> + (x .@? "IsCollection") <*> (x .@? "ApplyType") <*> + (x .@? "Value") + <*> (x .@? "Name") + <*> (x .@? "DefaultValue") + <*> (x .@? "IsModifiable") + <*> (x .@? "AllowedValues") + <*> (x .@? "DataType") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + +instance ToQuery OptionSetting where + toQuery OptionSetting'{..} + = mconcat + ["IsCollection" =: _osIsCollection, + "ApplyType" =: _osApplyType, "Value" =: _osValue, + "Name" =: _osName, "DefaultValue" =: _osDefaultValue, + "IsModifiable" =: _osIsModifiable, + "AllowedValues" =: _osAllowedValues, + "DataType" =: _osDataType, + "Description" =: _osDescription] + +-- | Contains a list of available options for a DB instance +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the +-- DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'orderableDBInstanceOption' smart constructor. +data OrderableDBInstanceOption = OrderableDBInstanceOption' + { _odioEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _odioMultiAZCapable :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioEngine :: !(Maybe Text) + , _odioSupportsIOPS :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _odioLicenseModel :: !(Maybe Text) + , _odioAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [AvailabilityZone]) + , _odioReadReplicaCapable :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioSupportsStorageEncryption :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _odioStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'OrderableDBInstanceOption' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'odioEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'odioMultiAZCapable' +-- +-- * 'odioEngine' +-- +-- * 'odioSupportsIOPS' +-- +-- * 'odioDBInstanceClass' +-- +-- * 'odioLicenseModel' +-- +-- * 'odioAvailabilityZones' +-- +-- * 'odioReadReplicaCapable' +-- +-- * 'odioSupportsStorageEncryption' +-- +-- * 'odioVPC' +-- +-- * 'odioStorageType' +orderableDBInstanceOption + :: OrderableDBInstanceOption +orderableDBInstanceOption = + OrderableDBInstanceOption' + { _odioEngineVersion = Nothing + , _odioMultiAZCapable = Nothing + , _odioEngine = Nothing + , _odioSupportsIOPS = Nothing + , _odioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _odioLicenseModel = Nothing + , _odioAvailabilityZones = Nothing + , _odioReadReplicaCapable = Nothing + , _odioSupportsStorageEncryption = Nothing + , _odioVPC = Nothing + , _odioStorageType = Nothing + } + +-- | The engine version of the orderable DB instance. +odioEngineVersion :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odioEngineVersion = lens _odioEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_odioEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether this orderable DB instance is multi-AZ capable. +odioMultiAZCapable :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioMultiAZCapable = lens _odioMultiAZCapable (\ s a -> s{_odioMultiAZCapable = a}); + +-- | The engine type of the orderable DB instance. +odioEngine :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odioEngine = lens _odioEngine (\ s a -> s{_odioEngine = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. +odioSupportsIOPS :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioSupportsIOPS = lens _odioSupportsIOPS (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsIOPS = a}); + +-- | The DB instance class for the orderable DB instance. +odioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odioDBInstanceClass = lens _odioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_odioDBInstanceClass = a}); + +-- | The license model for the orderable DB instance. +odioLicenseModel :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odioLicenseModel = lens _odioLicenseModel (\ s a -> s{_odioLicenseModel = a}); + +-- | A list of Availability Zones for the orderable DB instance. +odioAvailabilityZones :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption [AvailabilityZone] +odioAvailabilityZones = lens _odioAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_odioAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Indicates whether this orderable DB instance can have a Read Replica. +odioReadReplicaCapable :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioReadReplicaCapable = lens _odioReadReplicaCapable (\ s a -> s{_odioReadReplicaCapable = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports encrypted storage. +odioSupportsStorageEncryption :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioSupportsStorageEncryption = lens _odioSupportsStorageEncryption (\ s a -> s{_odioSupportsStorageEncryption = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether this is a VPC orderable DB instance. +odioVPC :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Bool) +odioVPC = lens _odioVPC (\ s a -> s{_odioVPC = a}); + +-- | Indicates the storage type for this orderable DB instance. +odioStorageType :: Lens' OrderableDBInstanceOption (Maybe Text) +odioStorageType = lens _odioStorageType (\ s a -> s{_odioStorageType = a}); + +instance FromXML OrderableDBInstanceOption where + parseXML x + = OrderableDBInstanceOption' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> (x .@? "MultiAZCapable") + <*> (x .@? "Engine") + <*> (x .@? "SupportsIops") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") + <*> (x .@? "LicenseModel") + <*> + (x .@? "AvailabilityZones" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "AvailabilityZone")) + <*> (x .@? "ReadReplicaCapable") + <*> (x .@? "SupportsStorageEncryption") + <*> (x .@? "Vpc") + <*> (x .@? "StorageType") + +-- | This data type is used as a request parameter in the +-- ModifyDBParameterGroup and ResetDBParameterGroup actions. +-- +-- This data type is used as a response element in the +-- DescribeEngineDefaultParameters and DescribeDBParameters actions. +-- +-- /See:/ 'parameter' smart constructor. +data Parameter = Parameter' + { _pApplyType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pParameterValue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pApplyMethod :: !(Maybe ApplyMethod) + , _pMinimumEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pSource :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pIsModifiable :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _pAllowedValues :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pDataType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pParameterName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Parameter' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pApplyType' +-- +-- * 'pParameterValue' +-- +-- * 'pApplyMethod' +-- +-- * 'pMinimumEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'pSource' +-- +-- * 'pIsModifiable' +-- +-- * 'pAllowedValues' +-- +-- * 'pDataType' +-- +-- * 'pParameterName' +-- +-- * 'pDescription' +parameter + :: Parameter +parameter = + Parameter' + { _pApplyType = Nothing + , _pParameterValue = Nothing + , _pApplyMethod = Nothing + , _pMinimumEngineVersion = Nothing + , _pSource = Nothing + , _pIsModifiable = Nothing + , _pAllowedValues = Nothing + , _pDataType = Nothing + , _pParameterName = Nothing + , _pDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the engine specific parameters type. +pApplyType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pApplyType = lens _pApplyType (\ s a -> s{_pApplyType = a}); + +-- | Specifies the value of the parameter. +pParameterValue :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pParameterValue = lens _pParameterValue (\ s a -> s{_pParameterValue = a}); + +-- | Indicates when to apply parameter updates. +pApplyMethod :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe ApplyMethod) +pApplyMethod = lens _pApplyMethod (\ s a -> s{_pApplyMethod = a}); + +-- | The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. +pMinimumEngineVersion :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pMinimumEngineVersion = lens _pMinimumEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_pMinimumEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | Indicates the source of the parameter value. +pSource :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pSource = lens _pSource (\ s a -> s{_pSource = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether ('true') or not ('false') the parameter can be +-- modified. Some parameters have security or operational implications that +-- prevent them from being changed. +pIsModifiable :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Bool) +pIsModifiable = lens _pIsModifiable (\ s a -> s{_pIsModifiable = a}); + +-- | Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. +pAllowedValues :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pAllowedValues = lens _pAllowedValues (\ s a -> s{_pAllowedValues = a}); + +-- | Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. +pDataType :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pDataType = lens _pDataType (\ s a -> s{_pDataType = a}); + +-- | Specifies the name of the parameter. +pParameterName :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pParameterName = lens _pParameterName (\ s a -> s{_pParameterName = a}); + +-- | Provides a description of the parameter. +pDescription :: Lens' Parameter (Maybe Text) +pDescription = lens _pDescription (\ s a -> s{_pDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML Parameter where + parseXML x + = Parameter' <$> + (x .@? "ApplyType") <*> (x .@? "ParameterValue") <*> + (x .@? "ApplyMethod") + <*> (x .@? "MinimumEngineVersion") + <*> (x .@? "Source") + <*> (x .@? "IsModifiable") + <*> (x .@? "AllowedValues") + <*> (x .@? "DataType") + <*> (x .@? "ParameterName") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + +instance ToQuery Parameter where + toQuery Parameter'{..} + = mconcat + ["ApplyType" =: _pApplyType, + "ParameterValue" =: _pParameterValue, + "ApplyMethod" =: _pApplyMethod, + "MinimumEngineVersion" =: _pMinimumEngineVersion, + "Source" =: _pSource, + "IsModifiable" =: _pIsModifiable, + "AllowedValues" =: _pAllowedValues, + "DataType" =: _pDataType, + "ParameterName" =: _pParameterName, + "Description" =: _pDescription] + +-- | Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource. +-- +-- /See:/ 'pendingMaintenanceAction' smart constructor. +data PendingMaintenanceAction = PendingMaintenanceAction' + { _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _pmaAction :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmaOptInStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmaDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmaCurrentApplyDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _pmaForcedApplyDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PendingMaintenanceAction' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate' +-- +-- * 'pmaAction' +-- +-- * 'pmaOptInStatus' +-- +-- * 'pmaDescription' +-- +-- * 'pmaCurrentApplyDate' +-- +-- * 'pmaForcedApplyDate' +pendingMaintenanceAction + :: PendingMaintenanceAction +pendingMaintenanceAction = + PendingMaintenanceAction' + { _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = Nothing + , _pmaAction = Nothing + , _pmaOptInStatus = Nothing + , _pmaDescription = Nothing + , _pmaCurrentApplyDate = Nothing + , _pmaForcedApplyDate = Nothing + } + +-- | The date of the maintenance window when the action will be applied. The +-- maintenance action will be applied to the resource during its first +-- maintenance window after this date. If this date is specified, any +-- 'next-maintenance' opt-in requests are ignored. +pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) +pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = lens _pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate (\ s a -> s{_pmaAutoAppliedAfterDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the +-- resource. +pmaAction :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) +pmaAction = lens _pmaAction (\ s a -> s{_pmaAction = a}); + +-- | Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the +-- resource. +pmaOptInStatus :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) +pmaOptInStatus = lens _pmaOptInStatus (\ s a -> s{_pmaOptInStatus = a}); + +-- | A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. +pmaDescription :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe Text) +pmaDescription = lens _pmaDescription (\ s a -> s{_pmaDescription = a}); + +-- | The effective date when the pending maintenance action will be applied +-- to the resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received +-- from the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the 'AutoAppliedAfterDate', +-- and the 'ForcedApplyDate'. This value is blank if an opt-in request has +-- not been received and nothing has been specified as +-- 'AutoAppliedAfterDate' or 'ForcedApplyDate'. +pmaCurrentApplyDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) +pmaCurrentApplyDate = lens _pmaCurrentApplyDate (\ s a -> s{_pmaCurrentApplyDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The date when the maintenance action will be automatically applied. The +-- maintenance action will be applied to the resource on this date +-- regardless of the maintenance window for the resource. If this date is +-- specified, any 'immediate' opt-in requests are ignored. +pmaForcedApplyDate :: Lens' PendingMaintenanceAction (Maybe UTCTime) +pmaForcedApplyDate = lens _pmaForcedApplyDate (\ s a -> s{_pmaForcedApplyDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +instance FromXML PendingMaintenanceAction where + parseXML x + = PendingMaintenanceAction' <$> + (x .@? "AutoAppliedAfterDate") <*> (x .@? "Action") + <*> (x .@? "OptInStatus") + <*> (x .@? "Description") + <*> (x .@? "CurrentApplyDate") + <*> (x .@? "ForcedApplyDate") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance +-- action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'pendingModifiedValues' smart constructor. +data PendingModifiedValues = PendingModifiedValues' + { _pmvEngineVersion :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvMasterUserPassword :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _pmvDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvCACertificateIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod :: !(Maybe Int) + , _pmvMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _pmvAllocatedStorage :: !(Maybe Int) + , _pmvPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _pmvStorageType :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PendingModifiedValues' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pmvEngineVersion' +-- +-- * 'pmvMasterUserPassword' +-- +-- * 'pmvIOPS' +-- +-- * 'pmvDBInstanceClass' +-- +-- * 'pmvDBInstanceIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'pmvCACertificateIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'pmvBackupRetentionPeriod' +-- +-- * 'pmvMultiAZ' +-- +-- * 'pmvAllocatedStorage' +-- +-- * 'pmvPort' +-- +-- * 'pmvStorageType' +pendingModifiedValues + :: PendingModifiedValues +pendingModifiedValues = + PendingModifiedValues' + { _pmvEngineVersion = Nothing + , _pmvMasterUserPassword = Nothing + , _pmvIOPS = Nothing + , _pmvDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = Nothing + , _pmvCACertificateIdentifier = Nothing + , _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = Nothing + , _pmvMultiAZ = Nothing + , _pmvAllocatedStorage = Nothing + , _pmvPort = Nothing + , _pmvStorageType = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates the database engine version. +pmvEngineVersion :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvEngineVersion = lens _pmvEngineVersion (\ s a -> s{_pmvEngineVersion = a}); + +-- | Contains the pending or in-progress change of the master credentials for +-- the DB instance. +pmvMasterUserPassword :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvMasterUserPassword = lens _pmvMasterUserPassword (\ s a -> s{_pmvMasterUserPassword = a}); + +-- | Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will +-- be applied or is being applied. +pmvIOPS :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvIOPS = lens _pmvIOPS (\ s a -> s{_pmvIOPS = a}); + +-- | Contains the new 'DBInstanceClass' for the DB instance that will be +-- applied or is in progress. +pmvDBInstanceClass :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvDBInstanceClass = lens _pmvDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_pmvDBInstanceClass = a}); + +-- | Contains the new 'DBInstanceIdentifier' for the DB instance that will be +-- applied or is in progress. +pmvDBInstanceIdentifier :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = lens _pmvDBInstanceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_pmvDBInstanceIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. +pmvCACertificateIdentifier :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvCACertificateIdentifier = lens _pmvCACertificateIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_pmvCACertificateIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are +-- retained. +pmvBackupRetentionPeriod :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = lens _pmvBackupRetentionPeriod (\ s a -> s{_pmvBackupRetentionPeriod = a}); + +-- | Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ +-- deployment. +pmvMultiAZ :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Bool) +pmvMultiAZ = lens _pmvMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_pmvMultiAZ = a}); + +-- | Contains the new 'AllocatedStorage' size for the DB instance that will +-- be applied or is in progress. +pmvAllocatedStorage :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvAllocatedStorage = lens _pmvAllocatedStorage (\ s a -> s{_pmvAllocatedStorage = a}); + +-- | Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. +pmvPort :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Int) +pmvPort = lens _pmvPort (\ s a -> s{_pmvPort = a}); + +-- | Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. +pmvStorageType :: Lens' PendingModifiedValues (Maybe Text) +pmvStorageType = lens _pmvStorageType (\ s a -> s{_pmvStorageType = a}); + +instance FromXML PendingModifiedValues where + parseXML x + = PendingModifiedValues' <$> + (x .@? "EngineVersion") <*> + (x .@? "MasterUserPassword") + <*> (x .@? "Iops") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "CACertificateIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "BackupRetentionPeriod") + <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") + <*> (x .@? "AllocatedStorage") + <*> (x .@? "Port") + <*> (x .@? "StorageType") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the +-- DescribeReservedDBInstances and DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings +-- actions. +-- +-- /See:/ 'recurringCharge' smart constructor. +data RecurringCharge = RecurringCharge' + { _rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rcRecurringChargeAmount :: !(Maybe Double) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RecurringCharge' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rcRecurringChargeFrequency' +-- +-- * 'rcRecurringChargeAmount' +recurringCharge + :: RecurringCharge +recurringCharge = + RecurringCharge' + { _rcRecurringChargeFrequency = Nothing + , _rcRecurringChargeAmount = Nothing + } + +-- | The frequency of the recurring charge. +rcRecurringChargeFrequency :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Text) +rcRecurringChargeFrequency = lens _rcRecurringChargeFrequency (\ s a -> s{_rcRecurringChargeFrequency = a}); + +-- | The amount of the recurring charge. +rcRecurringChargeAmount :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Double) +rcRecurringChargeAmount = lens _rcRecurringChargeAmount (\ s a -> s{_rcRecurringChargeAmount = a}); + +instance FromXML RecurringCharge where + parseXML x + = RecurringCharge' <$> + (x .@? "RecurringChargeFrequency") <*> + (x .@? "RecurringChargeAmount") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the +-- DescribeReservedDBInstances and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering +-- actions. +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedDBInstance' smart constructor. +data ReservedDBInstance = ReservedDBInstance' + { _rdiDBInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _rdiState :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiProductDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiStartTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _rdiReservedDBInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiOfferingType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdiUsagePrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rdiRecurringCharges :: !(Maybe [RecurringCharge]) + , _rdiFixedPrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rdiDuration :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedDBInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdiDBInstanceCount' +-- +-- * 'rdiState' +-- +-- * 'rdiCurrencyCode' +-- +-- * 'rdiProductDescription' +-- +-- * 'rdiStartTime' +-- +-- * 'rdiReservedDBInstanceId' +-- +-- * 'rdiDBInstanceClass' +-- +-- * 'rdiMultiAZ' +-- +-- * 'rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' +-- +-- * 'rdiOfferingType' +-- +-- * 'rdiUsagePrice' +-- +-- * 'rdiRecurringCharges' +-- +-- * 'rdiFixedPrice' +-- +-- * 'rdiDuration' +reservedDBInstance + :: ReservedDBInstance +reservedDBInstance = + ReservedDBInstance' + { _rdiDBInstanceCount = Nothing + , _rdiState = Nothing + , _rdiCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _rdiProductDescription = Nothing + , _rdiStartTime = Nothing + , _rdiReservedDBInstanceId = Nothing + , _rdiDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rdiMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _rdiOfferingType = Nothing + , _rdiUsagePrice = Nothing + , _rdiRecurringCharges = Nothing + , _rdiFixedPrice = Nothing + , _rdiDuration = Nothing + } + +-- | The number of reserved DB instances. +rdiDBInstanceCount :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Int) +rdiDBInstanceCount = lens _rdiDBInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_rdiDBInstanceCount = a}); + +-- | The state of the reserved DB instance. +rdiState :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiState = lens _rdiState (\ s a -> s{_rdiState = a}); + +-- | The currency code for the reserved DB instance. +rdiCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiCurrencyCode = lens _rdiCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_rdiCurrencyCode = a}); + +-- | The description of the reserved DB instance. +rdiProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiProductDescription = lens _rdiProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_rdiProductDescription = a}); + +-- | The time the reservation started. +rdiStartTime :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +rdiStartTime = lens _rdiStartTime (\ s a -> s{_rdiStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The unique identifier for the reservation. +rdiReservedDBInstanceId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiReservedDBInstanceId = lens _rdiReservedDBInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_rdiReservedDBInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. +rdiDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiDBInstanceClass = lens _rdiDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rdiDBInstanceClass = a}); + +-- | Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments. +rdiMultiAZ :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Bool) +rdiMultiAZ = lens _rdiMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rdiMultiAZ = a}); + +-- | The offering identifier. +rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_rdiReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}); + +-- | The offering type of this reserved DB instance. +rdiOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Text) +rdiOfferingType = lens _rdiOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_rdiOfferingType = a}); + +-- | The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance. +rdiUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Double) +rdiUsagePrice = lens _rdiUsagePrice (\ s a -> s{_rdiUsagePrice = a}); + +-- | The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. +rdiRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance [RecurringCharge] +rdiRecurringCharges = lens _rdiRecurringCharges (\ s a -> s{_rdiRecurringCharges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance. +rdiFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Double) +rdiFixedPrice = lens _rdiFixedPrice (\ s a -> s{_rdiFixedPrice = a}); + +-- | The duration of the reservation in seconds. +rdiDuration :: Lens' ReservedDBInstance (Maybe Int) +rdiDuration = lens _rdiDuration (\ s a -> s{_rdiDuration = a}); + +instance FromXML ReservedDBInstance where + parseXML x + = ReservedDBInstance' <$> + (x .@? "DBInstanceCount") <*> (x .@? "State") <*> + (x .@? "CurrencyCode") + <*> (x .@? "ProductDescription") + <*> (x .@? "StartTime") + <*> (x .@? "ReservedDBInstanceId") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") + <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") + <*> (x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId") + <*> (x .@? "OfferingType") + <*> (x .@? "UsagePrice") + <*> + (x .@? "RecurringCharges" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "RecurringCharge")) + <*> (x .@? "FixedPrice") + <*> (x .@? "Duration") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the +-- DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedDBInstancesOffering' smart constructor. +data ReservedDBInstancesOffering = ReservedDBInstancesOffering' + { _rdioCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdioProductDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdioDBInstanceClass :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdioMultiAZ :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdioOfferingType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rdioUsagePrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rdioRecurringCharges :: !(Maybe [RecurringCharge]) + , _rdioFixedPrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rdioDuration :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedDBInstancesOffering' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rdioCurrencyCode' +-- +-- * 'rdioProductDescription' +-- +-- * 'rdioDBInstanceClass' +-- +-- * 'rdioMultiAZ' +-- +-- * 'rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId' +-- +-- * 'rdioOfferingType' +-- +-- * 'rdioUsagePrice' +-- +-- * 'rdioRecurringCharges' +-- +-- * 'rdioFixedPrice' +-- +-- * 'rdioDuration' +reservedDBInstancesOffering + :: ReservedDBInstancesOffering +reservedDBInstancesOffering = + ReservedDBInstancesOffering' + { _rdioCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _rdioProductDescription = Nothing + , _rdioDBInstanceClass = Nothing + , _rdioMultiAZ = Nothing + , _rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _rdioOfferingType = Nothing + , _rdioUsagePrice = Nothing + , _rdioRecurringCharges = Nothing + , _rdioFixedPrice = Nothing + , _rdioDuration = Nothing + } + +-- | The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering. +rdioCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdioCurrencyCode = lens _rdioCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_rdioCurrencyCode = a}); + +-- | The database engine used by the offering. +rdioProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdioProductDescription = lens _rdioProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_rdioProductDescription = a}); + +-- | The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. +rdioDBInstanceClass :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdioDBInstanceClass = lens _rdioDBInstanceClass (\ s a -> s{_rdioDBInstanceClass = a}); + +-- | Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments. +rdioMultiAZ :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Bool) +rdioMultiAZ = lens _rdioMultiAZ (\ s a -> s{_rdioMultiAZ = a}); + +-- | The offering identifier. +rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = lens _rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_rdioReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = a}); + +-- | The offering type. +rdioOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rdioOfferingType = lens _rdioOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_rdioOfferingType = a}); + +-- | The hourly price charged for this offering. +rdioUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) +rdioUsagePrice = lens _rdioUsagePrice (\ s a -> s{_rdioUsagePrice = a}); + +-- | The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. +rdioRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering [RecurringCharge] +rdioRecurringCharges = lens _rdioRecurringCharges (\ s a -> s{_rdioRecurringCharges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The fixed price charged for this offering. +rdioFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) +rdioFixedPrice = lens _rdioFixedPrice (\ s a -> s{_rdioFixedPrice = a}); + +-- | The duration of the offering in seconds. +rdioDuration :: Lens' ReservedDBInstancesOffering (Maybe Int) +rdioDuration = lens _rdioDuration (\ s a -> s{_rdioDuration = a}); + +instance FromXML ReservedDBInstancesOffering where + parseXML x + = ReservedDBInstancesOffering' <$> + (x .@? "CurrencyCode") <*> + (x .@? "ProductDescription") + <*> (x .@? "DBInstanceClass") + <*> (x .@? "MultiAZ") + <*> (x .@? "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId") + <*> (x .@? "OfferingType") + <*> (x .@? "UsagePrice") + <*> + (x .@? "RecurringCharges" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "RecurringCharge")) + <*> (x .@? "FixedPrice") + <*> (x .@? "Duration") + +-- | Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. +-- +-- /See:/ 'resourcePendingMaintenanceActions' smart constructor. +data ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' + { _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails :: !(Maybe [PendingMaintenanceAction]) + , _rpmaResourceIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails' +-- +-- * 'rpmaResourceIdentifier' +resourcePendingMaintenanceActions + :: ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions +resourcePendingMaintenanceActions = + ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' + { _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = Nothing + , _rpmaResourceIdentifier = Nothing + } + +-- | A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for +-- the resource. +rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails :: Lens' ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions [PendingMaintenanceAction] +rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = lens _rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails (\ s a -> s{_rpmaPendingMaintenanceActionDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. +rpmaResourceIdentifier :: Lens' ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions (Maybe Text) +rpmaResourceIdentifier = lens _rpmaResourceIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_rpmaResourceIdentifier = a}); + +instance FromXML ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions + where + parseXML x + = ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions' <$> + (x .@? "PendingMaintenanceActionDetails" .!@ mempty + >>= may (parseXMLList "PendingMaintenanceAction")) + <*> (x .@? "ResourceIdentifier") + +-- | This data type is used as a response element in the +-- DescribeDBSubnetGroups action. +-- +-- /See:/ 'subnet' smart constructor. +data Subnet = Subnet' + { _sSubnetStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sSubnetIdentifier :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe AvailabilityZone) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Subnet' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sSubnetStatus' +-- +-- * 'sSubnetIdentifier' +-- +-- * 'sSubnetAvailabilityZone' +subnet + :: Subnet +subnet = + Subnet' + { _sSubnetStatus = Nothing + , _sSubnetIdentifier = Nothing + , _sSubnetAvailabilityZone = Nothing + } + +-- | Specifies the status of the subnet. +sSubnetStatus :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) +sSubnetStatus = lens _sSubnetStatus (\ s a -> s{_sSubnetStatus = a}); + +-- | Specifies the identifier of the subnet. +sSubnetIdentifier :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Text) +sSubnetIdentifier = lens _sSubnetIdentifier (\ s a -> s{_sSubnetIdentifier = a}); + +-- | Undocumented member. +sSubnetAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe AvailabilityZone) +sSubnetAvailabilityZone = lens _sSubnetAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_sSubnetAvailabilityZone = a}); + +instance FromXML Subnet where + parseXML x + = Subnet' <$> + (x .@? "SubnetStatus") <*> (x .@? "SubnetIdentifier") + <*> (x .@? "SubnetAvailabilityZone") + +-- | Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value +-- pair. +-- +-- /See:/ 'tag' smart constructor. +data Tag = Tag' + { _tagValue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _tagKey :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Tag' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'tagValue' +-- +-- * 'tagKey' +tag + :: Tag +tag = + Tag' + { _tagValue = Nothing + , _tagKey = Nothing + } + +-- | A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 +-- to 256 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with \"aws:\" +-- or \"rds:\". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode +-- letters, digits, white-space, \'_\', \'.\', \'\/\', \'=\', \'+\', \'-\' +-- (Java regex: \"^([\\\\p{L}\\\\p{Z}\\\\p{N}_.:\/=+\\\\-]*)$\"). +tagValue :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) +tagValue = lens _tagValue (\ s a -> s{_tagValue = a}); + +-- | A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to +-- 128 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with \"aws:\" or +-- \"rds:\". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, +-- digits, white-space, \'_\', \'.\', \'\/\', \'=\', \'+\', \'-\' (Java +-- regex: \"^([\\\\p{L}\\\\p{Z}\\\\p{N}_.:\/=+\\\\-]*)$\"). +tagKey :: Lens' Tag (Maybe Text) +tagKey = lens _tagKey (\ s a -> s{_tagKey = a}); + +instance FromXML Tag where + parseXML x + = Tag' <$> (x .@? "Value") <*> (x .@? "Key") + +instance ToQuery Tag where + toQuery Tag'{..} + = mconcat ["Value" =: _tagValue, "Key" =: _tagKey] + +-- | This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security +-- group membership. +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpcSecurityGroupMembership' smart constructor. +data VPCSecurityGroupMembership = VPCSecurityGroupMembership' + { _vsgmStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPCSecurityGroupMembership' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vsgmStatus' +-- +-- * 'vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId' +vpcSecurityGroupMembership + :: VPCSecurityGroupMembership +vpcSecurityGroupMembership = + VPCSecurityGroupMembership' + { _vsgmStatus = Nothing + , _vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId = Nothing + } + +-- | The status of the VPC security group. +vsgmStatus :: Lens' VPCSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +vsgmStatus = lens _vsgmStatus (\ s a -> s{_vsgmStatus = a}); + +-- | The name of the VPC security group. +vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId :: Lens' VPCSecurityGroupMembership (Maybe Text) +vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId = lens _vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId (\ s a -> s{_vsgmVPCSecurityGroupId = a}); + +instance FromXML VPCSecurityGroupMembership where + parseXML x + = VPCSecurityGroupMembership' <$> + (x .@? "Status") <*> (x .@? "VpcSecurityGroupId") diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Sum.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Sum.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Types/Sum.hs @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE LambdaCase #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Sum +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +module Network.AWS.RDS.Types.Sum where + +import Network.AWS.Prelude + +data ApplyMethod + = Immediate + | PendingReboot + deriving (Eq,Ord,Read,Show,Enum,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +instance FromText ApplyMethod where + parser = takeLowerText >>= \case + "immediate" -> pure Immediate + "pending-reboot" -> pure PendingReboot + e -> fromTextError $ "Failure parsing ApplyMethod from value: '" <> e + <> "'. Accepted values: immediate, pending-reboot" + +instance ToText ApplyMethod where + toText = \case + Immediate -> "immediate" + PendingReboot -> "pending-reboot" + +instance Hashable ApplyMethod +instance ToByteString ApplyMethod +instance ToQuery ApplyMethod +instance ToHeader ApplyMethod + +instance FromXML ApplyMethod where + parseXML = parseXMLText "ApplyMethod" + +data SourceType + = DBInstance + | DBParameterGroup + | DBSecurityGroup + | DBSnapshot + deriving (Eq,Ord,Read,Show,Enum,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +instance FromText SourceType where + parser = takeLowerText >>= \case + "db-instance" -> pure DBInstance + "db-parameter-group" -> pure DBParameterGroup + "db-security-group" -> pure DBSecurityGroup + "db-snapshot" -> pure DBSnapshot + e -> fromTextError $ "Failure parsing SourceType from value: '" <> e + <> "'. Accepted values: db-instance, db-parameter-group, db-security-group, db-snapshot" + +instance ToText SourceType where + toText = \case + DBInstance -> "db-instance" + DBParameterGroup -> "db-parameter-group" + DBSecurityGroup -> "db-security-group" + DBSnapshot -> "db-snapshot" + +instance Hashable SourceType +instance ToByteString SourceType +instance ToQuery SourceType +instance ToHeader SourceType + +instance FromXML SourceType where + parseXML = parseXMLText "SourceType" diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Waiters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Waiters.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Waiters.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/RDS/Waiters.hs @@ -1,78 +1,125 @@ {-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} {-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | -- Module : Network.AWS.RDS.Waiters --- Copyright : (c) 2013-2014 Brendan Hay --- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of --- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. --- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or --- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. -- Maintainer : Brendan Hay --- Stability : experimental +-- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. - module Network.AWS.RDS.Waiters where -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances -import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots -import Network.AWS.RDS.Types -import Network.AWS.Waiters +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances +import Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots +import Network.AWS.RDS.Types +import Network.AWS.Waiter +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances' every 30 seconds until a +-- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 60 failed checks. dbInstanceAvailable :: Wait DescribeDBInstances -dbInstanceAvailable = Wait - { _waitName = "DBInstanceAvailable" - , _waitAttempts = 60 - , _waitDelay = 30 - , _waitAcceptors = - [ matchAll "available" AcceptSuccess - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - , matchAny "deleted" AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - , matchAny "deleting" AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - , matchAny "failed" AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - , matchAny "incompatible-restore" AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - , matchAny "incompatible-parameters" AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - , matchAny "incompatible-parameters" AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - , matchAny "incompatible-restore" AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - ] +dbInstanceAvailable = + Wait + { _waitName = "DBInstanceAvailable" + , _waitAttempts = 60 + , _waitDelay = 30 + , _waitAcceptors = [ matchAll + "available" + AcceptSuccess + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "deleted" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "deleting" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "failed" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "incompatible-restore" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "incompatible-parameters" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "incompatible-parameters" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "incompatible-restore" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI)] } -dbInstanceDeleted :: Wait DescribeDBInstances -dbInstanceDeleted = Wait - { _waitName = "DBInstanceDeleted" - , _waitAttempts = 60 - , _waitDelay = 30 - , _waitAcceptors = - [ matchError "DBInstanceNotFound" AcceptSuccess - , matchAll "deleted" AcceptSuccess - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - , matchAny "creating" AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - , matchAny "modifying" AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - , matchAny "rebooting" AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - , matchAny "resetting-master-credentials" AcceptFailure - (folding (concatOf ddbirDBInstances) . dbiDBInstanceStatus . _Just) - ] +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBSnapshots' every 15 seconds until a +-- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +dbSnapshotCompleted :: Wait DescribeDBSnapshots +dbSnapshotCompleted = + Wait + { _waitName = "DBSnapshotCompleted" + , _waitAttempts = 40 + , _waitDelay = 15 + , _waitAcceptors = [ matchError "DBSnapshotNotFound" AcceptSuccess + , matchAll + "available" + AcceptSuccess + (folding (concatOf ddsrsDBSnapshots) . + dsStatus . _Just . to toTextCI)] } -dbSnapshotCompleted :: Wait DescribeDBSnapshots -dbSnapshotCompleted = Wait - { _waitName = "DBSnapshotCompleted" - , _waitAttempts = 40 - , _waitDelay = 15 - , _waitAcceptors = - [ matchError "DBSnapshotNotFound" AcceptSuccess - , matchAll "available" AcceptSuccess - (folding (concatOf ddbsrDBSnapshots) . dbsStatus . _Just) - ] +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.RDS.DescribeDBInstances' every 30 seconds until a +-- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 60 failed checks. +dbInstanceDeleted :: Wait DescribeDBInstances +dbInstanceDeleted = + Wait + { _waitName = "DBInstanceDeleted" + , _waitAttempts = 60 + , _waitDelay = 30 + , _waitAcceptors = [ matchError "DBInstanceNotFound" AcceptSuccess + , matchAll + "deleted" + AcceptSuccess + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "creating" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "modifying" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "rebooting" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI) + , matchAny + "resetting-master-credentials" + AcceptFailure + (folding (concatOf ddbirsDBInstances) . + diDBInstanceStatus . _Just . to toTextCI)] } diff --git a/test/Main.hs b/test/Main.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/Main.hs @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- | +-- Module : Main +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +module Main (main) where + +import Test.Tasty +import Test.AWS.RDS +import Test.AWS.RDS.Internal + +main :: IO () +main = defaultMain $ testGroup "RDS" + [ testGroup "tests" tests + , testGroup "fixtures" fixtures + ] diff --git a/test/Test/AWS/Gen/RDS.hs b/test/Test/AWS/Gen/RDS.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/Test/AWS/Gen/RDS.hs @@ -0,0 +1,1331 @@ +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-orphans #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Test.AWS.Gen.RDS +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +module Test.AWS.Gen.RDS where + +import Data.Proxy +import Test.AWS.Fixture +import Test.AWS.Prelude +import Test.Tasty +import Network.AWS.RDS +import Test.AWS.RDS.Internal + +-- Auto-generated: the actual test selection needs to be manually placed into +-- the top-level so that real test data can be incrementally added. +-- +-- This commented snippet is what the entire set should look like: + +-- fixtures :: TestTree +-- fixtures = +-- [ testGroup "request" +-- [ testDescribeDBEngineVersions $ +-- describeDBEngineVersions +-- +-- , testDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups $ +-- describeDBClusterParameterGroups +-- +-- , testPromoteReadReplica $ +-- promoteReadReplica +-- +-- , testModifyEventSubscription $ +-- modifyEventSubscription +-- +-- , testCopyDBSnapshot $ +-- copyDBSnapshot +-- +-- , testAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription $ +-- addSourceIdentifierToSubscription +-- +-- , testModifyDBInstance $ +-- modifyDBInstance +-- +-- , testResetDBClusterParameterGroup $ +-- resetDBClusterParameterGroup +-- +-- , testDescribeEvents $ +-- describeEvents +-- +-- , testDescribeEngineDefaultParameters $ +-- describeEngineDefaultParameters +-- +-- , testDescribeDBClusters $ +-- describeDBClusters +-- +-- , testModifyDBSubnetGroup $ +-- modifyDBSubnetGroup +-- +-- , testDescribeDBLogFiles $ +-- describeDBLogFiles +-- +-- , testListTagsForResource $ +-- listTagsForResource +-- +-- , testDescribeOptionGroups $ +-- describeOptionGroups +-- +-- , testDeleteDBCluster $ +-- deleteDBCluster +-- +-- , testRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription $ +-- removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscription +-- +-- , testCopyDBParameterGroup $ +-- copyDBParameterGroup +-- +-- , testDescribeReservedDBInstances $ +-- describeReservedDBInstances +-- +-- , testDeleteOptionGroup $ +-- deleteOptionGroup +-- +-- , testDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters $ +-- describeEngineDefaultClusterParameters +-- +-- , testCreateEventSubscription $ +-- createEventSubscription +-- +-- , testRemoveTagsFromResource $ +-- removeTagsFromResource +-- +-- , testCreateDBInstance $ +-- createDBInstance +-- +-- , testRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot $ +-- restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot +-- +-- , testAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress $ +-- authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress +-- +-- , testDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup $ +-- deleteDBClusterParameterGroup +-- +-- , testPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering $ +-- purchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering +-- +-- , testDescribeCertificates $ +-- describeCertificates +-- +-- , testRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot $ +-- restoreDBClusterFromSnapshot +-- +-- , testCreateDBSnapshot $ +-- createDBSnapshot +-- +-- , testDeleteEventSubscription $ +-- deleteEventSubscription +-- +-- , testDescribeDBParameterGroups $ +-- describeDBParameterGroups +-- +-- , testDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions $ +-- describeOrderableDBInstanceOptions +-- +-- , testCreateDBClusterParameterGroup $ +-- createDBClusterParameterGroup +-- +-- , testDescribeEventSubscriptions $ +-- describeEventSubscriptions +-- +-- , testAddTagsToResource $ +-- addTagsToResource +-- +-- , testDescribeOptionGroupOptions $ +-- describeOptionGroupOptions +-- +-- , testDescribeDBParameters $ +-- describeDBParameters +-- +-- , testDeleteDBClusterSnapshot $ +-- deleteDBClusterSnapshot +-- +-- , testDescribeDBSnapshots $ +-- describeDBSnapshots +-- +-- , testDescribeDBSubnetGroups $ +-- describeDBSubnetGroups +-- +-- , testCreateDBParameterGroup $ +-- createDBParameterGroup +-- +-- , testCreateDBClusterSnapshot $ +-- createDBClusterSnapshot +-- +-- , testModifyOptionGroup $ +-- modifyOptionGroup +-- +-- , testModifyDBCluster $ +-- modifyDBCluster +-- +-- , testDescribeEventCategories $ +-- describeEventCategories +-- +-- , testModifyDBClusterParameterGroup $ +-- modifyDBClusterParameterGroup +-- +-- , testDescribePendingMaintenanceActions $ +-- describePendingMaintenanceActions +-- +-- , testRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime $ +-- restoreDBInstanceToPointInTime +-- +-- , testResetDBParameterGroup $ +-- resetDBParameterGroup +-- +-- , testCopyDBClusterSnapshot $ +-- copyDBClusterSnapshot +-- +-- , testModifyDBParameterGroup $ +-- modifyDBParameterGroup +-- +-- , testFailoverDBCluster $ +-- failoverDBCluster +-- +-- , testCreateDBCluster $ +-- createDBCluster +-- +-- , testCreateOptionGroup $ +-- createOptionGroup +-- +-- , testApplyPendingMaintenanceAction $ +-- applyPendingMaintenanceAction +-- +-- , testRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress $ +-- revokeDBSecurityGroupIngress +-- +-- , testDeleteDBSnapshot $ +-- deleteDBSnapshot +-- +-- , testDescribeDBClusterParameters $ +-- describeDBClusterParameters +-- +-- , testCreateDBSecurityGroup $ +-- createDBSecurityGroup +-- +-- , testDeleteDBSubnetGroup $ +-- deleteDBSubnetGroup +-- +-- , testDescribeAccountAttributes $ +-- describeAccountAttributes +-- +-- , testDeleteDBSecurityGroup $ +-- deleteDBSecurityGroup +-- +-- , testRebootDBInstance $ +-- rebootDBInstance +-- +-- , testDescribeDBClusterSnapshots $ +-- describeDBClusterSnapshots +-- +-- , testCreateDBSubnetGroup $ +-- createDBSubnetGroup +-- +-- , testDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings $ +-- describeReservedDBInstancesOfferings +-- +-- , testDeleteDBInstance $ +-- deleteDBInstance +-- +-- , testDescribeDBInstances $ +-- describeDBInstances +-- +-- , testCopyOptionGroup $ +-- copyOptionGroup +-- +-- , testDownloadDBLogFilePortion $ +-- downloadDBLogFilePortion +-- +-- , testCreateDBInstanceReadReplica $ +-- createDBInstanceReadReplica +-- +-- , testRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime $ +-- restoreDBClusterToPointInTime +-- +-- , testDeleteDBParameterGroup $ +-- deleteDBParameterGroup +-- +-- , testDescribeDBSecurityGroups $ +-- describeDBSecurityGroups +-- +-- ] + +-- , testGroup "response" +-- [ testDescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse $ +-- describeDBEngineVersionsResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse $ +-- describeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse +-- +-- , testPromoteReadReplicaResponse $ +-- promoteReadReplicaResponse +-- +-- , testModifyEventSubscriptionResponse $ +-- modifyEventSubscriptionResponse +-- +-- , testCopyDBSnapshotResponse $ +-- copyDBSnapshotResponse +-- +-- , testAddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse $ +-- addSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse +-- +-- , testModifyDBInstanceResponse $ +-- modifyDBInstanceResponse +-- +-- , testResetDBClusterParameterGroupResponse $ +-- dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage +-- +-- , testDescribeEventsResponse $ +-- describeEventsResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse $ +-- describeEngineDefaultParametersResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeDBClustersResponse $ +-- describeDBClustersResponse +-- +-- , testModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse $ +-- modifyDBSubnetGroupResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeDBLogFilesResponse $ +-- describeDBLogFilesResponse +-- +-- , testListTagsForResourceResponse $ +-- listTagsForResourceResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeOptionGroupsResponse $ +-- describeOptionGroupsResponse +-- +-- , testDeleteDBClusterResponse $ +-- deleteDBClusterResponse +-- +-- , testRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse $ +-- removeSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse +-- +-- , testCopyDBParameterGroupResponse $ +-- copyDBParameterGroupResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse $ +-- describeReservedDBInstancesResponse +-- +-- , testDeleteOptionGroupResponse $ +-- deleteOptionGroupResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse $ +-- describeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse +-- +-- , testCreateEventSubscriptionResponse $ +-- createEventSubscriptionResponse +-- +-- , testRemoveTagsFromResourceResponse $ +-- removeTagsFromResourceResponse +-- +-- , testCreateDBInstanceResponse $ +-- createDBInstanceResponse +-- +-- , testRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse $ +-- restoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse +-- +-- , testAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse $ +-- authorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse +-- +-- , testDeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse $ +-- deleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse +-- +-- , testPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse $ +-- purchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeCertificatesResponse $ +-- describeCertificatesResponse +-- +-- , testRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse $ +-- restoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse +-- +-- , testCreateDBSnapshotResponse $ +-- createDBSnapshotResponse +-- +-- , testDeleteEventSubscriptionResponse $ +-- deleteEventSubscriptionResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse $ +-- describeDBParameterGroupsResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse $ +-- describeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse +-- +-- , testCreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse $ +-- createDBClusterParameterGroupResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse $ +-- describeEventSubscriptionsResponse +-- +-- , testAddTagsToResourceResponse $ +-- addTagsToResourceResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse $ +-- describeOptionGroupOptionsResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeDBParametersResponse $ +-- describeDBParametersResponse +-- +-- , testDeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse $ +-- deleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeDBSnapshotsResponse $ +-- describeDBSnapshotsResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse $ +-- describeDBSubnetGroupsResponse +-- +-- , testCreateDBParameterGroupResponse $ +-- createDBParameterGroupResponse +-- +-- , testCreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse $ +-- createDBClusterSnapshotResponse +-- +-- , testModifyOptionGroupResponse $ +-- modifyOptionGroupResponse +-- +-- , testModifyDBClusterResponse $ +-- modifyDBClusterResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeEventCategoriesResponse $ +-- describeEventCategoriesResponse +-- +-- , testModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse $ +-- dbClusterParameterGroupNameMessage +-- +-- , testDescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse $ +-- describePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse +-- +-- , testRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse $ +-- restoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse +-- +-- , testResetDBParameterGroupResponse $ +-- dbParameterGroupNameMessage +-- +-- , testCopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse $ +-- copyDBClusterSnapshotResponse +-- +-- , testModifyDBParameterGroupResponse $ +-- dbParameterGroupNameMessage +-- +-- , testFailoverDBClusterResponse $ +-- failoverDBClusterResponse +-- +-- , testCreateDBClusterResponse $ +-- createDBClusterResponse +-- +-- , testCreateOptionGroupResponse $ +-- createOptionGroupResponse +-- +-- , testApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse $ +-- applyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse +-- +-- , testRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse $ +-- revokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse +-- +-- , testDeleteDBSnapshotResponse $ +-- deleteDBSnapshotResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeDBClusterParametersResponse $ +-- describeDBClusterParametersResponse +-- +-- , testCreateDBSecurityGroupResponse $ +-- createDBSecurityGroupResponse +-- +-- , testDeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse $ +-- deleteDBSubnetGroupResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeAccountAttributesResponse $ +-- describeAccountAttributesResponse +-- +-- , testDeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse $ +-- deleteDBSecurityGroupResponse +-- +-- , testRebootDBInstanceResponse $ +-- rebootDBInstanceResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse $ +-- describeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse +-- +-- , testCreateDBSubnetGroupResponse $ +-- createDBSubnetGroupResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse $ +-- describeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse +-- +-- , testDeleteDBInstanceResponse $ +-- deleteDBInstanceResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeDBInstancesResponse $ +-- describeDBInstancesResponse +-- +-- , testCopyOptionGroupResponse $ +-- copyOptionGroupResponse +-- +-- , testDownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse $ +-- downloadDBLogFilePortionResponse +-- +-- , testCreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse $ +-- createDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse +-- +-- , testRestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse $ +-- restoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse +-- +-- , testDeleteDBParameterGroupResponse $ +-- deleteDBParameterGroupResponse +-- +-- , testDescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse $ +-- describeDBSecurityGroupsResponse +-- +-- ] +-- ] + +-- Requests + +testDescribeDBEngineVersions :: DescribeDBEngineVersions -> TestTree +testDescribeDBEngineVersions = req + "DescribeDBEngineVersions" + "fixture/DescribeDBEngineVersions" + +testDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups :: DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups -> TestTree +testDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = req + "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups" + "fixture/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups" + +testPromoteReadReplica :: PromoteReadReplica -> TestTree +testPromoteReadReplica = req + "PromoteReadReplica" + "fixture/PromoteReadReplica" + +testModifyEventSubscription :: ModifyEventSubscription -> TestTree +testModifyEventSubscription = req + "ModifyEventSubscription" + "fixture/ModifyEventSubscription" + +testCopyDBSnapshot :: CopyDBSnapshot -> TestTree +testCopyDBSnapshot = req + "CopyDBSnapshot" + "fixture/CopyDBSnapshot" + +testAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription :: AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription -> TestTree +testAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = req + "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" + "fixture/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" + +testModifyDBInstance :: ModifyDBInstance -> TestTree +testModifyDBInstance = req + "ModifyDBInstance" + "fixture/ModifyDBInstance" + +testResetDBClusterParameterGroup :: ResetDBClusterParameterGroup -> TestTree +testResetDBClusterParameterGroup = req + "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup" + "fixture/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup" + +testDescribeEvents :: DescribeEvents -> TestTree +testDescribeEvents = req + "DescribeEvents" + "fixture/DescribeEvents" + +testDescribeEngineDefaultParameters :: DescribeEngineDefaultParameters -> TestTree +testDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = req + "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" + "fixture/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" + +testDescribeDBClusters :: DescribeDBClusters -> TestTree +testDescribeDBClusters = req + "DescribeDBClusters" + "fixture/DescribeDBClusters" + +testModifyDBSubnetGroup :: ModifyDBSubnetGroup -> TestTree +testModifyDBSubnetGroup = req + "ModifyDBSubnetGroup" + "fixture/ModifyDBSubnetGroup" + +testDescribeDBLogFiles :: DescribeDBLogFiles -> TestTree +testDescribeDBLogFiles = req + "DescribeDBLogFiles" + "fixture/DescribeDBLogFiles" + +testListTagsForResource :: ListTagsForResource -> TestTree +testListTagsForResource = req + "ListTagsForResource" + "fixture/ListTagsForResource" + +testDescribeOptionGroups :: DescribeOptionGroups -> TestTree +testDescribeOptionGroups = req + "DescribeOptionGroups" + "fixture/DescribeOptionGroups" + +testDeleteDBCluster :: DeleteDBCluster -> TestTree +testDeleteDBCluster = req + "DeleteDBCluster" + "fixture/DeleteDBCluster" + +testRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription :: RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription -> TestTree +testRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = req + "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription" + "fixture/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription" + +testCopyDBParameterGroup :: CopyDBParameterGroup -> TestTree +testCopyDBParameterGroup = req + "CopyDBParameterGroup" + "fixture/CopyDBParameterGroup" + +testDescribeReservedDBInstances :: DescribeReservedDBInstances -> TestTree +testDescribeReservedDBInstances = req + "DescribeReservedDBInstances" + "fixture/DescribeReservedDBInstances" + +testDeleteOptionGroup :: DeleteOptionGroup -> TestTree +testDeleteOptionGroup = req + "DeleteOptionGroup" + "fixture/DeleteOptionGroup" + +testDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters :: DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters -> TestTree +testDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = req + "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters" + "fixture/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters" + +testCreateEventSubscription :: CreateEventSubscription -> TestTree +testCreateEventSubscription = req + "CreateEventSubscription" + "fixture/CreateEventSubscription" + +testRemoveTagsFromResource :: RemoveTagsFromResource -> TestTree +testRemoveTagsFromResource = req + "RemoveTagsFromResource" + "fixture/RemoveTagsFromResource" + +testCreateDBInstance :: CreateDBInstance -> TestTree +testCreateDBInstance = req + "CreateDBInstance" + "fixture/CreateDBInstance" + +testRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot :: RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot -> TestTree +testRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = req + "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot" + "fixture/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot" + +testAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress :: AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress -> TestTree +testAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = req + "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress" + "fixture/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress" + +testDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup :: DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup -> TestTree +testDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = req + "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup" + "fixture/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup" + +testPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering :: PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering -> TestTree +testPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = req + "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering" + "fixture/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering" + +testDescribeCertificates :: DescribeCertificates -> TestTree +testDescribeCertificates = req + "DescribeCertificates" + "fixture/DescribeCertificates" + +testRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot :: RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot -> TestTree +testRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = req + "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot" + "fixture/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot" + +testCreateDBSnapshot :: CreateDBSnapshot -> TestTree +testCreateDBSnapshot = req + "CreateDBSnapshot" + "fixture/CreateDBSnapshot" + +testDeleteEventSubscription :: DeleteEventSubscription -> TestTree +testDeleteEventSubscription = req + "DeleteEventSubscription" + "fixture/DeleteEventSubscription" + +testDescribeDBParameterGroups :: DescribeDBParameterGroups -> TestTree +testDescribeDBParameterGroups = req + "DescribeDBParameterGroups" + "fixture/DescribeDBParameterGroups" + +testDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions :: DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions -> TestTree +testDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = req + "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions" + "fixture/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions" + +testCreateDBClusterParameterGroup :: CreateDBClusterParameterGroup -> TestTree +testCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = req + "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup" + "fixture/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup" + +testDescribeEventSubscriptions :: DescribeEventSubscriptions -> TestTree +testDescribeEventSubscriptions = req + "DescribeEventSubscriptions" + "fixture/DescribeEventSubscriptions" + +testAddTagsToResource :: AddTagsToResource -> TestTree +testAddTagsToResource = req + "AddTagsToResource" + "fixture/AddTagsToResource" + +testDescribeOptionGroupOptions :: DescribeOptionGroupOptions -> TestTree +testDescribeOptionGroupOptions = req + "DescribeOptionGroupOptions" + "fixture/DescribeOptionGroupOptions" + +testDescribeDBParameters :: DescribeDBParameters -> TestTree +testDescribeDBParameters = req + "DescribeDBParameters" + "fixture/DescribeDBParameters" + +testDeleteDBClusterSnapshot :: DeleteDBClusterSnapshot -> TestTree +testDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = req + "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot" + "fixture/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot" + +testDescribeDBSnapshots :: DescribeDBSnapshots -> TestTree +testDescribeDBSnapshots = req + "DescribeDBSnapshots" + "fixture/DescribeDBSnapshots" + +testDescribeDBSubnetGroups :: DescribeDBSubnetGroups -> TestTree +testDescribeDBSubnetGroups = req + "DescribeDBSubnetGroups" + "fixture/DescribeDBSubnetGroups" + +testCreateDBParameterGroup :: CreateDBParameterGroup -> TestTree +testCreateDBParameterGroup = req + "CreateDBParameterGroup" + "fixture/CreateDBParameterGroup" + +testCreateDBClusterSnapshot :: CreateDBClusterSnapshot -> TestTree +testCreateDBClusterSnapshot = req + "CreateDBClusterSnapshot" + "fixture/CreateDBClusterSnapshot" + +testModifyOptionGroup :: ModifyOptionGroup -> TestTree +testModifyOptionGroup = req + "ModifyOptionGroup" + "fixture/ModifyOptionGroup" + +testModifyDBCluster :: ModifyDBCluster -> TestTree +testModifyDBCluster = req + "ModifyDBCluster" + "fixture/ModifyDBCluster" + +testDescribeEventCategories :: DescribeEventCategories -> TestTree +testDescribeEventCategories = req + "DescribeEventCategories" + "fixture/DescribeEventCategories" + +testModifyDBClusterParameterGroup :: ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup -> TestTree +testModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = req + "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup" + "fixture/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup" + +testDescribePendingMaintenanceActions :: DescribePendingMaintenanceActions -> TestTree +testDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = req + "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions" + "fixture/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions" + +testRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime :: RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime -> TestTree +testRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = req + "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime" + "fixture/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime" + +testResetDBParameterGroup :: ResetDBParameterGroup -> TestTree +testResetDBParameterGroup = req + "ResetDBParameterGroup" + "fixture/ResetDBParameterGroup" + +testCopyDBClusterSnapshot :: CopyDBClusterSnapshot -> TestTree +testCopyDBClusterSnapshot = req + "CopyDBClusterSnapshot" + "fixture/CopyDBClusterSnapshot" + +testModifyDBParameterGroup :: ModifyDBParameterGroup -> TestTree +testModifyDBParameterGroup = req + "ModifyDBParameterGroup" + "fixture/ModifyDBParameterGroup" + +testFailoverDBCluster :: FailoverDBCluster -> TestTree +testFailoverDBCluster = req + "FailoverDBCluster" + "fixture/FailoverDBCluster" + +testCreateDBCluster :: CreateDBCluster -> TestTree +testCreateDBCluster = req + "CreateDBCluster" + "fixture/CreateDBCluster" + +testCreateOptionGroup :: CreateOptionGroup -> TestTree +testCreateOptionGroup = req + "CreateOptionGroup" + "fixture/CreateOptionGroup" + +testApplyPendingMaintenanceAction :: ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction -> TestTree +testApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = req + "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction" + "fixture/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction" + +testRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress :: RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress -> TestTree +testRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = req + "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress" + "fixture/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress" + +testDeleteDBSnapshot :: DeleteDBSnapshot -> TestTree +testDeleteDBSnapshot = req + "DeleteDBSnapshot" + "fixture/DeleteDBSnapshot" + +testDescribeDBClusterParameters :: DescribeDBClusterParameters -> TestTree +testDescribeDBClusterParameters = req + "DescribeDBClusterParameters" + "fixture/DescribeDBClusterParameters" + +testCreateDBSecurityGroup :: CreateDBSecurityGroup -> TestTree +testCreateDBSecurityGroup = req + "CreateDBSecurityGroup" + "fixture/CreateDBSecurityGroup" + +testDeleteDBSubnetGroup :: DeleteDBSubnetGroup -> TestTree +testDeleteDBSubnetGroup = req + "DeleteDBSubnetGroup" + "fixture/DeleteDBSubnetGroup" + +testDescribeAccountAttributes :: DescribeAccountAttributes -> TestTree +testDescribeAccountAttributes = req + "DescribeAccountAttributes" + "fixture/DescribeAccountAttributes" + +testDeleteDBSecurityGroup :: DeleteDBSecurityGroup -> TestTree +testDeleteDBSecurityGroup = req + "DeleteDBSecurityGroup" + "fixture/DeleteDBSecurityGroup" + +testRebootDBInstance :: RebootDBInstance -> TestTree +testRebootDBInstance = req + "RebootDBInstance" + "fixture/RebootDBInstance" + +testDescribeDBClusterSnapshots :: DescribeDBClusterSnapshots -> TestTree +testDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = req + "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots" + "fixture/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots" + +testCreateDBSubnetGroup :: CreateDBSubnetGroup -> TestTree +testCreateDBSubnetGroup = req + "CreateDBSubnetGroup" + "fixture/CreateDBSubnetGroup" + +testDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings :: DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings -> TestTree +testDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = req + "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings" + "fixture/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings" + +testDeleteDBInstance :: DeleteDBInstance -> TestTree +testDeleteDBInstance = req + "DeleteDBInstance" + "fixture/DeleteDBInstance" + +testDescribeDBInstances :: DescribeDBInstances -> TestTree +testDescribeDBInstances = req + "DescribeDBInstances" + "fixture/DescribeDBInstances" + +testCopyOptionGroup :: CopyOptionGroup -> TestTree +testCopyOptionGroup = req + "CopyOptionGroup" + "fixture/CopyOptionGroup" + +testDownloadDBLogFilePortion :: DownloadDBLogFilePortion -> TestTree +testDownloadDBLogFilePortion = req + "DownloadDBLogFilePortion" + "fixture/DownloadDBLogFilePortion" + +testCreateDBInstanceReadReplica :: CreateDBInstanceReadReplica -> TestTree +testCreateDBInstanceReadReplica = req + "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica" + "fixture/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica" + +testRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime :: RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime -> TestTree +testRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = req + "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime" + "fixture/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime" + +testDeleteDBParameterGroup :: DeleteDBParameterGroup -> TestTree +testDeleteDBParameterGroup = req + "DeleteDBParameterGroup" + "fixture/DeleteDBParameterGroup" + +testDescribeDBSecurityGroups :: DescribeDBSecurityGroups -> TestTree +testDescribeDBSecurityGroups = req + "DescribeDBSecurityGroups" + "fixture/DescribeDBSecurityGroups" + +-- Responses + +testDescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse :: DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse = res + "DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBEngineVersionsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBEngineVersions) + +testDescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse :: DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse = res + "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups) + +testPromoteReadReplicaResponse :: PromoteReadReplicaResponse -> TestTree +testPromoteReadReplicaResponse = res + "PromoteReadReplicaResponse" + "fixture/PromoteReadReplicaResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy PromoteReadReplica) + +testModifyEventSubscriptionResponse :: ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse -> TestTree +testModifyEventSubscriptionResponse = res + "ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse" + "fixture/ModifyEventSubscriptionResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy ModifyEventSubscription) + +testCopyDBSnapshotResponse :: CopyDBSnapshotResponse -> TestTree +testCopyDBSnapshotResponse = res + "CopyDBSnapshotResponse" + "fixture/CopyDBSnapshotResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CopyDBSnapshot) + +testAddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse :: AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse -> TestTree +testAddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse = res + "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse" + "fixture/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription) + +testModifyDBInstanceResponse :: ModifyDBInstanceResponse -> TestTree +testModifyDBInstanceResponse = res + "ModifyDBInstanceResponse" + "fixture/ModifyDBInstanceResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy ModifyDBInstance) + +testResetDBClusterParameterGroupResponse :: DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage -> TestTree +testResetDBClusterParameterGroupResponse = res + "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupResponse" + "fixture/ResetDBClusterParameterGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy ResetDBClusterParameterGroup) + +testDescribeEventsResponse :: DescribeEventsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeEventsResponse = res + "DescribeEventsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeEventsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeEvents) + +testDescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse :: DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse = res + "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse" + "fixture/DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeEngineDefaultParameters) + +testDescribeDBClustersResponse :: DescribeDBClustersResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBClustersResponse = res + "DescribeDBClustersResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBClustersResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBClusters) + +testModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse :: ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse -> TestTree +testModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse = res + "ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse" + "fixture/ModifyDBSubnetGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy ModifyDBSubnetGroup) + +testDescribeDBLogFilesResponse :: DescribeDBLogFilesResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBLogFilesResponse = res + "DescribeDBLogFilesResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBLogFilesResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBLogFiles) + +testListTagsForResourceResponse :: ListTagsForResourceResponse -> TestTree +testListTagsForResourceResponse = res + "ListTagsForResourceResponse" + "fixture/ListTagsForResourceResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy ListTagsForResource) + +testDescribeOptionGroupsResponse :: DescribeOptionGroupsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeOptionGroupsResponse = res + "DescribeOptionGroupsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeOptionGroupsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeOptionGroups) + +testDeleteDBClusterResponse :: DeleteDBClusterResponse -> TestTree +testDeleteDBClusterResponse = res + "DeleteDBClusterResponse" + "fixture/DeleteDBClusterResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteDBCluster) + +testRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse :: RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse -> TestTree +testRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse = res + "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse" + "fixture/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription) + +testCopyDBParameterGroupResponse :: CopyDBParameterGroupResponse -> TestTree +testCopyDBParameterGroupResponse = res + "CopyDBParameterGroupResponse" + "fixture/CopyDBParameterGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CopyDBParameterGroup) + +testDescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse :: DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse = res + "DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse" + "fixture/DescribeReservedDBInstancesResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeReservedDBInstances) + +testDeleteOptionGroupResponse :: DeleteOptionGroupResponse -> TestTree +testDeleteOptionGroupResponse = res + "DeleteOptionGroupResponse" + "fixture/DeleteOptionGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteOptionGroup) + +testDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse :: DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse = res + "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse" + "fixture/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters) + +testCreateEventSubscriptionResponse :: CreateEventSubscriptionResponse -> TestTree +testCreateEventSubscriptionResponse = res + "CreateEventSubscriptionResponse" + "fixture/CreateEventSubscriptionResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateEventSubscription) + +testRemoveTagsFromResourceResponse :: RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse -> TestTree +testRemoveTagsFromResourceResponse = res + "RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse" + "fixture/RemoveTagsFromResourceResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy RemoveTagsFromResource) + +testCreateDBInstanceResponse :: CreateDBInstanceResponse -> TestTree +testCreateDBInstanceResponse = res + "CreateDBInstanceResponse" + "fixture/CreateDBInstanceResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateDBInstance) + +testRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse :: RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse -> TestTree +testRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse = res + "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse" + "fixture/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot) + +testAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse :: AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse -> TestTree +testAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = res + "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse" + "fixture/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress) + +testDeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse :: DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse -> TestTree +testDeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse = res + "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse" + "fixture/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup) + +testPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse :: PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse -> TestTree +testPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse = res + "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse" + "fixture/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering) + +testDescribeCertificatesResponse :: DescribeCertificatesResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeCertificatesResponse = res + "DescribeCertificatesResponse" + "fixture/DescribeCertificatesResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeCertificates) + +testRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse :: RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse -> TestTree +testRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse = res + "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse" + "fixture/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot) + +testCreateDBSnapshotResponse :: CreateDBSnapshotResponse -> TestTree +testCreateDBSnapshotResponse = res + "CreateDBSnapshotResponse" + "fixture/CreateDBSnapshotResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateDBSnapshot) + +testDeleteEventSubscriptionResponse :: DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse -> TestTree +testDeleteEventSubscriptionResponse = res + "DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse" + "fixture/DeleteEventSubscriptionResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteEventSubscription) + +testDescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse :: DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse = res + "DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBParameterGroupsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBParameterGroups) + +testDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse :: DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse = res + "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions) + +testCreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse :: CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse -> TestTree +testCreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse = res + "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse" + "fixture/CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateDBClusterParameterGroup) + +testDescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse :: DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse = res + "DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeEventSubscriptionsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeEventSubscriptions) + +testAddTagsToResourceResponse :: AddTagsToResourceResponse -> TestTree +testAddTagsToResourceResponse = res + "AddTagsToResourceResponse" + "fixture/AddTagsToResourceResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy AddTagsToResource) + +testDescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse :: DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse = res + "DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeOptionGroupOptionsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeOptionGroupOptions) + +testDescribeDBParametersResponse :: DescribeDBParametersResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBParametersResponse = res + "DescribeDBParametersResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBParametersResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBParameters) + +testDeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse :: DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse -> TestTree +testDeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse = res + "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse" + "fixture/DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteDBClusterSnapshot) + +testDescribeDBSnapshotsResponse :: DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBSnapshotsResponse = res + "DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBSnapshotsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBSnapshots) + +testDescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse :: DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse = res + "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBSubnetGroupsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBSubnetGroups) + +testCreateDBParameterGroupResponse :: CreateDBParameterGroupResponse -> TestTree +testCreateDBParameterGroupResponse = res + "CreateDBParameterGroupResponse" + "fixture/CreateDBParameterGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateDBParameterGroup) + +testCreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse :: CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse -> TestTree +testCreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse = res + "CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse" + "fixture/CreateDBClusterSnapshotResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateDBClusterSnapshot) + +testModifyOptionGroupResponse :: ModifyOptionGroupResponse -> TestTree +testModifyOptionGroupResponse = res + "ModifyOptionGroupResponse" + "fixture/ModifyOptionGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy ModifyOptionGroup) + +testModifyDBClusterResponse :: ModifyDBClusterResponse -> TestTree +testModifyDBClusterResponse = res + "ModifyDBClusterResponse" + "fixture/ModifyDBClusterResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy ModifyDBCluster) + +testDescribeEventCategoriesResponse :: DescribeEventCategoriesResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeEventCategoriesResponse = res + "DescribeEventCategoriesResponse" + "fixture/DescribeEventCategoriesResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeEventCategories) + +testModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse :: DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage -> TestTree +testModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse = res + "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse" + "fixture/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup) + +testDescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse :: DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse = res + "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse" + "fixture/DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribePendingMaintenanceActions) + +testRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse :: RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse -> TestTree +testRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse = res + "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse" + "fixture/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime) + +testResetDBParameterGroupResponse :: DBParameterGroupNameMessage -> TestTree +testResetDBParameterGroupResponse = res + "ResetDBParameterGroupResponse" + "fixture/ResetDBParameterGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy ResetDBParameterGroup) + +testCopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse :: CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse -> TestTree +testCopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse = res + "CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse" + "fixture/CopyDBClusterSnapshotResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CopyDBClusterSnapshot) + +testModifyDBParameterGroupResponse :: DBParameterGroupNameMessage -> TestTree +testModifyDBParameterGroupResponse = res + "ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse" + "fixture/ModifyDBParameterGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy ModifyDBParameterGroup) + +testFailoverDBClusterResponse :: FailoverDBClusterResponse -> TestTree +testFailoverDBClusterResponse = res + "FailoverDBClusterResponse" + "fixture/FailoverDBClusterResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy FailoverDBCluster) + +testCreateDBClusterResponse :: CreateDBClusterResponse -> TestTree +testCreateDBClusterResponse = res + "CreateDBClusterResponse" + "fixture/CreateDBClusterResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateDBCluster) + +testCreateOptionGroupResponse :: CreateOptionGroupResponse -> TestTree +testCreateOptionGroupResponse = res + "CreateOptionGroupResponse" + "fixture/CreateOptionGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateOptionGroup) + +testApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse :: ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse -> TestTree +testApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse = res + "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse" + "fixture/ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction) + +testRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse :: RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse -> TestTree +testRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse = res + "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse" + "fixture/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress) + +testDeleteDBSnapshotResponse :: DeleteDBSnapshotResponse -> TestTree +testDeleteDBSnapshotResponse = res + "DeleteDBSnapshotResponse" + "fixture/DeleteDBSnapshotResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteDBSnapshot) + +testDescribeDBClusterParametersResponse :: DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBClusterParametersResponse = res + "DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBClusterParametersResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBClusterParameters) + +testCreateDBSecurityGroupResponse :: CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse -> TestTree +testCreateDBSecurityGroupResponse = res + "CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse" + "fixture/CreateDBSecurityGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateDBSecurityGroup) + +testDeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse :: DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse -> TestTree +testDeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse = res + "DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse" + "fixture/DeleteDBSubnetGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteDBSubnetGroup) + +testDescribeAccountAttributesResponse :: DescribeAccountAttributesResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeAccountAttributesResponse = res + "DescribeAccountAttributesResponse" + "fixture/DescribeAccountAttributesResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeAccountAttributes) + +testDeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse :: DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse -> TestTree +testDeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse = res + "DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse" + "fixture/DeleteDBSecurityGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteDBSecurityGroup) + +testRebootDBInstanceResponse :: RebootDBInstanceResponse -> TestTree +testRebootDBInstanceResponse = res + "RebootDBInstanceResponse" + "fixture/RebootDBInstanceResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy RebootDBInstance) + +testDescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse :: DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse = res + "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBClusterSnapshots) + +testCreateDBSubnetGroupResponse :: CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse -> TestTree +testCreateDBSubnetGroupResponse = res + "CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse" + "fixture/CreateDBSubnetGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateDBSubnetGroup) + +testDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse :: DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse = res + "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings) + +testDeleteDBInstanceResponse :: DeleteDBInstanceResponse -> TestTree +testDeleteDBInstanceResponse = res + "DeleteDBInstanceResponse" + "fixture/DeleteDBInstanceResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteDBInstance) + +testDescribeDBInstancesResponse :: DescribeDBInstancesResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBInstancesResponse = res + "DescribeDBInstancesResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBInstancesResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBInstances) + +testCopyOptionGroupResponse :: CopyOptionGroupResponse -> TestTree +testCopyOptionGroupResponse = res + "CopyOptionGroupResponse" + "fixture/CopyOptionGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CopyOptionGroup) + +testDownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse :: DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse -> TestTree +testDownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse = res + "DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse" + "fixture/DownloadDBLogFilePortionResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DownloadDBLogFilePortion) + +testCreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse :: CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse -> TestTree +testCreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse = res + "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse" + "fixture/CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateDBInstanceReadReplica) + +testRestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse :: RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse -> TestTree +testRestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse = res + "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse" + "fixture/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime) + +testDeleteDBParameterGroupResponse :: DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse -> TestTree +testDeleteDBParameterGroupResponse = res + "DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse" + "fixture/DeleteDBParameterGroupResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteDBParameterGroup) + +testDescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse :: DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse -> TestTree +testDescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse = res + "DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse" + "fixture/DescribeDBSecurityGroupsResponse" + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeDBSecurityGroups) diff --git a/test/Test/AWS/RDS.hs b/test/Test/AWS/RDS.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/Test/AWS/RDS.hs @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TemplateHaskell #-} + +-- Module : Test.AWS.RDS +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +module Test.AWS.RDS + ( tests + , fixtures + ) where + +import Control.Lens +import Data.Time +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.RDS +import Test.AWS.Gen.RDS +import Test.AWS.Prelude +import Test.Tasty + +tests :: [TestTree] +tests = [] + +fixtures :: [TestTree] +fixtures = + [ testGroup "response" + [ testDescribeDBInstancesResponse $ describeDBInstancesResponse 200 + & ddbirsDBInstances .~ + [ dbInstance + & diAllocatedStorage ?~ 5 + & diAutoMinorVersionUpgrade ?~ True + & diAvailabilityZone ?~ "us-west-2b" + & diBackupRetentionPeriod ?~ 7 + & diDBInstanceClass ?~ "db.t1.micro" + & diDBInstanceIdentifier ?~ "mysqlexampledb" + & diDBInstanceStatus ?~ "available" + & diDBName ?~ "mysampledb" + & diEngine ?~ "mysql" + & diEngineVersion ?~ "5.6.13" + & diInstanceCreateTime ?~ $(mkTime "2014-01-29T22:58:24.231Z") + & diLatestRestorableTime ?~ $(mkTime "2014-04-21T17:15:00Z") + & diLicenseModel ?~ "general-public-license" + & diMasterUsername ?~ "myawsuser" + & diMultiAZ ?~ False + & diPreferredBackupWindow ?~ "10:07-10:37" + & diPreferredMaintenanceWindow ?~ "sun:06:13-sun:06:43" + & diPubliclyAccessible ?~ True + & diEndpoint ?~ + (endpoint + & eAddress ?~ "mysqlexampledb.c6c1rntzufv0.us-west-2.rds.amazonaws.com" + & ePort ?~ 3306) + & diDBSecurityGroups .~ + [ dbSecurityGroupMembership + & dsgmStatus ?~ "active" + & dsgmDBSecurityGroupName ?~ "my-db-secgroup" + ] + & diDBParameterGroups .~ + [ dbParameterGroupStatus + & dpgsDBParameterGroupName ?~ "default.mysql5.6" + & dpgsParameterApplyStatus ?~ "in-sync" + ] + & diOptionGroupMemberships .~ + [ optionGroupMembership + & ogmStatus ?~ "in-sync" + & ogmOptionGroupName ?~ "default:mysql-5-6" + ] + ] + ] + ] diff --git a/test/Test/AWS/RDS/Internal.hs b/test/Test/AWS/RDS/Internal.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/test/Test/AWS/RDS/Internal.hs @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} + +-- Module : Test.AWS.RDS.Internal +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2015 Brendan Hay +-- License : This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of +-- the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- A copy of the MPL can be found in the LICENSE file or +-- you can obtain it at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : experimental +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) + +module Test.AWS.RDS.Internal where + +import Test.AWS.Prelude